BULLETINS OF ALABAMA Agricultural Experiment Station INDEX VOL. IV BULLETINS 59-75 JANUARY, 189 5-DECEMBER, 1896 BIRIN HA : ROBERTS & 1898 SON. i L yl . r 0 " r CONTENTS. -BULLETIN. 59. 60. 61; 62. 63. 64 Co-operative soil tests of corn ................. ... Jan., Experiments on foreign seeds.............. Jan., Insects injurious to stored grain.... ............... Jan., Corn and cotton .".-. ..................... .Feb., Fertilizers-commercial and domestic............. Feb., Co-operative oac ... 1895, 1895 1895. 1895, 1895, 66. Cane 67. 68. 69. syrup,....... seed tests... ........... ::. ...... :.......... ...... ......................... June, -1895Fb,19165. Oct., 1895' Bovine tuberculosis... Treatment of ................... :.. ..... Nov., 1895= Jan., Pig feeding experiments.................... 70. The flora of Alabama-.Part V ............. :. ...... Mar., 1896. 71. Experiments with foreign cotton ................. ;Apr., 1896 72. A si udy of skin tumors of horses and mules in Alabama July, 1896, 73. some ,fungus diseases ............. 1896, 1896. Feb., 1896~ 74. Edible fungi: a wasted .f ood product................ Oct., Flour considered from the standpoint of nutrition..Oct., Experiments.corn ......... with ............ .... Dec., .75. 1890189&w f2-ot INDEX.. the following citations the number preceding the colon refers to the number of the Bulletin; the number or numbers following it to the page: ACACIA .................... AESCRYNOMENE In .......................... .... ............... .... .... ..... 70 :283 farmeciana............................................70:283 .................... 70:284 hispida......................................70:284 vicidula.................. ................... AGRIMONY............. .... .. .... ........ ................ 70:284 ..... 70:293 common ........................................ smooth flowered A. eupatoria 70:29 1 70:293 ,..... ................................. AGRIMONIA ................................................ 70:293 70 :293 ..................................... A. pori flora..................................... A. incisa........ ............................... A. striata....................................... 70:293 70:293 70:293 AGnIcus CAMrPESTRIS. Field agricus, or field mushroom.................73 :339-341 Alfalfa or Lucern, seed tests with; see Co-operative. AMANITA C.&SARE+A (Ocesars). amanita .......................... .. .. .. ..... 73:341, 343 flyagaric ......... ........................... 73 :344, 345 Arnelanchior Canadensis.....................................70:295 AMORPHA ............ ............ ........ .... ........ ........ .. 70:282 A. herbaceo ......... .............. ............... A. ....................................... Arnphicarplw3e monoica......... ............................. fruticoso Analysis of bat manure.....................................03: beets ............. ............................. cave earth ....................................... Eleusine corocana..............................60:27, 70:282 70:282 70:288 96 60 : 30 63: 96 28 Kodo millet ..................................... Analysis of manls...........................................63:95 muck .......................................... manure 060: 28 (stable).................................. 63: 94 63: 90 Ragi millet................................ syrup (bottled)............................... 60: 28 66:192 , 193 Analysis of the flour of the entire wheat................. Anthracnose of cotton...................................... Appl, 74:355, 356 69:258 watermelons 69:263 69:27 ...... grape................................ ... 708 Apio. tueroa............................... ~ersa................................................ 70:294 ............................... American crab ........................................ Apples, Fungous disease of .............................. Blight............ .............. Leaf rust........................... 69:267, 269 70:294 69:267, 270 69:269 70:284 69 :269, 279 Scab............................ ............. 70:283 A ST RAO Ai4JS ...................................... A. Ptattensis var Tennesseesis.................... 70 :283 A.ITriltosus ... ....... A. Plattensis............................ .. . ....................... ....... 70 :291 A. Canadensis................................... 70:291 ... 70:291 A. glober. A. obcordatus ................... :300 Bajwara....................................71 71:300-304 ...................... ............. Bani .............. 71:300, 301,' 303, 304, 305 Bamiehb............... .................. BAPTISIA VENT ... .. ...... ...... ........................ 70:280 B. lencantiw ................................. 70 :280 B. ciba ........................ B. perfolictta........ B. lanceolata ............ ....................... ...... 70 :280 70:280 70 :280 70:291 ................................ .... ........... :........ B. tinctoria............................. B. lencophea ....................... 70:291 .70 :291 66:190 B. microphylla............ ............ Baume hydrometer................. ........................ Bean, Carolina kidne~y.......................... wild.......... .................... 70:28V 70:283 ........... kidney................................................ Beetles, injurious to stored grain................ .......... 60:56, 58 ... 70 :283 60:30 Beets, sugar, analysis of...................................... co-operative seed test, see Co-operative Tested ini 1894..60:30 Blackberry ............................................. common ............................. 70:292 .......... .70:-492 running swamp...................................70 sand :292 ............................................. ............ 70:292 70:292 .69:267, 269 low bush............................. Blight, pear blight........... ........................ pear and quince leaf,........... cotton leaf................................. ............................ potato .......... ....... ... 69:269 ......... 69:258 ....... .... 69 :258, 259 38$9 Southern tomato leaf.... tomato. . .............. ,.......'.. .................... . .. 69 :261 69:261, Bondurant, A. J. Agriculturist. co-operative seed tests......................... co-operative soil tests of corn.................. corn and 65-:159, 181 cotton. ..... ,........ .......... 62:63, 59:3, 23 72 ....................... tobacco . ............ Bombay................................................... Bordeaux mixture, ....................... formula for........ potato diseases............................. tomato diseases ............................ peach and plum rot 64:107, 155 71:300 ........ for apple, pear and quince Botanical classification diseases ........... ......... 69 :253 69:260 69:262 9:266 69:270 71:304 for diseases of grape ................... 69:270, 271 71 :300 Bourbon.......... Bowman's root......... ...................................... ..................................... .................................... 70:292 Bramble briar............................................... Bread made from flour of the entire wheat 70:291 ................ 74:353, 355 '..... 71:300, 302, 304, 305 Broach ............... ................... Brown's Indian co.operative seed tests; see Co-operative. 61:51 Bruchus 4 maculata ............................................ 51:50, 51 13. obtectus.............................. ................ 61:50 B. pisi ...... .............. 60.29 Buckwheat, new Japanese .................................... 71:301 Bulletin No. 65, extracts from ................................ 75 :376 Burning weeds vs. plowing them under ......................... .. 73 :341, 343 Ccesar's Amanita, (Amanita Ccesare~a)...... ............. ..... 61:52 ..... ................... Calandira granaria.... ...... 61:53 oryzce ................................................ Cane' see Syrup. ...... 66:185, 186 Cane saccharine content. as affected by soils............... syrup; C. A., 'Cary, veterinarian: Rovine tuberculosis ............. 67:197, 226 'Carcinomas, clinical records of ... ...................... ....... ..................... (Jarpophilusfallpennis. ... Carbon, bisulphide ........... 72 :313, 334 61: 58 61:59, 60 ........................... ........ ................... 70 :289 CASSIA ...................... 70:289 C. marilandica......................................... 70 :290 ........... C. tora ................................ 70:290 C. obtusifolia ..... ............................... .......... 70 :290 C. occideatalis ..................... C. chainaecrista.........................................70:290. :290 C. nictilous...........................................70 Cauliflower, co-operative seed tests with ; see Co-operative. Ceratocystis fimbriata .......................................... 9:264 ~39 .............. Cercis canadensis.... Change of food customs......... ............ ,.......... Chester, F. D., quoted on spraying for peach and plum ................ Cherry, wild black................... .. 70:280, 74:349, rot 69.:266, . 3150 70:291 70 :294 Chokeberry, red...... Chrysobalainus oblongifolius.r...... .................. ... ........ ......... ........... ............. ....... Chick pea...................... Cicer arietium............................. Cinque Clitoria ............ ................ ........ 60: 31 60: 70 :291: foil .................................................. 70:293. '31 Clavatia, &c. puff balls...... .............. Clover, co-operative seed tests bush .................... purple..................... ... 73 :345, 34; Mariana........................................ with; see Co-operative. .................... ............ ...... 70:288, 70:286 Clover., fancy bush....... ............. ....... ....................... 70 :286 ........................ .......... 70 :286, 70:280, downy........ .70:286 round headed........... ......... prairie.......... red ................. ...... ....... ..... ,.....70:286 ......................... .. .................. .... 70 :281. 70:282' .70:28 buffalo ......... white ...................... .................... .... .............. .. ............... Qcolletotrichaur ....................... southern ..................... yellow .............................................. .......................... hop ............. gossypli.................. C. lagenariuin................................... 70 :281 70.:281. 70 :281 t .. ... .............. 69 :258 69:263 Coleman, S. L ............................................... 71 :311: Composts; see Fertilizers. Co-operative seed tests, reports ofAday, L. C., Newberg, Franklin Cu .. ...... Beasley, E. J., Red Level, Covington Co .................59: 65:160, ............ 65:159 4 J62Benton, Prof. H., Uniontown, Perry Co.........59:8; 59:5; 65:162, 165 M. A., Madison, Madison Co.... ....... Bradley, T. W., Walker Springs, Clarke Co..59:6;65:166, 167 Bishop, Brannon, J. M., Seale, Russell Co ....................... 65 :166 *Brown, D. L., Randolph, Bibb Co ..................... 59:7; Compton, G. W., Wayne, Marengo Co .......... Crenshaw, W. D., Hackneyville, Tallapoosa Co ... Cross, R. H., Letohatchie,Lowndes Co..... ............. 59 :7-8 65:167, 168 65:168, 169, ... 59: 10 9 65:167 Davis, Major *E.M., Prattville, Autauga~ Co .......... .................. Deer, J. F., Monroeville, Monroe Co .. Dill, Prof. C. C. L., Dillburg, Pickens Co ............ Dick, H. M., Albertville, Etowah ................ Edwards, D. B., Polk, Dallas Co. Espy, Prof. J. B., Abbeville, Henry Co........ 59: Co.................... 50: .... ".... :.... 65:169 10 59:12; 65:169,1170 95:171 Ewing, R. T., Center, Cherokee Co........... 59:11; Gordon, Dr. John, Healing Springs, Washington Co. 59: 13 Johnson, Uriah, Trinity, Morgan Co................65:171,172 Killebrew, J.'C., Newton, Dale Co....................59:20 Logan, J. A., Clanton, Chilton Co.........59:13, 14; 173 Lovejoy, J. H., Etowah Co........................65:173, 174 Jones, Percy S., Josephine, Baldwin Co.............65:174,175 Martin, R. D., Florence, Lauderdale 9Co.............65.:175, 176 Martin, Win., Greensboro, Hale Co...............59:17; Mize, J. W., Remlap, Blount Co...................035:176, 177 Oliver, J. P., Dadeville, Tallapoosa Co.................59: 14 Ott, Hon. J. C., Florence, Lauderdale Co. 181 Porter, T. M. J., Georgiana, Butler Co...............59:15, 16 Pruitt, S. H., Shady Grove, Pike Co............5:7 Rtadney, J. H., Roanoke, Randolph Co.................59:iS Sellers, M. H., Geneva, Geneva Co....................59: 16 Snuggs, T. A., Holly Pond, Cullman Co. 59:17; 65:177, 178 Taleabue, R., Daphne, Baldwin Co.................65 :178, 179 Walker, A. C., Wheeler's Station, Lawrence Co..........59: 19 Co-operative seed test with corn; summary................59:21, 22 CQoperative seed tests withalfalfa or lucerne. .65:160. 164, 166, 167, 168, 170, 173 175, 177, 180 :awniess brome........... .... 65 :160, 164, 169, 171, 173, 174 bromus indicus..................................... cauliflower.........................................65:160 clover, crimson............ 65 :160, 164, 167, 171, 174, 175, 178, 179 sweet.........................65:160, 164, 170, 174, 180 corn (1894)........................................59:31 23 65:1701171, 65:172, 65:176 59A5; 65:180, 168 red Kaffir ... 65:159, 160, 16:3, 166, 168, 169, 171, 173, 174, 175, 177, 179, 181: Jerusalem..........65:165,171, 173, 175, 177, 178, 180, 181 cotton, :159, 162, 163, 167, 169, 172, 174, 176, Egyptian.. . .65 Fiji 177, 178, 180, 181 "o""" ... ""."f. ....... . . . . . Hawkins' improved ............................ .................... India ............... Japan........................................... grass, brome......................... ..... 65: 0 65:172 65 :161, 162 65:171 . .. 17 65:176, 177, 179 instructions for ............ laihyrus .......................... sylvestris ........................... 59:3, 4 .......... 65:161 161, 166, 168, 169, 171. 175, 178, 179, maize, white millo ................ 65:159, yellow .... 65 :159, 161, 165, 166, 167, 171, 172, 173, Onion, "prize taker ".................................. 65:161 181 peanuts, Spanish .... 65 :164, 166, 107, 168, 169, 171. 172, 173, 174, 176, 178, 179, 181 392 pea, unknown.... .65:163, 167, 168, 170, 172, 173, 174, 176, 178, 179 .65:165, 166, 167, 168, 169, 170, 171, rape,. dwarf Essex ...... 173, 175, 178, 180 spurry......... 65:160, .161, 165, 168, 171, 172, 173, 174, 177, 178, 179 65:161 ............ ........................... sugar beet tobacco....... ....................... 65:160, 174, 176, 177 tomato............................................65:162 .. 65:161, 172 turnips......................'........... ;Copper, acetate solution. 69:253 ..................................... formula for.. 267 for peach and plum rot.........................9:266, 69:253 -Copper, carbonate. solution, amoniacal formula for......... :Copper sulphate solution. formula for.....................................6:252 for oat smut......................................69:255 for peach and plum rot.............................69:266 for apple, pear and quince diseases...................69:270 for diseases of grape.............................69:270 Coral plant........ ...................................... Corn, co-operative tests with; see co-operative. 99 compost for.......................................63: commercial fertilizers vs. cor posts................62:63, 64 65 varieties tested for yields.........................62;64, 'Corn, red Kaffir, co-operative seed tests with; see Co-operative Corn, weevil; see Insects. 254 Corn, fungous diseases of......................69:253, 70:288 Smut....................... ........ ........... 69:253, .... 254 Corn, effect of cutting stalk on yields of grain. ..... :.............. ............... ..... 75:377 distance experimients ............................... cotton seed meal vs. crushed cotton seed for fertil- '5:372 75.374 computations izer for....:........ ................ ... :....... of yields of varieties tested in the south. .75:365 butt, middle, and tip kernels for seed....... ....... ground with other foods......... 231, 234, 235, 237 pounds of unshuched corn to give a bushel of 68:230, .. 75 :369 shelled. 75:364 75:364 .... 75 :367 per cent of grain in unshucked..,.................. northern and southern seed.... .... .......... :.... methods of harvesting......................... ..... fertilizing value of cotton seed and cotton seed meal".. . :........... effects of topping....... ................. effect of pulling fodder........................... ... ........... :varieties tested in 1896................... weight of kernels from butt, tip and middle of ear,..75 seed *f romn different 75:377 75:374 75:377 75:377 75 :363 latitudes.,........................75:367 :370 * 393 seed from different parts of the ear.. ............. ... 75:360 value of grain and forage with different methods of hiarvesting .................................. 75:379 Corrosive sublimate. treatment of potato scab................. ... .69:259, 260 Cost of rations, calculation of....... .......... ..... 68:229, 233, 238 Cotton, intercultural exp. with fertilizers ............. plied of fertilizer, with yield of tests with composts applied Feb. .... 62:69, 72 72 table of results, giving name, quantity, and time ap1st vs. at planting.. .62:65, 67 cotton......62:71, commercial fertilizers vs. composts tests ............. 62:67-69 compost for............................................ co-operative seedi tests with ; see Co-operative. floats vs. acid phosphate.. .......... .......... 63:97 67 .... 62:65, seed crushed alone and with other foods.... 68:230, 232, 234,1 235, 236, 237, 238, 239 seed meal with other foods.................. Ind ia ..................... Egypt ........... 68:230, 232, 233 7:9,301 ................. ............. 71.:299, 301 tree,.................... ......................... 71::300 Upland Ga ....................... .................. 71:300 fungous diseases of.............. ........... 69:257,. 258 seed meal, exchange value of......... ........ 75 :374, 375 Cow peas ground with other foods.. 68":230, 231, 232, 234, 2:35, 236, .237 tCrotolariacstivalis............................. apri/'olia........................ ........... ..... 70:294 arborescens........ ........................ .... 70 :294 coccinea........................ .............. .... 70 :294 ............. .... 70 :294 c rus-galli ......................... ........ 70 :294 flava. . . . . . . . ... .. .. ...... .. .. .. .70 :294 glandulosa...................................... - .70:295 ovalis..................... parvifolia........................ punctatta .......... p ursiji ............................................. sagittalis........................................ .......... ....... ......................... ... .......... ......... 70:280 70 :295 70 :295 70 :280 ..... 70:280 .... 70:2X94 spathulata ..................................... tomentosa.............................................70 :295 viridis.......... .................... ......... '......70 :294 Cultivation of mushrooms.....................................73:339 Culver, T. U..................... Curtis, quotation .......................... ........ ......... ...... from......... ......68:240 Damping off of cotton ................... Desmanthus crachylobus.................. .................... ... .............. Desmodiam acuminatum................... .................. 70:284 68:241 69:2f58 70:290 394 (anescels . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . .70:28.5) ..... 70:285 ........ Canadense : 2 8 70 ...... iar ........... ecl cuspidatua Dillenii . . . . . . ... . . . . ... . . 5 . . ... .70:285 r, abe lu m . . . . . 70:285, ........................ ... .70:285 . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . 70:286................ haumifusumn..............................................70:285 lineatum ............................................ ltaetigatumt................ ......... 70:285, .............................. ......... J)r acladicu~ nudiftoruni................... ...................... ])avciftlofl. .................. p)cniClat 70:285 ................... ..... ... 70 :284 70:284 ion.................................... 70:2S;- 70:281 ......................................... 70:284 .................... ;'otundifolium ................... 7 0:28.) .... .... ............... ..... .... ....... str'ictum. ... .... 70:2841 tenuifoliun................................... oiridiftornw........................70:285 71:303 ........... ....................... Deo Kupas ............. ....... 71:300, 304, 305 Deshi ..................................... Dioclea Boykinil ............................................ 70 :289 Discrimination of edible fungi......... ...................... Drought, periods of in 1896.......................... 73 :338 .. 75 :363 Duggar, .1. F., bulletin 75, experiments with corn .............. Earle, F. S. (with Underwood, L. .treatment of some fungus diseases ................ Egg plant, disease of ....................................... Eleusine corocana, description and analysis.................6:7 M.) 75:3 62 69:243, 272 69 :259 28 Erytharina herbacea...........................................70:288 Entornosporiurn maculaturn................................... Exuberant granulations.....................................72 Experiment, or tests, preliminary ........................... Fertilizers, containing nitrogen and potash .................... phosphoric acid and potash...........................63 nitrogen and phosphoric acid...................... bones............................................... tankage............................................. fish scraps .......................................... animal nitrogen................. ..................... mineral nitrogen..............:..... ................ vegetable nitrogen .............................. phosphoric acid manure...........................63 bone black 69:269 :316 68:22) 63:87 :87 63:86, 87 63:86 63:87 63:87 68:84 .63:85 .63 :83, 84 :79, 83 63 :80 .......................................... bone meal...........................................63:79. bone phosphate.................................................63:81 395 -f .63:0 ts.......". ..... l oa "........... 63 :8() phosphate rock ...................................... soluble reverted and insoluble......................63 :81, 83 63 :80, 83 Thomas slag ..................................... potash manures.... ........... cotton seed hull crude potash salts .............. .................. -ash......................... .......... ........................ ".......". 63:85, 86 .. .. "..63:86 kainit .... gypsum........ "...63: 85 :............ 3:85, 86 muriate of potash......... ...... tobacco stems....... ............... ...................... ............... ................ .. .... .... ... 63: 86 86 63: 63: 63 : 78 63:77, 78 lime .............................................. 3:(')6 ................... bat manure, analysis of ........... ..... .63: 96 cave earth............................... ... 63 ;97,.101 composts.... """............................... advantages of............ ..... .... ........ ....... 97 compost, comparison with cow fertilizers ...... .... .62:63, 69 composition by weight.......................... ....................... per cent.............. formulas for corn....... ....................... cotton...... ............... ............ .................. fraudulent ..... preparation ....... ................. ....... 0":3:(98 ..... 63: 98 . .. .3:99 ..... ............... ". 6.3:99, 101. 63:83, 84 62:65, 67 62:69, 72 63: 97 ... 6398 co-operative. tests with corn ; see Co-operative. cotton seed and meal, discussion of ................. ............. floats vs. acid phosphate ............ intercultural experiments with cotton ............... .................... manures "complete" .... -..... ........... fertilizers domestic, discussion of .. bedding material ..................... 63:79,..88 .3:89, 92' ..... preservation of ............. stable manure, analysis of....... green, advantages ........ .. ..... ,........... ... .63:917-9~2 392 63: of.... ...................... ............. :.. ... 63: 90 63:101,104 .... ... 63 :103 .............. 63:79, .. ..... 95 .... . marks, analysis ........ 3:.94 .... value and use........................ 63 : 94 . ........ mucks, analysis of .......................... ........... 63: ............ value and use.. ......... 72 :327 ......... ........ ................... Free clinic, list .. 6.0:29, 30 -..... .......... ...... ... ............ Flat pea.. .. 73: :349, 345 "Fly agarlo," amanita, muscaria... ................. Fodder pulling, cost of.......... .... ...... ... "................. .. .... 75:380, 381defet.opuln 737 pea vines, value per acre .................... "partial" .... ... .... ..... of.................. 63: 88, e -of.93 Food, from a standpoint of biology . ...... ........ 74 :249 396 ;..,......... aria . 70........: 2 9...7 2 Virginiana ........... ............................. 70 :292 india..~..............................70:293 Frenching of cotton ............................. ... ........ 69:258 Fruit, as an article of diet.............................. -74:350, 351 plants ....... ..................................... 70 :296 Fungi, nature of.................:.......... ........... 69:245", 247 definition of........................ :........69 :249 structure of........................................69:246 classes of parasitic ............... ......... Fungicides, formulas for.................................................. .69:252, 253 F ra 9:250, sulphate of copper .................... .. ......... .. 69:252 Bordeaux mixture. ................................ 69:25 3 ammoniacal carbonate of copper................ ..... 69 :253 copper acetate.... ....................... .... 69 :253 method of application ...... ......................... 69:253t combination of, with insecticides ..................... ........ .. ......... :.......69 69:25.1 :262 Fungus diseases, treatment of................. Fusarium Lycopersici................... 69:243, 272 .... 69 :269 :. 69 :259 ..- 70 :2 8 :...:...70:289 :......70 ... Fusicladiurn........ .... .......................... Fusiporium, rasinfectum.............................. Galactia:glabella .... .. ... . .. ......................... pilosa..... ................... sessiliflora... ........ ............... .... :289. Gelechia cereabella...........................................61 :54, 55. Geum' album.... ....................................... 70:292 '..70, Ghoghari ............ ......... :.......:... Gilleniia,trifoliate.............. stipulacia.. ............. ........... ... 71:300;,.304, 305, 306 ................ 292 :......................70:292 Gingelly...........................................60:31 Gteditsdmia triacanthus:................... aquatica...............................0:9 ::.:.........70:296 .... Glotthlium fioridanum............. ................. ... ... ............... ............. ................. 70:284 ... 60 :32 Glycir e, hispida............ Goat's rue ............ beard..................... Gosszypiurn Brazililiense........... :..........:........ ....... herbarium var microcarpum hirsutum var album ................... maritimuzn .................. .............. .... ............ 70:282 70 :292 7:304, 305 71:304 4 71:3047 305 :.....71:304,-364' maritimumn var polycarpum..................... roseum var albiflorum............ Graham flour ................................ Grain,' stored, insects. injurious to; see Insects. , j. 71:304,; ,71:304,30 .74.852, 353 305 397 Gram, Bengal or chick pea................................. green. or .small kidney. bean........................... Granulation tumors, causes. of................................ 60: 31: 60: 31 72:316 .clinical list...................................72.:33'1 location of"."...................72 structure of................... ................. Grapes, fungous diseases of............................. 69:270, ... :316 72:316 272 black rot . downy powdery mildew....................................... ... ............. ,.........'..........:..:.... :.......... 69 :270 69 :270 69:270 mildew.............. ..... o.. bitter rot...........................:..............69.:270, 272 root .rot ...... .............. ....................... Grass brome, cro-operative tests with ; see Co-operative. Ground-nut ............................................... 69:272 70 :287 Growing season............................................. Gurand.'.......... peaches and plums ........... in Hawthorn 73:339 .......... Haisted, B. D. quoted. on diseases of sweet potatoes............ Hedge plant ..................... ..... Herbucco.................... ..................... Hetoredero radicucola ................................... Hot water treatment for oat smut............:.. Llosackia,purshiana......................... Hypha , definition of.................................. Ideal flour.......:...............................:. Indegofera, caroliniana................. 130 0,:3&mmosis 69:267 ................................................... ............ .. 69:264 70:294 70:296 .71:300, 304, 306 .. 69:"258 ... :......... 69 :255 ......... :_..... 70:281 .69:244 ........ .. 70 -:28 3 74:353' letose Pala.................................. Indian physic.................................... Indigo false .. als . .. .. .......... ..... . .... smooth wild .............................. ...... .. ... white flowered.. wild.................. .. .... :.70:291 70:29J2 .70:280,:20,: 282, 7 283?.23 :.. .. 70 !80 .... ...... . . :...70-:280~ ...................... Indrepur ......................... Insects, injurious stored to grain.....:..:.......... ......... .. 71 :300.,: 304, ... 70:283 306 61:35,.60~ angoumois grain moth........................... . .61:54 beetle, the corn sap.. ......... ........... 661:58, 59 grain....................... ........... 61:56 61:58 .. ............ brown............. ..................... eggs, how destroyed'.. ........................ .. ... ..... 61:36 ,...... ...... larva state,.. :............ .. 1:37, pupa state ... :.................... ....... .61:37 beetle,.the grain (red). ..... ,......................:.61:57" classified as biting insects... ............... 1:38 398 ............. "..61:38 sticking insects................. ..... ".61:50, 51, 52, 53 weevils .................................. Insecticides poisons, external tobacco decoction.................61:44 internal. arsenic (white)..so.. .................................... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ... 61:40, 42 . . ..... carbolic acid emulsion.....so.......................,.61:44 ...... 60 61:41 61:42 carbon bisuiphide...................61:59, helibore (white).......................:......... oso.....................)l:42 kerosene emulsion................................61:42, 43 Pyrethrum.. ........ London purple Paris green... remedies for borers......... ..... bellows. ............................... ............................. :................... :......61 ;41 61:40, 41 .61:38 sucking insects ....................................... Insecticide machines, spraying nozzles..... ...... success spray -Woodson' pump.................... ......................... ......... 61:39 :....61:47 49 61:47 .. :.........61:47, s spraying Deming's force pump..... Ideal .................... ..... 61:47 49 61:45 70:276 spray..............89.......................614,49 Knapsack.......................................61:48, Introduction. Leggett's powder .................... gun..._.. ......................... ......................... 70:277 grouping of orders ................................. 70:292 ........ :........ . ........ Ipecac, American ................. ...... 71:300, 304, 305 ~Jakko ..................................... ... 71:300 '...................................... ............ Jar!i. Jerusalem corn co-operative seed tests; see Co-operative. .. 70:295 ............... .......... June berry ............... .Kansas station, test Killebrew, at. .................................... 68:24070:287 commissioner of Tennessee, quoted. often .... see Kodo-millet; Millet. 70:280, 290 fLathyrus syteestris ............. venosus................... cotton-............ ............ potatoes......................... tomatoes.............................. ....................... .............. 0:29, 30 Leaf spot of pusillus.....:......................................."70:291 .......... ............ ...... ....... :............... ...... 69:259* :......69:2X60 :......9:261 Legur nnce ............................................. Lespedeza procumbens... .................. potystachya.................... violacea ...... .... ...................... 70:280 ,....... .... 70:286 70:286 70:286 ... ................................:..70:286 reticulata .. ... 70:286 ................. hirta....................... 70 :286 ..... ,......... ........ violacea var angustifolia.. 399 . . . .. . .. . . . . . . .70:286. capitata . . . . . striata.. . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . .70:286 . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . .70:286 N uttallii.. 70:291 augustifolia ....................... ............... 70 :286 Stuvei ........ .... 70:286 Stuvei var intermedia ............ 70:286 violacea var sessiliftora. ................ ..................... 70 :286 repens.. ...................... Literature, relating to edible fungi.. .......... ................. ......... . ... 73:346 Locust....... 70:283 common or false acacia. ..................................... 70 :283 honey...._.....................................................70:290 Lumber and cabinet work, plants for........................... .... :70 :295 ........................ 70 :2801 Lupine ........................................ . :..... .70:2 80 wild .................................................... villous.........................................................:.70:280 Virginian..................................................... 70 :282 Lupinus, perennis var graclis.........................................70 :280 vilosus ......................................................... .......................................... diffusus ............. Macrosporium diseases of potatoes .................................. 69 :260 ...... tomatoes ........................ .................... Maize, co-operative seed tests with : see Co-operative Manures, domestic ; see fertilizers. 71:300, 302, 304, 305 annoah ......... .................................... ............................................. 63:94, 95 Marls, analysis of .. 70:280 70 :280 69 :261 M Meadows, sweet ................................................. ...70 :292 70:291 Medicago, lupulina ............. ........................................ maculata ... ....................... ......................... ....... denticulata ................... ti.a......................................... .. Medicinal and commercial plants.................. Medick, meliot 70:281 7;8 70:281 ..... :..................... ................................ ....... 70:296 70 :281 ........... 70:281 black .............. ........... spotted.......................... ........................ 70 :281 :.......................... ..... ........... reticulated ...... M4 P. H. Experiments on foreign seeds................ ....... ell, Flora of Alabama ................................ 70:276, 296 71 :300 experiments with foreign cotton ......................... Melilotus, ot/icinalis............................................ ... 70:281 70:281 60:24 70:281 alba...................................................... parciftora........................................... ....... 70:281 Mexican cotton...........:........................... Millet, Kodo, description and 28 Milk, separated, with cotton seed whole.......................68:238, 239 Ragi, description and analysis...........................60:27, analysis...............................60:28 ,................. 71:300 400 Mildew, wolate of cotton..............................................69:258, 69:270. downy of grape ......................................... powdery of grape ............................................ 69:270 Minosa strigillosa ..... ................................................ 70:291 Mirzapore...........................................71:300, 302, 304, 306 Mit afixi................................................71:300, 301, 304, 305 Mock orange..........................................................,...70:291 70:279, 296, Mohir, Dr. Charles, quoted ........................ .Moriilia fructigena...................................................... .69:265 Moth, the angaumois grain ....................................... 61:54, Mushrooms, undeveloped resources in....... ....................... 69:250, Mycelium, definition of .............................. ................. 69:249 Nadam....................................................71:300, 302, 304, Nagpur Narma jani.............................................................. ....... ................................................. 55 3051 303. 71:300 .... 71:300, Neglected food products..........................................73:337, Neisler, Dr., quoted................................................70:280, Neptunia lutea. ..................................... 339 294 70:290 Nevinsia Alctbamensis .... ................................... 70:291 Nevins, Rev. R. D ................................................. Nimari bani................................. 70:292 71:500, 304, 305 Nine-bark. .............................................................. 70:292 Oats, fungons diseases of ........................................ 69:254, 237- smut.................................. rust ........... ........... ......... 69:254, 256 d9:256, ........................................... 257 Oats, green, with other foods ....................... 68:230, 231, 232, 233 Oily. grain ................................................................ 60:31 Onion, " prize-taker" seed tests; see Co-operative. Oospora, scabies.........................................................69:259 Opoponax..............................................................70:283" Orders, auonaceme......................................... .............. 70:277 aurantiace m aquif oliaceme acerace m ................................................... ...... ................................. .......... 70:.277 70:27 7 70:27 7 .................................... ........ ... ........... anacardiaceaw.......................................... apocvnace m 70:277 70:278 araliacea........................................................70:2 78- asclepiddacea ................................ .. .............................................. :.............o......70:278 acanthraceme ..................... ............................ 70:278 amarantaceae................................................70:279 aristolachiaceae................................................70:27.9 am ary i lidacea e................................................70:27 9 arac em..................................................:....... 70:279 alismaceme ............................. ......................... 70:279 berbenidaceae ...... ........ 70:27 7 401 bytneriaceae ................ ................ 70:277 balsaminaceae ....... .................................... :....70:27 7 biirseracem .... ................................................ 70:27 7 borraginaceee...........................................70:278 bignoniaceae ...................... .......................... batidaceae......... burmanniacea ........................................... 70:279 70:278 .............................................. crucif era .................................................. capparidace ae ................................ cistace ae.......................................... 70:279 70:277 277 :......... ..... 70:277 ..... 70 caryophy11aceae ............................................ 70:277 clusiaceae............................................ .... ... 70:277 came1iacew .................................................. ... cedrelaceae...................................................... celastracem ..................................................... 70:277 calycanthraceae.................................................70:278 crassulacem ........... ....................................... 70:278 ca1itrichace~e.......................................... 70 :278 70:277 70:2 77 cucurbitaceae............................................... 70:278 cactace....................................... .... ........ 70 :278 cormaceae................ ..................... :....70:278 caprifolia~e e............................................. ..... 70-2 78 compositae.................................................70:278 campanvulacaw,.......................7:7 cyri11 ace e..................................................70:278 culiepo cerphylfer............. 8.....*90......."............ ceaohlae................. ............. ..... confe~.................... ... c....... ....... .......... ... 7:279 ....... 70:279 ....... ........ ........ 70:279 0-7 cycadaceoe.................................................. cannace a ........................................... 70 :279 commelinaceae...... ......................................... 70:279 cyperace a ..... "............................................... 70:27q droreraceae................................................ 70:278' 70:279 diapensiacece............................................... 70 :279 dioscoriaceae...................................................70 :279 elatinaceae .................................................... 70:277 ericaceae.........................................:............... 70:278 eben ac eae ....................................................... 70:278 euphorbiaceae ............................................... 70:279 empetraceae ..................................... :...........70:279 ..................................................... 70:279 eriocauleae fumariaceae .... ficoideaec.................................. ............................. . ........... ,..70:277 ................ 70:278-. 402 geraniaceae ............................. :.....................70:277 grassulaceae ............ .... goodeniaeeae..................................................70:278 ... ............................. 70:278 gentian aceae .................................................. 70:278 gram in eae ..................................................... 70:2 79 hyp ericaceaae ................................................ 70:277 hiarnamelideae.....................:........................70:278 haLorageae ..... ............................................... hydrophyllaceaec...............................................70 :278 hydroleaceae................................................... 70 :278 0 :27 9 liyrocardac e........................7 hiaemodoraceae................................................70:279 illicineae ................................ .... 70:277 illecebraceae .................................................. 70:279 70:278 iridaceae ................................................... 70:279 j uglandaceae................................................... 70:279 j uncaceae ...................................................... 70:279 krameriaceae .................................................. l egu minosae ............................................ lythoraceae ........... logoniaceae........................... 70:278, 70:277 70:278 280 ..................... 70:278 Iobeliaceae ............................................. .... 70:278 ..................... ...................... lentibulariaceae............................................... :l biatae ............. ,...........................................,70:278 lauracaea..................................................70:279 loranthaceae 70:278 .................................... ............ 70:279 liliaceae ........................................................ 70:279 lem nace ae ....... ...................................... inagnoliaceae....................... .......................... .... 70:279 70:277 menispurmaceae.............................:.............70:277 m alvaceae......................................................70:27 7 myrtaceae.....................................................70:278 ............................................. 70:278 melastomaceae ... myrsinaceaec.................... ............................ 70:278 moraceae ................... ................. ...... ..... ... 70:279 70 :279 myricaceae .............................................. rnelonthace ae.................................................. 70:279 mayaceae ....................................................... 70:279 nymph acesae................................................70 n :277 nyctaginaceae..................................................70:279 aid ace ae ...................................................... 70:279 olecaceae ........................ ............................ 70:277 oxalidaceae.....................................................70:27 7 ....................................... onagraceaec............. 70:278 oleaceae .............. ......................................... 70: 278 403 orobancliaceae.................................................70:278 orchidaceae ................................................... 70:279 papaveraceae ......................... ...................... 70:277; portulacaceae ................................................. polygalaceae............ ............... 70:277 parnassiaceae .................................................. 70:278 70:277 plumbaginaceae................................................70:278 primulaceae ................................................... 70:278 po emoniaceaea............................. ................ 70:278 pedaliaceae ............................................... ... 70:278 plantaginaceae ................................................ 70:279 ph ytolaccaceae.................................................70:279 polygonaceae.....:............................................ 70:279. podastimaceae ................................................. 70:279 piperaceac .................................................... 70:279 1latan aceae.................................................... 70:279 palmae ................................................... 70:279 pontederiaceae.................................................70:279 iesedaceae.....................................................70:277 rutac eae ....................................................... 70-277 70:277 rhamnaceac ................................................... 70:277 rosaceae .................................................. 70:278, 291 rubiaceae ..................................................... 70:278 sarraceniaceae ................................................. 70:277 simarubaceae ,.................................... sapindaceae ............................... ................. 70:277 staphyleaceae.................................................. 70:277 saxif ragaceae.................................................. sapotaceae ..................................................... 70:278 s tyracaceae....................................................70:278 70:278 ........................................ ....... 70-278 .. scrophulariaceae ................. ......... .... ........70:278 solanaceae .... saururace ae..................................................... 70:279 santalaceae...........................................70:279 salacaceae ..................................................... 70:279 terustraemiaceae .................. ....................... tiliaceae........................................................70:277 turneraceae .................................. 70:278 theophrastacaea............................................... 70:278 70:277 thymelaeaceae ................................................ typhaceae........................ 7 0:279 .70:279 .......................... urticaceae ...................................................... 70:279 umbelliferae .. .............................................. 70:278 violaceae ...... ................................................ 70:277 vi tace ae....................................................... 70:277 404 valerianceaae ... ........ ........................... ,:....o.70:278' verbenaceae ................................................... xyridaceae......................................... zygophyllaceae ................................................ 70:278 ...... ... 70:279 ,70:277 Ornamental plants.. ................................................... 70:205 Painaa .......................... .......... .............................. 71:300) Papillomas, clinical list of ............................................ 72:332 relation to common skin tumors............................72:317 structure and location........................................72:317 Paspaluin scrobiculatum Pear... ...................... ....................... 60:28 ......... 70:294 Pea, hoary .............................................................. 70:282 ....................................................... everlasting................................... ,.................70:287 spirred butterfly pea.............. o........a..............o70:287 partridge....................................................... 70:290 butterfly ....................................................... 70:288 milk.............................................................70:288 smooth ....................................... ................ 70:289 Pea-nuts, Spanish co-operative seed tests; see Co-operative. Pea weevil. ......................................... .61:50 Peaches, fungous diseases of.................... ... .... ....... 69:265, 267 rot".........................................................69:265, leaf rust............................................... .... gummosis ............................... leaf 69:267 267 ....................... 69:267 Pcars, fungous diseases of .................................. blight.....................69:267, 69:267, 270 269 blight.................... .. 69:269 Pencil flower............................................7:8 Peppers, disease- of.....................................................69:259 Pet alostemnon, gracilis...................................................70:282 .......... 70:282 carnum....................... c andidens.......................................................70:282 carymbosurn .. ....................................... 70:282 violacens........................................................ 70:282 Phaseolus, perenis ............... decumbens.......................................................70:282 diversifolius ..................... Phaseolus mungjo ....... ... .............................. ... 70:287 ...... ...... 70:288 70:288 he lvolu s ........................................................ ........................... 60:31 .............. .......... ...... 70:292 ,..69:258 Phiysocarpus opulifolius........................ Phytophthora infestans ................................ Plant diseases, treatment of.....................................69:243, 272 69:251, 252 ....... ......... causes of other than fungi common names of............................................. 69:251 405 .... ................ 7 :9 Plum, wild yellow .............. beach . ...................................................... .. 70:293 southern bullace .............................................. 70:291. ch ickasaw ...................................................... 70:291 Plums, fungous diseases of .................................. ;...69:265, 267 rot ............................................ leaf rust ........................................................ ........ 69:265, 267 69:267 g unmosis......................................................69:267 Post mortem of pigs that die from cotton seed.... ................ )8:240 Potassium sulphide, treatment for oat potato blight smut... ...... so........... .69:255 ............... Potatoes, fungous diseases 'of .................................. :69:268, 2t0 sa............ ...... 69:259,26 lesocoa acosou ................. 9260 Potentillacanadensi ................................ ...... 729 Po lrdeaf..................u....................................69:262 Proud filesh......s.........,. ..................................... 70236 Pornu, Aer...ca..na........... ...................................... 670:291 mnadfesr.......ti ....... na.............................................702316 _u uAmbericaa............................................ ..... 70:291 chica ........................................................ 70:291 serotiaa............................................ ......... 70:291 Caiiaa ...................................................... 70:291 Vrgtinian...........a.............................................70:291 P Clarnelinotidea......... ....................................... 70:282 ...... 70:282 carn Psrle pielltis...................................................70:291 ..................... 70:275 iblcanscenAlabama.....Experiment.......Station P lc coronata... pia ....................................... 690:256 P rbica io, eaama...eriment...... n.................. ....... 7:25 gracc s ini 69:256 potato ..... .................. 69:258, 259 ina............................... ........ a.................................................. ........... oo :Purpose pruni spinosae.................................... ......... 69:267 Puff balls (clovatia) ............................................... 73:345, 346 Pulse family ........................................................ 70:280 of pig feeding experiments....................................68:228 fPyrus coronarias...............................................70:294 augustifolia...........................................70:294 arbutifolia...................................................... 70:294 arbutifolia var erythrocarpa................................70:294 Quinces, fungous diseases of ................................... 69:267, 270 blight.....................................................68:267, leaf blight......................................................69 :269 Raji, millet; see Millet. Rarnulariaareolata........ 269 ..................... ......... .. 69:258 :Rape, dwarf Essex, co-operative seed tests; see Co-operative. 406 Raspberry .............................................................. 70:292 Rattle box, Virginian .................................................. 70:28Q of the entire wneat....74:357, 358. Receipt for making bread from Red bud (Judas tree).. ................................................ 70:289 Rhynchosia tormentosa................................................ 70:289 flour erecta ............................................... 70:289, galactioides...:.................................................70:289 minima................................................... .. 70:289 torin'ntosa var erecta.......................... ................. reni f ormis. Rice ........................................ weevil; 70 :291 70:29 t 70:289- see Insects. Robinia pseudacacia.......................................... .......... 70:283. viseosa hispida Roji ........................................................... 305. Ross, B. B., chemist. fertilizers, commercial and domastic ................. 63:75, 104 manufacture of syrup from cane.......................66:185, 193. .. 70:293 Rose, climbing or prairie ......................................... swamp...........................................................70: -93. 71:300, dwarf wild ........ ................................ 70:291 ........................................................304,......................................................... 70:293 029 ............ ..... .............. ...... dog rose sweet briar ................................................... 70:293 Rosa setigera Cherokee ...................................................... ........................................................... 70:293- 70:29 Carolina........................................................ 70:293 huamilis...................................................... 70:293 canina..................................................... 70:293 70:293 bracteata............................................ ....... 70:293 ..... rabginsa...................... lae... a...........................................729 Root galls, causes of....,..............................................69:253. of cotton .......................................................69:258 9:261, 262 Rot, tomato black ................................. ................ blossom end of tomatoes.... ........................... 69:261, 26'2 watermelon black ........................................... 69:263. sweet potato black ............................................. 69:264 peach and plum ......................................... 69:265, 267 69:270 ......................................... black, of grape .... 69:271 bitter, of grape ............................................. root, of grape................................................... 69:272 Rubus occidentalis.......................................................70:292 villosus ....................................................... _..70:292 hispidas... .................................................... 70:292 cuneifolius................................ ................... 70:292: 407 trivialis ... .. ...... Rust, of oats............:........................................... of cotton, a misapplied of 257 term................................69:251 69:256, ............... .... 70:292 of peach and plum.............................................69:267 apple......... ......... ..................................... 69:269 Rye, green with other foods...............................68:234, 236,' 237 Saceharoineter......................................................... Sarcomas................................................................ 72:313 clinical list resemblanrce to skin tumors.................................72:316 to 66:190 of.............................................72:333 ............................... ..72:311 vascularity of.... granulation..................7:1:1 Scab, of potatoes...... ................................................. 260 69:259, 260 of apple and pear ..................................... ta............... .................................. 70:290 Schrankia uneina augustata. ..................................................... 70:290 Seeds, foreign, experiments with...............................60:27, 32 distinguished from spores.... ............. ... 69:247, 269 Senna, wild American...................................................70:289 Sensitive plant, briar...................................................76:290 briar, narrow leaved..........................................70:290 Sesarnum, orientatle ............................................. ..... 60:31 60:31 Sesame, till seed, or oily grain ....................................... Seshania inacrosearpia...............................................70:284 Shad 'flower............................................................. 70:295 Service berry........................................................... 70:295 Silvanus cassiae.......................................................... 61:57 69:259,. surinainensis ........................... growth ............... ...................... 61:56 72 :311 Skin tumors ............................................................. ,.......................................... 72:312 microscopical characteristics......................... 72:314, 315 72:317, 318 treatment of ........................................... plates and illustrations of.. .72:320, 321, 322, 323, 324, 325, 326 shape of ....... .... .. ............... ......... vascularity...............................................72:312, 315 Smith, E. F., quoted on melon wilt.................................69:263 Smut, ofcorn.................... .......... ....... 69:253, 254 of oats '.................... ...... 72 :312 ................................................. ............. ............................................... 69:254, 256 Soja, loga, or soy bean ......................... 60:32 .. 70:2J2 Spraying solutions; see Fungicides. Spiraea arunous......... Spores, distinguished from seeds.........................69:247, 249 69:249 ........................ definition of ................ Spurry, co-operative seed tests with; see Co-operative. Stedman, J. M. Biologist, insects injurious to stored grain .... 61:35, 60 408 -Strawberry ................................................. wild ............................................ 70:292 70:288 70:292 barren .......................................... Strophosfyles, angjulosa..................................... pedunculars................................... 70 :292 70:288 ................. 70:286 Stylosanthes, elatior........................ Sugar beets; see Beets. 068:241 Suggestions concerning the feeding of cotton seed ............. Sulphur for cleaning syrup; see Syrup. Surat Kupas...................................7°1:300, 303, 304, 306 Sweet potatoes, with other food..................... 68:2301 231, 232 fungous diseases of...................... black rot.................................. care necessary in handling.................... treatment of bins for storing................. :Syrup, preservation of .................................. manufacture of........... bottled syrup 69:263, 264 .69:264 69:264 69:204 66 :192, 193 66 :185, 193 ....................... ........ apparatus for evaporating and clarifying..... ......................... analysis of............ clarification..................................... by sulphur and milk of limo...................... advantages ............................. concentration, degree of ................................... .............................. .... 66:191 6619,193 66:192, 193 66:186, 187 66:188, 189 ... 66:190, 191 66:190 color.................................................66:187 evaporation ................................. 66:186, 189, 190 fermentation ........................................ ........................... grinding entire cane ..... Tables .............................................. Tephrosia, irginiana........................................70:282 spictata.................................... hispidula......................................... 72 :230, 234, 239 ..... 70:283 70 :283 70:283 ..... 66:187 66 :191 70:283 onobrychorides ................................... chrysophylla................ ..... arnbigua .................... ................ ............... 70:283 Tests atTexas station.....................................68 Kansas station......................................68 The field agaricus or field mushroom (agaricus campestris) .Tobacco, beds, area of......................................64 .......... covered........... .................. advantages........................................ :240, 241 :240 .. 73:339, 341 :126 64:107, 126 cloth for.................................. 64:107, 108, 128 ...... 64: 126 :126 64:126 hot bed...................................... location of........................................64 409 woods or open...................................64:108 bulking.....................................64:110,111 burning quality affected by fertilizer................64:134 64:148 ............................... flue curing..... cigar leaf, how cured.............................64:111 harvested....................................4:111 varieties, notes on, tested.................64:111, 112 with and without fertilizers....................64:121 cigars, cost of manufacturing.....................64:123 :123 value of.....................................64 12 conditions favorable for................... co-operative seeds, test of, see Co-operation. cultivation, improvement in................64:130, 131 64:146 curing, barn ..................................... 149 Snow's modern...........................64:148, methods air curing........................64:146,'148 64 :146 by artificial heat .............................. on or off stalk...............................64:148 curing,. methods by open fires......................64:146 Snow's modern advantages................64:150, 151 :146, 148 sun curing...............................63 temperature for..............................64:110 cutting or harvesting......................64:110, 145 experiments in 1894.......................64:107, 155 fermentation.............................64:111, 153 fertilizers expr. with nitrogen..............64:114, 119 128 best for plant beds........................64:108, 4:1291 formulasfor...............................64:135,136 -Havana, notes on.................................. varieties....................................... high priced, characteristics of............. 64 :144 insects injurious to cut worms ............... flea beetle and remedy........ .............. ........ 6:3 64:139, 140 64:108, 126 64:130 insects injurious to horn worm ................................ moth or sphinx ........................... marketing crop............................... packing................................... ....................... plant, notes on......... leaves.........................................64d:136 ..................................... suckers.. young easily affected by cold ......... planting and replanting 64:140, 142 .. 4:123 64:15-2, 153 64:136, 137 (64:137 ........... .... 64:109 64:139, 142 ' ..................... 64:165 plug, cost of manufacturing ..................... manufacturing outfit, cost of.................... 64:121, 123 64:124 410 industry in S. C................................64:124 weight after manufacturing ................. 64:121, 123 .......... 64:154 64:154 .. .................... "prizing"> ....... amount per package ........................... pyretheum for insects ........................... grown on black prairie land .............. quality 64:126 64:129 seed sowing .......... ................. 64:128, seed-leaf varieties, description of................64:142, 143 (64.:142: where grown ................................. :109, 131, 134, 135 soil, preparation of.................64 64 :131, 132 selection of................................ sorting........................................ stripping......................................... ..... sweating ....... ..... ................ 64:150, 155 64:151 64:151 .. 604:138topping...................................... 64:133 transplanting.................................. varieties classified according to use..................64:130 064:113 tested for yield ................................ Tomato, co-operative seed tests wi th-(see. co-operative). fungous diseases of.. . 6..........................(19:261, 263 Southern tomato blight ............................. 69 :261 tomato leaf spot or macrosporium.................... tomato black rot or blossom-end rot................69:261, 69:261 263. 72:318 Treatment of common skin tumorssurgical......................................... potential. cautery .. 72:317 70:284 Trefoil, tick ............................................. 70:284pointed few flowered......................................... 70:284 round leaved ............ ...................... ............................................ 70:284 ....................................... sharp pointed.......... ............................ 70:285 ... . .................. smooth thick................ stiff.. 70:285 ............................................... 70 :28-0 Trifolium ferrugineui........................................ pratense........................................... 70:281 ................. 61:58. Carolinianum.....................................70 :281. 70:281 ... ...................... pi-octnnbens ............. reflexum ........................ repens ............................................ 70:281 70:281 amphianthurn. .................................... 70:291 Tuberculosis, bovine................................. and human, same germ ....................... acute or chronic ............................... animals as affected in Europe United States........................ .......... .. 67:197, 226~ 67 :207 67:215 .... 67:204, 205 ......... 67:2051 411 animals affected in Alabama..............67:206, 207 susceptible to................................67:204 bacillus of, discovered.......................67:197 cause originatingbacillus................................. description of.......................67:199, 120 67:200, 201 how destroyed ........... cause accessoryclimate.. ........................... 67:202 faulty breeding..........................67:203 food and feeding..........................67:202 heredity.................................67:201 in and in breeding.......................67:203 lack of air and light......................67:202 methods of breeding......................67:202 Diagnosis of methods-microscopical examination.............67.217, 218 tuberculin tests.......................67:218, 220 accuracy of...........................67:220, 221 duties of city and State concerning.........67:223, 224 distribution of disease................67:197, 198 early theories regarding................... fatality in Alabama 1889-'93................67:198 compared with other diseases..............67:19 infections, character of...................67:207, 210 infection through air passages and lungs. 7:210 digestive apparatus. ........ 67:210 genital organs............................67:211 by direct inoculation ....................... infection, intra-uterine......................... prevention of ......................... how to disinfect............................ symptoms in cattle 67:197 67:211 67:221, 226 67:215, 217 67 :211 67:211 67:223 State laws suggested................... 67:224, 226 ..................... tubercle bacilli, action of....................... Tubercles, location ofbetween muscles .......................... in bones .................... .............in brain and spinal cord.................... 67 :214 67:214 67:214 ...... liver................. ..................... lungs................ .................... lymphatic glands..........................67 mesenteric glands ................... pharyngeal glands .......................... pleura.................................... :214 67:213 67 :214 67:213 67:212 67 :213 412 spleen and .kidneys........ udder..................................... uterine.................................... ................. 67:213. 67:213 67:210' 72:311, 72 :312, .. 72 :313, 72:313, 314, 312 31:3 334 327 Tumors, cause of....................................... classification of................................. carcissomas.................................. fibromas ................................... isranulation.................................... papilloma ...................................... sarcomas ................................... 72:316, 331' 72:313, 316, 3:33 72 :317, 332 Turnips, co-operative seed tests with-(see co-operative). Underwood, L. M. (with Earle, F. S.) treatment of some fungous diseases.......... 69:243, 272 Ustilago, mnaydis.............. ......................... avenae ......................................... Vetch, milk.................................................70 ........................... .... ................. 69:253, 254 69 :254, 256 :283 sensitive joint ............. common.............................................. small flowered................... 70:287 .. ..... 70 :284 70:287 ............................ Carolina........ .... ........................................ bitter :....... .... .. .......... Vicia, sativa.................. hirsuta................... ............................ micanta...............................70 Caroliniana........... ......................... .. 70 :287 70:287 .... 70 :287 70:287 :2 87 70:287 ..... ................ .............. acutifo lia ........ ....... ................ Ludovicicana........... ...... ................... Vigma glabra........................... Wagaria, Wadhwan.. ................................... Waite, M. B., quoted on pear blight ........................... Warts............................. ................. Watermelons, fungous diseases of............................ 70 :287 70:287 710:288 71:300, 303 6:8 72:317, 332 69 :263. melon wilt or blight........................... anthracnose or black rot......................69 69 :263 :263 74:351, 352 232, 234, Weevils; see Insects. Wheat as a food plant................................... Wheat bran with other foods.................... Wistoria, frutescens ............... Zornia, tetraphylla ......................................... ......................... 68:230, 2837 241 Why cotton seed kills pigs...............................68:240, 70:289 70:284 BULLETIN No. 59.JAUR,85 JANUARY, 1895, Agricultural and Mechanical College, EXPERIMENT STATION, AUBURN, ALABAMA. Co-operative Soil Tests oCorn A. J. BONDURANT. MONTGOMERY, ALA.: THE BROWN PRINTING CO., STATE PRINTERS AND BINDERS. 1894. COMMITTEE OF TRUSTEES ON EXPERIMENT STATION. I. F. CULVER....................................Union H. CLAY ARMSTRONG.............................Auburn. Springs. J. G. GILOHRIST................................Hopp.Hull. Wm. STATION COUNCIL. LEROY BROUN...................................President. ............ A. J. BONDURANT................................Agriculturist. B. B. Ross.............................. P. H. MELL ......................................... J. M. STEDMAN ..................................... ASSISTANTS. T. ANDERSON............................FrtAssistant Chemist. IR. E. NOBLE............................... Second Assistant Chemist. C. G. GREENE...................... Assistant Botanist and Biologist. T. U. CULVER Superintendent of Farm. J. Botanist. Biologist. Chemist. C. A. C ARY, D . V. M.............................Veterinarian . .......................... ~The Bulletins of this Station will be sent free to any citizen of the State on application to the Agricultural Experiment Station, Auburn, Alabama. CO-OPERATIVE SOIL. TEST EXPERIMENTS 1894. FOR Fertilizers, mixed at the Experiment Station, were sent to twenty-seven farmers living in different sections of the State, for Co-operative Soil Test Experiment on Corn. The ferilizers sent out consisted of 250 pounds of cotton seed meal, and 250 pounds of acid phosphate. Th1 land to be used for this experiment was two plots of one-half acre each. Plot No. 1 was to receive all of the fertilizer. Plot No. 2, no manure. The object of this experiment was to ascertain the greatest. quantity of corn that could be produced on a half acre of land, with a given quantity of fertilizer, as compared with a half acre uiimanured. The following instructions were sent to each one of the Co-operative Soil Test Experimenters: Break the land broad-cast. When ready to plant, lay-off rows with a shovel plow. Each sack of. fertilizer sent contains 125 pounds. Scatter two sacks in the furrow and follow with a scooter plow in order to mix thoroughly with the soil. Drop the corn in the furrow and cover with a scooter. When the corn is up, thin to one stalk in the hill. If the land is not already in excellent condition, plow deep at first plowing. All subsequent plowing should be done shallow and with a heel scrape if possible. Some time in May scatter the other two sacks of fertilizers broad-cast, and at this time plant a row of peas in each corn middle. The planting of the peas and plowing in the fertilizer will be done at the same plowing. Keep a record of the time of planting, of the method of cultivation and of the difference between the manured and. unmanured plots or half-acres, and note whether the fodder ripens at the same time, or not, on both plots. Weigh corn in the shuck, and report as soon as convenient after gathering. The following tabulated reports show the results of the experiments: CORN EXPERIMENT BY Mr. E. J. BEASLEY, Red Level, Covington County, Alabama. Soi-Red, with Red Clay sub-soil. Rows 70 yards long-5 feet wide. Pounds yield of corn weighed in shuck. t - 4'Per 12 2 /;5 s Size of Plot. Fertilizers, use Per Plot. Plot. Rate Per Acre. Acre....... 250 bs. C. S. NTeal.1243. 250 lbs. Acid Phos. 2486.313 1510..18% 1......... Nothing..........755. Mr. Beasley says that he prepared his land according to instructions from the Station. Corn was planted March 10th, on the 25th killed by freeze. On the 14th good stand. First plowing was done with a scooter, and. succeeding. culture with scrape and scooter. Just as corn was bunching for tassel, a drought began, which lasted three weeks. A good rain fell at the close of this drought, and another three weeks drought. came on which cnt off the fertilized half acre, fully one half. The unfertilized plot did not seem to suffer much for rain. Mr. Beasley thinks that the first application of fertilizer was lost on account of the heavy rains in April and May. L of April planted the second time, securing a CORN EXPERIMENT .BY MR. M. A. BISHOP, Madison, Madison County, Alabama. Soil-Dark Loam with Rled Clay sub-soil. Rows 70 yards long-5 feet wide. Pounds yield of corn Size of Plot. " Fertilizers used Per Plot. SPer weighed in shuck. .) P Plot .Rate Per Acre. 1 % Acre........ 2 " 250 lbs. Acid Phos . 1262...... 2524.....31 eal. 250 bs. C. 878......1756.....219-10 ......... No Manure ..... The land on which this experiment was made, Mr. Bishop writes, was planted in cotton for four years in succession previous to the corn, was high upland, and well adapted for corn with favorable seasons. Planted corn March 22d, in the face of inauspicious seasons, varying from cold to dry. From April 6th to June 27th, three months lacking one week, no rain fell; and although the crop was much injured from this drought, the fertilized plot started off in advance and maintained a difference, and a good color, although the growth was slow for want of rain. After the rains set in, the fertilized plot developed a large, vigorous growth, but the ears were not in proportion to size of stalk. Plot 2, or the unmanured half acre, was the reverse as to results, the stalks being medium in size and the ears well developect. The quality of corn good from both plots. The variety of corn used was a cross of Hickory King and Tennessee Gourd-seed. The crop of peas on No. 1 was very fine, and will pay the rent of land, while No. 2 scarcely made the seed planted. The variety of peas planted was the "Unknown," and was furnished bythe Agricultural Department at Washington, at the suggestion of your Station. Peas were late in ripening, which prevented the gathering of the corn until September 25th. CORN EXPERIMENT BY Mn. F. W. -BRADLEY. Walker Springs, Clarke Co., Ala. Soil-Sandy with red clay sub-soil. Rows 70 yards long-5 feet wide. Pounds yield of corn weighed in shuck. Size of Plot. Fertilizers'used Per Acre. lt Pe Per Plt ate Per Acre. d.1) z O Q 1 1 Acre. 2 ") ... 250 lbs.O. S. Meal. 896. 1792..... 250 lbs. Acid Phos. No Manure . 435.....870.. 22 2-5 10%~ Mr. Bradley says that the land on which the experiment was made was old sandy soil never before fertilized. Broke the land. deep broad cast, laid off. rows as directed and plied 250 lbs. fertilizers at time of planting which was Mar. ap- 27th. Failed to get a stand and planted again April 14th,, and failing again, replanted the second time April 26th, when a good stand was secnred. Thinned to one stalk to the hill. First' plowing was done with shovel and sweep. Used the other 250 lbs. fertilizer at second plowing. Plowed corn every two weeks. Injured very much from drought. CORN EXPERIMENT BY MN. G. W. COMPTON. Wayne, ilarengo Go., Ala. Soi-lDark sandy with clay subsoil. Rows 70 yards long-5 feet wide. Pounds yield of corn weighed in shuck. S * Size of Plot. S oFertilizers PerPlot. used o Per Plot. RatePerE .+Acre. 2 12 1 Acre S . A r .... 2 53 250 lbs. Acid Phos.3928 . No Manure. 196.............4910 2501bs. C.S.Meal. . 1076...13 3-7 Mr. Compton writes : "I planted corn Mar. 16th, at which time I put in one-half the fertilizers. Corn came up and looked well until the last of April. Rains were plentiful until the 19th of April. On May the 12th a light shower fell, at which time I applied the other half of fertilizers, and there was! no more rain until the 19th of July, which made 67 days without rain. The fertilized corn burned up to the ear. The crop is about one-half what it would have been with seasons. CORN EXPERIMENT BY MR R. H. -CRoss. Letohatchie,. Lowndes Co. Ala. Soil-Dark sandy with clay sub-soil. Rows 70 yards long -5 feet wide. Pounds yield of corn d Siz ~ of lot. Fertilizers, use Per Plot.o weighed in shuck. 41i.. o 1tAce 2 12 Per Plot. Rate per S Acre. 2 180. 12.. 980.. 360.45 64.. 1960 . 2501lbs. C.S.Meal 2501lbs. Acid Phos Acre......... No Manure........ 52 24'2 The results of Mr. Cross's experiment are more tory than some others, which may be attributed to the favorable seasons. He says this acre was in cotton last year (1893) from which he gathered a good crop. In February, the land was broken with a Double Avery plow, turning under the cotton stalks. On March 1st laid off rows 52 feet wide with a long scooter, distributed fertilizer and bedded on it, with a Pony Avery plow. Next day opened furrows and planted the usual way, and in a few days had a perfect stand. Cultivated the crop very shallow after the plowing. The seasons were all that could be desired for a perfect development of stalk and ears. A magnificent crop of peas is made which were. planted at the last plowing of corn. satisfac- first CORN EXPERIMENT BY PROF. H. BENTON. Uniontown, Perry Go., Ala. Soil- develo3?m a magr Rows 70 yards long-5 T feet wide. n Size of Plot. C Fertilizers, used Per Plot. Pounds yield of corn weighed in shuck. i _______ 0 S. lbs.ea l M C. 1 12 12 PrPo.Rate per 626.... 0 Acre .... 2 0 lbs. Acid Phos. Acre........N( Manure....... o 2 1 Ace 15 6-10 52.... ... 936.... 11 7-10 Mr. Benton accompanies his report with the following remarks : "The land used for this experiment was a rich bottom. The small yield was due to the long drought from April 11th to July 16th. All corn in this immediate vicinity suffered likewise.. One noteworthy fact is that the experiment shows that fer- tilizers will increase the yield on canebrake lands, a fact which is denied by most farmers of this section." CORN EXPERIMENT BY M1R. JOHN F. DEER. Monroeville, lMonroe Co., Ala. Gray sandy soil with clay sub-soil. Rows 70 yards long-5 feet wide. Pounds yield of corn weighed in shuck. Fertilizers used Per Plot. Per Plot. erPlt.Acre. Rate per ' . . F Size of Plot. B o 0 1 Acre....... 250 lbs. C. S. Meal.20 50 lbs. Acid Phos. No Manure........ 800... 48 .... 1600....20 966...12 1-16 2 12 Acre.......... This experiment was planted March 13th, instructions being followed as to preparation, putting in fertilizer, &c. Corn was killed and replanted March 30th, resulting in a good stand. Mr. Deer says on the 14th of April, run around corn with a "half-twister" barring it off, in which condition it remained until the 26th, when the dirt was .thlown back to it. Hoed it May 1st and on the 3d plowed out middles. Run around corn May 15th with Dixon sweep, planted the "Unknown" pea in this furrow three days afterwards and covered with the same sweep. On the 31st plowed out the middles. Second application of fertilizes made at time of planting peas, May 18th. Good rains, in fact there was too much rain up to the 24th, and. none from that time to the 17th of June. For four days previous to this rain corn failed rapidly and a fair estimate is, that it was cut off one-third. Fertilized plat grew rapidly from the beginning and appeared to be about 10 days earlier than the unmanured. 10 Much of plot 2 was destroyed by worms. averaged 90 hills to the row, plot 2 averaged 60 hills. CORN EXPERIMENT BY Mn. R. M. DICK. While plot 1 Albertville, Etowah Co., Ala. Red loam soil-red clay sub-soil. Rows, 70 yards long -5 feet wide. Pounds yield of corn E Fertilizers used Size of Plot, weihdishc. -n per Plot. o a "Acre. Per Plot. Rate per 4 ", ow 1 '2 Acre cre ... . .. 250 lbs. C. 8. Meal 250 lbs. Acid Phos 978... -1956...'24-2 2 %2 Acre.......No Manure....... and 20th of May a cold Mr. Dick says that on the injured the corn very much, at which time plot 1 was spell twelve inches high, vigorous and green, and plot 2 was four inches high, yellow and not vigorous. Plot 2 was not damaged so much as the other plot, it being less forward. Mr. Dick remarks that one thing developed, "that Saud Mountain soil will stand as heavy fertilizing as river or creek bottoms, so far as moisture is concerned. " CORN EXPERIMENT BY MAJ. E. M. DAVIS. 19th 970... 12 Prattville, Auteaaga County, Alabama. ao Pounds yield of corn ~.~ in shuck. ii Fertilizers. used per plot. Per Plot. Rate 2)weighed Size of Plot. per Acre. 1 1/2 Acre...... 2 %2 c) 14 4-5 9 7-10 250 lbs. C. S. Meal No 250 lbs. Acid Phos. 59 ' 1186 778 Acre..... manure........ 389 11 Mr. Davis says: "This has been a bad year for fertilizers in this country, the extremely dry spring and early summer seem to have caused the plant to lose the benefit of the 250 lbs. applied at planting time." CORN EXPERIMENT BY MR. R.T. EWING. Round Mountain, Cherokee County, Alabama. Soil-Gray sandy (piney woods) yellow clay sub-soil. Rows 70 yards long-5 feet wide. Pounds yield of corn weighed in shuck. . Size of Plot. Size of Plot. Fertilizers used per p Plot. oPer 1 Acre........250 lbs. C. S. Meal. ' Rate Plot. per Acre. 1165 793 S'a 2330 1586 29% 19 4-5 2 I% Acre .......... No Manure........ Mr. Ewing reports that he planted corn on April 7th, and owing to the late cold Spring, had to replant three times before securing a stand. Preparation of land, putting in fertilizers, &c., were according to instructions. On 2nd of May run around corn with scooter and scrape, and on the 5th plowed out middles. On the 12th run around with scooter and scrape and followed with hoe. Did the same on the 22d. On May 31st run a furrow in the middle of each row, dropped peas in this furrow, scattered the other 250 lbs. fertilizer broadcast and plowed out with scooter and 20 inch scrape. All of May and the early part of June was dry and the fertilized portion of experiment stood drought better than the other. -j-z CORN EXPERIMENT BY PROF. J. B. Espy. Henry Southbeast Alabama Agricultural School, Abbeville, County, Alabama. Soil-Sandy. Sub-soil, sand and clay mixed. Pounds yield of corn in the ear. of Size of Plot. . Fertilizers used4 Per Plot. ,--~Acre. Per Plot. R ;4 205-7 - Acre. .. 2 1/ 250 lbs. C. S. Meal. 726 ?~50 lbs. Acid Phos. 403. anure.. Acre..........No \"R 12 806. 11 The report of this experiment, as will be seen from the above table, was made in the ear instead of in the shnck. The estimate is made at the rate of '(0 lbs. of ear corn to a bushel of shelled, that being the custom. Prof. Espy says that the corn was planted Mar. 12th, but owing to a freeze killing it, was replanted April 14th. Fertilizer on plot 1 was put on at time of planting, that is the first application and the other 250 lbs at last plowing. First plowing May 8th, second May 23d, and third and last plowing, June 9th., Seasons very unfavorable, no rain for two months after the first plowing. Prof. Espy thinks the last application of fertilizer did very little good. Plot 1 yielded 165 lbs. fodder and plot No. 2, 98 lbs. 13 CORN EXPERIMENT BY DR. JOHN GORDON. H'ealing Springs, Washington (Jounty, Alabama. Soil-Sandy loam. Rows 70 yards long-5 Sub-soil about the same. feet wide. Pounds yield of G~ ion corn weighed in ,hick. a) Size of Plot. Fertilizers used per Plot. Per Plot. Rate per Acre. P4)...0 z 0 a)d 0 0 1 2 ~2 250 lbs C. S. Meal. Acre Ace.......250 lbs. Acid Phos. No Manure ... Acre ......... '2 750.... 288 .. 1500.... 18% 576.... 7 1-5 Dr. Gordon makes the following statement about his experiment : "The experiment was almost a complete failure in consequence of the dry weather May and June, and the excessive rains in July and Angust. I followed instructions. in preparing land and cultivating Planted corn 'Apr in crop. 6th in 5 feet rows. Plowed May the 7th, thinned to a. stand and sided up on the 17th. Plowed with heel scrape Jnne 12th, planted peas and put down the other 250 lbs. fertilizer at this time." CORN EXPERIMENT BY MR. J. A. LOGAN. (Jlantorn, Chilton County, Alabama. Soil-Mulatto and sandy. Sub-soil, red. clay. Pounds yield of corn weighed in shuck. " F E _ Size of Plot. Fertilizers used per Plot ______ X! . o Per Plot. Rate per Acr e. A250 lbs. C. S. Meal. Acre...........250 lbs. Acid Phos.13 2. 2 1/Acre.........No Manure ........ 2. 570....1140....14% 14 Mr. Logan, in selecting his ground for experiment, says that he got an acre as level as possible, plowed it broadcast from 4 to 6 inches deep on Mar. 1st, and on the 24th run off rows 5 feet apart, using mold board, put in 250 lbs. of fertilizer and run a small plow through it in order to mix it with the soil. In this furrow he dropped the corn and covered with one furrow. On April the 2nd put another furrow on opposite side. The experiment was cultivated according to directions and did not lack for work. On May 22nd the other 250 lbs. fertilizer was scattered broad-cast, corn plowed, hoed and put to a stand. Bud worms were very injurious and with difficulty succeeded in getting a stand. From the 14th to the 22nd of May, light showers and some little rain in June, but the corn was in a wilted condition half the time. Mr. Logan thinks on account of the dry weather, that the last 250 lbs. of fertilizer did but little good. CORN EXPERIMENT BY Mr. J. P. OLIVER. Dadeville, Tallapoosa Co., Ala. Soil-Gray sandy-sub-soil, clay. Rows 70 yards long-5 feet wide. Pounds yield of corn Size of Plot. Fertilizers used0 per Plot. o__- "-d . weighed in shuck. .9 Per Plot. Rate per Acre........250 S. Meal. lbs. C. 1 % '0 Acre.... Acre.......... 250lbs. Acid Phos 2 2 No Manure ...... 1110.... 960.... 2220.... 1920 .. 27% 24 Corn was planted April [st. Preparation of land, applying fertilizers and culture of crop according to instructions. Mr. Oliver says that the long and very severe drought at the time the corn was tasseling and silking, reduced the yield 15 considerably. No fodder was saved-all burnt up and peas failed to come up, the ground being so hot and dry. CORN EXPERIMENT BY MR. J. C. OTT. Florence, Lauderdale Co., Soil-Gray and gravelly-sub-soil, clay. Rows 70yards long-5_feet wide. Ala. d Pounds yield of corn weighed in shuck. .h Q SSize E of Plot. Fertilizers used Per Plot. PePlt Per Plot. Rate Per ,Acre. 1 12 2 1%Acre 250 lbs. Acid Phos .162..34...40 ~~250 S. Meal. lbs. C. 12. 64 4' While this experiment was considerably damaged by cold %2Acre......... No Manure .1390..2780..3434 in the spring according to Mr. Ott's opinion, yet the yield is quite satisfactory. He says it was planted on clover land which was broken flush last fall, and this in connection with favorable seasons after the crop started off, is the reasou why there is so little difference between the manured and unmanured plots. CORN EXPERIMENT BY MR. T. M. J. PORTER. Ceorgiana, Butler Co., Ala. Soil-Light sandy-sub-soil, red and yellow sand. Rows 70 yards long-S feet wide. Fertilizers used per Plot. Ot ru11~ytu rounas y weighed in shuck. la or uiuuuv cor .h.. Size of Plot. 0 Per Plot. Rate per Acre. Ae. ,, .250 250 lbs. C. S. Meal. lbs. Acid Phos. Manure.. 1.4 4 40 3-7 23 rv 1 2 2 Acre.......... No I 1617 945 V i 3234 1890 -vvv Mr. Porter says he carried out instructions according to the letter. The plot was selected in a field planted in oats last year (1893), but a portion of the plot had peas on it the year before, and the difference in the corn where the peas had been grown was so marked as to attract the attention of every visitor who saw it. May 16th plowed corn the last time, and at this time put down the last fertilizer and planted peas. From the 2nd of May until the 17th of June, had no rain. Mr. Porter says he thinks the crop would have doubled in yield, had the seasons been favorable. His opinion is that the "intensive system" is the best, as better crops are insured and the land vastly improved by it. CORN EXPERIMENT BY MR.M. H. SELLERS. Geneva, Geneva Co., Ala. Soil-Sandy, with sub-soil of clay and sand mixed. Rows 70 yards long-5 feet wide. Pounds yield of corn weighed in shuck. . Size of Plot. Fertilizers used-" per Plot. _ _ Per Plot. Rate Per I2 ........ Acre... 2 . 1 2 t,250 C. S. Meal. lbs. 250 lbs. Acid Phos. No Manure . ... 50 550 200 10. 1100 400 13% 5 Acre.......... Mr. Sellers reports that he planted corn on March 15th, was killed by freeze on the 28th, and replanted April 10th. Thinned to a stand April 18th, and cultivated with scrape and sweep. 17 CORN EXPERIMENT BY MR. WM. MARTIN. Greensboro, Hale (Jo., Ala. Soil-Sandy loam-sub-soil, clay. Rows 70 yards long -5 feet wide. a ,y ) -1441 ,I2 Size of Plot. Fertilizers used Per Pounds yield of corn weighed in shuck. G) z A250 Plot. 00 . PrPo.Rate Per Per PlotAcre. : U2 0 1~ lbs. C. S. Meal. Ar....250 lbs. Acid Phos. 1400..2800..35 1Acre ... :..... No Manure. 940.1880..23'2 14~~~ Mr. Martin in rendering his report simply says that the experiment suffered some for want of rain. The inference is that preparation of land, planting, culture, &c., were all according to instructions. CORN EXPERIMENT BY MRt. T. A. SNUGGS. yellow sand. Holly Pond, Cullnan (o., Ala. Soil-Sandy and Rows 70 yards long-5 gravelly-sub-soil, feet wide. Pounds yield of corn a weighed Sizeof Pot. izofPt. Fertilizers used Per Plot. ____ in shuck. ___ rd 4 . .' Per Plot. Rate Per " . 1 14 12 2 .... 2390..29%~ Acre........250 lbs. Acid Phos. 0.S.Meal.-'1195 250 lbs. 715..1430...17%~ Acre......... No Manure ... Mr. Snuggs says he planted corn April 2lth. Secured a good stand. No rain from date of planting until June 21st, 18 being two months: without rain.. On June 21st, a severe wind and rain storm came which damaged the experiment, particularly the fertilized portion. CORN EXPERIMENT BY MR. J. H. RADNEY. Boanoke, Randolph County, Alabama. clay sub-soil. Soil-Light Rows 70 yards long, 5 feet, wide. 'sandy, Size of Plot. z 0 Fertilizers per. Plot. used Pounds yield of corn weighed in shuck. ce Per Plot.: Rate Per '2 U2 C) 1 2 250 lbs.. S. Meal. 1960 3920 2634 '2 Acre ........ Acre 250 lbs. Acid Phos. 49 32Y4 No Manure........1312 Mr. Radney reports that the corn was closely slip-shucked and that the weight of shucks from 75 lbs. were 44 lbs. In this instance, as~well as several others, 80 lbs. in the shuck are too much to allozq to the bushel but an average was necessary to all alike. Supposing that 76 lbs. were allowed in this instance, which .would be about correct, the yield. from plot, No. 1 would show nearly 5l1 bushels per acre, and plot No. 2, in proportion. 19 CORN EXPERIMENT BY MR. A. C. WALKER. Wheelers Station, Lawrence County, Alabama. Soil-Sandy, yellow clay foundation. Rows 70 yards long, 5 feet wide. ee4 G K-0 Pounds yield of corn weighed in shuck. Size of Plot. Fertilizers used per Plot Per Rate per Per Plot.Plot.Acre. r.) 0 >o "' +% 1 % 2 1 250 lbs. C. S. Meal 1176.... 2352.. 294 Acre.. ... % "... 26 ... 250 lbs. Acid Phos. Acre.......... No Manure........630....1260....15% Mr. Walker makes the following statement concerning preparation, planting, culture, &c.: March 12th, broke land with single Oliver chilled plow, the soil being too thin to use the double plow as it would have turned up too much clay. Then harrowed over and planted in 5 feet rows. Before planting, drilled the fertilizer in the rows, run a scooter in it to mix it thoroughly with the soil, dropped the corn and covered with a scooter, using two lists. The seasons were all that could be desired up to May 15th. Plowed over with Iron Age 5 tooth Cultivator and planted peas in middles, at the same time sowing the other two sacks of fertilizers. Corn grew off well, was laid-by June 1st, seasons still very favorable. July 13th, manured plot began to tassel and silk, and fully 12 feet high. The unmanured plot still very small and just shooting and beginning to tassel in spots. The manured half acre ripened fully two weeks before the other. A severe storm blew it down, and the yield was lessened, but the test shows that the acid phosphate and cotton seed meal are a perfect fertilizer for this light soil. 20 CORN EXPERIMENT BY MR. JNO. C. KILLEBREW. Newton, Date Gounty, Alabama. Soil-Sandy loam, red clay sub-soil. Rows 70 yards long, 5 feet wide. Pounds yield of corn weighed in shuck. .' s ~aSize Fertilizers used of Plot. per Plot. Pere. 1 2 Ac 1506.... 18 4-5 2, Acre..... 'Acre .. 250 lbs. Acid Phos. No Mlanure 250 lbs C. S. Meal. 753.... 280....560....7 Mr. Killebrew reports the following: Planted corn March 1st, killed by freeze and planted over. But for spring drought, and with 10 per cent. less of stalks, would have made 20 per cent. more of corn. As it was, crop fired badly. Seasons were.extreme, first cold, then dry, and then rain fur forty days in succession, and August 2d, a heavy rain and wind storm, levelling much of the corn to the ground and rendering the fodder worthless. CORN EXPERIMENT BY ALABAMA EXPERIMENT STATION. Auburn, Lee County, Alabama. Soil-Light sandy, clay sub-soil. Rows 70 yards long-5 feet wide. Pounds yield of corn weighed in shuck. Siz .2 2 Sizeof Pot. ofo. Fertilizers used Per Plot. c PrPo.Rate Per 502 PrPo.Acre. bo 1 2 2 2 Acre... ... ..250 lbs. C.S.Meal. 250 lbs. Acid Phos. ..... 690..1380..17%4 510..1020. .12%4 No Manure ... 21 SUMMARY. Reports were received from twenty-three co-operative Soil Test men, including this Station, to whom fertilizers were sent. Five failed to report. (1) The rate per acre cost of fertilizers sent to each experimenter, was $9.62 laid down at Auburn, and we estimate the cost to each one at that price, which would have been the figures if purchased for cash. (2) To determine whether high fertilization has been a gain or loss the past season, which in many respects has been an unfavorable one, as can be seen from the reports, the following facts are submitted for comparison; and in this connection the average yield of the 23 experiments is given, both for the manured and unmanured plots. Average yield per acre for the manured plots is as follows: 26 4-5 bus. corn valued at 55c in farmer's crib ...... $14 74 330 lbs. fodder, valued 75c per cwt................2 47 276 lbs. shucks valued at 50c per cwt.............1 38 Total...................................$18 Cost of fertilizers per acre...............$9 Labor expense............................ 59 62 5 44 ..... $15 06 Total..................... Deducting the total expenses $15.06 from $3 53 the proceeds $18.59, we have a profit of.............. Average yield per acre for unmanured plots, as follows: 16 1-3 bus. corn at 55c. in farmer's crib............. $8 98 47 196 lbs. fodder at 75c. per cwt...................1 81 lbs. shucks at 50c. per cwt ..................... 163 .... ............... Total............. Deduct labor expense per acre...... We have profit................................ $11 26 5 44 $5 82 ....... 22 (3) From the foregoing it. would appear that the value of the product from the unmanured acre is............$5 82 3 53 and from the manured........................ Leaving balance in favor of the unmanured ...... $2 29 In making this report, several things however are to be considered, and as peas were planted in this experiment, one prominent consideration is, that a large crop of peas is reported in some instances by some, justifying the following yield; and taking the same proportion, for both manured and unmanured plots, as for corn, we have For the manured, 10 bus. peas per acre, at 75c .. For the unmanured, 6 " " " 75c. . Leaving in favor of the manured, profit......... $7 50 4 50 $3 00 Now by deducting the $2.29 from $3.00, we have a net gain of 71 cts. in favor of the fertilized plots. (4) As to the character of the soils on which these experiments were conducted, many of them were among the poorest in the State. In addition to the net gain of 71c per acre in favor of fertilizers, other benefits were secured. The heavy fertilization, owing to the adverse seasons in many cases as can be seen from these reports, was not all available to the growing crop, and much remains in reserve for succeeding crops. Besides there is an improved condition in the soil due to the large amount of organic matter in the pea vines, which we reasonably conclude is much greater in the manured, than in the unmanured plot. (5) While the profits from these experiments have not proven large in dollars and cents, yet the indirect benefits are considerable. And the writer is persuaded to believe that the results might have been better, and more economically attained, had the fertilizers contained a higher per cent. of potash and a smaller of nitrogen. 23 Since writing the foregoing, I have been informed that 76 lbs. of corn in the shuck are allowed to the bushel of shelled corn, instead of 80 lbs. This being the case, the average yield of corn from the use of fertilizers would be 28 1-5 bushels, instead of 26 4-5, and without fertilizers 17 1-5, instead of 16 1-3. This correction is made in justice to the Experimenters, who deserve to have a correct report of their work. BULLETIN' No, 6o.JAUR,85 JANUARY, 1895, ALABAMA Agricultura1 Experiment Station OF THE AGRICULTURAL AND MECHANICAL COLLEGE, AUBURN. Experiments Oi Foreign Seeds. P. IT. MELL. MONTGOMERY, ALA.: THE BROWN PRINTING CO., STATE PRINTERS AND BINDERS. 1895. COMMITTEE OF TRUSTEES ON EXPERIMENT STATION. I. F. CULVER ................................... J. G. GILCIRIST................................ Union Springs. HopeHull. H. CLAY ARMSTRONG.............................Auburn. STATION COUNCIL. WM. J. LEROY BROUN..................................President. A. J. BONDURANT................................Agriculturist. B..B. Ross..........................................Chemist. P. H. MELL.........................................Botanist. M. STEDMAN ................................................ Biologist. C. A. CARY, D. V. M..........................Veterinarian. ASSISTANTS. J. T. ANDERSON............................First Assistant Chemist. Second Assistant Chemist. R. E. NOBLE ............................. C. G. GREENE...................... Assistant Botanist and Biologist. Superintendent of Farm. T. U. CULVER............................... WThe Bulletins of this Station ,will be sent free to any citizen of the State on application to the Agricultural Experimnit Station, Auburn, Alabama. BULLETINS OF 1895. 59. Co-operative Soil Test Experiment on Corn. 60. Experiments on Foreign Seeds. EXPERIMENTS ON FOREIGN SEEDS. During the season of 1894 the foreign plants described in this bulletin were tested on the grounds of the Botanical Garden, and have been found sufficiently valuable to warrant their introduction into Alabama. There has been much published in recent years in regard to certain field crops and vegetables highly prized by the inhabitants of India, Japan, China, Egypt and the South orthern States exAmerican countries. In some of the periments have been conducted on a somewhat elaborate scale to determine which ones of these foreign plants are best adapted to that climate and will repay cultivation. Comparatively little, however, has been done on this subject in the Southern States. This is to be regretted, since some of these plants are of great value as food for stock and man and can be successfully grown only in a southern climate. The season in the South is so mild and the cool weather is of such short duration, many of the field crops, vegetables and fruits which are so valuable abroad can be as successfully grown here as in their native countries; and we have a means here of greatly increasing the lists of our food producing plants. It is the intention of the Botanical Department to continue the experiments on these foreign plants from year to year until much that is valuable to the Alabama farmer is secured and published for his benefit. RAGI MILLET. (Eleusine corocana.) This grass was imported from the Madras Presidency, India, and a small area was planted in 1894. The growth was quite rapid and luxuriant; and within a few weeks after the seeds were sown the fine growth of culms and leaves were admires by every passer-by. The stalks reached a height of three or four feet and then threw up thick flower heads, and soon began ripening their seeds; other flower 28 stalks came forth in succession until three crops of seeds were gathered. During the first two periods in which the seeds were, being matnred, the stems and leaves remained green and succulent and in excellent condition for green feeding. The grass matures remarkably well for hay and suppliesa great abundance of forage. It will stand several 1nowings before the time of, blooming and will, no doubt, make excellent pasturage for cows and other The following is a chemical analysis of this grass, made under the, direction of Professor B. B. Ross, ii ,charge.of the, Chemical Department: stock. 16.09 ................ water....... .6.02 .... Ash................. .Ether extract.... ........... 3.00 ..... :.............20.65 Crude fiber'.... 2.40 Crude protein ....................... Nitrogen free extract.................51.84 KoDO MILLET. (Paspalurr scrobicalatun.) This plant was imported at the same time and from the same country as the last. It also yielded good results and produced foliage almost as tall and luxuriant was secured from the IRagi. Its valuable properties are unmistakable, and I- recommend it to the farmers of Alabama for a good hay producing plant. The growth was not quite as rapid as as the last, but it is vigorous and makes ample foliage before the season closes. The following analysis was made by' the Chemical Department: Water.:....:...................:.14.75 Ash. .. .......... . ....... . ... .. . . . . . ......... .. Ether extract.. 395 2.10 . ................ Crude. fiber .... ...... .......... Crude .protein ..... Nitrogen free, extract.......... ...... 30.57 1.92 46.71 29 NEW JAPANESE BUCKWHEAT. The grains of this buckwheat are nearly twice the size of those produced by the ordinary American varieties. The yield is very large-one quart produced two bushels of seeds on the poor sandy soils of Auburn. The plant throws out numerous branches on all of which flowers are developed, and the stem is stout and tall. Planted early in the season the crop will mature rapidly, and may be harvested in time to permit the use of the land in the same season for another crop of a different nature. The flour from the kernels is fine flavored and is equal in all respects to that obtained from the best grades of American buckwheats. Buckwheats are .not often,seen as far South as Alabama, and I have many times thought experiments should be made to determine whether the crop could be profitably cultivated in the lower belt of the Southern States. The results of the past season's trials are so remarkable and satisfactory it is deemed best to call attention to them and advise the farmers of the State to add this grain to the important crops of Alabama. FLAT-PEA, (Lathyrus Sylvestris.) This plant may be truly termed a sub-soiler. The tap roots penetrate deep into the soil, and the droughts, unless very long continued, fail to produce any material effect on the plants. This pea is a perennial, and, on ordinary land will grow to a height of eight to ten inches the first year. Light frosts do not kill the tops and the roots remain alive in the soil throughout the winter months ready to throw forth a strong, vigorous growth in early spring, thus yielding a valuable forage and good grazing for cattle. Cows and horses greatly relish the cropping at any time but especially so before the other plants have put forth their foliage. Grown from the seed it requires some care to secure a stand, but after it takes good hold of the soil the growth becomes vigorous and rank. Experiments conducted on the Botanical grounds of the College indicate that the flat-pea is a 30 good soil renovater and is fully equal to the field pea in this respect. Its slow growth at first. however, is rather discouraging, and great care is required to prevent weeds from choking the young plants, but proper attention the first year will enable the roots to take good hold of the soil and thereafter it will far more than repay the farmer for all his painstaking. An excellent way to grow this plant is to sow the seeds in a small bed in the garden, properly enriched with phosphate fertilizer and calcareous matter, and then transplant to the field in the same manner adopted for growing potato slips. As soon as the weather becomes mild in early spring the seeds may be sown. SUGAR BEETS. Daing the season of 1891 some experiments were made on sugar baets to determine if the climate of Alabama would permit the development of sugar in sufficient quantities to warrant the culture of this plant in the State for the manufacture of sugar. Three varieties of seeds were planted viz: Wohawk, Wanzleben and Vilmorin's Improved. The experiments, however, were greatly damaged by the attacks of Nematodes causing a rapid decay early in the season. The results secured before this decay was too far advanced are of such encouraging nature as to warrant the repeating of experiments another year under more favorable circumstances. The chemical analyses made under the direction of Prof. Ross give the following results: Wohawk......................... Wanzleben......................11.4 Yilmorin's Improved ..... 8.5 per cent. of sugar. .10.4 " " " " " " These results are much more encouraging than we would be led to hope for judging from the reports sent out from the Chemical Bureau of the United States Depatment of Agriculture in which it is stated that beets will not mature the standard per cent. of sugar when grown as far south as 31 Alabama and Georgia. Now when it is well known that beets producing 12 per cent. of sugar can be worked with profit the above results are at least encouraging in view of the extremely unfavorable conditions under which the plants were raised at Auburn. BENGAL GRAM OR CHICK-PEA. (Cicer Arietinum.) The name arietinum is given to this plant because of a fanciful resemblance of its seed to a ram's head. In India and Egypt the peas are parched and sold in the markets to the natives for the best food to carry on long journeys. An excellent use in this country for the seeds would be for stock food, although not quite so valuable as the ordinary cowpeas. It will also serve as good food for fowls. GREEN GRAM OR SMALL FRUITED KIDNEY BEAN. (Phaseolus Mungo.) The peas are deep green in color, quite small and are The plants come to maturity very early before the ordinary green peas of our gardens are ready to gather. delicate in flavor. SESAME, GINGELLY, TIL SEED OR OILY-GRAIN. (Sesamum ori- entale.) The seeds of this plant are used by the natives in India and Africa for expressing an oil not unlike or inferior to the oil of almonds. An attempt has also been made to manufacture salad oil ("olive") from the seeds but without much success. The Jews of Jamaica also use the seeds for making a cake much relished by them. The chief value of the plant, however, is in the oil extracted which has fine keeping qualities. Two varieties were grown in the Botanical Gardens at Auburn the past season, viz: White and Yellow Sesame. 32 SOJA OR SOYA or, SOY BEAN. (Glycine hispida.) "The soja bean is much: cultivated in tropical Asia on account of the seed, which are used for preparing a well known brown and slightly salt sauce called "Soy," and is used both in Asia and Europe for flaboring certain dishes, especially beef, and supposed to favor digestion. Of late it has been cultivated as an oil plant. It is an erect hairy herb with trifoliate leaves and axillary racemose flowers. The pod contains from two to five compressed seeds. The Japanese call this plant "Sooja," and the seed-like kidney beans in form though smaller are called. "Miso." The manner of making the sauce called Sooja or Soy is said to be by boiling the beans with an equal quantity of barley or wheat, and leaving the mixture for three months to ferment, after which salt and water are added and the liquid strained. This sauce is used in many of the dishes and the beans are also used in soups."-(The Treasury of Botany.) This plant is valuable for man and stock and the results of the experiments conducted at Auburn show that it can be easily grown in Alabama. The forage cured from it is excellent, and stock eat it with relish. Two varieties of the seeds have been tested and both have yielded favorable results. The soja bean is not a new plant in the United States since it has been grown with marked success in some of the Middle and Western states for several years; it is however new to the South. The Experiment Station has a small quantity of the following seeds of the plants mentioned in this bulletin for distribution among the farmers of Alabama. Efforts will be made to give the seeds as wide a distribution as possible: R agi millet. (Eleusine corocano.) Kodo millet. (Paspalum,scrobiculatum.) New Japanese buckwheat. Soja bean. (Glycine hispida.) P.,H. MELL, Botanist. BULLETIN No. 61. JANUARY, 1895. ALABAMA Agricultural Experiment Station OF THE AGRICULTURAL AND MECHANICAL COLLEGE, AUBURN. Insects Injurious to Stored Grain. J. vM. STEDMAN. MONTGOMERY, ALA.: THE BROWN PRINTING CO., PRINTERS AND BINDERS. 1895. COMMITTEE OF TRUSTEES ON EXPERIMENT STATION. I. F. CULVER... .................................. STATION COUNCIL. Union Springs. J. G. GILcHRIST................................HopeHull. H. CLAY ARMSTRONG.............................Auburn. Wm. A. B. P. J. C. LEROY BROUN...................................President. J. BONDURANT................................Agriculturist. B. Ross..........................................Chemist. Botanist. .................................... H. MELL ..... M. STEDMAN......................................Biologist. A. CARY, D. V. M. ......................... ASSISTANTS. Veterinarian. J. T. ANDERSON ......................... R. E. NOBLE .......................... First Assistant Chemist. Second Assistant Chemist. C. L. HARE ............................. C. G. GREENE .... ............... T. U. CULVER........................... Third Assistant Chemist. Assistant Botanist and Biologist. Superintendent of Farm. The Bulletins of this Station will be sent free to any citizen of the State on application to the Agricultural Experiment Station, Auburn, Alabama. INSECTS INJURIOUS TO STORED GRAIN, J. M. STEDMAN. INTRODUCTION. In the Southern States more particularly, the stored grain and seeds are usually greatly damaged, if not entirely destroyed in one season, by the attack of insects, principally weevils. The amount of damage needs no comment. It has been stated that grain affected with insects is injurious to stock; but whether this be true or not, it is of little consequence compared with the injury done to grain used for seed. When injured grain is planted, there will be a poor "stand," since the essential part of the seed is usually eaten away and germination rendered impossible;or else if the seed germinates, it has been robbed of much of the nourishment placed there by nature to enable it to attain a healthy and vigorous start, and such seeds will yield a small crop. Instances have come under my observation where whole graineries of corn have been entirely ruined; and it is almost impossible to purchase peas that are not badly effected. Fortunately we have methods by which we can destroy these pests in our graineries, and there is no excuse now for ... uffering any considerable loss from insects in stored grain. s I find, however, that few understand these methods, and how easily and cheaply they may be applied. There are nine different species of insects that may attack stored grain in Alabama, and in all cases the method of combatting them is the same. In order that one may determine the kind of insects found in stored grain, I have given a figure of all but one, and a short description. 36 Figures 12, 13, 14 and 15, were kindly loaned by the Mississippi Experiment Station. The discussion of the life history of the insect is given only in so far as it is important that the farmer should know it. In view of the fact that the edition of bulletin number 45 on Injurious and Beneficial Insects has long since been exhausted, and that the demand for it still continues, on account of the general remarks, insecticides and machines for applying the same that it contained, I have here repeated, with some additions and omissions, that portion of Bulletin 45. GENERAL REMARKS. In order to arrive at the best results in combatting insects, it is important that we should understand at least the general life history of the insects in question, that we may thus ,know at what stage in its development means can best be taken to destroy it. Some insects can best be fought in the egg stage, others in the larva or worm stage, a few in the pupa stage, and still others in the adult stage; while many can be controlled in or more stages. To arrive at this in a scientific way forms one of the great problems of the economic entomologist. The larger number of our insects have four well defined stages of growth. The first is known as the egg state and of course in itself can do no harm. In a few cases these eggs are deposited in clusters or groups and in such a way that we can gather and destroy them, or when this is not practicable, they can be killed by spraying them with kerosene emulsion or soda and caustic soap. Many insects winter in this egg stage as well as in the pupa or in the adult state, and since they frequent sheltered places, as leaves, rubbish and brush along fences and ditches, etc., it becomes important that all such useless material be gathered and burned every fall, thereby destroying many insects that otherwise would appear the following spring. Hence clean farming is one sure road to success. two 37 The second, or larva or.worm ' state is the one in which most insects do their greatest amount of injury, since it is here that most of the growth and feeding takes place. Many insects are injurious only in this larva stage, as our cottonworm, cabbage-worm, cut-worm, etc., and all other moths and butterflies. Some exceptions to this rule are to be found, as in our grasshoppers and most beetles, that do as much damage in the adult as in the larva stage in many instances. While again, the Iosechafer that does little or no damage in the larva stage, as an adult, does much injury to our vineyards. The larva or worm does not resemble in the least the adult insect in most cases, and hence unless one be familiar with the subject, he can not tell the adult insect by the larva. The caterpillar or worm changes to a butterfly or moth, the maggot to a fly, and the grub to a beetle. It is in this second stage that most insects are to be controlled. The third, or pupa state is usually a quiet, inactive and perfectly harmless stage. Since many insects winter in this condition we can take advantage of it, and resort in the fall to a general cleaning up and burning of all rubbish, leaves, etc., and to the burning over of stubble and to late plowing. The fourth, or adult or imago stage is the perfect insect, such as a butterfly, moth, beetle, fly, etc., and it is in this state only that the eggs are deposited from which a new brood developes. As stated under the second or larva state, most adult insects except grasshoppers and beetles are in themselves harmless to the farm and garden crops; they deposit the eggs, however, on the respective plants on which the larve feed, and in view of this we can take means to prevent such a deposit and hence protect the plant. This is especially true and important in those cases where the larva is a borer and hence can not readily be gotten at in that stage. Hence the necessity of covering up the base pf peach trees with straw, cotton seed, ash, etc., to keep the adult from getting at the proper place to deposit her eggs, or of spraying apple trees with Paris green or London purple to prevent the 3oddling moth. from getting into the apple, or of covering the trunks of trees with a sticky or poisonous wash to prevent the borer from entering. All preventive applications must be made just before the adult insect appears, and must be kept up at frequent intervals as long as the adult is in a condition to lay eggs. So far as the farmer is concerned vegetable feeding insects can be divided into three groups. I. Those insects that live, either in the young or adult stages or both, within the tissues of the plant. These are called borers. They feed upon the juices and tissues inside the plant. II. Those that suck the juices of plants, in which case one finds no parts of the plants eaten away, but the haves shrivel up and dry or turn another color. These are called sucking insects. They pierce the plant with their mouth-parts and simply suck the juices. III. Those that eat the parts of plants, in which case we find places eaten away, or parts eaten or cut off, as we say. These are called biting insects. They feed upon at least the outer parts of plants and in most cases the inner tissues at the same time. REMEDIES.-From the nature of the case, it is evident that each of the three groups of insects as above described will require a different mode of treatment. In general (special and exceptional cases will be noted under their respective heads) the best if not the only way to get rid of the borers is either to dig them out or, as has lately been successfully done in the case of the peach tree borer, pour hot water on that part of the tree that is infected. The application of chemicals after the insect is once inside the plant is of little or no use, since the plant would be killed before the insect could be reached. The application of chemicals to prevent their entering has succeeded in some cases. Paris green or London purple mixed with water (see formula under insecticides) and thrown in the form of a spray (apparatus for spraying will be explained later) on,to the plant or parts of the plant liable to be infected, has resulted in lessening the attack in a number of cases where the insect or its young eat their way in through the outer tissue, 39 but where the adult deposits its eggs inside the tissue beneath the outer layer, this method is of little value. The application of certain substances like coal tar, tobacco, etc., is sometimes used as a repellant. Methods and contrivances to keep the insect away will be noted under the special insect. The sucking insects cannot be destroyed by putting poison like Paris green on the plant, since these insects do not eat the outside of the plant and hence not the poison. They can insert their mouth-parts through the surface of a leaf covered with Paris green, for instance, and not eat it, but suck the pure juice from the part beneath. They must be killed by simple contact with some chemicals, and a substance like Paris green, which is very poisonous to insects if it be eaten, may not affect the insect in the least to have it covered with the poison. Perhaps the most effectual substance with which to kill sucking insects is what is known as Kerosene Emulsion. (See formula under Insecticides.) This must be thrown on the plant in the form of a spray by means of some kind of a force pump. (See spraying apparatus.) Pyrethrum is an active substance in killing by contact nearly all kinds of insects, but unfortunately it is of late years so adulterated that it is almost useless for the farmer. It comes in the form of a powder and can be dusted on the plants by means of a bellows or mixed with water and thrown on in the form of a spray. (See Insecticides.) The biting insects can be destroyed by poisoning the parts of the plants effected. To accomplish this we can resort to a large number of chemicals, compounds and patent insecticides. Some of the most useful being Paris green, London purple, White Hellebore, etc. A number of the patent insecticides (so called) that are advertised to kill all kinds of insect enemies are of no value to the practical farmer. The mode of applying the different poisons to kill biting insects varies with the kind of plant infested and also with the insect. Some are simply dusted on to the plant as a powder, others sprayed on with a force pump. The methods 40 of applying each substance will be given under their respective heads. (See Insecticides.) INSECTICIDES. The various substances, compounds and mixtures used to destroy or drive away insects can be divided into three groups. First, internal poisons, that kill by being eaten with the natural food of the insect. Second, external remedies, that kill the insect by contact, either by irritating the skin, or by stopping up the breathing pores. Third, repellants, including substances that keep the insects away by offensive odors or by mechanical barriers. INTERNAL POISONS. Paris green is the most important insecticide of its class. It kills by virtue of the arsenic that is here in chemical combination with copper. It comes in the form of a fine powder and can be purchased at about thirty cents per pound. It can be used either as a powder to be dusted, or as a liquid to be sprayed on the plants. As a powder it is to be well mixed with from twenty to forty, and even eighty, times its bulk of flour, Plaster of Paris or air slacked lime; and can then be evenly and thoroughly dusted on to all parts of the plant by means of some kind of bellows or other powder dusting machine. (See machines for applying Insecticides.) One pound of Paris green to the acre is usually sufficient provided the dusting be done evenly and thoroughly. Paris green is sometimes used undiluted, or very slightly so (one part of Paris green to three parts of flour) as is the usual case with cotton, when the poison is placed in two heavy sacks- made of some strong cloth, as 8 oz. osnaburg, and fastened to each end of a five foot pole. It is the thoroughness with which this poison is applied and not the strength that secures success. As a liquid Paris green is to be mixed with water in the proportion of one pound poison to from 150 to 200 gallons water. Paris green does not dissolve in water, and since it is very heavy and tends to settle 41 quickly, it is very essential that the liquid be often and thoroughly stirred. It is to be sprayed on the fruit trees and other plants by means of some kind of force-pump and hose with a spraying nozzle. (See machines for applying Insecticides.) One should be exceedingly careful in spraying peach trees not to get the mixture too strong, since the leaves of this plant are very tender and easily "burned" by Paris green or London purple. A mixture of one pound Paris green to 250 gallons of water should be used on peach trees, and that only when the leaves are young. Apple trees should be sprayed just after the flowers have fallen. Small fruits and vegetables are not easily injured, if at all, by Paris green. Since Paris green is frequently adulterated, it is advisable to test it before making any extensive application. One sample of Paris green analyzed by the chemical department here last year was found to contain not a trace of Paris green, nor even of arsenic or any other poison. Some failures in the application of ,insecticides are due to poor or adulterated material. Paris green or London purple may be mixed with Kerosene Emulsion in some cases, and thus an insecticide for both biting and sucking insects is made. The great advantage to be gained by this mixing is the time saved in making one application instead of two. For details see under Kerosene Emulsion. London Purple is about as good as Paris green as an insecticide in many cases, and has this advantage, that it is much cheaper, costing about fifteen cents per pound, and is also a much finer powder and hence remains suspended in water much longer. It is to be used in the same way and in the same proportions as Paris green. Hellebore (white) is a powder poison made from a plant. It kills both by being eaten and by contact. It can be used as a powder to be dusted on to the plant either full strength or diluted with flower, or as a liquid, one pound Hellebore to 40 gallons of water, to be sprayed on the plant. It costs about twenty-five cents per pound. It is used 42 less extensively than Paris green or London Purple, but is especially excellent in destroying the currant worm. White Arsenic is not to be used when Paris green or London purple can be had, since it is dangerous to have about and is apt to burn the leaves. EXTERNAL POISONS. Pyrethrum is a powder made from the flowers of a plant and is very poisonous to insects, but is perfectly harmless to man and domestic animals. It kills insects by contact, and can be most successfully used as a powder to be dusted by means of a bellows or other powder dusting machine. Pyrethrum is hard to obtain pure or at least in a fresh condition. It loses its strength by standing, and should be kept well corked. It may be used as a spray in the proportion of one pound of Pyrethrum to 40 gallons of water. Pyrethrum is very useful for killing the cabbage worm, or insects destroying parts of plants that are ready to be eaten by man. It is also of great use in clearing rooms of flies, musquitoes, &c., and fleas and lice on domestic animals. Kerosene Emulsion is perhaps the best substance to be used for sucking insects. It is made as follows: "Dissolve one-half pound of hard soap in one gallon of boiling water, and while the liquid is still hot, but not near a fire, add two gallons of kerosene. The whole is then violently churned until it forms a creamy mass, which will thicken into a uniform jelly-like mass on cooling, and the oil remains incorporated in the mass, and will not separate or rise to the top. The churning can best be done by means of a force pump with a small nozzle, pump the liquid back into the vessel containing the liquid. The emulsion thus obtained will keep indefinitely." When ready to use, thoroughly mix one part of the emulsion with nine parts cold water. This is to be thrown in the form of a spray on the plants, by means of some kind of a force pump and spraying nozzle. (See machines.) The kerosene emulsion will injure no foliage, and since it 43 kills insects by contact, it is the most effectual remedy against the chinch bug, plant lice, bark lice, melon bug and other sucking insects, and also for the cabbage worm, and white grub, and will even kill eggs in some cases. It is of the greatest importance that the emulsion be forcibly, thoroughly, and evenly applied, as can be done only by the use of some force pump arrangement. Kerosene may be used without the trouble of making an emulsion with soap and water, and, so far as my experience goes and from what I can learn of others, with equal results to the soap emulsion. This is rendered possible by using a force pump that will mechanically mix the kerosene with the water at the instant of spraying. One can readily see what an immense saving of time and trouble this will effect. The best machine to use in this connection is the Perfected Galloway Knapsack Spray Pump with kerosene attachment, made by the Deming Company, Salem, O, or the one made by the W. & B. Douglass Company, Middletown, Conn. (See figure under machines for applying poisons.) The water is placed in the usual reservoir and the kerosene in an additional reservoir attached to it. The proportion of kerosene to the water can be regulated by a stop-cock. The kerosene is thoroughly mixed in the pump and spray nozzle only when the pump is in action, otherwise the two fluids remain separate. This attachment does not interfere with the use of the pump for other purposes, since a stop-cock completely shuts off all communication with the attachment, which may also be removed. Kerosene emulsion may have added to it a small amount of Paris green or preferable London purple and thus be converted into an insecticide for both biting and sucking insects. This method does away with the necessity of making two applications of insecticides. I find it better to first dilute the stock emulsion to the usual extent, and then to add the Paris green or London purple in the proportion of onefourth pound to the barrel. To use the Paris green or London purple with the kerosene and water spray from the 44 knapsack sprayer, I thoroughly mix one-fourth pound of the poison in a barrel of water, and fill the knapsack sprayer with this mixture, and the attachment with kerosene. Carbolic Acid Emulsion is made by adding Carbolic Acid (the crude material, dry to get a good strength) one part to 5 or 7 parts of the soap solution similar to that used in making the Kerosene Emulsion. The liquid is to be churned in the same manner as the Kerosene Emulsion, to form an Emulsion. This Carbolic Acid Emulsion is one of the best preparations to protect plants against lice and fruit trees against borers. It can be sprayed upon the trunks of fruit trees or rubbed on by means of a cloth. Every fruit tree should be treated in this way, especially the young trees, about two weeks after the trees blossom. Tobacco Decoction is made by adding refuse tobacco, which can be obtained at small cost from tobacco factories, to boiling water, in the proportion of one pound of tobacco to two or three gallons of boiling water. As soon as the water has cooled, strain out the tobacco, and the decoction is then ready to use. It is to be sprayed upon the leaves, and is an effectual remedy against the striped flea beetle, and the cucumber, watermelon and squash flea beetles. It will also drive away some bugs from similar plants. It is also valuable as an insecticide against lice and ticks upon domestic animals, and has the advantage over Kerosene Emulsion in that it leaves the hair in better condition. Bisulphide of Carbon is a liquid that is of great use in destroying the Phylloxera of grape, ants, insects in stored grain, and other insects which can be reached by means of a vapor. For Phylloxera and ants it is to be poured upon the top of the ground above them. For grain insects and insects affecting clothing, it is placed in shallow dishes and kept in the closed room. The vapor from this liquid is extremely explosive, and must not be used in a room near the least trace of fire, even a lighted cigarette may cause a great explosion. Bisulphide of Carbon can be had from the manufacturer for from 10 to 12 cents per pound in 50 pound cans. 45 E. R. Taylor, Cleveland, Ohio, advertises Bisulphide of Carbon for ten cents per pound in fifty-pound cans. MECHANICAL ARRANGEMENTS. These are intended to act as barriers to keep away insects, or as traps to capture them. They will be described under the special insect which can thus be best treated. MACHINES FOR APPLYING POISONS. There are a great many kinds of machines and devices manufactured and sold by dealers for applying insecticides and fungicides, some of which are very good, and every farmer, fruit grower and gardener should have at least one. In order to save the purchaser time and trouble in making a selection, a few of the more important machines are here figured, together with the price and manufacturers address. It is of course important, whenever possible, that one provide himself with two machines, one for using a powder, the other for syraying a liquid; but in case only one can be purchased, a force pump and spraying nozzle should be selected, since one can often mix the powder with the water and apply it in this way. One of the best machines for dusting a powder on plants is Leggett's Powder-gun. It works by turning a crank, and throws the powder in a fine dust constantly and evenly, and the supply can be easily regulated so that one or one-half pound of Paris green or London purple can be evenly distributed over an acre. This instrument has been highly recommended by all who have tried it. The price of this gun delivered complete with four extra tubes, shoulder strap, oil can and all necessary attachments for distributing the powder is $7.50. This machine can be purchased from the makers, Leggett & Bros., 301 Pearl St., New York. See fig. 1,2 3. 46 * - FIG. 1, 2, 3. Leggett Bros. Powder-Gun. 47 Another very simple and effective machine is Woodason's Liquid and Powder Spraying Bellows, of which four styles are made. The Double Cone Bellows for dusting Paris green, London purple or Pyrethrum, can be purchased for $3.00, and will be found avery simple and economic machine. The liquid spraying bellows can be had for $2. 0. These machines will be found very useful, and are highly recommended. They are manufactured by Thomas Woodason, 2900 D. St., Philadelphia, Penn., or they can be purchased of H. A. Kuhus, Atlanta, Ga. In the purchasing of machines for spraying liquids, three things should be taken into account. The pump should be made of such materials as will not be easily affected by the chemicals used, there should be some automatic device for keeping the liquid constantly stirred, and the spraying nozzle should be one that is not easily clogged and one that will throw a fine and uniform spray. There are many nozzles manufactured'for this purpose, almost any of which can be purchased from a dealer in force pumps. The names of some of the different spraying nozzles are "Masson," "Cyclone," "Vermorel," "Boss," "Graduating" and "Climax." Some of these nozzles, such as the "Boss" and the "Graduating," can be made to throw a fine or coarse spray, or a solid stream. They are all of value and range in price from a dollar to a dollar and a quarter. There are many force pumps with spray nozzles manufactured for spraying liquids on plants; but my experience leads me to believe that for cheapness, durability, simplicity and effectiveness the pumps of The Deming Company, Salem, Ohio, are superior to all others. The "Success" brass spray pump for bucket is shown in fig. 4. I regard this as the best pump made for ordinary use, and it is extremely cheap. The regular catalogue price is $6.00, but it can be had for $4.00. In ordering, one should state that they wish a hole drilled in the suction casting for an agitator. Where it is necessary to do a large amount of spraying, 48 the "Ideal" double-acting brass spray pump manufactured by the same company, and shown in fig. 5, should be used. The price of this pump varies according to the attachments from $12.00 to $18.00, exclusive of the barrel. This pump can be placed on any barrel and carried about the field in a wagon. This company, and also the W. & B. Douglas Co.,Middletown, Conn., manufacture a "Knapsack" spray pump with an attachment for kerosene. By means of this attachment one can save much time and trouble in not having to make a regular kerosene emulsion, since the water and kerosene are mixed in the act of spraying. These pumps are a great convenience, but they are rather costly for most farmers. Fig. 6 shows one of these pumps made by The Deming Co. The price with the kerosene attachment is $18.00 in the catalogue, but they can be had for $15.00, 49 1 FIG. 4. "Success" brass spray Pump for Bucket. FIG. 5. "Ideal" double-acting brass spray pump mounted on barrel. FIG, 6. The Perfected Galloway Knapsack sprayer with kerosene attachment. INSECTS INJURIOUS TO STORED GRAIN. THE PEA WEEVIL. (Bruchus pisi, Linn.) The pea weevil is a small beetle about three-sixteenths of an inch in length. It is of a dull gray color, with a few markings on the back and occasionally a white spot on the thorax. Figure 7 shows this beetle in its different stages * Ienlarged, and with the natural size figuresnear them. The S adult beetle lays her yellow colored eggs singly on the outside of the young pod. As soon ,pea as the eggs hatch, FIG. 7. Pea weevil; b, adult; c, full grown h e small larv bore larva; d, pupa; g, pea showing exit hole.t Natural size indicated by smaller figures. through the pod and enter the peas. Here they feed, avoiding as a rule the germ, until full grown, when they cut a hole nearly through the seed coat, leaving a thin membrane over the burrow. The larve then turn to the pupa stage. But one insect can, or at least usually does, develop in a single pea. The adult beetle issues either in the fall or more commonly in the spring. THE BEAN WEEVIL. (Bruchus obtectus, Say.) The bean weevil is a small brownish beetle a little over one-eighth of an inch in length. It resembles very much 51 the pea weevil, and has much the same life history and habits. Figure 8 shows this beetle enlarged at a with a natural size figure near it, and an effected bean at b. The female beetle deposits her eggs in clusters, either in a slit or hole made with her jaws in the pod, or else in the split caused by the partial drying of the pod. The b eggs are most abundantly found in fully developed or partially FIaG. 8. Bean weevil; a, dried pods, where he seeds are where the seeds are adult; b, damaged bean. Nat-ods, ural size shown by smaller fully matured. figure. The young larvte enter the beans, and make circular mines in them while feeding upon their substance. Unlike the pea weevil, only one of which is found in a single pea, the bean weevil may occur in considerable numbers in a single bean. When the larve are fully grown, they bore a hole to the outer skin of the bean, and then turn to the pupa stage. When the adult beetles emerge, they will deposit their eggs in the stored grain, and thus multiply and damage the beans continually. Hence when these insects once infest stored beans, it is necessary to kill at once all the insects, or they will completely ruin them. The number of generations varies, and thus one finds these insects in all stages in the stored beans. The bean weevil is very troublesome in cow peas also. THE FOUR-SPOTTED BEAN WEEVIL. (Bruchus 4--Maculata.) The four-spotted beah weevil is a little larger than the pea weevil, and can be distinguished from it by the presence of four black spots on the wing covers. The habits and life histories of this insect are similar to the bean weevil, and therefore will not need describing here. The four-spotted bean weevil is extremely troublesome and injurious to our cow pea, perhaps even more so than any other weevil. I 52 find it next to impossible to purchase cow peas that are not infested with them. I regret that I have no figure of this insect. THE GRAIN on CORN WEEVIL. (Calandragranaria,Linn.) The grain or corn weevil is a dark brown or black beetle about three sixteenths of an inch in length. This weevil can be distinguished from the grain beetle, which also infests corn, by its stouter body andby the presence of a long snout, which is wanting in the grain beetle. Figure 9 shows the grain or corn weevil enlarged at e and with a natural size figure just above. The snout can be readily seen by glancing at the figure. The female beetle deposits her eggs singly upon the corn, and also upon wheat in some cases. In a few days the eggs hatch, and the small larve enter the corn, and feed upon and burrow through it. The full grown larvae transform to the pupa stage within the kernel. The adult beetles emerge by cutting a hole through the skin of the kernel of corn or wheat as the case may be. An ear of corn infested with these weevils will be full of holes, showing where the adult beetles have emerged. FIa. 9. e, Grain or corn weevil; c, Black or rice weevil. Natural size shown by smaller figures. a, larva; b, pupa. 53 THE BLACK OR RICE WEEVIL. (Calandraoryzae, Linn.) The black or rice weevil is a black colored beetle with four reddish brown spots on the wing covers. It is somewhat smaller than the grain or corn weevil, being about one eigth of an inch in length. Figure 9 shows this beetle enlarged at c and with a natural size figure just above. As the name indicates, this beetle is frequently found in rice, but it attacks corn and wheat as well, and does its greatest amount of damage to corn in this state. The adult female makes a hole in the grain with her mouth parts, and deposits an egg in it. Frequently more than one hole and egg is deposited in a single kernel. The larva burrow and feed upon the inside of the grain, and when full grown change to the pupa stage within the kernel. The adult beetles soon emerge and deposit eggs for another brood. In infested corn, one can find these weevils in all stages of development. The adult beetles are also very injurious in a direct way, in that they will eat into the kernels of corn for a short distance themselves, and are not content with a single kernel. An ear of corn infested with the black or rice weevil will soon be ruined, nearly every kernel having holes eaten into it, and its interior more or less eaten away. 54 THE ANGOUMOIs GRAIN MOTH. (Gelechia cereaella, Oliv.) The angoumois grain moth is perhaps the most destructive insect affecting our grain. It was introduced into this country sometime before 1728 by the earlier settlers of Carolina and Virginia, who brought it with them from Europe. The original home of the _ 1(moth is supposed to be South Eucz rope, although it to have at-seems fe FIG. 10. Angoumois Grain Moth; a, larva; b, pupa; c, adult; d, wings; e, egg; f, kernel caused immense of corn showing work of larva; all enlarged damage and nearly except f. tracted popular attention first in Angomoise province, France, where it resulted in a famine. This insect is more destructive in the Southern States than in the Northern, and attacks corn and wheat not only in the granary, but also in the field. It is also said to attack cow peas, oats, and barley. This grain insect is all the more destructive from the fact that it will breed readily in confinement; and if once introduced into a granary and left to itself, it will entirely destroy it. The angoumois grain moth is a small fawn or light gray colored insect, measuring about one-half an inch across its expanded wings; it has a shiney appearance, and the hind wings have a feathery edge. The adult moth is represented somewhat enlarged at c figure 10, and natural size by the cross lines just beneath. A greatly enlarged egg is shown at e; the larva at a, with a line beneath representing the natural size of the fully developed larva; and at b the pupa is figured enlarged, with the natural size indicated by the line just beneath. 55 The female moth deposits her eggs on the grain in the field or in the granary. The eggs may be deposited singley or in clusters just under the thin membranes at the base of the kernel of corn or between the rows. The eggs hatch in a few days into minute active larve, that are frequently seen suspended by a delicate silken thread. They soon find a tender place and enter the kernel of corn or wheat. The hole in the grain made by their entrance is so small as not to be readily noticed, or it may be closed up with excrement. The larvae mine and feed upon the interior of the grain, and in sbme cases leave only the outer coat entact. When full grown, they cut a circular hole through the skin, but do not dis- S * -kernel . ! a 1 turb the plug. They then spin a delicate cocoon within the kernel, and inside of it turn to the pupa stage. In a few days or weeks, according to the climate, the adult moths appear and lay the eggs for another brood. But one larva is found in a grain of wheat; but two or more may occur in a of corn. The number of broods per year varies from two in the northern states to seven or eight in the southern states. In this state one can find the insect in all stages in infested granaries. The appearance of an ear of FlaG. 11. Ear of corn show- corn after the moths have emering 'work of the Angoumois ged is shown in figure 11. Grain Grain Moth. 56 infested with these insects to any considerable extent will not germinate, will loose considerably in weight, and is not wholesome as food, but may even be injurious. When these insects are found in stored grain they should be exterminated at once, since they multiply with such rapidity that they will completely ruin all the grain in a short time. THE GRAIN BEETLE. (Silvanus surinamensis, Linn.) The grain beetle is a small reddish brown colored insect, a little over one-eighth of an inch in length. It can be distinguished from the other grain beetles by its more cylindrical form, and the presence of saw-like teeth on the margin 2 of the thorax; it also has three longitudinal ridges on the thorax, and several less distinct on the wing covers. See figure 12, which represents this beetle much enlarged. This beetle is found in granaries usually in connection with other grain insects. The adult beetle as well as the larve feed upon corn or wheat, and do not confine themselves to a single kernel. F,12. The larvae often pupate in the cracks Grain Beetle. about the granary. 57 THE RED GRAIN BEETLE. (Silvanus cassice, eiche.) The red grain beetle is a small flat reddish browninsect, about one-ninth of an inch in length. The adult beetle is represented as I Y.side enlarged at c figure 13; the pupa at b; and t'he larva at a. The lines at the of each 'uThese a FIG. 6 13. Red Grain Beetle; a, larva; b, pupa; c, adult. All enlarged. shows the natural size. beetles infest corn more particularly. The eggs are deposited at the base of the kernels, either in the field or in the bin. The larva enter the kernels, and feed as a rule only upon the softer lower portion; and when mature make their pupa within the corn. More than one larva may develop in a single kernel. There are several broods each year; in some localities as many as nine. The beetles are quite lively, and will seek shelter when disturbed; the larve rarely make their presence known, and as a result these insects often remain unobserved until they have accomplished considerable damage. 58 THE BROWN GRAIN BEETLE. (Tribolium .ferrugineum, Fab.) The brown grain beetle is, as its name implies, a brown colored beetle about one-eighth or three-sixteenths of an inch long. It is represented enlarged in figure 14. It is usually found in stored grain in connection with other grain insects, but may become quite common in neglected granaries. It also feeds upon dried animal matter, and is sometimes found in museums, and in the kitchen store room. THE I FIG. 14. Brown Grain Beetle. Enlarged. CORN-SAP BEETLE. (Carpophilusfallipennis, Say.) The corn-sap beetle is about one-seventh of an inch in length, of a dark brown color, with the wing covers lighter in color and not extending to the end of the abdomen. An enlarged beetle and larva is represented in figure 15, with the natural size indicated by lines at the side. This beetle, like most of the beetles belonging op pp a 4 r3 FIG. 15. Corn Sap-Beetle. Larva and adult, enlarged. 59 to the same family, are not very destructive, to healthy vegetable products, but prefer injured or decaying vegetable matter. They are to be found in injured cotton bolls, in heaps of decaying cotton seed, in decaying fruit of all kinds, and sucking the juices from injured fruit and trunks or limbs of trees. I have found them in the ear of corn only when such ears had been previously injured by other cause. It has been stated, however, that they will attack healthy kernels even in the bin; but I am inclined to think this would not occur if they had not been introduced there in the larve stage in diseased corn, and after eating that, were forced to eat the healthy kernels. REMEDIES. The best remedy in every respect for killing grain insects is bisulphide of carbon. It is cheap, effectual, and easy to apply. Bisulphide of carbon, or the new fuma bisulphide of carbon, can be obtained of the manufacturer, Mr. E. R. Taylor, Cleveland, Ohio, in fifty pound cans for ten cents per pound, or in smaller quantities at a little more per pound. One pound of the bisulphide of carbon is ample for one hundred bushels of grain, provided it be in a comparatively tight bin or granary, and the grain is not in the husk or pod. If the bin or granary is quite open and contains many holes, it will be necessary to use more bisulphide of carbon, since it will evaporate and escape. The holes should be closed as much as possible. The grain should not be stored in the pod or husk, since it is almost impossible for the fumes of the bisulphide to penetrate through the husk of an ear of corn, and much less through the pod of a bean or pea. In view of the fact that many grain insects attack the grain while it is in the field, and are thus carried directly into the granary, it is advisable to make one application of the bisulphide of carbon immediately or very soon after the grain is gathered and stored. The grain should then be ex- 60 amined at least once a month, and if there appear signs of insects, it should receive another application. Then in the spring, before the grain is taken out for planting, it should always receive an application of bisulphide of carbon, to be sure that all insects are destroyed and thus prevented from attacking the grain in the field and multiplying there. The bisulphide of carbon is best, or at least as well, applied by sprinkling it over the top of the grain. It will soon evaporate, and as the fumes are heavy they will penetrate through the grain. The germinating properties of grain are not injured in the least by any ordinary application. Some may prefer to saturate cotton with the bisulphide and place it in the grain, or to fill shallow dishes and place them about the granary. No harm can result, however, from sprinkling the bisulphide directly on the grain, since it evaporates almost immediately, and if pure, leaves no trace of it on the grain. One can test the bisulphide of carbon to determine whether it is pure or not, by dipping a black feather in it and allowing it to dry; if the bisulphide is pure no residue will be seen. The only precaution in the use of bisulphide of carbon is notto have the least trace of fire about; the fumes are very explosive and will ignite from a lighted cigar or lantern. Bisulphide of carbon evaporates so rapidly that it will disappear in a few moments, if some of the grain be removed to the open air. It is not necessary to mention any other remedy for insects in stored grain as the above is much superior to all others. J. M. STEDMAN, Biologist. BULLETIN No. 62. FEBRUARY, 1895. ALABAMA Agricultural Experiment Station OF THE AGRICULTURAL AND MECHANICAL COLLEGF, AUBURN. CORN AND COTTON. ALEX. J. BONDURANT. MONTGOMERY, ALA.: THE BROWN PRINTING COMPANY, PRINTERS. 1895. COMMITTEE OF TRUSTEES ON EXPERIMENT STATION. I. F. CULVER....................................Union Springs. Hull. J. G. GILCHRIST................................Hope H. CLAY ARMSTRONG.............................Auburn. STATION COUNCIL. Wm. A. B. P. J. C. J. LEROY BROUN.................................President. J. BONDURANT .................................. Agriculturist. B. Ross..........................................Chemist. H. MELL. ..... ................................. M. STEDMAN.......................................Biologist. .......................... Veterinarian. A. CARY, D. V. M ASSISTANTS. Botanist. T. ANDERSON ......................... First Assistant Chemist. .C. R. E. NOBLE .......................... C. L. HARE............................. T. U. CULVER .......................... Second Assistant Chemist. Third Assistant Chemist. G. GREENE................... Assistant Botanist and Biologist. Superintendent of Farm. ~The Bulletins of this Station will be sent free to any citizen of the State on application to the Agricultural Experiment Station, Auburn, Alabama. CORN. FERTILIZER EXPERIMENTS. A given quantity of kainit, acid phosphate and cotton seed meal mixed thoroughly and applied at time of planting, conpared with a compost of a certain quantity of cotton seed, acid phosphate and stable manure applied at time of plant- ing. Plot No. 1 was fertilized with kainit, acid phosphate and cotton seed meal, well mixed, at the rate of 1,000 pounds per acre. Plot No. 2 with cotton seed, acid phosphate and stable manure composted, at the rate of 2,000 pounds per acre. By referring to the following table of results, it will be noticed that plot No. 1, which was manured with a compound of commercial fertilizers made a larger yield than plot No. 2, which was manured with compost. By comparing the cost of substances used in this experiment, it was rather more in plot 2 than in plot No. 1. Kainit, acid phosphate and cotton seed meal in plot No. 1, compared with compost of cotton seed, acid phosphate and stable manure in plot No. 2. Corn planted April 4th, and fertilizers applied in drill at the same time. Size of plot acre. PLOT 1. Name and Quantity of Fertilizers used, per 2 Acre. ' . .r e Kainit ............ 100 lbs Acid Phosphate... 150 lbs. Cotton Seed M eal. 250 bs. 500 bs. 200 lbs. . ....................... 300 lbs.................. 500 lbs........... ........ ......... 1000 lbs. 815 1630 21.11-19 61t PLOT 2. 4-4 r- 1 i C1 k Names and Quantity of Fertilizers used in Compost for 1 Acre. O N P4 a) w Cotton Seed..33313 I1s5. 666% Acid Phosphate. 33313 1Is. 666%3 Stable Manure.. 333%3 I s. 66623 1000 lbs.2 2000 1s........ 1 s........... 1bs............ . lb s. 550 1110 14 3-5 CORN. VARIETY EXPERIMENT. Object of this experiment was to ascertain the best yielding variety. Corn was planted on plots 1-14 of an acre in size-rows 5 feet wide and corn dropped 3 feet apart in drill. Fertilizer, composed of 250 pounds cotton seed meal and 250 pounds acid phosphate, was applied in drill at time of planting, and was mixed with soil by running a scooter in the furrow. Corn came up well and was killed by the severe freeze March 25th. Replanted April 4th and several other times after. The Renfro, Experiment Station Yellow, Cocke's Prolific, Pride of America, and Clayton Bread, gave the best yields in the order named. A perfect stand was never secured upon any of the plots, though it was. better on some plots than on others,, and hence this fact with some inequality of the soil, prevents reaching any reliable conclusions as to the best variety. Further experiments will be necessary to arrive at correct conclusions. The following table shows the results of the experiment : Plots 1-14 acre. Fertilizers applied in drill March 10th, consisting of 250 lbs. cotton seed meal and 250 lbs acid phosphate per acre. 65 Corn planted March 17th, killed by freeze, and replanted April 4th. Names of SEEDSMAN. 4 ,c.5, Yarieties. Expt. Station Yel1 low,,...........Expt. Station......96.5 2 Clayton Bread.... Jas. Clayton.........82.2 99.5 3Renfro .............................. T. W. Woods & Son. 4 Pride of America. Richmond, Va......91.0 .. 75.0 5 Gentry's Market 74.0 6 Hickory King............. 7ilount's Prolific...70 8 Giant Broad Grain.61.0 90.0 9 Cocke's Prolific........ Virginia Gourd 66.0 ........... 10 Seed.. ... 45.0 . 11Clarke's Mastodon Improved Golden 12 Dent...........750 Improved Learn 25.0 13 ing . ........... 14 Dallas Prolific.....{.......75.0 1351 17% 1151 1393 1274 1050 1036 15 1-7 181 16 13 4-5 13%4 1050 854 1260 924 630 1050 350 1050 13 4-5 11% 169-10 11 7-11 8 3-10 1345 4 13 4-5 COTTON. Compost applied on February 1st, against compost applied at planting time. Floats vs. Acid Phosphate. Numerous enquiries have arisen from time to time, which pays the better, to compost green cotton seed, acid phosphate and stable manure about Feb. 1st and let it remain in bulk to be applied at planting time, or to apply it as soon as made, thereby saving any further expense and trouble. Also to determine the comparative value of acid phosphate with floats, in compost, to be applied at time of planting. Plot 1, applied Feb. 1st., Plot 3, applied April 17th. Plot 2, Floats with compost applied April 17. 66 For this experiment, one and a half acres of land, of uniform fertility, was selected and divided into plots of j acre each. The soil was sandy and poor. On Feb. 1st, a compost of equal parts of green cotton seed, acid phosphate and stable manure was made, and on the same day was put on plot 1. An equal quantity of this same mixture was put in a heap until planting time, when it was put on plot 3. While the results are seen from the table, one fact is worthy of note, that plot 1iremained greener and maintained its vigor a longer period than plot 3, and did not yield to the effects of rust as badly as plot 3. In plot No. 2 as will be seen from the table, floats were substituted in place of acid phosphate as in plot 3, the same quantity of green cotton seed and stable manure being used on both. The following table shows the results: COTTON. Compost Applied February 1st. Yield Seed Cotton Plot. Name and quantity of fertilizers used on onehalf acre. zP Green cotton seed, 400 lbs. Acid Phosphate, " Stable manure, " " 800 800 800 1 1200 lbs. 2400 336 187 28 5511102 67 COTTON. Compost Applied April 17th. 4 and quantity of fertilizers used on onehalf acre. Yield ,c Seed Cotton Per Po.Name b. FPlot. O r r, 0 0a, Green cotton seed, 400 bs. Acid Phosphate, Stable manure, 3 4 " 800 0 " 800 1200 ls. 24001-439COTTON. 97 9 545 t090 Floats vs. Acid Phosphate in Plot 3. " ' 00 120 24 St-%s Yield Seed Cotton Per Plot. 1 Name and quantity of fertilizers used on onehalf acre. 0 0 ~4-D O~ . 0 CJ . 4-D 0 0 4-D Green cotton seed, 400 lbs. Floats....... Stable manure,... 1200 1bs.1 ----- ! -1 2400 392 1 1 -- -L 1--l- 138 30 56011120 COTTON. COMPARISON OF FERTILIZERS AND COMPOST. The object of this experiment was to compare a given quantity of kainit and acid phosphate mixed with a certain quantity of cotton seed meal as is shown in plot. 1, with a similar quantity of kainit and acid phosphate composted with a certain amount of stable manure and cotton seed as in plot 2. That is, the quantity of kainit and acid phosphate in both plots being the same, using the cotton seed meal in plot 1, against the cotton seed and stable manure in plot 2. Fertilizers in plot 1 were thoroughly mixed and applied at 68 time of planting; on plot 2 composted and applied at same time. The plots being about equal in natural fertility, and both receiving equal quantities of kainit and acid phosphate, the results appear in favor of the cotton seed meal as against the cotton seed and stable manure. Should the improved condition of the land be considered, which thing however was not contemplated in this experiment, the question arises, which has paid the better, plot No. 1, or No. 2? In plot No. 1, the nitrogen in the cotton seed meal was more available than in plot 2, and this being true there is left in plot 2, for future crops, a larger per cent. of fertilizing matter. No conclusions however can be drawn in this particular, as it would require further trials on both plots to ascertain the comparative quantity of fertilizers now in reserve on both plots. It is a known fact from observation that land fertilized with stable manure and cotton seed shows the effects for several years following. The following is a statement of results: A given quantity of acid phosphate, kainit and cotton seed meal mixed to be compared with a given quantity of acid phosphate, kainit, cotton seed and stable manure composted. Size of plot, - acre. PLOT 1. Yield per Plot. Names and Quantity of Fertilizers Quantity per Acre. used on % Acre. . ; · COC . r a ) Kainit....'.100 lbs. Kainit..... 200 lbs .... ..... .... Acid Phos..150 lbs. Acid Phos. 300 lbs...... ....... Cotton S. M.250 lb. Cotton S.M. 500 lbs............ 500 1000 354 285 86 725 .... . 1450 69 PLOT 2. Yield per Plot. Name and QuantiQuantity per Acre. " CP - ty of Fertilizers used on 2 Acre. Kainit..... Acid Phos. Cotton Se'd Stable Ma. 100 bs. Kainit..... 200 bs .... 150 lbs. Acid Phos. 300 lbs......... 375 Cotton Se'd 750 bs......... 375 Stable Ma. 750 s......... ...... bs. lbs. 1000 2000 245 30 77 27 1254 COTTON. INTERCULTURAL EXPERIMENTS WITH FERTILIZERS. The object of this experiment was to ascertain whether or not, it would pay to apply nitrogenous fertilizers interculturally. For this purpose, a piece of sandy upland of medium fertility was selected, and made into plots of 1-10 of an acre each. Rows were laid off, 210 feet long by 32 feet wide. Just before planting, the following mixture of fertilizers was applied to each plot alike, at the rate of 200 pounds per acre: 200 lbs. acid phosphate, 66 lbs. muriate potash and 66 lbs. sulphate ammonia. Soon after the cotton came up, it was chopped, and then sided with heel-scrape. The stalks of cotton were counted in each row and the same number allowed to stand on each plot. On June 16th, cotton seed meal and nitrate soda, in different quantities, were applied broad-cast, at which time the cotton was plowed with heel-scrape. From observations made during the latter part of June, the plots fertilized interculturally began to show a little difference, and by the time the second application was made, the difference was quite marked in favor of the fertilizers. Further observations later on showed a still greater and 70 more decided improvement in the crop, that is, the stalks, were much larger, were taking on fruit more rapidly and presented a richer color than the plots not fertilized after planting. By noticing the difference in the yield of plots having the same quantity of fertilizers, it appears that a given amount used interculturally at an earlier stage of crop growth, gave better results than the same quantity, one-half applied at the earlier stage and the other half several weeks later. For instance, by comparing plot No. 1 with plot No. 7, It is shown that a better yield resulted from the single application to plot 7 in June than from the two applications to plot 1 in June and July. Also in comparing No. 2 with No. 8, it is seen that a better yield was secured from the June application on No. 8, than from the June and July applications on No. 2. By a still further comparison of plots 4 and 9, the same fact is established, that a single application of nitrate soda in June on plot 9, gave a better yield than the same quantity of nitrate soda at different times on plot No. 4. The 100 lbs. applied at once to No. 9 acted more efficiently than the two applications to No. 4, and the inference is, that the most favorable conditions existed as to No. 9, for a maximum yield. Taking the average yield of the three unmanured plots, which is 8091 lbs. seed cotton per acre, the difference in favor of fertilizers is plainly seen by reference to the table of results. The following table shows the results of this experiment: COTTON-INTERCULTURAL EXPERIMENT. PLOTS 1-10 OF AN ACRE. At time of planting, April 14th, Acid Phosphate 200 pounds, Nitrate Potash 66 pounds, and Sulphate Ammonia 66 pounds, were mixed, and 20 pounds of this mixture applied to each plot. following table: Subsequent fertilization is shown in the Yield seed cotton per plot No. Fertilizers used per plot, Applied April 14th. Name and acre. - fertilizers and when applied. Rate per -~ quantity of Name and quantity of . fertilizers, and when applied. Rate per acre. P "¢ L, C , . 5 Phosphate..12.05 SMuriate - June 16th Potash..... 3.97 100 pounds. Sul. Ammonia..3 9 7 L Cotton seed meal. Acid July 5th. 100 pounds. Cotton seed meal. H 48.15 55.50 31.50 13.50 148.65 H 146 .5 2 20 lbs. Acid Phosphate ... .12.05 June 16th. July 5th. Muriate Potash .... 3.97% 200 pounds. 200 pounds. Sal. Ammonia..391 Cotton seed meal.... Cotton seed meal. 20 lbs. Acid Phosphate....12.05 Muriate Potash... 3.9712 Sul. Ammonia .. 397 No manure.......... No June 16th. 50 pounds Sul. Ammonia..3.97'% Nitrate soda. ....... Acid 41.25 50.25 43.50 24.75 159.75 1597.5 3 manure ........ St.15 25 50 6.30 1.50 84.45 844.5, Phosphate.... 12.05 20 lbs. 3.971/ 4 Muriate Potash.... July 5th. 50 pounds. Nitrate soda...... 42.60 63.7 5 39.30 19.50 165.15 1651.5 5 20 lbs. (Acid Phosphate .... 12.05 June 16th.........July 5th. JMuriate Potash._. .. 100 pounds.........100 pounds. Nitrate Soda.......Nitratesoda....... 1Sul. Ammonia-. 3.9712. 3.7/ 35.5 557.00 29.55 1. 90 141.00 1410.0 20 lbs. C OTTON.-INTERCULTURAL EXPERIMENT-CONTINUED. ,CL.RA X.seed cotton per plot b. Yield No. Fertilizers used per plot, Applied April 14th. Name and quantity of Name and quantity of CJ U _ NaU fertilizers, and when ferti ilizers, and when applied. Rate per appl lied. Rate per 04 acre. acre wCD ~~0 Go Z C) U UCRrt 0 0*K; C .. C O 6 5Acid Phosphate....12.05 5Acid Phosphate... Acid Phosphate H e.... Muriate Potash.... 397% Sul. Ammonia..... 3.971 No Manure........No Ma nure......... 44. 5 22.50 7.50 77.25 772.5 7 20 lbs. .12.05 June 16th. Muriate Potash.... 3.971/ 200 pounds. Sul. Ammonia..... 3 974 Cotton Seed Meal....... 20 lbs. ... 5 78.00 30.00 21.00 184.95 1849.5 .~55.9J June 16th. 8 Muriate Potash.... 3.97% 400 pounds. Sul. Ammonia..3.97L%Cotton Seed Meal ....... 12.05 . 25.80 9.00 .66-75190.001 191.55 1915.5 .20 lbs. Acid Phosphate... .12.05 June 16th. 9 Muriate Potash .... 3.97%2100 pounds. .7'% Nitrate Soda ........ Sul. Ammonia.. 20 lbs. Acid Phosphate .... 12.05 10 'I .. . . .... . 42. 451 90.OC 23.55 15.75 171.75 .... 1717.5 uriate Sul. Ammonia..3.97%2 No Manure......... No Mf nure......... 20 lbs. Average yield of unmanured plots, 809.5 pounds per acre. Potash..,.. 3 97'2 51.75 24 OC 3.90 1.50 81.15 811.5 BULLETIN No. 63.FERAY185 FEBRUARY, 1895. ALABAMA Agricultura1 Experiment Station OF THE AGRICULTURAL AND MECHANICAL COLLEGE, AUBURN. Fertilizers---Commercial and Domestic. B. B. ROs s. MONTGOMER~Y, ALA.: THE BROWN PRINTING COMPANY, PRINTERS. 1895. COMMITTEE OF TRUSTEES ON EXPERIMENT STATION. I. F. CULVER...............................Union Springs. J. G. GILoHRIST................................Hope Hull. H. CLAY ARMSTRONG.............................Auburn. WM. LEROY A. J. STATION COUNCIL. BRoUN...................................President. BONDURANT..........................................Agriculturist. B. B. Ross..........................................Chemist. P. H. MELL...... ................................ Botanist. J. M. STEDMAN......................................Biologist. A. CARY, D. V. M .......................... Veterinarian. C. ASSISTANTS. J. T. ANDERSON.............................. First Assistant Chemist. IR. E. NOBLE .......................... Second Assistant Chemist. C. L. HARE ............................... Third Assistant Chemist. C. G. GREENE ................... Assistant Botanist and Biologist. T. U. CULVER .......................... Superintendent of Farm. of the State on application to the Agricultural Experiment Station, Auburn, Alabama. AW'The Bulletins of this Station will be sent free to any citizen FERTILIZERS-COMMERCIAL AND DOMESTIC. The extremely low prices of agricultural products almost everywhere prevalent, at present, and particularly the unprecedentedly low figures which the chief Southern staple brings on the market, have, of necessity, attracted attention to the importance of the practice of greater economy in all of the departments connected with the conduct of the farm. In no single department of the farm economy is there a greater tendency to make retrenchment or to curtail expenditures than in the direction of he reduction of the amounts heretofore paid out for the purchase of commercial manures or other fertilizing materials, and it is to be hoped that this tendency will at least lead to a more thorough utilization of the valuable domestic manurial resources which have been to a great extent, heretofore, either neglected or else disregarded. These crude supplies of fertilizing materials which are within easy reach of almost every farmer, can, if intelligently and properly utilized, be made to supplement quite advantageously the supplies of artificial fertilizers which are employed as ingredients of the best domestic mixed manures. The rational system of fertilization of the soil demands that the chief essential fertilizing constituents removed by any crops shall be replaced by returning to the soil an equivalent amount of these constituents for the use of subsequent crops, and it is, in part, to a lack of observance of this important principle, that the exhausted condition of many of our soils is due. At the same time, it is also true ,hat a very large proportion of our soils have been impoverished in a most marked degree by a washing away of the surface soil with its supplies of plant food and vegetable matter, while many of our 76 exposed soils lose by oxidation and decomposition a large proportion of their organic constituents. To make good thelosses occasioned under the several conditions above enumerated, there is a constant demand for fresh supplies of fertilizing materials for the purpose of returning to the soil the elements of plant food which have been removed, and these elements may be returned, in part, either in the form of some portion of the crop which has .been produced, or by the application of supplies of manures derived from the feeding of the crops in question to farm animals. It is the design of this bulletin, therefore, to furnish some practical information with regard to the methods of utilizing to the best advantage crude domestic manures, in conjunction with appropriate kinds and quantities of commercial fertilizers. It is consequently not strictly within the province or scope of this pamphlet to treat of the methods of preventing or avoiding the other forms of soil exhaustion above referred to (viz: by washing and exposure), but the employment of better systems of drainage and the protection of the land by keeping it covered as continuously as possible with some vegetable growth, even if that growth be only grass, will be found to prove valuable aids in the diminution of the losses due to these sources. Of the dozen or more elements which the soil supplies under ordinary conditions for the development and maintenance of plant life, all except three are commonly present in soils in sufficient quantities to meet the requirements of plant growth. These three important constituents of plant food are nitrogen, potash and phosphoric acid, and it is these three substances which both artificial fertilizers and domestic manures are designed to supply to the soil. Manures are commonly divided into two classes -viz: stimulant and nutritive manures. 77 STIMULANT MANURES. Stimulant manures are those whose addition to the soil does not supply directly any plant food of value, but whose presence there brings about the decomposition of other forms of plant nutriment not otherwise available for plant use. Among the more important and more commonly employed manures of this class are lime and gypsum (land plaster), and in some countries, salt also finds some employment as an auxiliary stimulant manure. Lime is, itself, an important mineral ingredient of plant life, and some scientists and investigators (notably Ville) have classed it along with the three essential constituents of complete manures above alluded to. It so happens, however, that lime is present in sufficient quantities in almost all soils to meet the actual requirements of the plant itself for this particular element, and when it or its compounds are supplied to the soil. it is almost invariably with a view to the fulfilment of its functions as a stimulant manure. One of the most important offices performed by the lime consists in the decomposition or breaking up of certain mineral forms of potash, whereby the latter becomes readily soluble and available for plant food, while in its original state of combination it was practically of no nutritive value. Lime also corrects the acidity of so-called "sour soils" and checks in a marked degree the tendency of "running to weed" commonly exhibited by cotton and other crops grown on such soils. The more important uses and effects of lime upon soils are very appropriately given by Dr. Hilgard in one of the Tenth Census Reports on Cotton Production, and his conclusions are reproduced herewith: (a.) "A more rapid transformation of the vegetable matter into active humus. (b.) The retention of such humus against the oxidizing influences of hot climates. (c.) It renders adequate for more profitable culture per 78 centages of phosphoric acid and potash so small that in the case of the absence or deficiency of lime, the soil is practically sterile. (d.) It tends to secure the proper conditions of nitrification whereby the inert nitrogen of the soil is rendered available. (e.) It exerts a most important influence upon the flocculation and therefore upon the tillability of the soil." For many purposes, gypsum is employed instead of lime, itself, and many of the functions performed by the latter can be quite effectively accomplished by the substitution of the gypsum (or land plaster), while for certain other purposes, gypsum can be used to better advantage than the lime. On account of the tendency which gypsum (sulphate of lime) in a moist condition, has to fix certain volatile ammonia compounds, it is highly esteemed for use in covering compost and manure heaps, and effects a saving of considerable proportions of valuable plant food, which would otherwise be lost. The continuous employment of stimulant manures to the exclusion of nutritive fertilizers, however, is one of the surest and quickest means of impoverishing the soil, since nothing of value is added to the stores of plant food, and the pre-existing supplies of nutritive materials are all the more readily removed by virtue of the presence of the lime or kindred stimulants. NUTRITIVE MANURES. The nutritive manures, in contradistinction to the stimulant, contribute directly to the plant valuable supplies of nutriment, and any excess of nutritive ingredients left unconsumed by the plant or crop, adds so much to the stores of plant food available for the use of subsequent crops. The various forms and descriptions of commercial fertilizers upon the market are designed to fulfill the office of nutri- 79 tive manures, and contain one, two or all three of the essential fertilizing ingredients previously referred to. The proportions in which these ingredients are supplied, and the forms in which they occur in commercial manures exhibit considerable variations, and are largely dependent upon the manufacturerer's ideas as to the requirements of any particular crop or soil. These commercial manures are commonly divided into two classes, viz: "complete" and "partial manures," the former containing, as the term implies, all three of the chief essential fertilizing constituents of value (phosphoric acid, nitrogen and potash) while the latter contain only one or two of these ingredients. The former are designed for general use and for direct application to soils and crops, frequently, of widely different characters; the latter are either to be employed as ingredients of home made mixed manures or composts, or else to supply some particular element, in a concentrated form, to some specific crop. Partial manures may be advantageously considered under the following subdivisions: (1.) Phosphoric acid manures. (2.) Nitrogen manures. (3.) Potash manures. (4.) Manures containing phosphoric acid and potash. (5.) Manures containing phosphoric acid and nitrogen.. (6.) Manures containing potash and nitrogen. The following matter with reference to the composition, characteristics and sources of commercial manures is reproduced from the fertilizer bulletin published by the Department of Agriculture in August 1894: (1) PHOSPHORIC ACID MANUIs. Formerly the chief source of supply of this valuable fertilizing element was bones, either raw or chemically treated, and while "bone meal" and raw bone superphosphates still have a large consumption, by far the largest proportion of phosphoric acid for artificial fertilizers, is derived from phos- 80 phate rock, from the fossilized remains of extinct animals, or from the soft phosphate deposits of tropical islands, and quite recently large supplies of this element have been furnished by the Thomas slag, a by-product of the ThomasGilchrist steel process. In this country, for the past twentyfive years, a large proportion of the phosphoric acid consumed by our agricultural economy has been furnished by the deposits of phosphate rock contiguous to Charleston, S. C., but within more recent years the supplies of South Carolina phosphate have been largely supplemented by the soft phosphates from South Florida. The mechanical condition of fertilizers of all classes greatly affects the utility and availability of their fertilizing constituents, and in order to more readily meet the needs of the plant the crude phosphate rock is crushed to a state of impalpability, and the resulting powder so finely divided that its particles can "float" in the air, is placed upon the market under the name of "floats." Phosphates from some of the tropical islands of the Caribbean sea and adjacent waters are also utilized to some extent as a source of phosphoric acid, though the deposits are being rapidly exhausted. The phosphatic formations of this character owe their origin largely to the deposits of sea birds, and in rainless climates nitrogen in the form of nitrates and ammonia salts is also found, but in localities where the rainfall is at all considerable, the proportion of this element is extremely small, if it be not entirely absent. Large quantities of phosphorie acid are also supplied from the wastes of our large slaughter houses, and the fertilizers obtaihed from this source contain also considerable proportions of nitrogen. Refuse bone black from the sugar refineries, after being utilized for the decolorization of sugars, is frequently treated with sulphuric acid and sold as a fertilizer under the name of "dissolved bone-black," or else is used in the preparation of many of our mixed fertilizers. The phosphoric acid in most of our complete fertilizers is 81 found in three forms, viz., the soluble, reverted and insoluble forms. The first is soluble in water, the second is soluble in neutral citrate of ammonia, and is termed by the fertilizer law "citrate soluble," while the third form is insoluble both in water and citrate of ammonia, but is soluble in acids, and is therefore designated "acid soluble phosphoric acid." In nearly all of our fertilizers the phosphoric acid is in combination with lime, and in bones, phosphate rock and the chief mineral phosphates, is in the form of what is termed "bone phosphate" or insoluble phosphate of lime. While this form of phosphoric acid is insoluble in pure water, it dissolves slowly in water containing carbonic acid (carbon dioxide) in solution, and upon many soils, especially in the presence of organic matter, and where the particles of the fertilizer are in a finely divided condition, has been employed to good advantage. In order to reduce crude phosphates such as bones, phosphate rock, etc., to a state of fine division, and also to convert the phosphoric acid into a form soluble in water, the crude materials are treated with sulphuric acid and a product is obtained which is known as superphosphate of lime or acid phosphate, while gypsum (sulphate of lime) is also produced and remains admixed with the phosphate. Pure superphosphate of lime is completely soluble in water, and were the precise amount of sulphuric acid required to completely convert the insoluble phosphate into the superphosphate employed, the whole of the phosphoric acid of the acid phosphate would be in a soluble condition. In actual practice, however, the full theoretical amount of sulphuric acid is seldom employed in the manufacture of superphosphates, and a small amount of insoluble phosphoric acid is left in the product. This insoluble phosphate, in contact with the soluble phosphate, leads to the formation of a compound intermediate between the two in composition, and this sutibstance is the "reverted" or "reduced" phosphate. 82 The term "reverted" is so. applied because the soluble phosphoric acid of the fertilizer "turns back" toward its original insoluble form, and a similar behavior is noticed in soils containing good proportions of iron and alumina or lime. The "reverted" phosphate of lime is the form previously referred to as insoluble in pure water, but soluble in a neutral solution of citrate of ammonia, this solution being assumed to approximate in solvent power the soil water with which the fertilizer will be brought in contact. "Reverted" or "citrate soluble phosphoric acid" together with the water soluble, constitute what is termed" available phosphoric acid," and though usually assigned the same value, there is considerable diversity of opinion among scientific investigators as to the relative values of these two forms of phosphoric acid. While the soluble phosphoric acid is soluble in water only so long as its free acid remains uncombined with some such base as lime, oxide of iron, alumina, etc., and while it speedily reverts in soils containing any considerable proportions of these substances, nevertheless it is believed to have an initial diffusive property not possessed by the reverted form; that is, it is disseminated more rapidly and fertilizes more soil in a given time than the same amount of reverted would do. While the soluble phosphoric acid is seldom found in appreciable quantities in natural phosphates, the reverted form is frequently found in small quantities along with the insoluble in phosphate rock, and in still larger quantities in some tropical phosphates, such as orchilla guano, etc.; it is also found in bones to a considerable extent, and the phosphoric acid in many of our organic fertilizers, such as cotton seed meal, is readily soluble in ammonium citrate. The superphosphates prepared from bones are believed by many to have a higher value than those from phosphate rock; this superiority, however, if it exists, extends only so far as the availability of its insoluble phosphoric acid is 83 concerned, the insoluble phosphoric acid from animal sources being much more readily appropriated by the plant than the same form when of mineral origin. The phosphoretic slag obtained by dephosphorizing pig iron in the Thomas-Gilchrist process for steel-making, has recently become an important factor in the world's supply of phosphoric acid, but has been met with but little in southern fertilizer markets. Should the basic process of steel making be introduced in this State, an additional valuable source of phosphoric acid will be furnished to the farmers of Alabama. The attention of this office has been called to circulars distributed by manufacturers and dealers in non-acidulated phosphates, in which a claim is advanced in favor of the natural phosphate and against the acid phosphate, to the effect that the free sulphuric acid of the latter is highly detrimental to vegetation, and therefore constitutes a valid objection to its use for fertilizing purposes. As a matter of fact, however, the proportion of sulphuric acid used in the treatment of phosphate rock is, as stated above, very rarely sufficient to give even a slight excess of free sulphuric acid in the product and farmers need apprehend no trouble from this source. (2.) NITROGEN MANURES. Nitrogen is supplied in commercial fertilizers in three forms, these several forms being designated by the sources from which they are derived : (1) Yegetable nitrogen. (2) Animal nitrogen. (3) Mineral nitrogen. Among the chief forms of vegetable nitrogen may be mentioned cotton seed, cotton seed meal, and the cakes and meal resulting from the extraction of oils from various vegetable sources. Cotton seed and its product, cotton seed meal, is the best known of any of the vegetable fertilizers to the southern 84 farmer, and at the same time, it is the cheapest form in which nitrogen can be obtained in the Southern States. In addition to the seven per cent. of nitrogen which the meal contains, it also furnishes a considerable supply of phosphoric acid and potash-about three per cent. of the former and two per cent. of the latter. While the nitrogen of cotton seed meal may not act as quickly as that of nitrates and ammonia salts, nevertheless, upon the decomposition of the meal in the soil, there are formed compounds both of nitric acid and ammonia, similar in composition to some of the mineral forms of nitrogen. In the purchase of cotton seed meal the farmer should always guard against the admixture of hulls with the meal, the presence of the hulls being readily detected by placing the meal upon an ordinary sieve and shaking thoroughly. The dark colored cotton seed meals, which are sometimes met with upon the market, while greatly damaged so far as their utility as feed stuffs are concerned, are uninjured as regards their fertilizing value, as has been repeatedly shown by analysis. The cotton seed meal, in addition to its direct application to the soil by the farmer, is employed as a source of nitrogen in the preparation of a large proportion of the complete fertilizers manufactured in the South. Among the chief forms of animal nitrogen met with in the markets, may be enumerated fish scrap, dried blood, tankage and various other by products from the wastes and refuse of slaughter houses. Several of these, as tankage, fish scrap, etc., contain in addition to the nitrogen, considerable proportions of phosphoric acid, though they are in general utilized chiefly for the nitrogen they furnish. The dried blood is a product resulting from the evaporation of the blood from slaughter houses and the thorough drying of the residue, frequently by means of superheated steam. The color of the product varies with the temperature at which the drying is effected, and the red blood is generally considered of more value than the black. The 85 proportion of nitrogen varies from 9 to 15 per cent. and practical field experiments show that this element, in this form, is readily and quickly available for the use of the plant. The chief mineral forms of nitrogen of importance are sulphate of ammonia and nitrate of soda, though nitrate of potash and muriate of ammonia are also met with occasionally in the fertilizer trade. The supplies of nitrate of soda are obtained chiefly from the nitrate beds of Chili and Peru, and the refined product has of recent years had quite a large consumption in this country. It contains 15 to 16 per cent. nitrogen in a highly available form and is employed in the preparation of high grade fertilizers, and also as a top dressing for grains, grasses, etc. Sulphate of ammonia is largely prepared from the ammoniacal liquors of gas works, the crude liquor being neutralized with sulphuric acid and evaporated to dryness. This substance is the most concentrated commercial form of nitrogen which is found, in general, upon the markets, and is used in the manufacture of complete fertilizers rich in nitrogen, or else is employed as a top dressing for certain crops. For this latter purpose, however, both of the above mineral forms of nitrogen must be applied with great caution, since by virtue of their easy solubility, they are readily leached from the surface soil, especially if the subsoil is at all permeable. (3.) POTASH MANURES. The manures of this class which meet with the largest consumption, either for direct application to the soil or as ingredients of mixed goods, are the crude potash salts from the German salt deposits. The chief forms in which the potash is found in the crude commercial salts are the sulphate and muriate (chloride), the latter form containing the higher proportion of potassium. Kainite, another product of the German mines, consists of potassium sulphate, mag- 86 nesium sulphate and the chlorides of magnesium and sodium. Its average proportion of potash is about 12 per cent. and it is largely employed in the preparation of composts and in compounding mixed fertilizers designed to contain a moderate potash percentage. The muriate of potash met with in commerce generally has a purity of only 80 to 85 per cent., giving a potash equivalent of about 50 to 53 per cent., while the high grade sulphate contains from 45 to 50 per cent. potash, and the low grade sulphate only about 30 per cent. of this ingredient. These latter goods are used almost exclusively for the preparation of complete fertilizers with a high potash content. Cotton seed hull ashes is a southern product which is quite a valuable source of potash, though its use is largely confined to the States bordering on the Atlantic. The hulls removed from the cotton seed, preparatory to the extraction of oil, are largely used as fuel under the boilers of the oil mills, and the ashes obtained are found to contain from 15 to 25 per cent. potash, and 7 to 10 per cent. of phosphoric acid. In mixing hull ashes with nitrogenous organic materials, great caution is to be observed, since mixtures of this kind, if kept for any length of time, especially if allowed to become moist, are likely to ferment, with consequent loss of a considerable proportion of nitrogen. Among the chief vegetable sources of potash may be mentioned tobacco stems, which are utilized to a great extent in the tobacco growing States, and many of the complete fertilizers manufactured along the Atlantic seaboard contain potash derived from this waste product. (4.) MANURES CONTAINING PHOSPHORIC ACID AND NITROGEN. Bones, whether in the original crude state or treated with sulphuric acid, contain in addition to their phosphoric acid, from 3 to 5 per cent. of nitrogen derived from the gela- 87 tinous matter of the bone and constitute one of the most common forms of partial manures of this class. The boiled or de-gelatinized bone, obtained as a by-product of gelatine manufacture, is sometimes found on the market, but this, of course, contains only phosphoric acid. Tankage, a product of the large slaughter houses, consists chiefly of a mixture of the dessicated residues of meat and bone left from the treatment of the slaughter house wastes for extraction of grease. The proportions of meat and bone in this fertilizer vary considerably, and lead to quite large differences in the nitrogen and phosphoric acid contents of different samples, the phosphoric acid generally being in excess, though its proportion is dependent largely upon the amount of bone in the material. Fish scrap, which is simply the dry, pulverized residue from the extraction of oil from fish, contains both phosphoric acid and nitrogen, though the latter predominates and the product is chiefly used for the nitrogen which it supplies. The fertilizing value of all the materials of this class is largely enhanced by a finely divided condition of the particles, and a mechanical analysis is frequently resorted to in addition to the chemical examination. (5.) MANURES CONTAINING PHOSPHORIC ACID AND POTASH. Many of the acid phosphates upon the southern market have been mixed with a small proportion of kainite or some of the higher grade potash salts, and are thus better adapted for composting than the plain super-phosphates. By the simple mixture of goods of this class with cotton seed meal a complete fertilizer is obtained, and the farmer can frequently prepare advantageously, in this way, mixtures to meet the needs of his different crops. (6)MANURES CONTAINING NITROGEN AND POTASH. Nitrate of potash is the only manure of importance of this class, supplying both potash and nitrogen in a very 88 soluble form. Its cost, however, is quite high, and its consumption is somewhat limited. COMPLETE FERTILIZERS. As the name implies, fertilizers of this class contain all three of the chief fertilizing constituents of value, though the proportions of these ingredients are extremely variable. The basis of the complete fertilizer is the super-phosphate, and with this are mixed some common forms of nitrogen and potash, the proportion of these elements being largely dependent upon the manufacturer's ideas of the needs of the soil or crop. Kainite and cotton seed meal are more commonly employed than any other materials to furnish potash and nitrogen to the mixed fertilizers, and planters will, in many cases, find it a good policy to prepare their own complete manures by purchasing the materials referred to and mixing them to suit the requirements of the crop or soil of their particular section. With these materials at hand, the farmer can prepare a fertilizer of a certain composition for his cotton and a mixture of a still different composition for his corn, the proportion of nitrogen required in the latter case being in general greater than in the former. Of course, fertilizers prepared according to any definite formula would not be equally well adapted to all soils and sections of the State, and to those who have written to this office for information with regard to the composition of fertilizers best suited to the needs of their particular locality, the formulas furnished in reply have been largely governed by the characteristics of the soil, both as regards composition and location. For instance, on many of our hill soils which consist very largely of particles derived from micaceous and feldspathic rocks, the addition of potash is of very doubtful necessity, and in some cases, quite recently, it has been recommended that for such soils potash either be omitted entirely, or else used in very small quantities. For the same reasons, the addition of excessive quantities of 89 phosphates to some of our soils which are already well supplied with phosphoric acid is an extremely ill-advised procedure. DOMESTIC MANURES. Among the domestic manurial supplies of importance the manure of the more common farm animals first demands consideration. Originally they found quite general employment in the manurial economy of the farm, but since commercial fertilizers have gained such extensive use, the supplies of domestic manures have been either partially disregarded or else not intelligently applied. The value and importance of farm manures can possibly be better appreciated and understood when it is stated that the value of the manure produced by a well fed horse per year will be from $23 to $25, calculated according to our scale of fertilizer valuations, while the value of manure per head from our average full grown cattle will probably vary from $15 to $18 per year. The value of farm manures is largely dependent upon the kind and condition of the animal and the character and quantity of food supplied, and even under uniform conditions the composition is subject to slight variations. Young and growing animals excrete from one-half to threefourths of the total fertilizing ingredients in their feed and this proportion is rarely exceeded for the reason that a considerable percentage of these fertilizing constituents are being constantly utilized in the formation of fresh quantities of bone, muscle, tissues, etc., there being in consequence much smaller amounts of waste materials than is the case with full grown animals. With milch cows the amount of fertilizing constituents excreted is relatively smaller than with other neat cattle on account'of the fact that a large proportion of these valuable elements are important constituents of milk, thereby diminishing the amounts found in the excrement itself. 90 Full grown animals, whether fattening or working, assimilate only a very small proportion of the three chief fertilizing elements, more than nine-tenths of the total amounts of these substances taken in the food, being found :in the excreta. The manure of the horse (or mule) is weight for weight much richer than that of cattle, though a portion of this difference is due to the extremely large percentage of water contained in the manure of cattle. Samples of barn yard manure both from the stable and cow stalls at the experiment station were subjected to analysis with the following results : ANALYSES OF BARN-YARD MANURE. Manure from cow stalls (fresh)*.......... S " . " " (dry)..... ...... 83.85 .. 0 28 1.75 0.29. 1.81 .21 0.31 1.31 " " . . mule . " " (fresh)...........76.33 (dry)............ ..... 0.46 1.94 0 63 2.66 * Solid excrement. The proportion of water contained in the fresh manures of all animals is extremely high, as the analyses just given indicate, although the water percentages in these samples are below the average. The fertilizing value of such manures are made much more apparent when the percentages of the fertilizingingredients in the dried material are given, as has been done in the case of each of the above samples, though in actual practice, it is best not to permit the manure to become even approximately dry, since "burning" or "firefanging" will almost always take place. Since farm animals excrete such large proportions of the total fertilizing ingredients contained in their food, it is at once manifest that the character of the feed exerts a most important influence upon the composition and fertilizing value of the manure produced. 91 Indeed, the value of the manure of any given, animal for fertilizing purposes is determined almost wholly by the proportions of phosphoric acid, potash and nitrogen contained in the feed stuffs, and analyses of manures resulting from the use of foods rich in the valuable elements of plant food invaribly show a marked superiority over those produced from a food less rich in those constituents. For instance, carefully conducted feeding experiments have shown that the manure obtained where cotton seed meal and hulls were used, possessed a value more than 40 per cent. greater than that of manure resulting from the employment of an ordinary mixed feed. In England and several continental countries, it is frequently the case that large numbers of cattle are fattened on high grade and concentrated feeds, either grown on adjacent land or imported, the manure carefully collected and preserved and in many instances returned to the very soils on which the feed stuffs have been produced, with only a very small net loss of the original fertilizing constituents removed by the crop from the soil. The careful littering or bedding of the stalls of farm animals is of far greater importance than it is generally considered to be, and a disregard of the necessity of giving proper attention to this matter undoubtedly leads to considerable loss of valuable fertilizing ingredients. The chief function of the litter is to absorb the liquid manures which would otherwise go to waste and which it is very important to preserve and properly utilize. The liquid manures ofmost farm animals contain relatively larger proportions of nitrogen and potash than do the solid excrements, and if these are not properly collected, it can be readily seen that there will be a loss of no inconsiderable amounts of the total fertilizing materials which are excreted. Among the materials ordinarily employed for litter or bedding may be mentioned straw of various kinds, leaves, saw dust, peat, muck, etc., though the first named substance is more extensively used than any other. 92 Experiments have demonstrated that dry straw will absorb frequently more than twice its weight of water, while dry peat and muck are almost perfect absorbents and at the same time add very greatly to the fertilizing value of the manure. Dry straw contains only from one-half to three quarters of a per cent. of nitrogen and considerably less of potash and phosphoric acid, so that it's presence in a state of admixture with the manure does not add materially to the fertilizing value of the latter. Straw and similar materials, however, in addition to their utility as absorbents, serve to decrease the compactness of manure, to check and regulate fermentation and in many cases promote chemical action in the manure. The decomposed and disintegrated straw or litter will also supply humus to the soil, a not unimportant consideration in the case of many of our soils, which are almost destitute of organic matter. The preservation of stable manures is a subject to which too much importance cannot be attached and their value is frequently much diminished by reason of the careless exposure to which they are subjected. Frequently manure heaps are left in an unprotected condition, under the eaves of barns and stables, and the leaching, which takes place with each rain fall, causes a considerable proportion of the fertilizing constituents to be washed out and lost. Exposure to wind and variable conditions of weather also causes a loss, by reason of the escape of some of its constituents, particularly ammonia, in a gaseous form. Carefully conducted experiments at. the Cornell Experiment station have demonstrated that the reckless exposure of loose manure heaps to wind and weather may cause a loss of as much as 42 per cent. of its original fertilizing value during a period of only six months. 93 MUCKS. In localities contiguous to swamps or low marshy bottoms where a dense vegetable growth has prevailed at some time in the past, mucks form a desirable proportion of the manurial supply of the farm, and in some sections of this country, as well as in Europe, mucks and peat form an article of commerce. Materials of this character owe their value largely to the quantity of vegetable matter they contain, though the character of the vegetable growth from which they are derived influences very appreciably their composition. Nitrogen is the most important fertilizing constituent of mucks, though it is present in quite varying proportions, ranging from one half per cent. in a low grade article to 4 per cent. in mucks of extreme richness. In addition, there are small proportions of phosphoric acid and potash, but these are of minor importance as compared with the nitrogen contained in the muck, and the large supplies of organic matter, which constitute a ready source of humus. The thoroughly air dried muck may either be employed in composting, or is used as bedding in stables, it being especially adapted to this latter purpose on account of its great absorbent properties, readily taking up and retaining liquid manures with comparatively small loss of ammonia. In composting, it can be used along with acid phosphates, either as a substitute for, or in conjunction with, stable manure. The addition of moderate proportions of lime to muck composts is frequently practiced and in most cases to good advantage. Two samples of muck from the southern part of the State have been examined in this laboratory quite recently and showed on analysis the following composition: 94 ANALYSES OF MUCK. SAMPLE. No. 1. From Baldwin county, Alabama............Trace 0.700.04 No. 2. From Escambia county, Alabama............0.58%00.98 0.31 MARLS. Throughout a very considerable area of the State, particularly in the cretaceous formations, marls are found in comparative abundance and many samples of high quality have been analyzed in this laboratory. Marls, properly speaking, consist of carbonate of lime admixed with varying quantities of sand, clay or loam. The carbonate of lime is ordinarily the chief constituent of value in marls, though small proportions of phosphoric acid and potash accompany the lime in many cases. The carbonate of lime contained performs the functions of a stimulant manure, decomposing and rendering available some of the ordinarily inaccessible mineral forms of potash present in the soil, and also promoting the formation of humus and the nitrification of the otherwise inactive nitrogen of the soil. The chief difficulty in the way of the more extensive utilization of marls lies in the fact that they will not admit of transportation to any considerable distance, and the soils in the immediate vicinity of the marl deposits are in most cases quite well supplied with lime. Light and sandy soils, however, will in most instances be benefited by the application of good quantities of well pulverized marl and such soils are sometimes found within easy reach of marl deposits. "Green sand marls," or glauconitic marls, have been found in a number of localities in this State in sufficient quantities to prove of value for local use. They contain potash (in the form of the mineral "glauconite," in quite considerable proportions, and somewhat smaller quantities of phosphoric acid. Materials of this class act quite slowly when employed for fertilizing purposes, but as this action extends 95 over quite a long period, the application of green sand marls constitutes quite an important contribution to the permanent plant food supplies of the soil. The following are the analyses of two samples of green sand marl examined in the station laboratory within the past year. ANALYSES OF GREEN SAND MARLS. ". rI22 o 0 Green Sand Marl, No. 1. " " 2 9 From Silas, Ala...............2.24 ".'2.74 . 3.78 3.86 Marls of this high quality can be employed to quite good advantage, locally, either by direct application to the soil, or in conjunction with cotton seed and stable manure in the form of composts. MISCELLANEOUS MANURIAL SUPPLIES. In addition to the above described manurial supplies, there are other crude natural fertilizing materials which are incidental to certain localities in the State. Especially is this the case in North Alabama where valuable deposits of bat manure have been found in a number of caves. These deposits of bat excrement show considerable proportions of nitrogen and fairly good proportions of phosphoric acid and potash. The following results of analysis of several samples of this material will serve to illustrate its composition and value as a fertilizer. 96 ANALYSES OF BAT MANURE. SAMPLE. P 0 z Bat Manure, No. 1. From North Alabama, exact locality not known ............................ Bat Manure, No. 2. From North Alabama, exact locality not known ............................ Bat Manue, No. 3. From Lauderdale county 2.79 5.56 2.27 3.20 8.26 5.40 0.85 2.02 0.85 Samples No. I contained 65 per cent. moisture, while sample No. 2 had been air dried. Deposits of cave earth, when employed locally, are of no small manurial value by virtue of the phosphoric acid and nitrogen contained, as the following analyses will show: SAMPLE. o Z Cave Earth, No. 3. From North Alabama, exact locality unknown.................................. 0.86 Cave Earth, No. 4. From North Alabama, exact locality unknown........................................... 1.63 Cave Earth, No. 5. From North Alabama, exact locality unknown............ .......... ...... ............. 2.20 Cave Earth, No. 6. From North Alabama, exact locality 3.31 unknown ........................................... 6.84 Cave Earth, No. 7. From Lauderdale county, Alabama. . Trace " " 8. " < « << 0.36 0.29 0.53 0.20 0.94 0.41 9. ".<< 3.65 The bat manure, in a moderately dry condition, is of sufficient fertilizing value to admit of its transportation and it can be employed in mixed fertilizers as a source of nitrogen. As a top dressing for grains, grasses, clover, etc., it can also be used to considerable advantage. 97 COMPOSTS. The most advantageous form in which the crude manurial materials of the farm can be utilized, is, in general, in the compost heap. Among the advantages offered by composting may be mentioned the better proportioning of the fertilizing ingredients designed for use on some specific soil or crop, which the proper preparation of the compost heap permits; the rapid disintegration and decomposition of the organic materials which may be employed as litter or else as ingredients of the compost; the promotion of nitrification, which is generally believed to be facilitated by the employment of carbonate of lime or marl in the compost; the retention and preservation of ammonia, which is possible in properly managed composts, the loss of which element constitutes one of the most objectionable features of the exposure of loose heaps of stable manure. In addition, the stable manure by admixture with the other materials in composts, ordinarily becomes less compact, the material is more easily handled, and when applied to the soil, the fertilizing constituents contained are in a condition of more ready availability for the use of the plant. The most common ingredients of composts in the South are acid phosphate, cotton seed and stable manure, though in some cases mucks, marls, ashes, lime, etc., are employed. For cotton the following compost formula is recommended for use on the average soil: Acid Phosphate (14 per cent. available Phosphoric A cid)................................. 500 lbs. Cotton seed...................................700 " .... 800 " Stable manure........................ Total.............. ... .. . 2,000 lbs. In the preparation of composts, a layer of stable manure is spread out evenly in a level place to a depth of several inches; upon this a corresponding quantity of acid phos- 98 phate is placed, next a layer of cotton seed, this alternation being continued until the materials are exhausted. The cotton seed employed in the compost should be moistened thoroughly, and the heap after its completion, should be saturated with water containing 100 pounds of Kainite in solution. The heap shoull be covered with a layer of rich earth or vegetable mould, or better still with a thin layer of gypsum; any liquid drainings from the stable which may be at hand, can be used to advantage in moistening the heap from time to time. The bed should be protected from rains by a shelter, and the heap should be left undisturbed for a period of from three to six weeks. When ready for use, the heap is broken up and the materials are thoroughly mixed and incorporated with each other. The quantities of this compost applied to the soil should be just about double the quantities of the average complete fertilizer ordinarily used on the soil or crop in question, i. e.-from 300 to 600 pounds of the compost per acre. The composition of such a compost would be approximately as follows : 500 Acid Phosphate.......................... 700" Cotton Seed.....:...................... 800 " Stable Manure......................... 70 . 7" S . .21b 2.4" 4.8" 4.81" Total........... ........... 79.4 12.8 25.811 The percentage composition would be: Available phosphoric acid 3.97°0. Nitrogen 1.29%. Potash .64%. The addition of the kainite will increase the potash percentage to about 1.2, and the fertilizing value of the complete mixture, calculated on a fertilizer basis, will be about $9.70. 99 Instead of stable manure, muck can be employed, if deposits of this material of a good quality are at hand, and straw and decaying leaves in moderate quantities, may also beused if the heap is to be allowed to stand for some time. A compost for corn will require relatively larger proporportions of nitrogen and smaller quantities of phosphoric acid, and the following formula will furnish the desired elements in fairly satisfactory proportions: Acid Phosphate (High Grade)................300 Cotton Seed...............................900 Stable Manure..................... Total...... ........................... Kainiteto be added as before. lbs. lbs. 800 lbs. 2,000lbs. ..... Mixtures adapted to corn can be used to some advantage also with sugar cane, especially where he latter is grown on light sandy lands. FRAUDULENT FORMULAS FOR COMPOSTS. Several times during the present season there have been forwarded to this office, formulas for the preparation of composts and home mixed fertilizers, these formulas having been sold for as much as $5 by the parties who have adopted this fraudulent means of earning a livelihood. The character of the materials recommended, and the forms and proportions in which the several ingredients are to be supplied, show upon the face of the formulas, evidence of the fraudulent and deceptive character of the latter. Two of these formulas are given below, in order that the sham and deception involved in the sale of such recipes may be exposed. 100 FORMULA NO. 1. Ammonia PhosphoricAcid............................. 5 lbs. 2 Nitrate of Potassium.......................... .......... .................... Saltpeter Sulphur.................... ........ 5 10 5 " Potash .............................. Lime. .......... .................... Ashes........... ........ ............... Dirt or lot scrapings......................1800 FORMULA NO. 2. 10 50 100 .......... 4 lbs. Nitrate of Ammonia..... ............ 4 " Soda Ash ..................................... 2 Saltpeter ............................ 4 " Potash .................................. . 2 " .......... Bluestone....................... Lime ........... ... .. ........... 50 Salt.................... ................ 25 Mix in 10 gallons of water and add to green vegetable mold or barn yard scrapings. It will be observed that in the first formula, commercial ammonia isrecommended, although it is one of the costliest forms of ammonia and a form in which its complete loss is best assured. The amount per ton of actual ammonia thus supplied is insignificant, and were the ammonia not already in a free condition, it would soon be liberated by virtue of the presence of caustic alkalies in the mixture. Potassium nitrate and saltpeter are one and the same substance, although they are mentioned separately in this formula. This salt is one of the costliest and most concentrated forms of nitrogen and potash obtainable, and its use in a compost would be entirely inadvisable, when so much cheaper forms of nitrogen can be easily secured. The sul- 101 phur in this formula, as well as the bluestone and other substances (soda, etc.) in the other formula, is entirely superfluous and unnecessary, and supplies but another evidence of the untrustworthiness of such recipes. The presence of caustic alkalies in the second formula, along with ammonia salts would of course lead to an almost total loss of this last ingredient, while the proportions in which it is recommended that these mixtures should be applied, would furnish extremely small quantities of the important fertilizing ingredients to the soil. For instance, the commercial value of the materials in formula No. 1, would be only about $1, though one of these ingredients, phosphoric acid, is not on the market in a free state, as the formula might lead one to suppose. The commercial value of the fertilizing constituents in formula No. 2, is even less than that in No. 1, and the mixture is as equally untrustworthy. It is to be hoped that the sellers of these formulas have met with but little success, and that the farmers will prepare their composts or home mixed manures out of the crude materials which they have at hand, used in conjunction with acid phosphate, kainite, etc. GREEN MANURES. The practice of green manuring, or the plowing under of certain green crops grown especially for this purpose, is one of the oldest systems of fertilization at present in use, and has been followed in the South with advantage for many years, though only one or two particular crops have been utilized for this purpose. While it has been long known that the cow pea and many other leguminous plants possessed in a most marked degree the capacity of collecting and assimilating large quantities of the chief fertilizing constituents, and particularly, nitrogen, nothing has been definitely known as to the causes underlying their remarkable properties as nitrogen collectors until within quite recent years. 102 So readily does the cow pea grow upon many soils which fail to respond to the requirements of other crops, that when it is desired to convey the idea of an almost total lack of fertility in a soil, we often hear the expression--"the land is too poor to grow cow peas." It was formerly supposed that this capacity of collecting plant food so successfully, even on very poor soils, was due to the long and deep reaching roots which were presumed to readily take up supplies of plant food beyond the reach of many other crops. The amounts of nitrogen assimilated by the pea and similar plants on rather unfertile soils were frequently so out of proportion to the available supplies of nitrogen in these soils, that investigators have for years sought to determine whether or not these plants possessed the power of assimilating the free nitrogen of the atmosphere. The researches and experiments of a number of German investigators, extending over a long period of years, have at last shown that leguminous plants are capable of taking up and assimilating the nitrogen of the atmosphere, and this property is known to be dependent upon the presence of bacteria or minute microscopic forms of life, which are found in the tubercles or excrescences which occur quite profusely upon the roots of thrifty and vigorous plants of this character. Certain particular bacteria are found to be peculiar to certain specificplants, and plantsgrown in a soil destitute of the organism peculiar to them, are observed to have few if any root tubercles. By adding to the soil in question small amounts of soil from land on which similar plants are observed to develop root tubercles, it will be found that the plants grown on the former soil will also soon have tubercles formed upon their roots, and at the same time, the growth of the plants becomes vigorous and rapid. The presence of these bacteria in the tubercles of the roots of leguminous plants, in connection with the functions which the bacteria perform, constitutes an example of what is termed by scientists "symbiosis" (life together), the plant, itself, and these micro-organ- 103 isms being mutually dependent upon each other. Since nitrogen is the costliest form of plant food obtainable, and since many of the commercial forms of nitrogen are either inaccessible to, or beyond the means of, many of the farmers, it will be readily seen that this system of green manuring, which provides a means for the collection of this valuable element from the atmosphere and a medium through which it can be stored up for the use of subsequent crops, is of the highest importance and utility to the farmer. Experiments conducted at this station several years since, showed that a crop of pea vines, grown on a sandy loam, of only moderate fertility, contained the following amounts of phosphoric acid, potash and nitrogen (calculated from actual analyses) per acre. Phosphoric Acid ...................... 39.051 6.90 45.95, 2 30 Potash............................ ..... 88.79" 13.12101.91 1 02 Nitrogen ........... ... ............ 115.54" 7.70123.24 21 56 The values are calculated according to our scale of fertilizer valuations, and it will be seen the value of the nitrogen alone, exceeds that of a ton of ordinary complete fertilizer, while the nitrogen is equivalent in amount to that contained in 1750 pounds of cotton seed meal, though this crop was considerably above the average yield. In addition to the advantages derived from turning under a crop which has a peculiar adaptability to securing plant food from the air, and from the soil and soil water, such a crop supplies an immense mass of organic matter to the soil. This vegetable matter on oxidation and decomposition, gives off large amounts of gaseous matter of which carbonic acid forms the chief proportion, and this last substance is highly instrumental, especially when in a state of solution, in the breaking up and dissolving the chief constituents of the soil. that 104 The organic matter is also the source of supply for large amounts of humus which is so essential to soils in promoting the absorption and retention of moisture, and in the improvement of the mechanical condition and physical characteristics of the soil. Humus is a material of somewhat complex composition and is the result of the partial decomposition of organic matter (whether vegetable or animal) in the soil. Its color varies from brown to black, owing to the stage of decomposition it has reached, and the dark color of our most fertile soils is due to the presence of considerable proportions of this substance. Very light, quickly drained soils, to which the term "thirsty" is often applied, are especially benefited by the addition of large quantities of humus forming material, which enable the soil by its increased absorptive and retentive capacity to withstand drought much more readily. It also improves to a marked degree the texture of stiff, difficulty tillable soils, enabling them to be worked more easily, at the same time that it permits of more thorough aeration by virtue of their increased porosity. Gases, such as carbonic acid, are more readily retained, and in conjunction with the water with which they are brought in contact, render the solution of certain forms of plant food comparatively easy. It is also a most important agent in effecting the decomposition and disintegration of the mineral constituents of the soil, and in supplying some of the conditions most essential to nitrification. In addition to the cow pea, which is the favorite crop for plowing under in the South, the clovers and alfalfa (or lucerne) rank very high as crops adapted to green manuring. BULLETIN No. 64FERAY185 FEBRUARY, 1895. ALABAMA Agricultural Experiment Station OF THlE AGRICULTURAL AND MECHANICAL COLLEGE, AUBURN. TOBACCO. ALEX. J. BONDURANT. MONTGOMERY, ALA.: TILE BROWN PRINTING COMPANY, PRINTERS. 1895. COMMITTEE OF TRUSTEES ON EXPERIMENT STATION. I. F. CULVER ........................................ J. H. G. GILCHRIsT .................................... Union Springs. HopeHull. CLAY ARMSTRONG................................Auburn. STATION COUNCIL. Wm. A. J. P. J. H. LEROY BROUN ........................................... President. Agriculturist. BONDJRANT ......................................... B. B. Ross ..................................... ........................... Chemist. MELL...................................................Botanist. M . STEDMAN ................. Biologist. C. A. CARY, D. V. M..........................Veterinarian. ASSISTANTS. First Assistant Chemist. J. T. ANDERSON, PH. D.................. R. E. NOBLE, M. So..................Second Assistant Chemist. C. L. HARE, M. Sc ..................... Third Assistant Chemist. C. G. GREENE....................... T. U. CULVER ............................. Assistant Botanist and Biologist. Superintendent of Farm. WThe Bulletins of this Station will be sent free to any citizen of the State on application to the Agricultural Experiment Station, Auburn, Alabama. PART I. TOBACCO EXPERIMENTS. Experiments in tobacco were continued the past year with Plug and Cigar varieties. These experiments were undertaken to ascertain the best method of raising tobacco plants in Alabama, to find out the best kinds of tobacco for this climate and soil, the most suitable fertilizers for the tobacco crop, and for investigating some of the different methods of curing tobacco. Methods of raising tlhe plants.--The first bed for raising the plants was made at the Horticultural Grounds Jan. 31st. A frame was made of boards, 8x16 feet, such as is used for hot-beds, and into this frame rich woods mould was placed, well fertilized with equal portions of cotton seed meal and acid phosphate. The seeds were sown in drills a few inches apart, and the different varieties labelled. The bed was then covered with cheese cloth sewn together to make a close covering to keep in as much heat as possible and fastened to the planks with tacks. In three weeks from time of seeding, the plants came up. In this bed the plants made a good growth and would have been large enough for setting-out early in April, but for a freezing spell which occurred March 25th, destroying corn that was up and gardens generally. This unusually cold weather so late in the Spring in this climate, continued for three days, and owing to this bed being in a cold, exposed position, most of the plants were killed. In this connection, I found that the thin cheese cloth used for covering, in this instance, was not sufficient to protect the young plants from freezing. A thicker and better covering for the beds upon which oil is used in its make, and which will last more than a year, is prepared by T. W. Woods & Son, Richmond, VYa. 108 The Woods bed.-This bed was prepared in a moist bottom in the woods, well protected by being surrounded with pines, and was seeded about a week later than the first bed. The bed was well burnt, the heavy coals taken off and the ground gotten in a finely,pulverized condition with hoes and rakes. It was fertilized after the same method as before mentioned, seed sown and labelled, and covered in the same way as the first bed. Boards about one foot broad were placed around this bed for the laths to rest on to which the canvass was tacked. In addition to this purpose, when a plant bed is inclosed with boards in the manner described, there is not much danger of its being attacked by the hopping flea beetle. The plants came up well in this bed and were not so large as those in the first bed, when the dreadful March freeze came. Comparatively few of these plants were killed, which is accounted for, by the bed being so well protected from the cold winds by the dense pine forest. After recovering from the effects of the cold, the plants grew off rapidly and many were ready for setting out in the month of April. These plants were not attacked at all by the flea beetle, which fact is explained by the beds being surrounded with boards and covered with cheese cloth. From experiments made in raising plants in open beds, we find that they are liable to be destroyed by the flea beetle and other insects. Hence, we can reasonably infer that the best results will be obtained by having the plant bed in a well sheltered moist place in the woods, by surrounding the bed with boards, covering it with cloth and placing a light dressing of short pine straw on the bed after burning and before putting on the cloth. Again, it is better to use cloth of a heavier thickness than the ordinary cheese cloth. It can be safely stated, that in the experiments conducted for three years in raising tobacco plants on the station, that fertilizing the plant beds with equal parts of cotton seed meal and acid phosphate have given better results than any other method of fertilization. 109 Preparing for Planting.-The land used for the Variety Experiment was poor, sandy up-land. It was cultivated in tobacco the year previous and after the crop came off, the land was plowed, fertilized and seeded with rye for winter soiling. After the rye was used for feeding purposes, the stubble was plowed-under the 23d of April and this plot of ground prepared for the tobacco Variety Experiment. The rows were laid-off with a shovel plow, and the amount of fertilizers, as is shown in the table, was applied to each plot, mixed with the soil with a shovel furrow and then bedded-on with a Dixie plow. On May 1st, afternoon, planting commenced on the Variety Experiment by hauling water, and a few rows were set out. In the afternoon of May 2d and morning of the 3d, sufficient rain fell and all the plots of this Experiment were planted. Mlay 14th. Gentle rain commenced at 12.30 this day and continued until night. The next day this Experiment was replanted-that is, plants were put in all missing hills. Most of the plants used at this time were overgrown and spindling, and were taken from the burnt bed in the woods. The few plants that were not killed in the bed at the Horticultural Grounds were overgrown even before the time of planting and on that account were not used in any of the experiments. May 23d. The missing hills in this Experiment were again re-planted. More of the Cigar varieties were missing than the plug varieties. June 18th. Slight rain in the evening, the first rain sufficient to moisten the ground since the 23d of May. June 19.-Another light rain and this with the rain of the 18th made a fair season for putting out plants. All the plots in this experiment were gone over and every missing hill replanted. There was no further replanting done on this Variety Experiment as a fair stand was secured. The experiment was worked mostly with plow, receiving one or two workings with the hoe. Notwithstanding the season was dry, some of the first plants set out grew rapidly, and on 110 June 18th a few plants of the Havana tobacco were putting out fruit buds and were topped. July 3d.-The dry weather has continued, but the plants have made a good growth and a general topping was done on the cigar varieties. The plug varieties were not so forward in their growth and at that time, very few of these varieties required any topping. About July 5th it commenced raining, and for several weeks there were occasional showers and heavy rains. Soon after that time, both the plug and cigar varieties in this experiment attained their growth. HARVESTING AND CURING. The gathering of the leaves for curing was begun August 20th, by first taking off the ground leaves of the plug varieties, placing them in baskets used for this purpose as fast as gathered and then taking them to the curing barn. The gathering continued through the 21st and the barn was filled on the morning of the 22nd. August 24th 6 a. m.-Started fires for curing. Tobacco had yellowed fairly well in the house. Temperature outside and inside of barn 750 before starting fires. After starting the fires, the temperature in the barn for 24 hours ranged from 800 to 86 ° August 25.-Temperature ranged from 900 to 950 " " " " 26 27 28 29 " " " " " " " " " " " " 95 100 120 125 to 130 to 100 to 110 and fires stopped at sun-set. Tobacco seemed to be thoroughly cured with a fair proportion of bright yellow tobacco. Sept. 1st.-Sprinkled floor of tobacco barn about 4 p. m. preparatory to taking it down. Sept. 3rd, Monday.-Took tobacco out of barn and bulked it down in another building, so as to have the barn ready for another curing. 111 The tobacco remained in bulk until about Nov. 1st, when it was opened, assorted and put into hands. At this time samples were selected for the Montgomery Exposition. The tobacco having been taken down out of the curing house in good, safe keeping order, that is, without the leaves being too moist or in too high case, and the stems being thoroughly cured by fire in the barn, the bulk after standing more than two months was found to be perfectly sound and with a good flavor. Just here it may be well to note, that in this case, flue cured tobacco underwent but littte, if any fermentation, when placed in bulk, which condition is favorable for chewing tobacco, but not suitable for cigar and smoking. August 22nd the cigar leaf of this experiment was gathered. The method of harvesting and curing was different from the one followed with the plug varieties. The stalk was cut off close to the ground, after first splitting it half way down from the top. The tobacco was then placed in a well ventilated house, with doors at each end and windows in the sides-for air curing. In a few weeks the leaves were aircured. When it was taken down, which was about the same time that the plug kinds were taken down, all of the main stems were pretty well cured, though some parts of the stalks were not fully cured. The cigar types were managed, after being taken down, the same as the plug kinds, samples of which were on exhibition at the Montgomery Exposition in Nov. 1894. The following facts from investigations concerning the cigar varieties are of some importance. (1) Comstock Spanish-Large, broad, thin leaf good cinnamon color. Size sufficient to make cigar wrappers. (2) Connecticut Seed Leaf-Fine, large size, rather lighter color than No. 1, and not so large a leaf. Leaf large enough for cigar wrapper. (3) Havana-Rather small for wrappers-makes good fillers and binders. (4) Havana Seed Leaf-Larger than Havana. Not so 112 large as Nos. 1 and 2. Makes good fillers and binders and some leaves large enough for wrappers. The flavor of all these is decidedly cigar, and having been cured by the air process will ferment well, and after undergoing fermentation, should make cigars of fine quality. (5) Brazil Gold Leaf-This variety was from seed sent by Mr. R. D. Martin, Florence, Ala. When cured, it was of a brighter color than any of the other cigar varieties. Leaf thin and silky, but not so decided a cigar flavor as the others mentioned. Yield much less. Mr. Martin has been growing this variety for several years and informed me that. he had sold last year's crop for thirty cents a pound. The yield of the plug and cigar varieties in this experiment is shown by table No. 1, which is hereto appended. 113 TOBACCO. TABLE NO. 1. VARIETY EXPERIMENT. Plot %2Acre. 11 Plots 1-22 Acre each. IcC O NAME AND QUANTITY OF FERTILIZERS PER PLOT. .NAMES OP VARIETIES. t~Z AQ 1) Ala Cotton S. Meal 27.3-11. Acid Phos. 13.7-11. Cornstock Span- Air Kainit........9.1-11. ish ............ ( )ct. 31. Cotton S. Meal 39.6 871.2 Acid Phos.....13.7-11.1Connec1-cut Seed Kainit........9.1-11 Leaf........... 27.3-11 nra 34.1 750.2 Cotton S. Meal 27.3-It. Acid Phos. 13.7-li. 13) Kai nit........9.1-11. Pure Havana.... Cotton S. Meal 27.3-11. Acid Phos. 13.7-11. 4) Kainit.......9.1-1I. Havana Seed Leaf. Cotton S. Meal 27.3-11. Acid Phos..13.7-11. Kainit........9.1-11. Conqueror... Cotton S. Meal 27.3-11. Acid Phos....13.7-11. 61 Kainit.......9.1-11. Cotton S. Meal 27.3-11. Acid Phos..13.7-11. Snow Barn Sept. 3d 39.1 860.2 59.3 1304.6 32.4 712.8 Hyco........... 41.7 917.4 Kainit ........ 9.1-11. Long Leaf Gooch. 39.7 873.4 Cotton S. Meal 27.3-11. Acid Phos..13.7-11. Kainit........9.1-11. Yellow Oronoco. . 34.3 754.6 Cotton S. Meal 27.3-11. Acid Phos....13.7-11. Kainit........9.1-11. Yellow Pryor.... Cotton S. Meal 27.3-11. Acid Phos ... 13.7-11 White Stem OronKai nit........9.1-11. oco......... Cotton S. Meal 27.3-11. Acid Phos . .13.7-11. 39.2 862.4 35 6 783.2 16 Kainit, ....... I-~ II I 9.1-11. Brazil Gold Leaf. I f 23.8 523.6 114 SPECIAL NITROGEN EXPERIMENT. As the cultivation of tobacco in the State of Alabama is a new industry, it is important to find out the best method of fertilizing on this soil. The experiment which follows was undertaken with this in view to ascertain how the tobacco plant responds to the use of nitrogen in different forms and qualities when added to a basal mixture of phosphoric acid and potash. By a basal mixture, is meant a specific amount of fertilizer, in this case, phosphoric acid and potash being used as a basis for comparison in studying the effect of some fertilizing constituent, nitrogen being used in different forms and amounts, in the experiment to show the increased yield in the produce due to its action. Phosphoric acid and potash are supplied in the proportions that are thought sufficient for a good yield, and nitrogen is supplied in one-third, two-thirds and full quantities. Nitrogen is used as nitric acid in nitrate of soda, as ammonia in sulphate of ammonia and as organic nitrogen in dried blood. Twenty plots are provided for in the field plain-eighteen of which received the experimental manures while two plots received none. Figure 1 shows the appearance of some of the plug varieties while growing. NOTES ON FERTILIZER TEST, AUGUST 20. No. 1.-No manure. Tobacco only medium in size. Ripened unevenly and seems to belong to the cigar variety. No. 2.-About one-third larger than No. 1. and at this date (Aug. 20) about one half of the plot is ready for cutting. Seems to be the same variety as No. 1, and from general appearance would call it Havana. Inclined to ripen with a yellow color. No. 3.-Evidently a cigar variety. The entire plot has ripened quite yellow and it is very evident that this fertilizer will cause tobacco to ripen yellow. r~AtNY".i . .. 3.1 116 No. 4.-Cigar variety. Smaller than No. 3. Ripens quite yellow on stalk. No. 5.-Plug variety. Greenish appearance, seems to fire badly at bottom of stalk. I am inclined to the opinion that the fertilizer used on this plot is too caustic, or it may be due to too much rain for this soil. No. 6.-Evidently a plug variety. The fertilizer on this plot seems to have acted fairly well for this kind, good size growth, light Lea green color and at this date but little ripe. No. 7.-This plot though not yet ripe, the indications are that it will ripen and that the fertilizer used will make yellow tobacco. No. 8.--Evidently a plug variety. At this date it is decidedly larger, and greener in appearance than any of the preceding plots. The fertilizer used is for extra large stemming which this seems to be. No. 9.-Plug variety. Larger than No. 8; very large stemming; dark green, and from the appearance the indications are that the fertilizer, in quantity and quality used, is a complete fertilizer for large stemming tobacco. No. 10.-This plot quite large, dark green and shows that the fertilizer used is suitable for a large dark tobacco. No. 11.-Plug variety. Medium size, beautiful yellow color, and indicates that the fertilizer seems to be the kind for making yellow tobacco. No. 12.-Tobacco good size; light green, but little burnt at bottom. Fertilizer seems to suit a dark tobacco. No. 13.-Very large; ripening pale green, and the indications are that this application of fertilizer is very fine for making a large tobacco suitable for stemming. No. 14.-Compares favorably with No. 13, and does not seem to be superior to it. No. 15.-Medium size and compares favorably with No. 7, with the exception of not being so bright. No in size; shows yellow tint in ripening. No. 17.-Large; green color, and shows color and size for stemming. -yellow, 16.-Medium 117 No. 18.-Decided stemming type. Resembles No. 17 in color, but leaf much larger than 17. No. 19.--Quite small and indifferent, slight yellowish tint. No. 20.-No manure. Very small and indifferent, and shows plainly that tobacco can not be raised on soil like this without fertilizers. By reference to the following table, and by comparing these plots in groups of threes, it appears that the nitrogen in the form of nitric acid, contained in nitrate of soda, in plots 8, 9 and 10, of group 1, gave the best results. Dried blood, in the form of organic nitrogen in plots 16, 17 and 18, of group 2, gave the next best, and ammonia, in sulphate ammonia in plots 12, 13 and 14, group 3, gave the poorest results. Plot No. 8. Nitrate Soda, yield per acre ............ 9. . 1 " " 964 lbs. . 1020 " ............. " " 10. " " " " .............. 972 2956 " Plot No. 16. Dried Blood, yield per acre................ 800 lbs. ............. 996 " ." 17. 1. ... 1072 " . .. .. .. .. .. .. 18. ' 2868 c Plot No. 12. . . 1 3. i.. .. Sulphate Ammonia, yield per acre........ " ". . . .. . ... . 508 lbs. 10 0 0 " S14. " " " " " ........ 9~52 " 2460 CONTINUATION OF NITROGEN EXPERIMEMT. This test was made on plots contiguous to one another and as nearly alike as possible in physical conditions and fertility. The soil upon which it was made was poor sandy upland. Every application contained the same amounts of potash and phosphoric acid, and practically the same amount of nitrogen, but in different forms, thus giving at the same time all the fertilizing constituents required and full effect to the nitrogen employed. 118 The plots upon which the sulphate of ammonia was used suffered more from field-fire or blister than any of the others. To sum up the results of this experiment, it appears that the unmanured plots gave the poorest returns, that nitrogen was most effective in the form of nitric acid in nitrate of soda and in the form of organic nitrogen in dried blood, and was least effective in the form of ammonia in sulphate of ammonia. Owing to circumstances, it was impossible to have all the plots of the same variety of tobacco. Table No. 2, attached, gives the experiment in full. Figure No. 2, which follows this table, shows the appearance of several kinds of tobacco before harvesting. 119 TOBACCO. TABLE NO. 2. Special Nitrogen Experiment, to ascertain how the plant responds to the use of Nitrogen in different forms and quantities, when added to a basil mixture of Phosphoric Acid and Potash, onehalf acre, plots 1-40 acre. z 0 0 NAMES AND QUANTITY OF FERTILIZERS USED PER PLOT. entc NAMES Or 0 0 VARIETIES. Brazil Gold Leaf.. Air.. . Oct. 31.I No manure........ it it 2 Nitrate Soda . 8 lbs. 44 3 Diss. Bone Black .16 " 4 Sul. Potash .122" Nitrate Soda.... 8 " Snow Diss. Bone Black.16 " Yellow Pryor.. Barn. Sept. 3.15.1 604. Nitrate Soda. -.-.- S8" Sul. Potash .... 31.3 1252. Diss. Bone BlackiG 6" Sul. Potash .12' 6.6 264. 122" " Diss. Bone 84 Nitrate Soda.... 8 2 " Diss. Bone Black.16 Sul. Potash...1212" Yellow Oronoco . Black. 16 . X24.1964. 94i Sul. Potash. itrate Sod..1 Nitrate Diss. Bone Black.16 Diss. Bone 25.511020. 104 Sul. Potash...12'2" Diss. Bone Soda.... 246 11 Sul. Potash...12'2" Suil. Potash...1214" 124 Sul. Ammonia. 6.1-10" Diss. 184 Black. 16 6' White 24. Stem Oronoco. " .. .. 972. Black. 16" 22.2 888. 12 7 508. 25.0 1000. Sul. Potash...1224" Bone Black.16" Black. 16 it ". Sul. Ammo.12.2.-10" Diss. Bone " Sul. Potash ... 12'2" 1414Sul, Ammo.18.3-10 Conqueror. Diss. Bone Sul. Potash. .. .. Black. 16" 23.8 952. 16.8 652. 20.0 800. Diss. Bone 164 174 Sul. Potash .. Dried Diss. Bone Black. 16" 12" l 1212"4 Sul. Potash .. Dried Diss. Bone Blood. .16 6-JO0" Black. 16 g Blood. .23.2-40" Black. 16 " ~........... ............ 24.9 996. 26.8 1072. 10.9 436. Sul. Potash...122 " 184 Dried Blood .. 34.9-10 ' 197 Diss. Bone Sul. Potash...12'6 No manure .......... . I ~ IU.LL~U UVII~ ~UIC~~~ LV Black .16" i " r T } .tt r.£ *"' "°'" " t fir, . i. 1 ' Ar-j..+a[ t " ,T ' , _ ,4 - , t- , sm c if gea. i "' f it 121 TOBACCO-TABLE No. 3. EXPERIMENTS WITH FERTILIZERS WITH THREE POPULAR CIGAR VARIETIES. This was the last experiment, planted May 14th. Fertilized with 225 lbs. sulphate of potash, 150 lbs. sulphate ammonia and 150 lbs. acid phosphate, for ~ acre. One plot was unmanured in addition to the A acre. The land upon which this experiment was made was very poor, was planted in peas the year previous which yielded a very poor crop on account of the extreme poverty of the soil. The yield of these three cigar types can be seen from table No. 3 which follows. 6 o zPounds Size of Plot. NAME OF VARIETIES. yield per Acre. 1 1-6 Acre. ... 2 3 " " Connecticut Seed Leaf .............. Havana Seed Leaf. ...... ........ ........ . ....... . 519.4 827.8 387.5 .... " " ..... Pure Havana.... 4 .............. Unmanured..................... made nothing. Figure 3 shows the appearance of the plots while growing and before cutting. Also shows the unmanured plot on the left side of picture, which was a total failure on account of the extreme poorness of the soil. MANUFACTURING INTO PLUG AND CIGARS. The tobacco raised on the station in 1893, was manufactured into chewing tobacco and cigars by a firm in Richmond, Ya. The cost of manufacturing for chewing was twenty-six cents a pound. After the flavoring necessary for its manufacture into plug had been put on, the tobacco weighed as much as it did before it was stemmed for manufacture. In 4 ; 4 123 other words, in this case, 100 pounds of unmanufactured tobacco made 100 pounds ready for chewing. The leaf sent from the station was of good quality, and the manufactured article was pronounced excellent by competent judges. In order to test the merits of this tobacco it was placed in the hands of merchants for sale in different localities, and the prices realized at retail were 40, 50 and 55 cents per pound. Several boxes were sold by a merchant in Montgomery, Ala., at 30 cents a pound wholesale. These are better prices than are obtained for much of the Virginia and North Carolina plug tobacco sold in this State. The manufacturer of this tobacco used the best quality and a high priced flavoring material, which made the cost more than the common grades. A fair chewing tobacco, with less costly seasoning, can be manufactured for about 14 or 15 cents a pound. Notwithstanding the cost of manufacture in this particular case, it left a reasonable profit for the tobacco. This tobacco was on exhibition at the late Montgomery Exposition, and much of it was distributed to the lovers of the weed and to those who are interested in this new industry in Alabama. MAKING CIGARS. The tobacco sent to be made into cigars had to go through several months fermentation before being manufactured. A few boxes were received in November and some sent to the Montgomery Exposition and distributed. None have been sold as the supply made up was limited. Judges of cigars value them at $25 to $50 per thousand. It requires about twenty pounds of tobacco to make a thousand cigars such as we had made. The cost of making was $20 per thousand. MARKETING THE CROP. Much trouble is found in marketing the tobacco raised here on account of the high rates of freight to the Eastern and Western markets, and to remedy this tobacco should be manufactured at home, 124 Since this industry was started on the station, parties who have gotten instructions from us as to the growth and management of the tobacco plant, are growing their own tobacco and making cigars. The cost of an out-fit for manufacturing plug is small, and if enterprising farmers would grow tobacco in sufficient quantities and co-operate in establishing manufacturing plants in different parts of the State the undertaking should prove profitable. The culture of tobacco will add materially to the prosperity of the farmers when they learn to give it proper and careful attention. This industry has become quite a prominent feature in South Carolina agriculture and has proven one of the best paying crops introduced. It has been demonstrated beyond question to be a success in certain parts of the State. In the Pee Dee section it has succeeded well, but it has had its most satisfactory development in Darlington county. Ten years ago tobacco was not grown for market in South Carolina. Last year 1,000,000 pounds were raised and marketed in Darlington county. The acreage devoted to the cultivation of tobacco was not 5 per cent. of what was devoted to cotton, yet the value of the tobacco product was 16 per cent. of all the cotton raised in the county. The money value of the tobacco crop of Darlington county was $120,000. This station has sent out this winter, on application of farmers, a large quantity of tobacco seed raised here. There is yet a limited quantity on hand which will be furnished to those asking for them. PART II. Inasmuch as the interest in tobacco culture has increased in the State during the last two years, the demand for the Tobacco Bulletins has exceeded the number published by the statiop; and owing to this fact, it becomes necessary to reproduce in this issue some inportant information contained in previous Bulletins, especially in the illustrated number, 44, issued May, 1893. 125 The scientific facts pertaining to agriculture, so far as they have'been discovered, are scattered through many books and agricultural publications; few of these publications are accessible to the ordinary farmer. Some service may be done to the farmers generally, and especially in the Cotton States, by stating some important facts that are accurately and certainly known, and the experience of intelligent farmers and scientific men on the subject of tobacco culture and by presenting these in compact form. Tobacco growing is one of the most profitable branches of tropical and semi-tropical agriculture; the subject has been much neglected by writers of agricultural literature. The importance of the subject to the farmer may be estimated when it is considered that next to the cereals used as staple articles of food, there is probably no plant so widely and generally grown as tobacco, and certainly none that is used by a greater number of the human race. It is proposed in this Bulletin to notice some of the leading varieties, some instructions for its successful cultivation and management with a view to encourage the cultivation of a plant that can be generally grown in this State, the climate and soil of which, itis believed, suit it admirably in sufficient quantity, not alone to satisfy all local demands, but to open up a large and profitable export trade. The investigation of this subject was commenced in 1892, and methods of cultivation and management of this crop were given in Bulletins No. 37, March 1892, No. 44, May 1893, and No. 54, February 1894. I. RAISING THE PLANTS. It has been demonstrated from experiments made in the raising of tobacco plants that the young plants were easily affected by cold and quickly killed by freezing weather, in this climate, in fact, they seemed to be affected sooner in this 126 respect than in many localities in the old tobacco raising States. To avoid this difficulty, it is advisable to raise the plants under covered beds, in preference to open air beds. Another important discovery has been made in raising plants on the station, viz: That the flea beetle, commonly called tobacco fly in the old tobacco States, seems to be abundant in this section, attacking the plants soon after they come up, and in uncovered beds destroying them, unless insecticides be promptly applied. As a remedy for the flea beetle and other insects I would advise spraying the bed with the following solution: One ounce of Paris Green well mixed with fifteen or twenty gallons weak soap suds. This same application can also be used after the plants reach the surface. Pyrethum, commonly called insect powder, can be used in place of Paris Green, either dry or mixed with water, but it is not considered so effective as Paris Green, and besides it is costlier and more difficult to procure unadulterated. It has been ascertained from these experiments that the plants raised under canvass made a more rapid growth and presented a healthier appearance and were ready for transplanting much earlier than those from open air beds. The first operation necessary in starting tobacco growing is the making of a seed-bed for raising the plants. A warm sheltered position should be selected for this. It is a common plan to burn a pile of brush-wood, on the land selected for raising the plants, to supply potash and at the same time for destroying the seeds of weeds or the eggs of insects. A more recent plan of raising the plants is under a covering of cheese cloth in a hot bed. Plate No. 4 is an illustration of the modern method of covering the plants during their growth, both in the open air and hot beds. The area of the seed-bed will of course depend upon the extent of the proposed cultivation and as usually about one square inch in space is allowed to each young plant in the seed-bed, it will require a seed-bed of thirty-six square feet, say nine by four feet, to supply plants for an acre planted at equal distances of three feet apart. I ~1L It Q~~ '6 IOXIY ARD$ L ' ~ ~ 1 128 An ounce contains enough seed to plant from six to seven acres, but as the seed do not possess a high percentage of vitality, it is usual to sow at the rate of half an ounce for an acre:. The bed ought to be covered with a covering of cheese cloth, or fine brush or short-leaf pine straw. A bettter cloth, however, than cheese-cloth for this purpose, is prepared by T. W. Woods & Son, Richmond, Ya., which will last more than one season. This not only protects the plants from the cold, sudden freezes, which are common in the early spring in this latitude about the time germination commences, but checks too rapid evaporation from the earth, keeping the surface moist. When the young plants first appear above the surface, they are very tender and require frequent watering of weak liquid manure and top dressing with fertilizers. All weeds must be carefully removed, and the flea beetles, which often destroy the young plants in a few days, must be watched for and the insect remedies before mentioned applied. In.from five to six weeks from the time the plants appear on the surface, they will be ready for transplanting. The bed for producing the plants shouldbe well fertilized. A complete fertilizer has given good results. We have also raised excellent plants by fertilizing with equal portions of cotton seed meal and acid phosphate. When these too, however cannot be supplied, stable or hog manure, free from seeds, well chopped into the soil at the time of preparing bed for planting, will answer a good purpose. II. CLIMATIC CONDITIONS. Of the many conditions which affect the quality of tobacco, the most important is climate; other conditions may be, in a measure, modified, but very little can be done with regard to climate. The most rational mode of overcoming this difficulty would be in the selection of seed of the varieties which have been grown with success under similar climatic conditions as prevail in the district proposed to be cultivated. 129 In this State, with its range of climate from semi-tropical to temperate, a wide margin is permitted to the grower, and seed can be procured suitable to all parts of the State. In tobacco, as in all other crops, the aim of the grower should be to produce the kind which will command the highest price. The most valuable tobaccos are the Cuban and Manilla, and they owe their fame mostly to the favorable conditions under which they are grown. These places possess a tropical heat, but at the same time are tempered with the sea breeze, and there are, no doubt, parts of the coastal districts of this State which may produce an article that could favorably compare with these tobaccos. Tobacco thrives best in a good rich soil, rich in vegetable mould, but light soil containing a good amount of organic matter and well drained will produce an excellent smoking tobacco, and on such soil the finest leaves are grown. The more clay in the soil the thicker the leaves become, and the aroma becomes less, and is consequently less suited for the finer qualities of smoking tobacco, although the weight of yield may be heavier. From the many samples of tobacco sent to this station to judge of their value, I find that the black prairie land will yield more to the acre than any other kind of land in this State, but the tobacco will not possess so fine a quality-on such soil it grows larger, has coarser stems and a heavier leaf, and is not so good for wrappers, or fine cut or cigarettes and cigars as the upland tobacco on sandy soils. Though tobacco is a hardy plant and will grow under varied conditions, yet to become a profitable crop, it must not be grown in a situation very different from that to which it is suited by nature. It must be remembered that the plant is a native of a warm climate, and thrives best in a moist atmosphere; therefore, in such a climate, by employing ordinary means, tobacco may be made to yield a profit not attainable in less favored situations. A warm, moist climate will permit of the selection of the varieties that sell at the highest price in the market, and in a suitable soil the profit will be such as is not often or easily realized from any other crop. 130 As the Havana tobaccos command the highest price, growers everywhere attempt to introduce and cultivate them. The difficulty in growing these varieties is, they speedily degenerate if the conditions are not favorable. To prevent this deterioration it is important to import and use Cuban seed every one or two years. Virginia tobacco is the most favored in temporate climates, as it does not require such a high temperature, but on account of its botanical characteristics it is not much liked by cigar or cut tobacco manufacturers. A high price is generally commanded, no matter of what variety, which possesses either a light mahogany, cinnamon, or golden color, and fine aroma, with thin ribs far apart and even. The wider the leaf and the less they are worm eaten, or torn, the greater the number of wrappers which can be cut from a pound for making cigars, consequently manufacturers will pay more for grades possessing these qualities than for others. It may be said of the varieties most generally grown in America, that the Kentucky, Virginia and Maryland are employed for chewing, pipe and cigarette smoking, while the Connecticut seed leaf and Havana are most in use for fillers and wrappers in the manufacture of cigars. During the last half century the plant has been developed to a greater extent than during the three hundred years succeeding its discovery. Its cultivation and management have been reduced to an approach to an exact science, and the quality of the leaf is, in a great measure, within the control of the growers of the plant; until quite recently it was supposed that the varieties that grew in the tropics could not be cultivated with success in the temperate regions, but recent experiments have demonstrated the fact that the tobacco of Cuba can be grown with success in many parts of the United States. The tobacco raised in the tropics is the finest in flavor, while the more temperate regions produce the finest and best colored leaf. The tobacco of the tropics, as to the uses to which it is put, is limited, while the tobacco of the more temperate re- 131 gions can be used for all the purposes for which the plant is needed. Formerly but little attention was paid to the color and texture of the leaf, the principal object being the production of a leaf of large size, rather than one of good color and of silky texture. Now, these are most important conditions, and give value to the tobacco in proportion to the perfection of these qualities. III. FIELD CULTURE. Land on which it is intended to grow tobacco should be well ploughed; on compact soils the ploughing should be deep. An intelligent rotation of crops carried out with an intelligent knowledge of the needs of the tobacco crop will be the aim of the practical farmer. Before transplanting the young plants from the seed-bed the land should be ridged, the distance between the ridges depending on the kind of tobacco to be planted--the larger kinds requiring more room than the smaller-leaved and tall sorts. Generally from three to three and a half feet apart between the rows, and the same between the plants will be sufficient. Where the surface is level the plough may be run lightly over the field at right angles, thus forming small hills on which the plants are planted. Choice of Soil.-The growers of the plant are very particular in the selection of suitable soil for tobacco growing. The selection of soil will depend upon the color of leaf in demand, as the soil as well as the fertilizers determine to some extent the color and texture of the leaf. The effect produced by planting tobacco too near the sea is injury to the leaf, which is apt to be thick and unfit for a cigar wrapper. In some countries, however, notably Cuba, the leaf grown near salt water is equal in color and texture to any grown in the interior. 132 Generally the plant obtains its finest form and quality of leaf on lands bordering the largest rivers. This is true of the tobacco lands of Connecticut, Kentucky, Virginia and North Carolina, as well as of those in the islands of Cuba and San Domingo; but some of the finest tobacco grown in the United States is grown in localities some distance from large rivers. When possible, select the kind of soil for tobacco that will produce the color and texture desired. For Connecticut seed leaf a light moist loam is the best soil. For the bright tobaccos, such as are raised in Virginia, North Carolina, South Carolina and Maryland, the soilshould be light, or what is commonly called a sandy loam, not too flat, but of a rolling, undulating surface not liable to overflow in excessive rains. New cleared in these last named States is considered better than long cultivated soils. In Cuba the planters select the red soil as the best for fine tobacco. Some planters, however, prefer a soil mixed of one-fourth sand and one-half to three-fourths of decayed vegetable matter. Both the Cuban and Americnn planters concur in the opinion that a large quantity of silicious matter in soils is essential for the growth of good cigar tobacco. The rich clay loams on the banks of the James River in Virginia do not grow the highest price tobacco, while the less fertile silicious soils of other sections will produce tobacco of superior quality for chewing and smoking. Tobacco of high grade will not grow in the calcareous regions. A better soil is one that rests upon the primary foundation. 133 IV. TRANSPLANTING. Figure 5 shows the plan of placing and setting the plants. e 1L FIGURE 5. Transplanting should be done in the evening or on a cloudy day. Before transplanting, the seed-bed should receive a good watering so that the plants can be drawn without injury to the roots. The planting is similar to the planting of cabbage and is no more difficult. A good plan is, for a boy to walk between the ridges, placing the plants alternately to right and left, being followed by the planters, who place the plants in the hills or ridges, taking the precaution to leave the bud well above the surface. In a few days any missing hills which occur should be replanted, and during the early growth a close watch must be kept for the cut worm, bore worm, and other injurious insects. When the plants have taken root they grow very quickly and subsequent cultivation is simple, though requiring care. When the plants are from six to nine inches high they 134 require to be hilled, by mounding the earth around the plants, to protect them from falling when the soil is wet or from being blown down by heavy winds. One or two hoeings are necesary during the growing period to keep down the weeds, as everything that detracts from the growth of the plant is detrimental to the quality of the leaf. V. FERTILIZING. To be of good burning quality, tobacco should not contain more than 0.4 per cent. chlorine to 2.5 per cent. potash (that is, six times as much potash as chlorine), consequently, fertilizers for smoking and cigar tobacco should contain at least six parts of potash for every part of chlorine that is at the disposal of the plant. The closer the relation between potash and chlorine in a fertilizer the less it is adapted for smoking tobacco. A number of experiments have been made, with potassium nitrate, potassium sulphate, potassium muriate, gypsum and common salt as fertilizers for tobacco. The chlorine compounds always injure the burning qualities, and the potassium sulphate and potassium nitrate often improve this quality, though not always-the failure being due, it is believed, to the potash not being sufficiently distributed through the soil, or where heavy applications are made to the formation of too concentrated solutions. The tobacco plant gets its growth and maturity rapidly, and requires a constant supply of plant food from the soil, but on the other hand it is exceedingly sensitive to concentrated solutions. It is important that the fertilizer, especially the potash, be thoroughly mixed with the soil to a depth to which the roots extend. This may be accomplished in a measure by applying the fertilizer sometime in advance of planting. Previous Culture of Land for Tobacco.-The quality of the soil and the manuring are largely responsible for the 135 early and late ripening and the regular and irregular ripening of tobacco. Tobacco plants ripen later on soils rich in organic matter, except in the case of sandy soils, where the organic matter decomposes rapidly. Heavy applications of nitrogenous manures retard ripening. Tobacco richly manured with liquid manure, night soil, barnyard manure, or nitrate of soda, ripens late. If the plants are set late on the fields so manured, or those rich in organic matter, the leaves may not have time to ripen, and a greenish leaf will result, which, in burning, gives an unpleasant odor and bitter taste, and bitter taste in chewing also. Formulas for Fertilizing for Tobacco.-The following formulas for fertilizing tobacco are recommended: Formula No. 1.--From 900 to 1250 pounds of wood ashes, or 350 pounds of potassium sulphate per acre, the applications being made to deep soils late in the fall, or to shallow soils before the first plowing. In the spring before setting the plants 135 to 180 pounds of nitrate of soda may be applied when the land is not heavily manured. In rainy seasons, when the plants lose their dark green color, and fail to grow well, 90 to 135 of nitrate of soda per acre may be applied while the plants are small. Formula No. 2. Two hundred and seventy-five (275) pounds of low grade sulphate of potash, 250 pounds of acid phosphate (12 per cent.) and 100 pounds of sulphate of ammonia (a by-product of gas liquor) or 280 pounds of cotton seed meal. Sulphate of ammonia, is one of the most concentrated forms in which ammonia can be applied to the soil, and is, at the same time, one of the most active and readily available forms, being decidedly quicker in its action than any form of organic-nitrogenous matter. Magnesium carbonate, a new product of the Stassfurt industry, of Prussia, Germany, containing 18.5 per cent. of potash, is said to possess good properties in improving the quality of tobacco. In the Connecticut valley, where fine 136 cigar leaf is raised, nearly all kinds of domestic, commercial, and special fertilizers are used. Of domestic fertilizers, horse manure is considered the best, as it produces the finest and lightest colored leaf of any known fertilizer. Cotton seed meal, when used with domestic manure, is an excellent and strong manure. Mapes fprmula is a favorite with many growers of fine cigar leaf in Connecticut. YI. THE PLANT. The plant bears from eight to twenty leaves, according to the species of the plant. FIGURE 6. They have, as represented in figure 6, various forms; ovate, lanceolate, and pointed. Leaves of a lanceolate form are the largest, and the shape found on most varieties of the American plant. The color of the leaves when growing, as well as after curing and sweating, varies, and is frequently caused by the condition of the soil. The color, while growing, may be either a light or dark green, which usually changes to a yellowish cast as the plant ripens. The ground leaves generally ripen first, turning yellow and during wet weather will rot and drop from the stalk if not gathered. The color of the leaf, after curing, may be determined by the color of the leaf while growing; if dark green while maturing in the field, the 137 color will be dark after curing and sweating, and the reverse if of a lighter shade of green. If the soil be dark, the color of the leaf will be darker than if grown upon light soil. The kind of fertilizers applied to the soil, as well as the soil itself, has much to do with the texture of the leaf, and should be duly considered by all growers of the plant. The Sucker.-The sucker makes its appearance at the junction of the leaves and stalk, as indicated in figure 7. FIGURE 7. Uusually these are not seen until after the plant has been topped, when they come forward rapidly and if not plucked off in a short time develop into strong, vigorous shoots. The growth of the suckers is injurious to the leaf, retarding their size and maturity, and affect the quality as well as the maturity of the plant. When the plants are fully ripe and ready to harvest, the suckers will be found to be growing around the root of the plant. This is one of the most reliable evidences of its maturity, as it denotes the ripening of the entire plant. Breaking off the suckers hastens the ripening of the leaves and gives a lighter shade of color, no matter on what soil the plants are grown. 138 Topping.-Topping is simply breaking off the bud at the top of the stalk, as represented by figure 8, FIGURE 8. to prevent the plant running up to flower and seed. By this means the best growth of the leaves is secured, and they at once develop to the largest possible size; will ripen sooner, while the quality is much better. There are various methods of topping, as well as different periods. Some planters top as soon as the capsules appear, while others wait until the plants are in full blossom. If topped before the plants have come into blossom, it should be done as soon as possible, as a longer time will be required for the leaves to grow and ripen than when topping is delayed until the plants are in bloom. Top the plants at a regular height, leaving from nine to twelve leaves, so that the field will look even and also make the number of leaves to a plant uniform. The above method of topping refers more especially to cigar rather than cutting leaf. Those varieties of tobacco suited for cutting leaf should be topped as soon as the flower bud appears; top low, thereby throwing the strength of the stalk into a few leaves, making them 139 large and heavy. Let it grow from five to six weeks after it is topped, so as to have it thoroughly ripe, thereby giving it the bright, rich, golden color, entirely different from cigar leaf, but desirable for chewing leaf. The custom in the old tobacco States is to top for English shipping from eight to ten leaves; for coal and flue curing, from ten to twelve. In some sections of the United States the plants are not topped at all; the leaves are left upon the stalk until they are fully ripe, when they are taken off. VII. INSECT PESTS. The two most destructive pests that prey upon the tobacco plant after being transplanted to the field are the "cut worm" and the "horn worm," as shown by figure 9. FIGURE 9. 140 The cut worm commences its work of destruction in a few hours after transplanting in the field. During the night this worm begins by eating off the small or central leaves, and often so effectually as to destroy the plant. The best time to find and destroy these pests is early in the morning, when they can be found nearer the surface; with the heat of the sun they burrow deeper in the soil. Soon after they disappear, the fight with the horn worm commences. Figure 10 shows the Sphinx, or moth, the parent of the horn worm, the larvae and the horn worm. 141 FIGuR 10. The horn worm feeds upon the finest and largest leaves; eats the leaves in the finest parts of them. They leave large holes which render the leaf worthless for a cigar or chewing wrapper, leaving it fit only for fillers. As the Sphinx, that, lays the eggs usually deposits two crops of eggs on the tobacco plant during its growth, it will require much time and labor to destroy the eggs and worms. If this is neg- 142 lected, the crop will be much injured and will not be sought after by good judges of tobacco. An insecticide for destroying the worms has been advertised by a firm in Virginia and when applied does not injure the tobacco for chewing and smoking. VIII. VARIETIES OF TOBACCO AND HARVESTING. Figue 11 represents the Connecticut seed leaf as it appears ready for harvesting. A FIGURE 11. The varieties cultivated in the United States and known as "seed leaf" tobaccos, are grown mostly in Connecticut, Massachusetts, Vermont, and eastern and western States. All of the seed-leaf of the United States is used exclusively in the manufacture of cigars, and is celebrated for cigar wrappers from the superiority of its color and texture, and the good burning quality of the leaf. This variety grows to the height of about five feet, with leaves from two and one-half to three feet in length, and from fifteen to twenty inches broad. The color of this tobacco after curing is either dark or light cinnamon. 143 There are two principal varieties of Connecticut seedleaf broad and narrow leaf-of these two, the broad leaf is considered the finest, cutting up to better advantage in cigar making, and ripening and curing fully as well. This tobacco has not that fine flavor of Cuban tobacco, but in texture is considered equal to it. It burns freely leaving a white or pearl colored ash, which is one of the best evidences of a good cigar tobacco. The leaf is firm and strong, and sufficiently elastic to bear considerable manipulating in manufacture. Thorough cultivation by the growers has made this quality of tobacco one of the most profitable of any cigar tobacco grown in the United States. FIGURE 12. This figure represents a plant of Virginia tobacco maturing seed. Virginia tobacco has acquired a reputation which has gradually increased for more than two hundred and fifty years. The plant grows to the height of from three to five feet; the leaves are long and broad, and when cured are of various colors, from a rich brown mahogany, cinnamon, to a fine golden yellow. The finest quality of Virginia tobacco comes from the 144 southside counties, but the amount is small compared to the quanitties of dark raised on the lowlands of the Dan and James rivers and their tributaries. The tobacco grown in the southside and southwestern counties of Virginia is much lighter in color, and of much softer and finer texture than the ordinary Virginia tobacco. Havana Tobacco.-This famous variety of tobacco, as is shown in figure 13 is considered the finest flavored for cigars that is now cultivated. FIGURE 13. This variety grows to a height of from six to nine feet, with oblong, spear-shaped leaves. The leaves when young are of a dark green color, and have rather a smooth appearance, changing at maturity into a yellowish green. It grows quickly; and by careful pruning a fine colored leaf is obtained, varying from a straw color to a dark brown or black. The finest is grown in Vuelta de Abajo, which is celebrated as a fine tobacco producing district. The Havana tobacco ripens in from eight to ten weeks after being transplanted. The stalk and leaves are not as large as the Connecticut seed-leaf, but it is better in flavor. 145 Cutting the Plant.-Figure 14 represents harvesting the plant. FIGURE 14. There are two methods of harvesting, cutting down the whole plant or gathering the leaves singly. The former is the one that has been practiced for a long time by tobacco planters; the latter, which is of recent origin, is regarded by many as the most scientific method. Both these plans of gathering have their advantages, the first is the easier, and permits of quicker handling. For cutting, a heavy knife is used, and the method is similar to cutting sugar cane, the plant being held with the left hand and cut close to the ground. The plants should be removed to a shady place to prevent their becoming sunburnt. 146 IX. CURING. FIGURE 15. The process of curing now commences, and on the success of this operation depends in a great measure the ultimate value of the crop. No matter how fine the plants may be, or how large the production, an error in curing is sufficient to destroy, in a great degree, the work of the season. The tobacco barn should be built with windows and doors sufficient to insure a free current of air. The barn should be high enough to permit three rows of plants being hung one above the other, say 16 to 18 feet from floor to roof. Figure 15 represents an inexpensive framed barn used for curing where heat is applied with open fire or with furnaces. There are several methods of curing, viz: With open fires, as shown in figure 15; curing by flues, air curing and sun curing. dil _.-_.- FIGURE 16. 148 Air curing :is the process of curing the plant in the barn, as seen in figure 16. This cut illustrates a barn 32 feet wide, 60 feet long and 27 feet high, with ventilators in the sides and ends, so constructed that they may be opened or closed to admit or exclude air as the condition of the tobacco and weather demands. A barn thus constructed should be closed in very dry or windy weather, closely or partially to give plenty of air during the curing stage, closing the ventilators during the day and opening them at night so that the tobacco may receive moisture to give it a uniform good color, or closing day and night during warm wet weather to prevent miould. This illustrates a principal of curing cigar tobacco which should never be cured with fire, especially with flues, as the burning qualities will be impaired thereby. Sun curing is the method of curing in the open air, while firing is the process of curing as above stated, either by open fires or flues in the tobacco barn. The latter method is the one generally practiced in the tobacco sections in Virginia, North Carolina, and to some extent in the West, and is considered the best way of curing chewing tobacco. There are two common methods Handling for of handling tobacco for curing,-the older and practiced long favored method of cutting and hanging the whole stalk with the leaves attached, and the method of detaching the leaves from the stalk before hanging,-a method which is comparatively new in this country, but is employed to considerable extent in Germany and France. These methods are too long to be discussed fully in this bulletin for the purpose of passing on the merits of either. 'Curing. SNOw'S MODERN TOBACCO BARN. This new process of harvesting and cutting tobacco was introduced by W. H. Snow of High Point, North Carolina. 149 Figure 17 shows the view of this modern barn, which is in operation on this Station. ............ FIGURE 17. It is not necessary at present to give details for the construction of this barn and apparatus. This system of curing tobacco in the Snow Modern Barn has important advantages. The leaves are stripped from the stalks in the field and brought to the barn in baskets, and strung about the width of a finger apart on pointed wires which project at right angles from a wooden stick. As the sticks are filled they are placed in movable racks in the barn, and as fast as a rack is filled it is raised by a simple dcvice to the top of the building. This is continued until the barn is filled, leaving only as much space between racks as is required for the hanging leaves. 150 Plan of Housing.-The plan of housing in this barn is illustrated by figure 18. FIGURE 18. Advantages of the Method.-The following are some of the important advantages in favor of the Snow process over the old: I. The planter can begin to house his crop from two to four weeks earlier, as the bottom leaves which ripen first can be taken off and cured as soon as they are ripe. II. As the lower leaves are pulled off those left on the stalk ripen up more rapidly, which enables the planter to get in his crop earlier in the season. III. The tobacco can be stored in a much smaller space and with no risk of losing color or moulding when bulked down. 151 IV. Tobacco can be cured with a more uniform color. V. Less fuel will be required, and the risk of setting fire to the barn will be greatly lessened. Fluesand Flue Curing.-Fluesare extensively used instead of open fires for curing yellow tobacco for chewing purposes, and is a better method. The heat is more readily controlled by the use of flues, and tobacco cured by this process is cleaner, brighter and sweeter. The flue is the best mode for applying heat in the curing process for any type of tobacco requiring the application of heat. X. STRIPPING. After the tobacco is thoroughly cured it has to be stripped. The leaves become soft and pliant in damp weather and can be readily taken down out of the barn for stripping. After taking down, the plants should be packed, in order to be kept moist until stripping. This operation consists in taking the leaves from the stalk and tying them in bundles after assorting the various qualities and keeping them separate. Each hand or bundle of the best grades should contain at least twelve leaves. In the old tobacco States the plant is usually made into three grades-long, short, and lugs, or worm-eaten leaves. In Cuba the leaves are divided into four classes-first, the leaves at the top of the plant, which constitute the best quality, from the fact that they get more equally the benefit of the sun's rays by day and the dew at night; second, the leaves which are next to the above; third, the inferior or small leaves; fourth, the lug leaves, or those nearest the ground. The assorting of the plant previous to putting in hands or bundles is an operation that requires judgment and a practiced eye. This mode of assorting colors in stripping is similar to that of shading cigars, in which the utmost care is taken to keep the various colors and shades to them- 152 selves. Assorting the plant does not imply that it is carried to its fullest extent in point of color, as in shading cigars, but simply keeping those general colors by themselves, like light and dark brown leaves. Figure 19 shows the bundle rs 1,. n il ell u fi~ r Il u mo s:r l r ut 101 e, 4). . 7, sanm frum as r2 tumors nuiltilde Of lwrso "ert.im, ~ .F 111.F-0 I I Flu. 11. K.M <.1,i'i 4 OwI eair arnd fore- armi I iriir like granru latiuoi tuiion'. hatve brokeni throughi lhe skint anid look very 327 APPENDIX. Classified List of Tumors taken from the Free Clinic Records for the Four Years Ending July 1st, 1896. FIBROMAS. 1. Gray gelding, 4 years old, several tumors, excised and cauterized surfaces with thermo-cautery; results unknown. 2. Mule with a large raw tumor on lower part of right flank, one small tumor on sheath; excised, result unknown. 3. Mule with raw tumor on right ear, one on outside of left thigh, one on outside of forearm; excised; prescribed equal parts of tar and vaseline to be applied daily. Did not return. (These tumors illustrated in cuts Nos. 11, 12.) 4. Gelding with 2 large and 2 small tumors; removed with the knife and ecraseur; applied chromic acid; prescribed (c) page 318. 5.. Colt, 2 years old, 1 tumor on leg, 1 on the abdomen and 1 on the ear; removed with shears and ecraseur; applied strong carbolic acid; never returned. 6. Mule with tumor on lip and one on rib region; excised and applied strong carbolic acid; result unknown. 7. Mule with skin tumor on side of abdomen; excised; applied strong carbolic acid; prescribed tannic acid 1 part, glycerine 4 parts; results unknown. 8. Mule with one small fibrous tumor on breast; excised; never returned. 9. Mule with a large "bleeding" fibroid on abdomen and several small ones on the perineum. Excised; no return. 10. Dark gray mule with about 50 fibrous tumors; largest ones on abdomen and around base of left ear; many small 328 ones, from the size of a pea to one inch in diameter, were located over the abdomen, on sides of thorax, in the groins and axillae, and over the limbs. There were so many small ones that some were over-looked in the process of cutting them out. Applied pulverized copper sulphate; prescribed (b) page 318. In six months, many of the small ones, that had been over-looked in previous operation, were now large enough to be easily located and removed. Two years after the second operation, three or four small tumors were found on this mule. 11. Gray horse with tumor in anterior part of a left axillae; upon cutting through the skin it was easily pressed out of its capsule; prescribed (c) page 318. 12. Mule with skin tumor on left knee; excised and applied strong carbolic acid; prescribed (c). 13. Colt, 2 years old, with bleeding tumor on fore-arm; excised; applied strong carbolic acid; prescribed (c). Never returned. 14. Gelding, 11 years old, with one large raw tumor on abdomen, a few small ones on the sheath, on the breast and in the axillae; excised and applied strong carbolic acid; prescribed (c). In six months the small tumors that were not easily located at the first operation were now distinct and readily removed. 15. Mule, 7 years old, with fibrous tumor in right groin and involving right side of mammary gland. excised; prescribed (b). 16. Mule, 10 years old, with fibrous tumor at base of ear; excised; applied strong carbolic acid; prescribed (c). 17. Mule, 3 years old, with a fibroid on right elbow for three weeks; excised; applied strong carbolic acid; prescribed carbolized oil. 18. Mule, 8 years old, with fibroid on sheath for two years; excised; applied strong carbolic acid; prescribed (c). Never returned. 19. Bay stallion, 3 years old, with fibroid on right upper eye-lid; excised; applied strong curbolic acid; prescribed carbolized oil, 329 20. Bay mare mule, 4 years old, with fibromas in left axillae; excised; applied strong carbolic acid; prescribed (b). 21. Mare, 3 years old, with fibroma on right ear; excised; cauterized with strong carbolic acid; prescribed carbolized oil. 22. Mule, 7 years old, with several fibromas; excised; applied copper sulphate; prescribed (b). 23. Bay mule, 5 years old, fibroid on abdomen; excised. Owing to neglect, a granulation tumor developed in a short time; it was excised; pulverized copper applied, and (b) prescribed. Never returned. 24. Sorrel gelding, 3 years old, with fibromas in right axilla; excised; applied strong carbolic acid; prescribed (b). 25. Bay mare mule, 10 years old, with large fibroid on abdomen just in front of mammary glands; excised; applied copper sulphate; prescribed (a). Never returned. 26. Black gelding, 5 years old, with a hard fibroid lying deep in the fascia of the external tibial region; excised; prescribed a 2 per cent. creolin solution. Never returned: This tumor contained small pockets of fine chalky material and the fibrous tissue was thoroughly impregnated with lime in the central portion of the tumor. 27. Mule, 3 years old, with numerous fibroid tumors on upper eye-lid and on the breast. These tumors were so little and numerous that it was impossible to remove them all without cutting away large patches of skin. As many as practicable were cut out; applied copper sulphate and prescribed (b).1 In twelve months, the little tumors that were not removed had developed until they were larger than those that were first removed; also, tumors were ,hen visible on other parts of the body. 28. Gray mare, 4 years old, with fibromas on various parts of body. Excised; applied pulverized copper sulphate; prescribed (b). 29. Black mare, 7 years old, with fibromas on mammary gland, abdomen, groin and flank; excised; applied copper sulphate; prescribed (b). 330 30. Black mare, 5 years old, with small hard fibroid on border of lower jaw; cut out; applied copper sulphate; prescribed (b). 31. Bay mule, with fibrous tumors on pole and on left hind limb; excised; applied copper sulphate; prescribed (b). 32. Bay gelding, 5 years old, with fibrous tumors on the ears; cut off; treated same as No. 31. 33. Bay mule, 15 years old, with hard fibroid on left rib rigion, 3 to 4 inches in diameter, growing for 5 years; excised; prescribed (a). Never returned. Microscopic examination proved it to be a hard fibroid with calcareous degeneration. 34. Sorrel gelding, 5 years old, with fibrous tumor on left fore-arm; excised; applied copper sulphate; prescribed (b). Never returned. 35. Sorrel.mare mule, 6 years old, with fibrous tumors on external surface of right ear; cut off; treated same as No. 34. 36. Mule, 10 years old, with fibrous tumor on right rib region, very large and hard. Excised; applied copper sulphate; prescribed (a). Never returned. This tumor had been growing for 5 years. It was a hard fibroid with calcareous degeneration. 37. Bay mule, 8 years old, with fibroid in right axilla; excised; applied pulverized copper sulphate; prescribed (a). Never returned. 38. Mule with hard fibroid in thigh region; excised; never returned. It had undergone calcareous degeneration. 39. Sorrel mule with fibrous tumor on external tibial region; excised; applied copper sulphate; prescibed 2 per cent. creolin solution. 40. Sorrel mule, 8 years old, with fibrous tumors all over the body, chiefly in the groins and axilla and on the ears. Excised (40 or 50) as many as could be easily found; prescribed (a). 41. Sorrel mule, 4 years old, with fibrous tumor on posterior surface of right knee; excised; applied copper sulphate; prescribed (a). 331 GRANULATION TUMORS. 1. Mule with granulating "sores" on rib region and on breast. In curetting away the exuberant growths a slight grittiness was perceptible, indicating calcareous degeneration; this made the growths more. consistent and more definitely granular. Another peculiar characteristic was observed; this hard granular growth extended quite a distance under the skin, and could be easily removed by pushing the curette up under the skin. After removing as much of the granular growths as possible with the curette, strong carbolic acid was applied and the following was prescribed: Carbolic acid, 2 drachms; Iodoform, 1 drachm; Tannic acid, 1 ounce; Glycerine, 12 pints. Mix. Apply daily after washing. In 4 or 5 weeks the wounds had all healed and there were no more signs of their return that year. But the next spring "' the same kind of sores broke out all over the body and got so bad that I took the mule off and killed him" (owner). 2. Bay mule, 6 years old, with exuberant granulations on inside of left hind pastern. Cut it off even with the surface, applied pulverized copper sulphate and then a bandage. As soon as the bandage was removed the mule was worked; the opposite foot struck the raw surface and the mule habitually gnawed it. Consequently, new growths were removed from this place eight times during the next two years. At present (June, 1896) a new growth as large, or larger than, any that were removed from the same place is now to be found; also, another tumor of the same nature has appeared, and has been removed 3 or 4 times, on the inner surface of. the upper end of the canon region of the same leg. Microscopical sections of these tumors show that they are made up largely of embryonal cells not unlike the spindle cells of a sarcoma. In one sense this tumor might be called a malignant, spindle-celled sarcoma. However, it is best to regard it as resulting and recurring from mechanical irritation, and most probably extending from the same cause. It is well to add that the mule was kept quiet only a short time dur- 332 ing these attempts at treatment and much of the time he was at work in the plow or wagon. 3. Mule, 12 years old, with a very large granulation tumor on inside of left hock. Caused by sticking a knife into a varicosed vein (blood spavin) and injurious applications. Sliced away the greater part of the granulations; applied pulverized copper sulphate and bandaged for two weeks; prescribed (a). Good recovery in 6 or 8 weeks. 4. Spanish Jack, 4 years old, with large granulation tumors on each limb. On one hind limb the growth covered the entire outside and part of the front surface of the fetlock, the canon and the hock. The jack was greatly emaciated and had a very poor appetite. Applied pulverized copper sulphate and bandaged as directed on page 319. This jack was kept in the college hospital and the bandages were maintained in a fixed position by keeping the animal quiet and by close attention. In nine or ten weeks the bandages were left off and thereafter only creolin washes and carbolized oil and tannic acid were applied. In about six months these places had healed and the jack was in a greatly improved condition. But from some unknown cause he was impotent; "he had no ambition." It is very probable that he was impotent when received for treatment. Recently, Dr. W. A. Heck of Keokuk, Iowa, has been very successful in treating granulation tumors by cutting them down even with the surface and then giving internally a teaspoonful of fluid extract of ergot three times daily. The ergot tends to cut off the extra blood supply to the granulation tumor.-(C. A. C.) PAPILLOMAs (WARTS). 1. Gray colt, 2 years old, with extensive growth of "seed warts" (papillomas) on inside surface of both ears. Clipped them off with the scissors; curetted the surfaces, and applied corrosives sublimate by rubbing large crystals over the raw surfaces. One week later, applied strong carbolic acid, and prescribed (c). These growths were so heavy that the ears were bent over. They never returned. 333 2. Colt, 1 year old, with warts on the internal surface of each ear; excised and cauterized with strong carbolic acid; never returned. 3. Filly, 3 years old, with papillomas on internal surface of each ear; curetted away the warts; applied strong carbolic acid; prescribed (c). Some of the warts were not entirely removed; hence, a second operation was required. 4. Bull calf, 2 years old, with papillomas on right thigh and groin; excised; applied strong carbolic acid; prescribed (c). Never returned. 5. Dog with papilloma on toe of front foot; excised; cauterized with strong carbolic acid; never returned. 6. Bay filly, 18 months old, with papillomas on internal surface of each ear; excised; applied pulverized copper sulphate; prescribed (c). 7. Hen, 2 years old, with two abnormal growths on one wing. Microscopic examination proved them to be composed of imperfectly developed papillae and feathers. 8. Grade Jersey heifer, 2 years old, with numerous papillomas on abdomen and limbs; excised all that were large enough to find; applied pulverized copper sulphate. In the course of a year, many of those that were invisible at the time of the operation developed into prominence. 9. Sorrel mare, 5 years old, with papillomas on inside surface of each ear; cut and curetted them away; applied copper sulphate; prescribed (c). Never returned. 10. Bay stallion, rising 3 years old, with papilloma on end of the tail; clipped it and part of tail off with bone cutting forceps; prescribed (a). Never returned. SARCOMAS. 1. Gray mare with melanotic (pigmented) sarcoma just below the inferior commissure of the vulva; removed with the ecraseur; cauterized with strong carbolic acid; never returned. 2. Bay mare mule, 6 years old, with sarcoma in eye socket; removed the entire contents of the eye socket; the tumor returned, invaded the frontal sinus and possibly the 334 cranial cavity; mule died in about five weeks after the operation. 3. Gray mule, 24 years old, with melanotic sarcoma on left' buttock; excised; prescribed "white lotion." Result unknown. 4. Pointer dog, 8 years old, with melanotic sarcoma on side of scrotum; excised and wound healed nicely in short time. Six months later a great number of tumors appeared in the subcutaneous connective tissue in various parts of the body; the dog exhibited symptoms of indigestion, lung trouble, and brain lesions (inability to properly control volPost mortem revealed numerous untary movements). melanotic sarcomas in thedpleura and peritoneum and two in,or under the pia mater. Microscopic examination showed them to be round-celled sarcomas with less pigment than is usually found in melanotic sarcomas of the horse. 5. Gray mare, 17 years old, with numerous melanotic sarcomas in the subcutaneous connective tissue, scattered over the surface of the body. There were some signs that the lungs and other internal organs had been invaded. Only one large tumor was removed. CARCINOMAS. 1. Mule with fungus-like growth on membrana nictitans (eye washer); removed with the shears the tumor and the "washer." The tumor returned in about six months; removed it again; result unknown. 2. Black Essex sow, 3 years old, with tumor in mammary gland; removed by excision three times within a year; at present no sign of return or of extension. Microscopic examination proved it to be a round-celled carcinoma. 3. Sorrel horse with a malignant tumor involving the right side of the face and extending from the right eye downward and forward into the right maxillary sinuses and destroying all the outer wall of the sinuses with which it came in contact. The animal was destroyed. Reports of all infectious, contagious or peculiar diseases occurring in Alabama will be thankfully received by the Veterinary Department. BULLETIN No. 73. OCTOBER, OTBR 1896. 86 ALABAMA Agricultural Experiment Station OF THE AGRICULTURAL AND MECHANICAL COLLEGE, AUBURN. Edible Fungi: A Wasted Food Ptvoduet. MONTGOMERY, ALA.: TEEu BROWN PRINTING COMPANY, PRINTERS. 1896. COMMITTEE OF TRUSTEES ON EXPERIMENT STATION. I. F. CULV J. G. GILCHRIST .. L.E. . .on Hop Springs. Hull. H. CLAY ARMSTRONG............................Auburn. STATION COUNCIL. W. LERoY BROUN .................................. President. Botanist. Chemist. Biologist. P. H. MELL. ........................................ B. B. Ros . .......................................... L. M. UNDERWOOD . CARY, ........................................ C. A. J. F. F. S. D. V. M... ................... Veterinarian. Agriculturist. Horticulturist. DUGGAR.. ......................................... ASSISTANTS. EARLE.............................................. J. T. ANDERSON........................ C. L. HARE................................. ...... First Assistant Chemist. Second Assistant Chemist. R. G. WILLIAMS............................ T. U. CULVER............................... Third Assistant Chemist. Superintendent of Farm. gThe Bulletins of this Station will be sent free to any citizen of the State on application to the Agricultural Experiment Station, Auburn, Alabama. EDIBLE FUNGI: A WASTED FOOD PRODUCT. -BY- LUCIEN M. UNDERWOOD. Among the neglected products of America suitable for food, none are so little understood as the mushrooms. The same is more or less true among all Anglo-Saxon peoples, yet the English are more accustomed to their use than either the Americans or the inhabitants of the colonies. Strikingly in contrast with this is the condition that prevails in continental Europe where various species of fungi form a very general article of diet and are prized alike by the nobleman in his palace and the peasant in his hut. Many species are dried during the growing season and saved for winter use when a fresh supply cannot be obtained, and in this form large quantities are imported to this country and used as food by emigrants from various European countries. In some countries, France especially, they are extensively canned and in this form are exported to America where they are used at the larger hotels and restaurants, and frequently in private families, though the price of the imported material is usually so high that their use under these conditions cannot become very general. In this connection it should be noted, that, while immense quantities of finer mushrooms annually go to waste in this country than those imported in cans from France, the native forms are rarely collected and sold for food except in the immediate vicinity of the larger cities. We pay from thirty-five to fifty cents for a small can of inferior French mushrooms,and allow bushels of the same species in much finer quality to rot in our fields and forests. A few years since I was obliged to wait for a train at a railroad crossing in Indiana. It was soon after the early fall rains and in a field adjoining the crossing I could easily have picked two or three bushels of Agaricus campestriswhile waiting for my train. When I reached Chicago on the train I found an inferior quality of the same species selling for fifty cents a pound in the open market. 338 Many people are not aware that a considerable number of our common fungi or "toadstools"* are valuable articles of food, equal in nutritious elements to oysters, fish, or flesh, which various forms of our native species resemble in flavor and composition. I find many others who are well aware that certain forms of mushrooms are useful for food, but are afraid to attempt their use because they fear they will be poisoned by the use of some unwholesome species. While it is a fact that many species are unfit for food, and a certain few are undoubtedly poisonous, this is no reason why we should neglect all mushrooms as articles of food. It would be as senseless to reject all kinds of berries because some berries are poisonous, or all kinds of root-foods because certain roots are poisonous. While the discrimination of the many species of fungi in a strictly scientific way is possible only to the few, certain common fungi that are useful for food are as readily distinguished from each other as currants are from pokeberries, or wheat from barley. In Germany, children are taught to discriminate the ordinary edible and poisonous fungi as a part of their school training and they can easily separate the edible forms from among a miscellaneous pile of many species. It argues a lack of good common sense for people to claim that they cannot learn how to distinguish one form of mushroom from another, for if they know beans from corn they can learn to distinguish the more common forms of edible fungi so as to recognize them at sight. The species of fungi growing in the state of Alabama have not yet been sufficiently studied to give a complete list of the edible species that occur here, nor even to indicate the forms ev. that are the most common during successive years. M. A. Curtis who studied the fungous flora of North Carolina for many years, published a list of over one hundred * Also called "frog stools" in some parts of Alabama. Some people suppose that the so-called "mushrooms" are edible while "toadstools" are poisonous. We know no such distinction, and in different places they are called either mushrooms or toadstools irrespective of their edible or non-edible characters. 339 edible species occurring in that state. There is no reason why most of the same species and perhaps others should not occur within our limits. We can only give at present notes on a few species that are common and have come under our direct observation during the past season. Mushrooms, as we are familiar with them, are seemingly of rapid growth and appear most frequent, soon after a warm rain, though at the latitude of the central portion of Alabama they may be looked for during almost any season of the year. Certain species have a somewhat definite period in which to develop and do not vary far from their season year after year. Other species seem to appear at all seasons of the year whenever the conditions of heat and moisture are favorable for their growth. The real growing or vegetative parts of the mushroom are rarely seen; they consist of slender interlacing threads called mycelium, which penetrate the soil or other subtratum on which the mushroom grows, and often extend to great distances and thus draw nourishment from a wide area. The mushroom having no green coloringmatter (chlorophyll) like ordinary vegetation, is unable to produce starch from inorganic materials, so must depend for its food on materials that have been already organized; these are found in decaying vegetable matter of various kinds scattered through the soil. The portion of the mushroom which we know as such is simply the spore-producing part of the plant. Many people cultivate mushrooms in stables or cellars or even in special pits prepared for the purpose. These mushroom beds are sown with the so-called "spawn," sold by dealers in garden seeds, which consists merely of masses of this mycelium grown among the fragments of a mixture of stable manure and muck. The species most commonly grown is one that is more or less common in a wild state throughout the United States and is known as THE FIELD AGARIC OF FIELD MUSHROOM (Agaricus campestris). [Figure 1]. This is a typical umbrella-shaped mushroom, of which form we have many species. The plant consists of a cap or 340 pileus (pi) resting on a central stalk; underneath the cap appears a series of thin radiating plates which are known as the lamelle or gills; part way down the stem appears a shreddy membranous ring called the annulus; this ring (an) is orignally in the form of a veil which extends from the stem to the margin of the pileus so as to completely cover up the gills; as the pileus grows larger the veil breaks away from the edge of the pileus and remains in the form of a more or less complete ring about the stem. These parts are shown in Figure 1 which illustrates this species. P Fm. 1 Agaricus campestris; Edible; showing mycelium (my) constituting the underground growing portion of the plant; the annulus (an); and the pileus or cap (pi) being turned toward us does not show the gills or lamelle beneath. The line a a represents the surface of the ground. Color of pileus white or grayish. About 2 natural size of ordinary specimens, though the size varies grea ly; the stem also is often very short. The common field agaric has a normally white pileus though this may be more or less varied with grayish flecks or spots. It can be readily distinguished by the four following marks, all of which should be present to be certain of the species, though the first two will separate it from all the deleterious forms that might be confused with it : 341 1. The gills are at first pink and with age turn brownish and finally become watery and nearly black.* 2. There is a distinct veil which later appears as a ring or annulus on the stem. 3. The gills do not reach entirely to the stem. 4. The stem is either solid or stuffed with a cottony substance. The field agaric more commonly appears in the fall of the year dependent to a great extent on the time of the fall rains. In Alabama it appeared last year at intervals from November to February. It more commonly appears in open places, notably in fields where sheep or horses are pastured. It can be cooked in any method which is adapted to oysters, though is best fried in a minimum of butter with proper seasoning. It is the most commonly eaten species of cool or moderately warm countries and is the species mentioned above as being imported from France as canned goods. Another species which appears to be very common in the summer season in Alabama is known as CESAR'S AMANITA (Amanita ccesarea). [Fig. 2.] The species of Amanita are quite commonly regarded as poisonous and a number of them are known to be violently so. This noble fungus, however, is an exception to the rule and has been in use as an extensive article of food in Southern Europe since the time of the RIomans. Under the name of "Boletus" it was fully described by Pliny as to its growth and development, and it was regarded as a dish of great excellence by the Roman epicures. In September, 1893, I saw hundreds of bushels of this fungus brought daily SThis darkening is due to the ripening of the spores which are borne on the gills. A pretty experiment to show the spores of this or other kinds of mushrooms can be easily performed by cutting off the pileus and placing it on a piece of white paper, gills downward, under a tumbler or bowl. In from two to twelve hours (according to the ripeness of the plant) the spores will drop down on the paper in lines radiating out from the position of the stem. In the field agaric these spores will be dark brown or almost black. In other species they may be white, salmon colored, rusty yellow or various shades of brown up to black. 342 into the street markets of Genoa by the peasant women and sold as a common article of food. During the past summer when it was next to impossible to procure fresh beef in the markets at Auburn, bushel upon bushel of this fungus grew and went to waste in a single piece of woods within a mile of town, and in traveling on the railroads quantities of the same bright-colored fungus could be seen from the car windows in various other parts of the State. FIG. 2. Amanita esarea; EDIBLE, showing young plant at the left just emerging from the volva, and fully expanded plant with cuplike volva (vo). annulus or ring (an), lamelle or gills (lam) and smooth pileus (pi). Color of pileus usually bright or orange yellow. About 1 natural size. 343 The genus Amanita presents an additional structure to the ones above discussed and a character which is of vital importance in discriminating this particular species. By reference to Figure 2, this structure can be clearly seen. At the base of the stem of the mature fungus appears a cup with a somewhat irregular border; this is called the volva (vo) for in the young condition of the plant, the volva envelopes the entire, fungus like a wrapper; as the plant expands, the pileus pushes through this wrapper leaving its remains in the form of a persistent cup at the base of the stem. The species is a large one, often standing 8 to 10 inches high, and with a pileus 5 to 8 inches across when fully expanded. The pileus is of a bright reddish-yellow color, sometimes fading to a paler yellow color when older; the pileus is smooth and is never adorned with shreddy fragments of the volva; the gills and stem are pale yellow and there is a distinct veil which ultimately hangs like a skirtlike annulus on the stem ; the distinctive character, however, is the persistent cup at the base of the stem, in connection with the combination of colors in pileus and gills above noted; if the cup (volva) is not present, the plant is not -Caesar's Amanita but is likely to be the fly-agaric which is poisonous ! A white species with such a persistent cup is likely to be the white Amanita which is also poisonous! No one, however having once seen Caesar's Amanita with its bright orange or reddish-yellow pileus and delicate pale yellow stem and gills and distinct cup at the base could mistake it for anything else. In order, however, to emphasize the contrast between the two somewhat common members of the same genus we will present them in parallel columns:- 344 THE FLY-AGARIC (poisonous)! CAESAR'S AMANITA (edible) ! 1. No cup; base of stem mostly 1. Volva persistent at the base of the stem in the form of a cup. bulbous and scaly. 2. Pileus orange or yellow 2. Pileus bright orange or rarely adorned with flocculent warts consisting of patches of the ruptured paler yellowish, smooth. volva. 3. Gills and stem white, the gills 3. Gills and stem pale yellow. rarely slightly yellow-tinted. 4. Gills attached to the stem 4. Gills free, i. e. separate from and appearing to run down it in the stem. the form of slight ridges.* QS va c C c:7 FIG. 3. Amanita muscaria; PoIsoNous, showing scaly bulbous base without a cup, and the floccose volva appearing in patches on the pileus. Color of pileus pale yellow to reddish yellow. About 12 natural size. In Figure 3 we give an illustration of the fly-agaric which resembles Ctesar's Amanita slightly. It will be noted that the cup is not present at the base of the stem. This one character combined with the bright color of the fungus is the one character on which we must rely to determine the question of its edibility. If the cup is present the plant is safe; if it is absent the plant is poisonous. * A second smaller species (Amanita Frostiana) closely allied to the fly-agaric and doubtless often confused with it, differs by lacking this striate upper portion of the stem. It rarely has a pileus more than one or two inches in diameter while the fly-agaric is much larger. In other characters it is very much like the fly-agaric. 345 Hitherto Caesar's Amanita has been reported from Vermont (Frost), New York (Peck), Ohio (Morgan) and North Carolina (Schweinitz, Curtis). It is very abundant in Alabama where the soil seems especially favorable for this species; it appears to be less common in more northern countries, being rare in the northern states mentioned and is found neither in England nor in northern Continental Europe. It is commonly found in open woods, occasionally growing in more shaded places. When it appears, usually soon after the first summer rain, it is found for a time in great abundance. Experiments with reference to the best methods of preserving this species for use at later seasons are very desirable. During the past season it was most common in July, but this period is likely to vary with the time of the summer rains. THE PUFF BALLS (Calvatia, etc.) A second group of fungi less related to the two species of edible fungi above discussed, than they to each other, are the plants commonly known as puff balls. These when dry are variously known as "puff balls" or "smoke balls" and in some portions of our state are known under the name of "devil's snuff boxes." The clouds of dust which rise from these when crushed, are the reproductive bodies or spores and are produced in prodigious quantities. These appear only when the plants are fully ripe. It is in the young condition that these "puffs balls" are edible and they are fully as nutritious weight for weight as beefsteak. There are a large number of species widely distributed throughout the country and several of these are common in Alabama. The various species vary in size from that of a marble to that of a man's head or even larger. When young they will appear of a pure white color when broken in two, and of a consistency somewhat intermediate between cottage cheese and curd. When the spores commence to ripen the interior become softer, and soon takes on either a purplish or olive color according to the color of the mature spores. It is only when the flesh is white that they are suitable for food, and at this time they may be sliced thin and fried in butter after first removing the outer skin. All the species of thin skinned puff-balls are edible* but with few exceptions the smaller ones are not as valuable as the species that vary from the size of one's fist upward. * The tough skinned species of Scleroderma with a blue black interior would not be likely to attract anyone as articles of food. With this exception all the puff balls belonginig to the genera Calvatia, Lycoperdon, Bovistella and Bovista are edible and could not be confused with anything else. 346 In conclusion, it should be said that there is a wide field of unused food products which may be made valuable articles of domestic consumption; these products are produced by nature with a lavish hand. The use of them as an article of food requires careful discrimination to distinguish the edible from the deleterious, but the discrimination of certain useful species when they are once known is as simple as the discrimination of cereals, or small fruits. Species are as clearly marked as among higher plants and the characters are just as constant. There is much to be done (1) In further learning what species occurring in this state, are useful for food; (2) In methods of cultivation or of extending the natural season of the native plants, and (3) In methods of preserving the plants so that they may serve as an article of export, or be made available for domestic use after their natural or prolonged season has passed by. LITERATURE. The literature relating to the edible fungi that can be recommended is unfortunately not very extended, corresponding with the slight extent to which the plants are used in this country. In Germany where fungi form a common article of diet, small works with colored illustrations of from forty to fifty edible and poisonous species can be obtained for a mark and a half (about thirty-five cents). The only work of a similar kind published in this country is Gibson's "Our Edible Toadstools and Mushrooms" which costs seven dollars and a half. Mr. Gibson has, however, an article in Harper's Monthly for August, 1894, that is valuable as far as it goes, giving good black and white illustrations of several species. The Agricultural Experiment stations have published very little on this subject. Dr. Sturgis of the Connecticut station has recently issued (Annual Report for 1895) an excellent account of edible and poisonous fungi, illustrated by a series of half-tone plates which unfortunately do not bring out the best results. The U. S. Department of Agriculture has issued under the title of "Food Products," an account of various edible and poisonous fungi with fairly good colored plates. Nos. I, II and III have been issued already. The "Report of the Microscopist for 1892," issued from the same authority, also contains some illustrations. Dr. Farlow of Cambridge, also published "Notes for Mushroom Eaters" in Garden and Forest, Nos. 309-314 (Jan., Feb., 1894). Beyond the above, little American literature is available to the general public. BULLETIN No. 74. OCTOBER, OTBR 1896. 86 ALABAMA Agricultural Experiment Station OF THE AGRICULTURAL AND MECHANICAL COLLEGE, AUBURN. Fl1out Considered from the $uttrition.. Standpoint of MONTGiOMER~Y, ALA.: THE BROWN PRINTING -COMPANY, PRINTERS. 1896. COMMITTEE OF TRUSTEES ON EXPERIMENT STATION. Springs. I. F. CULVER.........................................Union J. G. GILCHRIST H. ................................ Hope Hull. CLAY ARMSTRONG..................................Auburn. STATION COUNCIL. WM. LEROY BROUN .................................. President. Botanist. Chemist. Biologist. Agriculturist. P. H. MELL ............... .......................... B. B. Ross .......................................... L. M. UNDERWOOD ................................... C. A. CARY, D. V. M.......................Veterinarian. J. F. DUGGAR. ................................... F. S. EARLE.....................................Horticulturist. ASSISTANTS. J. T. ANDERSON.................... ... :.. First Assistant Chemist. C. L. HARE.................................. Second Assistant Chemist. R. G. T. U. CULVER............................... WILLIAMS........................ Third Assistant Chemist. Superintendent of Farm. ~WThe Bulletins of this Station will be sent free to any citizen of the State on application to the Agricultural Experiment Station, Auburn, Alabama. FLOUR CONSIDERED FROM THE STANDPOINT OF NUTRITION. LUCIEN M. UNDERWOOD. There is a German proverb involving a play of words in similar sounds which says: " Wtas ei Mann isst, er ist,." This is translatable into our tongue as, What a man eats he is. Without entering into the philosophic consequences that wou!d result from a complete acceptance of such a doctrine, we can content ourselves with learning a few lessons that are suggested by the large germ of truth that is involved in the proverb. The question of "what shall we eat and what shall we drink and [with what clothes] shall we be clothed" is perhaps the most important personal question that can be considered by the American people. Although it might not be so considered at first thought, it is a question of biology, and. moreover one of the most important practical questions biology has to consider, for it involves directly the welfare, happiness and productiveness of all of our people, as dependent upon the biological principle of nutrition. There can be no question but that the amount and quality of food directly affects man's actions; courage, disposition, mental activity are more or less directly dependent on what and how much food a man eats and the time and manner in which he eats it. There is much more wisdom than humor in the answer to the question : "Is life worth living ?" that was asked in the funny column of the newspaper; and answered: -"It depends upon the liver." The customs of a people regarding food, change from time to time and ought to change, for people ought to take advantage as soon as possible of any discovery of science, or of any improvement in the method of the production or manufacture of articles of domestic use. The man who 350 lives as his grandfather did, works as his grandfather worked, and eats only the kind of food that his grandfather ate, is out of place in these closing years of the nineteenth century-he is a worm crawling in a rut with no ideas of the possibilities outside it. We are so much the creatures of custom and do things because they have been done, that unless we are rudely interrupted, we are sometimes likely to keep on doing the same old things in the same old way. One or two illustrations will show how the habits of the American people change with regard to food. Thirty years ago if a resident of a town of 5000 or less wished for some oat-meal he would call at the drug-store instead of the grocery. The druggist would hand down from among his jars and packages of drugs a can containing some stale, granular, often mouldy oat-meal imported from acrossthe sea. This with all its mouldiness and taints resulting from standing among vile-smelling drugs, would be weighed out by apothecaries' weight as a prescription for invalids or for some one whose delicate appetite needed something tempting. This was the relative position of oat-meal as a food supply only a generation ago. None of the nutritious and appetizing cereal preparations that are now so abundantly manufactured in this country and so universally used for food, were even known or thought of in those days. And I might add a remark that so soon as people learn the simple art of properly cooking these breakfast cereals and give us the light appetizing dishes that are possible where now we often have only the soggy, sloppy, flavorless preparations that are far from inviting the favor of these healthful breakfast cereals will still more rapily extend. Thirty years ago bananas were rarely seen outside the large cities and they were scarcely more than an occasional luxury even there, within the means of the better classes. Only now with the largest port of entry for bananas within our own State, and with special trains loaded with that fruit alone moving northward from Mobile every day to be distributed from Chicago and St. Louis into every little 351 town and hamlet in the upper Mississippi Valley, we see a vast change in the use of fruit as an article of diet compared with the custom of a generation ago. Right here let me interpose another protest that more of this fruit should be stopped before it leaves the borders of Alabama, for of all peoples that need fruit as a considerable article of diet, those who live in a warm climate need the most, and more fruit could well replace much of the fatty foods that are in common use throughout our State in city, town, and country homes. We must, therefore, outgrow the customs of our fathers in regard to our food just as we have replaced the horse of our grandfathers by steam and electricity, and the blaze of the pine knot by the electric light. We owe it especially to the children of the rising generation that we give them the best food that science can discover, and give it to them in that form, that their dispositions, which are none too good by inheritance, may be improved, their mental capacity, which depends far more than we realize on what they eat, may be largely increased, and their happiness and long life which depend on their state of health and proper nutrition and these in turn on what they eat and how they eat it, may be conserved in the best possible way. Since wheat is one of the commonest and most widely used food plants in America, it is strange that the question of its nutritive properties have so long given way to questions of color and appearance. The object among most maufacturers seems to have been to produce the whitest and finest flours possible, regardless of the nutritious qualities involved in the food product itself, thus depending for sales on looks rather than on life giving function-another pernicious custom far too prevalent in America. The purpose of this bulletin is to call attention to the constituents of wheat flour that have resulted not only from a study of the structure and composition of the wheat kernel itself but. from a long series of practical experiments respecting the bread produced from various flours. 352 The kernel of wheat as nature produces it is covered with a tough, almost horny outer layer which in portions of the kernel, especially at its upper end and often within the groove is fringed with hairs. This outer covering, which forms the greater part of the bran when ground, is composed of cellulose with more or less hardening elements all of which are indigestible and consequently not suitable for food. Underneath the outer husk is an inner husk that contains considerable gluten and a large part of the phosphates and other mineral elements of the kernel. Under these two coverings is a layer rich in the gluten and other nitrogeneous elements of the wheat, and usually of a darker color than the interior which contains principally starch, with a much less proportion of gluten. The nutritive food elements of the kernel, therefore, increase from the interior outward. In the ordinary process of making flour, in which whiteness is regarded as a mark of the greatest purity, all the inner covering and much of the nutritive outer layer of the kernel is bolted out and only the inner, whiter portion containing more starch and less proteids is left. In other words the finer and whiter a grade of flour is, the less likely is it to contain the most nourishing elements of the wheat.* A knowledge of these facts led, many years ago, to the introduction of "Graham" flour, which, for the most part, is either an unbolted flour or one in which only the very coarsest part of the bran or outer husk is removed after the wheat is ground. Graham is an improvement on ordinary white flour, so far as the question of nutritious constituents is concerned, but it contains the indigestible outer coat of the grain which is not only indigestible but irritating to the mucous membrane which lines the alimentary canal. Graham flour, moreover, is usually ground without thorough cleaning of the wheat, and the flour often contains various particles of dust that accumulate in the groove of the kernel *It should not be understood that a dark grade of white flour is necessarily better on that account. As a rule it is made of an inferior quality of wheat or from wheat improperly cleaned. 353 and in the hairs at the end of the kernel, and the finely broken fragments of the hairs themselves, all of which are a detriment to the flour. The ideal flour, so prepared that all the objectionable elements of the kernel are removed while all the nutritious parts are left in, is prepared by subjecting it to a process which removes the husky outer coating of the kernel before the grinding takes place, and then grinding the flour without separating any of the proteid portions of the grain from the starch, thus conserving all the nutrition in the grain; the product thus obtained is known as the "flour of the entire wheat." The bread made from this flour is of a light brown color, is more moist, richer in flavor and lacks the dry and unsubstantial character so common in white bread, especially that made by bakers. Having personally used bread made from this flour for the past fourteen years, and having compared it with many other kinds, I am prepared to say that I cannot find its equal in nutrition or flavor. It must be said, however, that something depends on the method by which it is made, and for that reason I have appended the most approved method followed in its preparation. It will be seen that it is more easily made than any other kind of bread. Unlike most bread it does not deteriorate with age if properly kept, up to a reasonable limit of time. I have taken it on camping expeditions and had it keep for a week with no necessity for renewal and no loss of flavor. In 1891 I met a gentleman at Lake Worth, who had spent three weeks in Florida. He was a chronic dyspeptic and could eat no other bread than this. He had brought a supply of it with him and had used from it during the three weeks of his stay, and was then obliged to go home because his supply was exhausted. If the bread becomes dry it is only necessary to wrap it in a moist cloth and place it in the oven for fifteen minutes, when it resumes its usual condition. It also makes the most delicious form of toast imaginable. It should also say that this bread is not so palatable when 354 perfectly fresh as when at least a day or two old. In fact from a hygienic standpoint no bread when first baked is suitable for food. There is no question but that the wide spread dyspepsia that is common throughout the country is largely due to the excessive use of fatty foods, strong coffee and hot bread. The peculiarities of bread made from the flour of the entire wheat as a food, are, of course, due to its flour containing all the nutritious elements of the wheat. It thus adapts itself to the needs of the system and builds brawn, bone and brain. It is, therefore, specially valuable for young people whose bodies are growing, or for those whose brains are in the process of growth and expansion. It is a pitiable sight to see so many children and young people robbed of the food elements necessary to their proper development by the use of those forms of food from which the chief good has been thrown away, for in the preparation of white flour, the middlings or canaille is bolted out and is used in the preparation of various food stuffs for our domestic animals. In this way we treat our domestic animals better than we do our children by giving the children the flour from which the best and most nutritious elements have been separated, and then giving these same nutritious portions to pigs and cattle. Another special advantage of this bread. is its regulative action on the human system. Probably the largest number of chronic disorders of the human system can be traced to the matter of indigestion and the attendant constipation that follows as a natural result. The most ordinary method employed for this difficulty is the one that is most unreasonable from the standpoint of either biology or common sense. When the system has become overcharged by unsuitable food or by too much of it, it is manifestly folly to follow this up by an additional load in the form of drugs of any kind. It would be considered insane to load a beast of burden, already staggering with its pack, with an additional weight of merchandise, and yet we do this same 355 thing with our poor overloaded digestive system, when we follow the ordinary plan of dispensing physic. Shakspeare uttered a sublime command when he caused Macbeth to utter the words, "Throw physic to the dogs." The simple and rational method of treating such conditions is through the proper use of food. There are sufficient forms of food supplies among our standards so that any one by a proper selection and combination can secure that which will at once supply proper nourishment to the body and at the same time act as a regulative that will render unnecessary either drugs or doctors. Perseverance will be necessary in obstinate cases, but they can be overcome by this treatment. In the list of foods that stand high in regulating the system against a tendency to constipation is this flour of the entire wheat.* It should be said that several other forms of hygienic flours are made which claim to be equal to this, but so far as I have tested them they lack both in nutritive qualities and flavor, the high character of the preparations above described. The cereal foods prepared at Battle Creek, Michigan, and recommended by its well known sanitarium, are valuable additions to the list of useful foods. In order to verify the results of microscopic examination and experience, samples of the "flour of the entire wheat" manufactured by the Franklin Mills Company of Lockport, New York, together with samples of the best grades of white FooDs.-Hot bread, bread and rolls made with baking powder, cake, custards, salted, dried and smoked meats, poultry, potatoes and starchy foods generally, blackberries, raspberries, tea, coffee and chocolate. LAXATIVE FooDs.-Rolled and cracked wheat, all forms of bread made from the entire wheat, fresh acid fruits like the orange or lemon, tropical fruits like bananas, stewed dried fruits, especially peaches, prunes and apricots, tomatoes, oysters, raw cabbage, and most green vegetables, wild game, etc. FOODS OF NEUTRAL CHARACTER.-Lean, fresh meats, fresh fish, *CoNsTIPATING eggs, uncooked milk, oat-meal and sweet potatoes. 356 flour offered for sale in Alabama, were submitted to Prof. B. B. Ross, State Chemist of Alabama, with the following results Flour of the CONSTITNTS. Wheat. Entire Best white flour. Best white flour. Sample II. Sample I. 11.07 088 9.94 77 73 0.38 100.00 10.74 0.79 9.22 78.91 0.34 100.00 .. W ater.......... Fats.....: ......... Protein............ Carbohydrates ..... Ash........ ..... 6.36 1.51 14.19 77.03 0.91 100.00 The greater percent of ash in the first column is largely due to excess of phosphates, the percent of phosphoric acid being 0.50 for the flour of the entire wheat and only 0.23 for the white flour. It will be noted that while the percent of water is less in the flour of the entire wheat, the percents of proteids (gluten), fats and phosphates are larger than in the best white flour, while the percent of carbohydrates (mainly starch) remains very nearly the same. After tbe first analysis of the flour of the entire wheat, made from the barrel, two additional tests were made from samples of flour furnished by the Franklin Mills Company direct to the chemist. These samples did not materially differ from the first analysis except that the percent of protein was a trifle higher, the ratio being 228 and 229 as against 227 in the first analysis. To show more forcibly the comparative values, we present the ingredients of a standard barrel of flour (196 pounds) in actual weights; we use the average of the two samples of white flour for this comparison: 357 INGREDIENTS. Water.... ...... Fats ................... Protein................. Carbohydrates . ........ Ash .................... Totals.... ........ Flour Wheat. entire of the 12.47 pounds. 2.96 27.81 " 150.98 " 1.78* " 196 00 pounds. AverageWhite Flour. pies of of two Sam21.36 pounds. 1.64 18.68 " 153.61 0.71t " 196 00 pounds. * Of this 0 98 pounds is phosphoric acid. t Of this 0.45 pounds is phosphoric acid. It will thus be seen that Dr. Cutter of Harvard University, was not very wide of the mark when he used the following language with reference to the flour we commonly eat. We quote from the American Medical Weekly, and use his italics: "The gluten of cereal foods is their nitrogenized element, the element on which depends their life-sustaining value, and this element is, in the white and foolishly fashionable flour, almost entirely removed, while the starch, the inferior element, is left behind and constitutes the entire bulk and inferior nutriment of such flours. To use flour from which the gluten has been removed, is almost criminal." The flour of the entire wheat is recommended by a large number of prominent physicians who have made a study of nutritive foods; and either this or similar grades of flour are used at all first-class sanitariums where invalids are built up in accordance with the most advanced ideas of nourishment. In order to make this bulletin as practical as possible, we add a recipe for using the flour of the entire wheat, since the process is somewhat different from that followed in ordinary bread making: "For making bread from the flour of the entire wheat, take two quarts of unsifted entire wheat flour, a little less than a quart of warm water, one-half cup of sugar (or less if desired), one-half cake of compressed or ordinary dry yeast, and a little salt. Dissolve the yeast in part of the water, mix sugar, flour and salt and add the yeast and the remain- 358 der of the water. Stir well and set in a warm place. When the dough has risen to twice the original amount, stir down and put in tins for baking, allowing it to rise a second time. This bread requires longer and slower baking than ordinary white bread. This quantity makes two loaves of bread of ordinary size." Itwill be seen from the above that this bread requires no kneading and its preparation is consequently much simpler than' that of ordinary white bread. All forms of cake made with molasses, all fruit cakes and steamed breads are much better made of this flour and keep moist for a much longer time. The flour also makes most excellent gems and griddle-cakes, so that those who will persist in using hot breads can find this flour adapted to their purpose and can at least take advantage of its added nutriment. It is proper to acknowledge, with thanks, the assistance rendered by the Chemical Department through Prof. B. B. Ross, under whose direction the analyses were made, and to the Franklin Mills Company for kindly furnishing samples of their flour for analysis. BULLETIN No. 75. DECEMBER, 1896. ALABAMA Agricultural Experiment Station OF THE AGRICULTURAL AND MECHANICAL COLLEGES AUBURN.' EXPEIRIMENTS WITH CORN.. J. F. DUG-GAR, Agriculturist,. MONTGOMERY, ALA.: THE BROWN PRINTING COMPANY, PRINTERS. 1896. COMMITTEE OF TRUSTEES ON EXPERIMENT STATION. I. F. CULVER........................................Union Springs. Hull. J. H. G. GILOHRrsT.....................................Hope CLAY ARMSTRONG................................Auburn. STATION COUNCIL. Wm. P. J. F. LEROY BROUN.......................................President. ..................................... H. .MELL...............................................Botanist. B. B. Ross Chemist. Veterinarian. G. A. CARY, D. V. M .......................... DUGGAR.........................................Agriculturist. F. S. EARLE...........................Biologist and Horticulturist. ,C. F. BAKER.........................................Entomologist. ASSISTANTS. J. T. ANDERSON ........... . ................. C. L. HARE ............................... R. G. WILLIAMS .......................... T. U. CULVER ............................. First Assistant Second Assistant Third Assistant Superintendent Chemist. Chemist. Chemist. of Farm. AVThe Bulletins of this Station will be sent free to any citizen of the State on application to the Agricultural Experiment Station, Auburn, Alabama. EXPERIMENTS WITH CORN, 1896. BY J. F. DUGGAR. SU MLMAR Y. I. The spring and early summer of 1896 were extremely dry. II. Among fourteen varieties of corn tested, the largest yield was made by St. Charles, followed by Early Mastodon and Blount Prolific. Averaging many tests of varieties made in Southern States, the varieties giving the largest yields were found to be as follows: (1) Cocke Prolific, (2) Mosby Prolific, (3) Calhoun Red Cob, (4) St. Charles, (5) Mammoth White Surprise, and (6) Bloant Prolific. III. In the unusual season of 1896, seed corn from Illinois afforded a larger yield than did that from Alabama and Georgia. IV. Kernels from the middle of the ear of dent varieties afforded a smaller yield than grains from the butt and tip ends of the ear. This result was confirmed by averaging the relative yields obtained in fourteen tests at five experiment stations. V. In this dry season the yields were practically the same whether the distance between single plants in rows five feet apart was three or four feet ; a distance of two feet in the row greatly reduced the yield. VI. On sandy branch bottom land the yield of corn was 3.1-10 bushels greater where 426 pounds per acre of crushed cotton seed was used than where 180 pounds of cotton seed meal was employed, the amount of nitrogen furnished per acre being the same in each fertilizer. 362 VII. On sandy branch bottom land which borne two crops of weeds, the loss when the weeds were burned, instead of being plowed under, was 2.8 bushels of corn per acre. bad VIII. The yield of grain was less when the entire stalks were cut and cured before pulling the ears and also less when topping was practiced than when the plants were not disturbed before gathering the ears. was unprofitable, and the profit in Financially, topping harvesting the entire stalks was doubtful where no shredder was available to prepare the stalks for feeding, and when corn was valued at 45 cents per bushel, and stalks at 25 cents per 100 pounds. A compilation of results of stripping the blades or pulling fodder showed an average loss of 2.9 bushels of corn per acre from pulling fodder. Only when fodder is high and corn low in price can fodder-pulling be regarded as profitable. Hay making would generally give better returns than fodderpulling for the labor employed. I. THE RAINFALL DURING THE GROWING SEASON OF 1896. Of all the factors in crop production that are beyond the farmer's control, the most important is the amount and distribution of the rainfall. With ample and well distributed. rainfall in April, May, June, and July, a relatively good crop is almost certain. A deficiency in the total rainfull for these months, or the occurrence of long dry spells at this time, almost invariably causes a poor yield, no matter what the method of fertilizing and cultivating the crop. The greater part of the growing season of 1896 was abnormally dry. The rainfall for March and May was only about half the normal, and in April and June it was only about one-third the usual quantity. Very heavy rains, accompanied by damaging winds, fell about the middle of July, but this was too late to be of much benefit to the corn crop. The following table shows the periods in which there was little or no rain: 363 Rainfall in inches. 0.00 28 days immediately preceding April 29......... 9 " " " May14,........0.00 7 18 14 24 27 " " " " " " " " " " " May22, ........ June 21, only .... . July 6, only Aug. 6, only .... Sept.21, only.... 0.00 0.22 0.13 0.26 0.05 Some of these periods of drought appear short, but many of them were in reality longer than they seem, for the showers separating them were light and altogether insufficient. The effect of the dry season is shown by the low yields obtained in nearly all experiments conducted on upland. II. VARIETY TEST OF CORN, 1896. For this test sixteen plots were used. The land was quite uniform in fertility as was indicated by the close agreement between the duplicate plots. Fertilization, culture, etc., were identical for all plots. The distance, 4% by 3 feet, or 14 square feet per plant, is probably less than is advisable for most of the upland of this vicinity. The following table gives the number of pounds of thoroughly dry unshucked corn required to afford 56 lbs. of shelled corn, the percentage of grain in the unshucked corn, and the yield per acre of each variety, arranged in order of productiveness: 364 Variety test of corn. VVI- z 0 o VARIETY. Yield of Uinshucked Grain in corn per unshucked shelled corn per acre. corn. bushel. Pounds. 8 St. Charles........... 13 Early Mastodon....... 16 Blount Prolific....... 11 Golden Giant......... 71.1 73.7- 74.1 77.3 Champion White Pearl.. . Hickory King ........ Yellow Dent......... . . Peabody...... Experiment Sta. Yellow. Pearl Prolific.. 7 12 Chester County Mammoth 2 Mosby Prolific........ . 14 5 4 1 10 Jones 72.9 71.8 71.8 82.8 81.4 84.3 77.3 3,9, 15 Renfro, 6 Higgins. ... average ........ ......... . 83.3 81.3 86.4 i\ Per cent. 78.8 76. 75.6 72.4 76.8 78. 78 67.6 68.8 66.4 72.4 67.2 68.8 64.8 Bnshels. 25.1 22.7 22.3 21.2 21.3 20.7 19.8 18.2 16.9 16.8 15.9 15.5 14.7 12.2 In this test St. Charles, a white variety, stood first, followed by Early Mastodon and Blount Prolific. As the Alabama Experiment Station has no seed for sale or distribution, a list is given below of the parties from whom our seed corn was obtained Color YARIETY. _____________ r of grain. ______________ SEED FROM- W W. B. Tucker, Opelika, Ala. Peabody....... W Miss. A. & M. Col., Starkville, Miss. Mosby Prolific....... ..... W C. C. L. Dill, Dillburg, Ala. Hickory King....... ...... W. J. Higgins, Larkinsville, Ala. Higgins.................W Jones Pearl Prolific........W H. P. Jones, Herndon, Ga. Blounit Prolific............ W. " St. Charles...............W J. C. Suffern, VToorhies, Ill. XV Champion White Pearl.... Yellow Dent.............. Y Golden Giant.............. Y E. G. Packard, Dover, Del. Early Mastodon ........... Y Chester County Mammoth Y Renfro.......... ........ W Experiment Sta. Yellow Y 4 i 4 it .66 i i" 6 Station, Auburn, Ala. Ala. Exp't 66 it 4 " " " The result of a single test of varieties is apt to be misleading, especially in such an unusual season as 1896. Much more reliable conclusions are obtainable by taking average results for a large number of tests. 365 In order to learn what varieties succeed best in the South, a compilation was made of all published tests conducted at the Agricultural Experiment Stations in the Gulf States, Arkansas, Georgia and South Carolina. Since no one variety entered into all of these tests, it was impossible to use any one variety as a standard of comparison. To make comparisons possible the average of the yields of all varieties in each test was calculated and this average yield was taken as 100; any variety yielding more than the average in a certain test was given its proportional grade above 100, and any variety falling below the average was given a rating correspondingly below 100. By averaging alt relative yields calculated as above for each variety, a figure is obtained for each variety which is more satisfactory than is the result of a single test. In making this compilation calculations were made for nearly 700 tests with 260 varieties. The greater the number of experiments into which a given variety enters the more reliable is the average yield for that variety. The list given below contains the average for only such varieties as have each been tested five or more times, and the varieties are arranged in the order of productiveness 366 Belative yields of varieties of corn repeatedly tested in the Gulf States, Arkansas, Georgia, and South Carolina. tests. 5 19 6 [o. of Relative yield. 136 126 122* 121 115 111 111 110 110 110 109 109 107 107 107 107 106 105 103 103 103 102 101 100 99 99 98 96 95 93 93 92 92 88 86 86 85 83 81 Cocke Prolific............................. Mosby Prolific............................. Calhoun Red Cob........................... St. Charles .................-............... Mammoth White Surprise................... Blount Prolific ............................ Banks Improved............................ Early Mastodon ............ .............. Experiment Station Yellow..... ........... Virginia Gourd Seed........................ 'Welborn Conscience.......................... McQuade ................................. Piasa King................................ Brazilian Flour............................ Patterson.............. ................. ............. Maryland White Gourd Seed... Giant White Normandy..................... Pride of America ,............................ New Madrid ............................... Giant Broad Grain .......................... 11 6 26 7 6 5 5 18 10 8 7 5 13 5 9 5 9 Shoe Peg Improved............................ . . Clarke Early Mastodon ....................... Champion Early White Pearl.................. . Clayton.Bread................................. 7 7 8 6 5 ............... Mexican Flint.. ....... ........ White Mexican............................... . Alabama..................................... Hickory King................................ . Hendron White Bread......................... . Leamning White............................... .................... Common White ....... Golden Beauty............................... Chester (CountyMammoth...................... Improved Leamning............................ Champion White 6 7 19 5 8 5 Golden Dent............ .................... Western Yellow ............................. Riley Favorite ............................... New Hickory King ............................ - -o Pearl.,........................ - - - - -- - - -- - - - - . . . 20 7 8 11 9 5 5 5 367 The results of two tests in which St. Charles was the most productive variety are unavailable for the above compilation because published only in the form of a summary. If these figures could have been used, St. Charles would have ranked higher, possibly first, instead of fourth, in the above table. Three of the varieties standing near the head of the list, Cocke Prolific, Mosby Prolific, and Blount Prolific, bear several small ears on each stalk. III. SEED CORN FROM DIFFERENT LATITUDES. Early in 1896 Hickory King corn was obtained from Illinois, Delaware and Alabama, and Blount Prolific corn from Illinois and Georgia. Six plots, each one-tenth acre in area, were used for this experiment ; plots 1 and 4 were both planted in Hickory King corn grown in Alabama, the purpose of this duplication being to learn whether the different plots were nearly of uniform fertility. Preparation, fertilization, and culture were the same for all plots. The young plants were thinned so as to leave the same number on each plot, the distance between plants averaging 2.4 by 4.5 ft., which is at the rate of about 4,000 plants per acre. The following table gives the locality from which seed was procured, the yield of shelled corn per acre on each plot, and the increase or decrease of Northern seed over Southern seed: Seed corn from different latitudes. 6SHELLED -Increase CORN PER ACRE. Yield. (-) or decrease (-) from Northern seed. 1 2 3 4 l& 4 5 6 Hickory King. Bus. From Pickens Co., Alabama.. 16 .................... From Voorhies, Illinois .....19.3 -2. 8 From Dover, Delaware ...... 15.6 9 From Pickens Co, Alabama.. 17.................. Average of Alabama seed... 16.5................ Blount Prolific. From Voorhies, Illinois ...... From Herndon, Georgia...... 14.2 13.1 -1.1 .................... 368 The above table shows that with both varieties seed corn from Illinois produced a larger crop than that from the South. However, since the differences are only slight in most cases, it is not safe to conclude that Northern seed will generally afford a larger yield than that of the same variety grown in the South. But it is an interesting fact that in the abnormally dry season of 1896, Hickory King corn grown in Illinois, was more productive than the strain of that variety already acclimatized in this State. The results secured in the test of varieties (p. 364) are also suggestive as showing relatively heavy yields prod ced by Northern varieties. The average yield in 1896 for eight Southern varieties was 17.2 bushels per acre ; for six Northern varieties 21 bushels. Of the Northern varieties in that experiment the three from Illinois averaged 22 bushels, while the three varieties from Delaware averaged 19.9 bushels per acre. Results of a variety test in Oklthoma (Bulletin No. 10) in a very dry season also showed a larger yield of grain from Northern than from Southern varieties. However, results from averaging a number of varieties of Northern origin and comparing the average yield with that of dissimilar varieties of Southern origin are valuable in this connection only when the number of varieties from each section is large. The results recorded in the preceding table do not confirm the common belief that Northern seed corn is inferior to pure Southern varieties. Differences in yield between the same varieties from different latitudes are not wholly due to climate, but also to the kind of soil and culture which produced each strain. Thus seed of the same variety grown on adjacent farms may vary in productiveness-an encouraging fact for one who may desire to improve his corn by good culture and careful selection. 369 IV. BUTT, MIDDLE, AND TIP KERNELS FOR SEED. It is a common practice in selecting seed corn to discard the kernels growing at the tip and butt ends of the ear. To obtain more light on the advisability of this practice, the experiment recorded below was undeitaken. There were selected good, well filled bars of Experiment Station Yellow corn, a variety with ears of medium size, and usually a single ear to the stalk. From each ear the grains which grew within one inch of the tip end were shelled to obtain tip kernels for planting. Likewise kernels growing within an inch of the butt end were obtained. Near the center of the ear, a space of one inch was shelled to obtain middle kernels for planting. The field used for this experiment was divided into nine plots, each one-ninth acre in area. Three plots were planted with butt grains, three with middle grains, and three with tip grains, the arrangement of plots being such as to distribute equally to all classes of seed any advantage due to differences in the fertility of different plots. Preparation of land, fertilization, and culture were the same for all plots. The yields from all three kinds of seed were poor, the unusually severe drought causing an undue proportion of nubbins and poorly filled ears. Yield of shelled corn produced by seed corn from middle, butt, and tip of ear. Yield corn KID OF SEED. per Grain in unshucked acre. Bus. Middle kernels (average of 3 plots)......... .11.7 )......... 12.6 ( do Butt kernels )........ 12 7 ( do Tip kernels corn. Per cent. 68.3 69.2 70.1 The differences in yield are probably too small to point to the superiority of the kernels from any particular part of the ear. There is certainly no evidence here that the re- 370 inoval of tips and butt grains from seed corn is advantageous. As a check on the above experiment a more comprehensive test was undertaken on plots so small as to permit of the weighing on chemical balances of all the seed planted. In this experiment butt, tip, and middle grains were obtained from spaces of one inch located respectively at the butt, tip, and middle portions of the ear. All unsound kernels, found chiefly anmong the tip grains, were rejected; otherwise the kernels Which were weighed were not selected but represented average grains from the several parts of the ear. From each large, well filled ear, used in this experiment, 50 grains from each part of the ear were weighed, and these 50 kernels were planted in 24 hills, spaced 4 by 4 ft. Later the stand was reduced to one stalk per hill and the missing hills were replanted with Brazilian Flour corn, the replanted hills equalizing the stand, but forming no part of the experiment. The following table gives the weight of the middle, butt, and tip kernels' planted, and the weight, in apothecaries' grains, of the shelled corn grown from each kind of seed: Weight of middle, butt, and tip kernels planted and yield of shelled corn produced by middle, butt, and tip seed. Plot No. Ear No. Seed kernels from Weight of Yield of 50 kernels shell'd corn planted. per plant. Grains. 210.2 212.6 153.9 306.6 323.9 214.1 427.3 491.3 391.2 352.9 437.3 276.7 Grains. 1836 2100 1789 2360 2346 2294 2221 3350 2916 1950 1960 1750 VARIETY. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 :8 :9 10 11 12 A' " " B " " C " " D " " Expt. Sta. Yellow... Middle... do Butt ... do Tip Expt. Sta. Yellow.. do do Middle... Butt ..... Tip .. ... Renfro............. Middle... do Nutt .... do Tip ...... Hickory King....... Middle... do Butt ..... do Tip ...... 371 In three instances the butt grains led in productiveness and in the fourth case they wanted only a very slightweight of taking first place. In three cases tip grains were least productive. Taking an average for the four, ears planted, the weight of the shelled corn produced was as follows.. WEIGHT OF SHELLED CORN PER PLANT. Grains . . . From planting butt kernels, S " middle kernels, Stip . . . . . . . . . 2439 2092 2187 Attention is called to the fact that butt kernels led in average weight and in productiveness ; that tip kernels fell much below the others in weight, and that tip kernels were least productive in three out of four cases, although the relatively large yield with tip kernels of the Renfro variety made the average figure for tips higher than for grains from. the center of the ear. The frequent correspondence between weight of seed and productiveness in this test is suggestive and is worthy of further study in future experiments. The following table brings together in a form for easy reference the results of our tests and of previous tests at other experiment stations on the relative productiveness ofgrains from different parts of the ear. In each test the lowest yield, 'whether made by middle, butt, or tip kernels is graded at 100, and the two higheryields at correspondingly higher figures: 372 Summary of results oj.planting:j kernels frn middle, butt, and tip of ear. STATION. VTARIETY. Relative yield produced by seed from- Det Varieties. Alabama....1896 Experiment Sta.Yellow... small Butt. 109 109 Middle. Tip. plots.) (Six Experiment Sta. Yellow... (Nine large plots.) Renfro................ HickoryKing.......... 103 100 100 109 151 112 112 108 120 105 100 lit 101 102 100 106 1 0tOO 131 100 100 100 111 100. 101 Arkansas... Kansas .... 1891 St. Charles............ . Dent........... Ohio...1886 -Dent ............ .... 1888 -Dent............ .... 1859 ............. -Dent .... 1890 flint Varieties. 10 117 100 112 N. Y. State, 1882 " " 6 1883 1884 1885 Flint............. Flint............. Flint...I.......... Flint............. lo1 100 100 100 114 100 110 100 101 103 105 102 104 106 103 103 105 104 106 Average of all tests with dent .< it it flint " varieties... 66 variet's 66 4 "i " &dent 102 102 The average of all tests shows that butt kernels have been most productive, and that tip kernels have stood ahead for of grains from the middle of the ear. The few flint varieties do not agree with the average, but favor tip kernels. The most striking fact about the above table is that in no case do the middle kernels show a marked superiority those from other parts of the ear. This indicates that the farmer can advantageously dispense with the labor of removing the butt and tip grains from the ears used for seed. Y. DISTANCE FOR UPLAND CORN. figures over This experiment occupied plots near the top of a hill. Plot 1 was on the highest ground,. from which there was a slight slope to plot 6. 6 373 The altitude of all the plots and the sandy character of the soil made the position a dry one and hence unfavorable to thick planting. The very dry season also militated against thick planting. Fertilizers and culture were the same for all plots. Seed of Renfro corn, a variety with large ears, was planted at measured distances March 23. A single plant was left in each hill and the stand was regular. On plots 1, 2 and 3, the distance between the rows was the same, 5 feet, but the distance between plants in the drill varied from 4 to 2 feet, affording wide variations in the number of plants per acre. On the other hand the thickness of planting was the same on each of plots 4, 5 and 6 ; the only difference between these latter plots was that on plot 6 the rows were close together and the distance between plants in the drill was considerable, while on plot 4 the i;ows were 6 feet apart and the plants correspondingly closer in the drill. The arrangement on plot 5 was intermediate between that of plots 4 and 6. The following table gives the number of stalks and the yield of corn per acre when the plants stood at different instances apart Yield of corn when Plants stood at different distances apart. zDISTANCE. Between Rows. Between plants. Number ofyieldper plants per Yie acre. acre. 1 2 3 4 5 6 5 5 5 6 4 4 feet. feet. feet. feet. feet 10 in. feet. 4 3 2 2 3 3 feet feet feet feet 6 in. feet 1%/ in. feet 9 in. 2178 2904 4356 2904 2904 2904 Bus. 12.4 12.9 9 8 13.1 15.6 16.9 Where the rows were 5 feet apart there was practically no difference in yield for distances of 3 and 4 feet between plants. A space of two feet between plants was much too close for this poor soil and dry season. On the three plots where 374 the thickness of planting was constant, but the arrangement of plants different, the figures at first view suggest a continuous increase in yield as the constant area devoted to each plant approaches a perfect square in shape. However the land was not perfectly uniform, as seemed the case when the plots were located. There is a slight increase in fertility towards the lower plots, which is apparent on comparing the yields of plots 2 and 5,-plots which are practically duplicates. Allowing for this natural advantage which their position gives to the narrow rows, the yield becomes practically the same for rows nearly 5 feet apart as for narrower rows less thickly planted. For land of this character, high, sandy, dry, and poor, 5 feet between rows is the minimum distance that can be recommended, and on very poor land wide rows are best. Rather wide rows are necessary to economy of cultivation and to allow the planting of a row of cow peas in the middle between the corn rows. In order to make this test as accurate as possible, our usual custom of planting a row of cowpeas in each middle was not followed in this experiment. As compensation for this omission, crimson clover seed was sown broadcast soon after the corn was gathered, and covered by using a Planet, Jr., cultivator, supplied with five very 'small shovel points. This seeding was made in September with the expectation of plowing under the growth of crimson clover late in March, 1897. VI. COTTON SEED MEAL VERSUS CRUSHED COTTON SEED FOR CORN. An experiment to compare of soda and cotton seed meal ing only half the cotton seed other half later was located rather stiff soil. This spot the fertilizing effect of nitrate and to test the effect of applymeal at planting time and the on a poor hill-side, having a suffered more from the pro- 375 tracted drought and gave a smaller yield, only 6.9 to 8.7 bushel per acre, than any other field on the Station farm. The failure of the crop on all plots on this hillside rendered the experiment worthless. A test of the relative values of cotton seed meal and crushed cotton seed was made on a piece of sandy branch bottom which had borne a crop of oats in 1894 and had since grown up in weeds. The heavy growth of weeds was plowed under with a one-horse turn plow February 27, 1896, and Renfro corn planted March 18. Immediately before planting, rows were marked off with a shovel plow; in this furrow fertilizers were drilled. Then a scooter was run once in this furrow to mix the fertilizer with the soil, after which corn was planted and covered with a double-foot plow stock furnished with two small scooters. Each plot received acid phosphate at the rate of 360 pounds per acre and kainit at the rate of 120 pounds per acre, the mixture of these two fertilizers constituting what is frequently, for convenience, called "mixed minerals." In addition, one plot received 180 pounds of cotton seed meal per acre; the other 426 pounds of crushed cotton seed. Both cotton seed meal and cotton seed are valued as fertilizers chiefly because of the nitrogen which they contain. The same amount of nitrogen is con tained in 180 pounds of cotton seed meal as in 426 pounds of cotton seed. The yields in bushels per acre were as follows, 83.8 poiinds of corn in the shuck being required for 56 pounds of shelled corn With 426 pounds crushed cotton seed, (and mixed minerals) ... .......... 26.7 bushel With 180 pounds cotton seed meal (and mixed minerals) . . ... ....... 23.6 bushel ~3.1 Difference in favor of cotton seed , bushe 376 The increased yield from cotton seed is 3.1 bushels per acre, or 13 per cent in excess of the yield from the same amount of nitrogen in the form of cotton seed meal. Cotton seed is believed to pay better on land deficient in vegetable matter than on soil well supplied with this material. And yet even on this piece of weed land, fairly well supplied with organic matter, cotton seed was the most efficient source of nitrogen. It does not necessarily follow that cotton seed is the most profitable fertilizer. That depends on the relative prices of cotton seed and meal, or on the quantity of cotton seed meal which the oil mills are willing to give in exchange for a ton of cotton seed. The cotton seed meal used in this test cost $20.00 per ton delivered in Auburn, or $1.82 per acre. The 426 pounds of crushed cotton seed on one acre also cost $1.82, if we assume a price of $8.56 per ton or 42.8 cents per hundred pounds. With both articles at prices named above, one ton of cotton seed would purchase only 845 pounds of cotton seed meal, and the results reported above indicate that such an exchange would have been unprofitable to the grower. The oil mills usually give considerably more than 845 pounds of cotton seed meal for one ton of seed. The exchange value of cotton seed and cotton seed meal will be more fully discussed in a future bulletin from this Department. BURNING WEEDS VS. PLOWING THEM UNDER. This test was made on two plots in a sandy bottom (the same as that noted in the preceding section) where the land had been given over to weeds after harvesting the oat crop in 1894; so that there was considerable accumulation of litter from two crops of weeIs. The dead weeds on both plots stood about five feet high at the time when the trash 377 on plot 1 was burned, February 27, '96. Plot 2 was plowed without first setting fire to the vegetable matter. Fertilizers, culture, etc., were the same for both plots. The yield of corn in bushels per acre was as follows: Burning trash vs. not burning it. TREATMENT. Yield per Bus. 1 Trash burned............ .......................... 2 Trash not burned but plowed under.................. Difference in favor of not burning................ .. 24.5 27.3 2.8 The increase of nearly three bushels per acre on the plot where fire was not used is a strong argument against wholesale burning preparatory to breaking land. While it is often inconvenient both in preparation and in subsequent cultivation to contend with dead weeds, cornstalks, etc., yet one can scarcely doubt the good effect of such material in the permanent improvement of the soil. The crying need of the majority of Southern soils is for vegetable matter, which is valuable (1) for its fertilizing ingredients, and (2) especially for its effect in so changing the texture of the soil as to make the latter less sensitive to drought. The custom of always burning cornstalks and weeds must inevitably result in decreased productiveness, and this is true of prairie land as well as of sandy and clay soils. VIII. METHODS OF HARVESTING CORN. For this experiment one measured acre of branch bottom land was used. MIosby Prolific corn, a variety with several small ears per stalk, was planted April 6 in rows 42 feet apart. Fertilizers, which were applied in liberal quantity, were separately weighed for each row. The original plan was for the entire stalks on every fourth row to be cut and cured, for the tops to be cut from a second set of rows, for the blades or "fodder" on a third lot of rows 378 to be pulled, and for the ears alone to be harvested from another set of rows. Circumstances prevented a test of the effect of stripping or fodder pulling, but the other comparisons were carried to a conclusion. August 13, on a portion of the field the tops were just above the ear. At that date the lower leaves had "fired" too much to make good fodder. August 22 on other rows the entire stalks were cut, put into large shocks and left until Sept. 12. A third set of rows remained undisturbed until Sept. 12. On this last date the ears were pulled from all three classes of plants, viz: (1) those not previously disturbed, (2) those plants which had been topped, and (3) those stalks which had been cut near the ground and shocked. Weather conditions were favorable to the curing of the stalks. The following table gives the yields per acre both of grain and forage on the plots differently treated: out Yield per acre of corn and forage from different methods of harvesting. METHODS OF HARVESTING. Corn per acre. Buits. 34.9 30.2 Forage per acre. Only ears harvested..................... Tops cut and ears harvested............. Entire stalks cut and ears afterwards harvested............................... Lbs. 00 312 (tops) 2103 (stalks) 29.2 Apparently both topping and cutting the stalks before pulling the ears injuriously affected the yield of grain. We have next to consider whether the forage gained by harvesting tops or stalks exceeded in value the grain which seems to have been lost by these processes. With corn at 45 cents per bushel, tops at 50 cents per 100 lbs., and entire stalks with adhering blades at 25 cents per 100 lbs., and assuming that the different plots were uniform in fertility, we obtain the following financial results: 379 Value per acre of products from diferent methods of harvesting corn. Value of METHOD OF HARVESTING. Value of forage. $ 0.00 1.56 5.26 $ Value of total pro- grain. Only ears harvested ........... $ Ears and tops harvested ........ Ears and entire stalks harvested. 15 70 13 59 13. 14 duct. 15.70 15.15 18.40 At the prices assumed above, the highest value was secured by cutting and curing the entire stalks, this process showing a gain of $2.70 per acre over harvesting only the ears. Will this amount cover the cost of handling a weight of fresh stalks sufficient to produce about one ton of cured stalks? That is a local question the answer to which is largely dependent on the price and efficiency of labor. The value assumed for entire stalks, or stover, is necessary only on estimate, as the feeding value of stover from large southern corn has never been determined. The low price of 25 cents per 100 lbs. of stalks has been assumed because of the immense waste in feeding the coarse forage, a waste which is inevitable unless one purchases a shredding machine and expends considerable labor in preparing shredded forage. Chemical analysis shows that even the butt of the stalk, the part which, unless shredded, is rejected by cattle, has some feeding value. In an experiment at the Georgia Experiment Station, (Bulletin 30), where a shredder was used, a price of 40 cents per 100 lbs. was assumed for the cured stalks. In that test no reduction in yield of grain resulted from cutting the entire stalks, and at 40 cents per 100 lbs. of stalks, this method afforded a total product valued at $9.59 per acre more than the worth of the grain alone. 380 The effects of topping corn plants are variable. Results at the Arkansas Experiment Station, (Bulletin 21) showed a reduction in grain where the entire stalks were cut at a time when the bottom leaves of the plant were dying, and the kernels, nearly past the milk stage, were denting; the loss from cutting and curing the stalks before pulling the ears was nearly 3 bushels per acre. Summarizing the results of experiments in topping we find that four* experiments show a loss of grain as a result of topping and that in threet others topping did not diminish the yield of grain. It is apparent that topping, if postponed rather later than the usual time for pulling fodder, may be practiced without reducing the yield of grain. If sufficient hay is not available and either topping or fodder pulling must be resorted to, topping is probably preferable. For though blades form a more palateable forage, topping has the advantage of requiring less labor, of aff)rding a somewhat larger yield of forage per acre, and being less injurious to the crop of grain. That stripping reduces the yield of grain more than does topping has been demonstrated in several experiments. In an experiment in Texas the labor of pulling and storing a ton of fodder" was three times as much as in harvesting a ton of tops. Not only does fodder pulling require a large amount of labor, which could be m)re effectively employed in making hay, but its more serious disadvantage is that it almost invariable reduces the yield of grain. Summarizing the results ,*Arkansas Bulletin",24; Alabama (Col.) Bulletin 75; Kansas Repot '88, p. 27; and Mississippi Report '90, p. 20. tAlabama (Canebrake) Bulletin 10; Illinois Bulletin 20; and Texas Bulletin 19, 381 of numerous experiments made in Southern states, we find that on an average stripped stalks have yielded 2.9 bushels per acre less than those not stripped. This loss, together with the cost of pulling the blades on an acre, which has been variously estimated at from 78 cent s to $1.69, should be charged against fodder pulling, and the value of the fodder obtained In the experiments where the should be credited. yield of fodder is recorded, the average amount per acre is 542 lbs. Assuming the prices below, which each reader can change to suit his judgment, we have the following financial statement relative to pulling fodder: $1.31 To 2.9 bus. corn at 45c To cost of pulling, tying and storing fodder from 1 acre 1.35 (estimated) 3.25 By 542 lbs. fodder at 60c per 100 lbs. 59 Balance in favor of fodder pulling $3.25 $3.25 If values assumed are correct the margin of profit in pulling fodder here averages only 59 cents per acre, which is probably insufficient to cover the single item of risk from bad weather, which sometimes almost completely destroys this forage. Moreover, the yield of fodder obtained in these tests was much above the average, as shown by the fact that in one instance it reached 936 lbs. per acre and by the additional fact that the yield of corn even on the stripped plots averaged nearly 25 bu. per acre, a yield which shows a vigor of growth much above the average of southern corn fields. Probably 350 lbs. of fodder would be a more correct estimate as the amount likely to be obtained on fields yielding 15 bushels of corn per acre. This yield would make the financial statement show a direct loss from fodder pulling in ad- 382 dition to risk from unsuitable weather. Undoubtedly labor could be more profitably employed in saving hay, especially if cow peas, melilotus, lespedeza, or other renovating plant were grown for hay, thus benefiting the land through the roots and stubble left in the soil, while furnishing a cheap and highly nutritious forage for live stock. BULLETINS OF ALABAMA Agricultural Experiment Station INDEX. VOL. V. BULLETINS 76-88. JANUARY, 1897 , TO DECEMBER, 1897.. BIRMINGHAM ROBERTS & 1898 SON. CONTENTS. BULLETIN. '76. 77. 78. 79. Experiments with Cotton...........................Jan., 1897 I. The San Jose Scale. A Warning to the Fruit Growers of Alabama. II. Some other Insect Pests. a. The Tomato Worm. b. Grape-Leaf-Hoppers. c. Cabbage Worms .......................... Co-operative Fertilizer Experiments with Cotton in 1896. Feb., 1897 Some Horticultural Suggestions Jan.,.1897 Apr., 1897 May, 1897 ..................... Mar., 1897 80. 81. A Preliminary List of Alabama Fungi ........ Meat Inspection............... ..................... 82. 83. 84. 85. 86. 87. 88. Corn, Cow-peas and Wheat-bran for Fattening Pigs..May, Hybrids from American and Foreign Cotton ........... June, Turnips........................................... Aug., Japanese Plums.................................... Aug., I. More About the San Jose Scale. II. A Sweet Potato Pest. III. Regarding Carbon Bisulfid. IV. Insecticides and Pumps in General ............... Aug., Soil Inoculation for Leguminous Plants ............... Aug., Experiments with Corn .......... ................... Dec., 1897 1897 1897 1897 1897 1897 1897 INDEX. In the following citations the number preceding the colon refers to the number of the bulletin; the number or numbers following it to the page. Abbeville, Fertilizer Experiment with Cotton in 1896,at. 78:66 Actinonmycosis ............................................ 81:321 Post mortem appearances of. .............. 81:323 Symptoms of...................................81:321 Synonyms of....................................81:321 Afifi X Allen's Staple X Peerless.......................83:401, 402 X Cherry's cluster X Cook............83:401, 402, 406, 412 X Petit Gulf X Peerless......................83:401, 402 X Rust-proof X Peerless......................83:401, 402 Agaricaceae ..................................... 80:253, 265, 269 Synopsis of.................................80:274-277 Alabama Fungi, Historical Sketch of.....................80:113-122 List of works and papers......................80:123-127 Preliminary list of known species...............80:127-133 Albertville, Fertilizer Experiment with Cottonin 1896, at.......78:73 Allen's long staple X Peerless......................83:389, 391, 394 X Peerless X Broach.........................83:401, 402 X Ni mari ........................... 83 :403, 404 X Afifi............................. 83 :401, 402 X B ami ah...... ................... 83:403, 404 Alfalfa, Pot Experiments with ........................ inoculation experiments in pots................. Alpine, Fertilizer Experiment with Cotton 1896, at 87 :477, 478, 479 .............. ...... ............ 87:477-479 80:277 81:298 78:63 Amnanita.................................................. Ainanitopsis................................................. American Swine 80:277 ........................ Plague ............ Compared with Hog-cholera .................. Post mortem appearances.............. Symptoms of..................................... American Varieties ........................................ Anderson, J. T 81:299 81:298 81:298 8:9 Annullaria.................... .............. .............. S80:277 Animal Parasites of Domestic Animals........................81 :337 Ascaris lumbricoides............................... 81:349 .81:339 Crenuris cerebralis ............................... ............................................ 83:389 504 Cysticercus bovis ................................. 81:337 81:339 ...................... cellulosm ....... pissiformis............................81:340 tennicollis Annul aria ................ 8-1:340 80:277 ................................................. Ant hracophyllum ........................................... Anthrax................................................... Post mortem appearance of........................ Symptoms of ..................................... 80 :277 81:326 81:327 8:2 80 :277 Armillaria................................................. Ascoinycetes ....................................... Auriculariacece ............................... Baj wara........................................ ..... 80:17.5, 83 :389-391, 176, 269 Athens, Fertilizer Experiment with cotton in 1890, at ........... 80:220, 221, 269 83:389, 391, 397-400 83 :403, 404, 412 78:78, Baker, C. A. -Bulletins 77-86. Bamiah.................................... 403, 404, 412: X Cherry's cluster X Cook................. X Rust-proof X Peerless....................... 83:403, 404 Barnett X Cook.................................... X Cook X Bamiah ............................ X Cook X Herbucco ...................... Baroda College............................................. 83 :389, 391, 392 83 :403, 404 83:401, 402, 407' 83:384 Barring off Cotton ........................................... Basidiomnycetes..................................... 80:207, 208, 269, 76:14 81:314 Birds, Post mortem appearances of tuberculosis in ............. 81:314 Symptoms of tuberculosis in ....................... 85 :441, 442 Black ............................................. 80 :278B olbitius................................................... 252, 269, 281, 283 Boletaceae.................................80:248, 8:8 ..................................... Boils................. Botanical characteristics of hybrids (cotton)..................83:406 Botanical characteristics of foreign plants (cotton) ............. 83 :386 Branches .................................................. Braswell, J. H., Fertilizer Experiments with cotton in 1896, by... 78:57 83 :389, 391, 397, 401, 402. Broach.................................... Bur clover, dust from, as inoculation material for Alfalfa.... 87:478, 488 Burnt Corn, Fertilizer Experiment with cotton in 1896, at ..... 78:58 Butt, tip and middle kernel of corn for planting ................ Knot 83:395 88:495 Cabbage Worm ......... ................................... 77:33. Canada field pea, inoculation experiments with ............. pot experiments with................ Cantharellus ............................................... Carbon Bisulfid............................................. 87:472, 473, 474 87:472-474. 80:278 86:454 Carmichael, D. J., Fertilizer Experiment with cotton in 1896, by. .78:45 78:57 Castleberry, Fertilizer Experiment with cotton in 1896, at .... 505 Cattle, Antinomycosis in.................................... Anthrax in....................................... 81:321 81:326 81:330 81:328 81:299, 304 81:347 81:347 M~lignant Catarrh in.............................. Texas fever in .................................... Tuberculosis in........... .................... Strongylus commutatis ............................ filaria .................................. micrurus ............................... 81 :346 81:342 ovis-pulmonalis ......................... paradoxus ............................... Distoma ilepaticum........................ ....... Echinococus Veterinorum ......................... Echinorhynchus Gigas..._.......................... Lingulata twenoides ................................ CEsophagostoma Columbianum ...................... Stephanurus dentatus ............................. Taonia denticulata ................................ expansa .................................... fimbriata ..................... ............. Trichina spiralas ...................... ............ Cherry's cluster 81:347 81:347 81:340 81:348 81:350 81:348 81:346 81:342 81 :341 81 :342 81:343 X Cook X Manoah....................... 83:403, 404 83 :403, 404 394 80 :135, 269 84:417 X Mirzapur ...................... X Afifi...................... X W. A. Cook....................... ......................................... of Varieties 83:401, 402, 406 83 :389,-391, X Bamiah...............83:403, 404, 411, 412 C'hytridiales Classification ................................... Fungi, class V, Basidiomycetes ................ I, Schizomycetes................. II, Myxomycetes................. III, Phycomycetes. .. .. .. .. .. . .. . .0:131 IV, Ascornycetes.................. Claudopus.............................................. (lavcriaceae............. Clitopilus ...... .............. t..... .... ........ 80:131 80:131 80 :131 80:132 80:278 _................ .. 80:228, 269, 283 .... ................ .... 80 :278 Clitocybe................................................ Cold Frames................................. 80 :278 ........ 79 :99 -103 Goltybia.................................................. Commercial Horticulture in Alabama Contents................................................... Conclusions................................................ ............... 79:85-88 80:278 76:18 Composting vs. mixing fertilizers in the furrow ................. 83:383 83:412 Co-operative Fertilizer Experiment with cotton in 1896......... 78:... 82:366 Corn, digestible matter in................................... *pounds required to make one pound of gain with pigs. .82 :30& 506 fertilizer experiments...........................88 :500 distance between plants.........................88:499 cutting and shocking.............................88:497 tapping.. ................................... kernels from different parts of the ear..............88:495 Northern and Southern seed.......................88:494 number of ears and nubbins per bushel.............88:494 from different latitudes...........................88:494 characteristics of varieties........................88:494 pounds of ear corn of different varieties required per bushel................................88:493 Variety test....................................88:492 fCorinarius .............................................. 80:278 Corpinus................................................. Cotton Varieties tested in 1896................................76:35 one-third of fertilizers in seed drill.................70:17 70:15 liming for ....................................... subsoiling for .................................... 70:15 distance experiments ............................. 76:14 barring off.....................................70:14 old vs. new seed.................................76:10 seed from different latitudes.......................70:10 Varieties, average results at Southern experiment Stations....................................76:9 Varieties, classification and price....................76:7 Varieties, percentage of lint.......................76:0 crop picked at different dates...76:0 Seed meal 200 vs. 400 lbs. per acre................78:67-73 Cotton Seed meal vs. crushed cotton seed as a fertilizer.........78:... 78:.. . Seed, crushed vs. cotton seed meal as a fertilizer ... co-operative fertilizer, experiments with ............. 78:... .. .. . ... . .88:501 Seed vs. cotton seed meal for corn. ....... Course or order of post mortem examinations................. 81:334 88:497 80:278 .. ..... Cowpeas, pot experiments ........ inoculation, experiments with...................... digestible, matter in..........................._...82:300 Crepidotus with.... ... . ....... .87.:480 87:480 ................................................. .. .. .. .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . .. 80:278 Crimson Clover, cause of failure in Alabama ............... inoculation experiment in pots.................. 87 :474-475 87 :475-477 87 :475, 470, 477 .87:474 85 :44 ...... Crimson Clover ................... Crowngalls .. ....................... Cultivation ................... pot experiments with...................... cost of seed ...................................... 87-474 85:428 ....................... ...................... 2 Curculio................................................ 85:433 438 507 Dacryomycetacee................................. 80:222, 223, 269 -Decouicc............................:278 Deniatiacec......................................80:141, 156, 269 Deshi....................... .................... 83:389, 391, 397 Digestible matter, in different rations for swine...............82:365 Dill, J. L., Fertilizer Experiment with cotton in 1896, by........78:62 I)iscussion of parent types.................................83:392 DISEASES: Plum Rot . .................................. 85:439-441 Rosette........................................85:441 Black Knot.............. ............ Other diseases.................................85:442 Distance, experiment with corn............................88 :499 Dothideales.......................................80:195,196, 8:441-442 269 Duggar, J. F., Experiments with corn......................88:... Soil inoculation for leguminous plants..............87:... Bulletin on corn, cow-peas and wheat-bran for fattening pigs....... ....................... 82:... Bulletin on co-operative fertilizer experiments with cotton in 1896.........................78:... Bulletin on experiments with cotton................76:... Earle, F. S.,-Bulletins 79, 80, 84, 85. Eccili a...................................................80:28 Egypt.................................................83:398 Entoloma..................................... .80:278 Entomopthorales........................................80:136, 269 Erysiphace ...................................... 80:176, 181, 269 Espy, J. B., Fertilizer Experiment with Cotton in 1896, by. 78:66 Evergreen, Fertilizer Experiment with Cotton in 1896, Experiments with Cotton, Bulletin on ......................... Experiments in feeding corn, cow-peas and wheat-bran to Exchange value of cotton seed and cotton seed meal. ............ Excipulacewe........................................... Feeding for fat and lean..................................... at.........78 :73 pigs ... 82:... 76:.. . 78:76 Fertilizing............................................... Fertilizers.......................................... Fertilizer experiments with cotton at Auburn in 1896 Fertilizers, composting vs. mixing in the furrow 80:175, 269 82:369 85:428 79:92-99 ................ ............ 76:20 76:18 experiments Autauga Colbert one-third of, in seed drill for cotton............... ... 76:17 with corn........... ................. 88 :500 co-operative in 21 localities in 1896....78:... FERTILIZER EXPEEIMENTS MADE IN 1896 IN THE' FOLLOWING COUNTIES: .......................................... 78:69 78:55 ........................................... Conecuh............... ........................... 78:57 508 . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . .78:52 Crenshaw 78:45 Dale .............................................. 78:66 Henry ............................................ 78 :47 Lawrence ......................................... 78:71 Limestone ......................................... 78 :71 Macon ............................................. 78 :71 :.................................... Marshall ..... 78 :58 Monroe ........................................... 78:50, 60 Montgomery.................................... 78":62 ................... Pickens......................... 78 :53 Randolph .......................................... 78 :71 Russell ........................................... 78 :71 Shelby ............................................ 78 :63 Talladega ......................................... ..... 78 :65 Washington .................................. Financial results of feeding corn, cow-peas and wheat-bran 82 :367 .............................. to pigs............ Flconmula ................... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ........ 80 :279 78:.. . ........... Florida soft phosphate vs. acid phosphate. ......... 80:118, 119 .................... Flora of Alabama ...... 83 :386 Flowers..................................................... ..... 82 :371-373 Food of pigs, effect on manure................... 82:363, 364 Food required per pound of gain with pigs ................ 83 :389 Foreign Cotton ............................................ FUNGOUS FLORA LOCAL LISTS FROM SOUTHERN STATES : .. 80 :122 Texas.......................................... :122 Arkansas.........................................80 80 :122 Tennessee....................................... 80:121 Florida . ........................................ 80 :121 Mississippi....................................... 80 :122 Louisiana ........................................ 80 :121 North Carolina.................................... 80 :121 South Carolina........ ............................ 80 :121 Georgia .......................................... 80:138, 140, 269 Fungi Imperfecti ................................... 80:279 Glr.................................................... 80 :265, 266, 269 Gastrcd-es........................................... 80:206, 269 Geoglossaece ... ....................................... ... 83 :389, 3901, 397, 400 Gogh ar ..................................... 80 :279 fGomphidius ................................................ 78:65 Gordon, J., Fertilizer Experiment with cotton in 1896, by .... .... 83 :386397 Gossypiwn, hirsutum................................. 83 :386, 400, 407, 412 barbadense............................ 83 :386, 397 herbaceurn.................................... 83 :386, 399, 400 ......... arboreum ........................ 509 indictt~n .......... . 83:399, 400 mzaritimumz.................................... 83:394-397 glabraturn.................................... hirsutum var album................................ maritimum var polycarpum ......................... 83:397, 83:397 83:398 83 :400 83 :400 412 w ightianumn....................................... roseun........ ............................. neglecturn................................ ... :.....83:400 G3resham, roseum var albiflorum............... ........... Grape Leaf hopper................................. B. W., Fertilizer Experiment with cotton in 1896, .... by.... .78:69 83:400 77:32 Gummosis................................................. Gymnoascales ..................................... Hairy Vetch, value of ...................................... cost of seed ...................................... inoculation experiments in the field .............. 85 :442 80:175, 176, 269 87:464-470 87:470, 471 84 :416 87:464 87:464 in pots................ Hardiness ................................................. Harpersville, Fertilizer Experiment with cotton in 1896, at....78:73 Healing Springs, Fertilizer Experiment with cotton in 1896, at.... 78:65 Heleloma.................................................. 80:279 Heliomyces..................... 80:279 ..................... ...... ... ... ... Hellvellacem ................................ 80 :207,269 Helvellales ......................-.............. Hlerbucco ................................... 83:389-391, 80:206, 269 397, 401, 402 X Allen's staple X Peerless.................... Hiatula.................................................... Hirsch Crossing, Fertilizer Experiment with cotton in 1896, Histology of Tuberculous Legions............................ 81:318 Hog-cholera ............ ............ ......... ... ............ 81:291 Post mortem appearances ......................... 81:292 in acute cases ........................ 81 :292 in chronic cases...................... 81:294 Symptoms of................................ 81:291 Hogs, Animal Parasites in ........... 81:337, 340, 343, 346, 347, 348, 349 80:279 a... ..78:72 83 :401, 402 ..... Hog-cholera in................................... 81:291 Swine plague..................................... Tuberculosis ................................. kinds required by packing companies ................ Hog-cholera, prevalence of.................................. 81:298 81:303, 312 82 :339 82:359 Hot Beds ...... I.......................................... 79 :99-103 Hybridization, its necessity . ................................ 11yduaceae..................................... 80:233, 237, 269, 283 83:387 80:279 Hygrophorus .............................................. Hyinenitalis....................................... 80:223, 228, 269 510 Hymenogastracee.....................................80:268, 26 Hyphales ......................................... Hypholoma... ......................................... ................................... Hypocreales.. Hysterialis ....................................... ILLUSTRATIONS: 80:138, 140, 269 80:27° 186, 269 80:196, 198, 29 81:295 Diptheritic ulcers ................................ Section of lung tubercies..........................81:305 Portion of tuberculous lung.......................81:307 Opened glands from Cow........................81:30& 81:310 Aggravated case of tuberculosis................ Dorsal aspect of bovine lungs......................81:320 Ventral aspect of bovine lungs.....................81:320 Trachea and bronchial tubes of bovine lungs........81:320 Posterior mediastinal glands......................81:120 Section through medial plane of Cow's head........81:320 Posterior half of Steer's head......................81:320 Actinomycotic tumor from lung of Ox..............81:323. Measle worm in cow muscle.......................81:337 Measle worm in pig muscle.......................81:338 Measle worm magnified.........................81:338 81:339-341 ..... Tape worm..................... Liver fluke worm.............................81:342-343, Pork worm.....................................81:344 Strongylus mnicrurus.............................81:347 Spine-headed worm..............................81:349 Parts of flowers of hybrid........................83:410 Boils of hybrid .................................. 83:411 83:399 Leaf and flower of Bamieh .......................... Open boils of American and foreign cotton...........83 :405 :407, 408 Leaf of hybrid................................83 Open boils of hybrids.............................. 83:409, 83:393 83:396 Bolls from cotton improved........................ Sea Island flower.................................. 83:396 85:431 85:434 83:398, 85:443 Foreign and American cotton boils.................. Leaves of Mit Afifi................................. Burbank plum, showing effect of thinning ............ Diagram of frame for a curculio catcher ............. of Kerr plum .............................. Outline Tree of Burbank plum ............................. Tree of Kelsey Appearance of San Jose scale on ....................... Appearance of scale on plum.................,..............85 :447 bark...............86:452 86 453 fruit. 87:463 85:445 Hairz Vetch.................................... Inoculated plot .......................... 87:466 511 87:467 Non-inoculated and inoculated hairz vetcth.......... Pots experiments of inoculation............87:470-87:473 Crimson clover inoculation........7:476 Alfalfa inoculation...............87:478 Imported Novelties, Black Alsatian.........................84:420 " Indian cultivated cottons "...............................83:386 391, 397,400 Indrepur....................................83:389, Inocybe.....................................................8 481, 482 Inoculation, methods and cost of...................87:480, crops and soils on which it is unnecessary.......87:48, 483 of the soil for legumes, definition of................87:462 INSECT ENEMIES: San Jose Scale..................................85:439 Insecticides and Pumps in general.................86:455 Curculio .................................... 436 Plum Borer.................................85:438, Aphis, Louse or Green Fly..................85:439 Introduction.....................................81:289-83:384 ................................................ Irrigation Jakko X Cherry's cluster X Cook.......................83:401, 402 391, 397, 402 Jakko ...................................... .................... Jambusar district..................... Japan clover, inoculation experiments with...............87:480, 487 Kaylor Fertilizer Experiment with cotton in 1896..............78:53 Kerosene Emulsion........................................77:33 83 :389, 391, .................................... King X Cook 404 X Mannoah .............................. 80:279 Lactarius ................................................... 85:433-438 79:91 83:389, 83:389 83:403, 394- Leaf eating insects......................................... 85:442' Lean meat, proportion of, in pigs fed on different rations 82:369, 372, 373 83 :386 Leaves.................................................... 78:60, Le Grand, Fertilizer Experiment with cotton in 1896, at ..... 87:459, 488 Leguminous Plants, soil inoculation for ................... need of mineral elements.................87 :460 87 :461, 462 root tubercules on................... Lentinus Lepiota . ...................................... Lenzites ....................... :.......... ........................... 80:279 80:279, 80 :279 .................................................... Leptonia .................................................. Lepto tromacea ................................... Lespedeza striata, pot experiments with......................87 LIME SLAKED EXPERIMENTS ON COTTON, WITH, AT : 80 :280 80:173, 174, 269 Abbeville ...................................... :480 78:66, 73. 78:66, 73. Albertvillc ..................................... Athens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. 78:66, .. Evergreen...................................... Harpersville .................................... 78:66, 73 78:66, 73 73 Liming for cotton ........................................... Lint---------------------------------------------------... List of parents ............................................. LIST OF WORKS AND PAPERS TREATING OF ALABAMA FUNGI : Underwood, L. M., and Earle, F. S .................. Tracy, S. M., and Earle, F.S............. 76:15 83:38 83 :389 80 :126 80:126 Underwood, L. M.............................. Ravenel, H. W................................... 80:123 80:123 80:123 80:126 Berkeley, M. J ................... ................ and Curtis, Mf.A .......... ............ Farlow, W. G ..................................... Cook, M. C....................................... Atkinson, G. F.................................... Ellis, J. B., and Everliart, B. M.................... 80:123 80:123 80:123 80:128 80:125 80:125 Seymour, A. B., and Earle, F. S.................... Duggar, B. M..................................... Morgan, A. P .................................... ........ 80:125 87 :479 87 :479 Lupins inoculation experiments in pots ............... Lupinus Albus, see white Lupins ............................ Lycoperdacece ..................................... 80:266, 268, 269 Malignant Madras cotton.............................................. catarrh .......................................... 83:389 81:330 Post mortem appearance of ........................ Symptoms of.....................................81:330 Mannoah................................. X Rust-proof X Peerless....................... X Sea island................................. 81:331 397, 403, 404 404 404 83:389, 391, 83:403, 83:403, 82:31, 82:371, X Petit gulf X Peerless ............... Manures ................................................ of pigs, fertilizer, ingredients in ................ from pigs, effects of food on.................. 83:403, 404, 411, 412 79:92, 99 373 373 110 Marasmius............................ .............. 80 :280 Marketing.................................. 85:432, 433-79:103, McGregor, A. A., Meat inspection Medero, McDonald, F. C., Fertilizer Experiment with cotton in 1896, by. .78:52 lupulina, as inoculation material for, in sativa... Medicagqo .................... Mledicago sativa........................................87:477, .Medicago maculata, dust from, as inoculation material. for Alfalfa.......................... E...........................83:384 law..... .............................. Fertilizer Experiment with cotton in 1896, by .. .... 81:350 78:47 87:481 479 87:478, 488 IViell, P. H................................................. 83 :.. . 513 TMelanconiales ..................... Middleton, T. .......................... Mirzapore ................................ H .Miscellaneous Suggestions ........ Mit-Afifi........................83:389, 386, 395, .400 391, 397, 403, 404 .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . ... .... 81:332 391, 397, 400, 401, 402, 412 83:384, 80:160, 163, 269 83:389, 397, Montagnites ............................................... 80 :280 .kucedinacea?......................................80:138,140, 269 80:136, 269 Mucorales............................................. Musson, John................................. .............. 83 :384 80:280 Mycena .............. ..................................... _Myxomycetes .......................................... 80:133, 269 .My xogastrales...................................... 80:133, 135, 269 Nadam........................................... 83:389, 391, 400 Naftel, Fertilizer Experiments with cotton in 1896, at...........78:50 Narm a. .. ... . .. . . .................................. 83 :389, 391, 400 80 Natural plant food .......................................... Nauccoria................................................... 78:42 :280 80 :173, 269 .Nectriodaceae........................................ Newton, Fertilizer Experiments with cotton in 1896, at .......... 78:45 Nimari........ .................... ......... 83:389-391, 400, 403, 404 Nitrogen, pot experiments with.......................... 87:470, 487 .Yotlanea ................................................. Nutritive ratio of several rations fed to pigs................... NZyctalis................................................... .80:280 .82:366 ........ Oinphalia.......................................... -Organs, size of internal, as affected by food................ 82 :369, 379 Packing companies, kind of hogs required by .................. 82:360 Panes..................................................... Panaeolus.................................................. 80:280 80 :280 80:280 Peduncles................................................. Perisporiales....................................... 80:176, 181, 269 Perisporitcece..R... .. .. .. .. . . .. .. .. 80:181, 183, 269 Peronosporales.....................................80:136,138, 269 8:8 80:280 Petit gulf XCook X Mannoali.......................... X. Mirzapur........................... 83 :403, 404 404 83:403, 83 :401, 402X Peerless X Bamiehl......................... X Cook X Bamieh....................83 :403, 404, 407, 412 83 :389, 391 .......................................... 83 :389, 391 X Peerless ................................... 'Petioles ................................................... .................... Pezizales................... ,..80:200, 83:386 206, 269 .Phacidiales........................................80 Phallaceae......................................... Pholiota................................................... :198, 200, 269 80:265, 266, 269 80 :280 .. .. .. .. .. . ... ... ... ... 78:. .. Phosphate, Florida soft vs. acid ........ acid vs. Florida soft............................... 78:.. 514 Ph Pilosace y-iyc ................. Pigs, feeding experiments Pilacrctceae........................................... Pisuin arvense with...............................82:.. .80:222, ete... ..... 80:135~, 269k . 269' ................................................... 80:8 .......................................... Planting.................................... 84:417, 418 87:472-474. -85 :425-427 Methods in dry weather ........................... Time ........................................ Plasmodiophorales...................................... 84:418 84:417, 418, Pleurotus 80:133, 269 .................................................. Plum Rot .............................................. 85:439-441 80:237, 248, 80:280) Plum Borer ........................................... Plum Aphis, Louse or Green Fly ............................ 85 :438, 439, 85:439, 80:2 a1: 2811' Pluteus.................................................... Pluteolus..................................................80 Polyporacce................................... 269, 283' Pork. production in Alabama................................82:359i 81:323. Post mortem appearances of actinomycosis in cattle ............ Anthrax in cattle ................. 81:327. Hog-cholera..................... 81L:292' 81:331. Malignant catarrh................ 81:298 Swine plague.................... 81:329 Texas fever...................... 1:304, 312, 314 Tuberculosis ............. 87:468, 488 Pot, experiments with inoculation for legumes ............ Prattville, Fertilizer Experiments with cotton in 1896, at..... Preliminary list of known species of Ala. Fungi, founded 78:69, on the following material: Species collected by Atkinson...................... Material collected by Species reported by Berkeley ............. writers.......................80:12880:128 ......... 80:128-' Material collected by Carver........................ 80:127' 85:424, 425 85:429, 430 80 :281 80:281 .... 80:127 in Peters collection ................ collected by Peters.........................80:128 Pride Station, Fertilizer Experiments with cotton in 1896, at ... Propagation ........................................... Pruning ............................................... Psathyra.................................................. Psathyrela 78:55, ................................................ Psilocybe............... ................................... P utrifying or decaying meat ............................ Pyrethrum.......................................... 86 :456-77 :33, :362: 88:492 78:72-: 80:281 81:333 Rainfall, during growing season of 1896.......................75 1897 ....................... Red Level, Fertilizer Experiments with cotton in 1896, at ........ 515 References ....................................... Regions in ..... :.... 81:354 80:119 Alabama for future Fungi explorations: 80:120 80:119 DeKaib, Etowah and Cherokee counties 80:119 River drainage of Northern Alabama................ 80:119 Requirements, for crop ............................. 84:415 Coast region, ..................................... Tuscaloosa and Hale counties....................... Northwestern Alabama ............................. .............. ........ Rhizinacee ............................................. 80:206,269 Robertson, J. T., Fertilizer Experiments with cotton in 1896, Roller, use of, in cotton planting ............................. Root tubercies .. ....................................... Rosette.................................................... 87:461, 462 85:441 by. .78 :60 76:12 80-281 402, 406 Ru~ssula....................................... Rust-proof X Peerless .................................. X Afifi........................ San Jose Scale .............. 83:401, 77:27- 83 :389, 391 78:52 80 :281 Rutledge, Fertilizer Experiments with cotton in 1896, at......... Schizophy .......... ..... .......... 86:451--85 :439 luin............................................. X Afifi ................................... Sea Island.....................................583:38 389, 391, 395 83 :401, 402, 412 Seeds...................................................... 83:382 'Season, character of ........................................ 83 :390 Sheep, Food ........................... .... .... ........ .... 84:416 Smith, MvcQueen, Fertilizer experiments with cotton in 1896, by . .78:69 'Soils, for horticultural crops......................... selection Sphceriales............................... and preparation........................... ..... 79:89790 85:425 195, 269 173, 269 Sphoerioideaccea .................................... 'Sphoeropsidales .................................... 'Staining Actinomycosis..................................... Anthrax bacilli ................................... the protozoon of Texas Fever ....................... Tubercle bacilli................................... Stems 80:163, 80:163, 173, 269 81:325 81:327 81:330 81:315 .... 80:186, ................................................ .. .. .. .. .. . ... .... .. ........... 83 :386 Stilbaceae ........... .. 80:156, 157, 269 Stock food ................................................. 'Stopharia.................................................. Subsoiling for Cotton ........ ............................... Suggestions to collectors of fungi........ 84:416 80:281 fleshy .......... 76:15 80 :251-274 87:483-485 Summary of Bulletin 87........ .......................... Surat Kapas...................................83:389, Sweet Potato Worm................ ....................... Swine Plague ............................................... Sydney, Australia.................... ...................... 391, 397, 400 86:453" 81:298 83:384 516 Table of hybrids ............................... 83 :401, 402, 403, 404, 81:329 Table showing details of parent types ......................... Texas Fever . ............................................. Post mortem appearance of........................ 83:39 81:328" 81 :328 Symptoms of....................................... 81:329, Synonyms of...................................... Thelephoraceco...................................... 80:228, 233, 269 ........... 85:431, 432. Thinning................................... Thomason, T. J., Fertilizer Experiment with Cotton in 1890, by Thompson, .1. N., Fertilizer Experiment with Cotton in 1896, by... 78:55 228, .. .78:53 Todaro............................................... ..... Tomato Worm ...... ... Tomentelaceate.................... .... ..... ... ,............... ............. .80:223, 83:397 ... .77 : 31 269, Town Creek, Fertilizer Experiments with Cotton in 1896, at...78:47 79:103-110 Transportatson......................................... 85:438 Treatment, Peach and Plum curculio......................... Treinelacecte.......................................80:221, 222, 269 221, 209 Tremellales........................................80:220, Tricholorna.................. ................ 80:281 87 :474,477 Trifolinin incarnatain.................................... repens and T carolinianuin as inculcation material for T incarmatum........................-.87 :481 Trogia ............................................. Truitt, X Cook.... ............................. ...... ....... 80:281 83:889, 391 83 :389, 391 X Peerless ................................... 83 :401, 402, 407, 412 X Cook X Afifi....................... 83:401, 402 X Peerless X Afifi..... ....................... 80:281 .. ..... ......... Tabaria: .............................. Tuberculariacecea Tuberculosis in birds......... ...................... cats......................................... ................................... 80:157, 160, 269 ... .. 81:304, 314 81:304 cattle.......8....1......................8:9,304 dogs.........................................81:304 pigs ................ ................... 81:303, 312 78:73 Tuskegee, Fertilizer Experiments with cotton in 1896, at......... Uredinales..........................................80:208, 220, 209 :........ 80:207, 208, 269 ...................... Ustilaginales ........ Value of winter growing legumes VARIETIES : ............................. ..................... 87:463 Value of leguminous plants........ 87:459, 460 84:419 84:419 Early White, Flat Dutch ........................... Extra Early Purple Top Milan ...................... Golden Ball ....................... ............... 84:420 Purple Top Strap Leaf ............................ Purple Top White 84:419 Globe...............84:420 517 Ruta Bagas....................................... Scarlet Kasmyr. .................................. Yellow Aberdeen Purple Abundance............. Top......................84:420 85:445 ............. 85:445 84:419° 84:419 .......................... Berckrnans.......................................85:444- Burbank............................ Chabot...........................................85:446 Kelsey.......................85:447 Kr ................................... ................ Red June ....................................... Satsuma..................................... Ker...85:443, .......... 444. .. 85:444 VTicia vitlosa................................................ Vigna caijanyg.................................. Volvaria................................................... l~agria....................................................83:397 87:464 87:480, 80:281 85:446 Watkins, J. P., Fertilizer Experiments with cotton in 1896, by. .78:58Wb, Weeds, burning vs. plowing under for corn................... Whale-oil soap .............................................. Wheat bran and corn ration, digestible matter in ............. White-lupins, pot experiments with ......................... ............................. Winter growing legumes ...... Wonderful X . Peerless......................... 75:376 77:30, .82:360, 87:479 .87:463 ......... 83:389, 391 X Bamich...... ................... X Afifi........................ Xerotue....................................................80:281: 83:403, 40483:401, 402, 412 BULLETIN No. 76. JANUARY, 87 JNAY 1897, ALABAMA. Agjichltural Experiment Station OF THE NQGRICULTIJRAL AND MECHANICAL COLLEGE, AUBURN. EXPERIMENTS WITH COTTON. J. F. DUGGAR, Agriculturist. MONTGOMERY, ALA.: THE BROWN PRINTING COMPANY, PRINTERS, 1897. COMMITTEE OF TRUSTEES ON EXPERIMENT STATION. I. F. CULVER ................................... Union Springs. Hull. J. G. GILCHRIST................................Hope H. CLAY ARMSTRONG..............................Auburn. STATION COUNCIL. WM. P. LEROY BROUN...................................President. H. MELL.........................................Botanist. B. B. Ross..........................................Chemist. C. A. CARY, D. V. M..........................V J. F. DUGGAR .................................... Agriculturist. Biologist and Horticulturist. Entomologist. F. S. EARLE ......................... C. F. BAKER ....................................... ASSISTANTS. J. T.- ANDERSON.......... ................ First Assistant Chemist. C. L. HARE ............................ T. Second Assistant Chemist. WILLIAMs.........:................Third Assistant Chemist. R. U . CULVER.......................... Superintendent of Farm. G. f~The Bulletins of this Station will be sent free to any citizen of the State on application to the Agricultural Experiment Station, Auburn, Alabama. EXPERIMENTS WITH COTTON. BY J. F. DUGGAR. SUMMAI-Y. I. Of seventeen varieties of cotton tested in 1896, Hutchinson ranked first in yield and value of lint and value of total product. Truitt stood second, Dickson Cluster third, and Peerless fourth. II. Seed from different parts of the Cotton Belt showed no very marked difference in productiveness. III. No constant difference in productiveness was apparent when fresh and 2-year-old cotton seed were planted. IV. The use of a roller after planting cotton caused the seeds to come up promptly and greatly improved the stand of young plants. Favorable weather in May resulted in a perfect stand on plots not rolled, as well as on the rolled plots, so that when the crop was gathered the rolled plots had lost nearly all of their early advantage. V. At first cultivation barring off with a turn plow run very shallow did not reduce the yield of cotton when rain fell in time to prevent injurious drying of the soil. VI. In rows 3.5 feet apart larger yields were obtained where the single plants stood 12 or 18 inches apart than where the distance between plants was 24, 30, or 36 inches. VII. Subsoiling with a scooter gave an increase of 46 lbs. of lint and 93 lbs. of seed per acre over the yield of land not subsoiled. This result was secured on rather stiff red land in a very dry season, both of which conditions favored subsoiling. VIII. In the dry season of 1896 slightly larger yields were obtained from bedding on all the fertilizer than from reserving one-third of the fertilizer and applying this portion in the seed drill at planting time. IX. Fine horse manure, crushed cotton seed; and acid phosphate, applied separately and mixed in the center furrow about one month before planting, were more effective than was a compost made of the same kinds and amounts of material and applied in the center furrow immediately before planting. Seed planted over the mixture had a settled seed bed, those over the compost were planted in loose soil. This difference in compactness is probably the chief cause of the more favorable result from the mixture. X. On the field used for a fertilizer experiment a mixture of kainit and cotton seed meal proved more profitable in the dry season of 1896 than any other combination. The conditions of this test were peculiar, for the season was dry and fertilization and cropping in previous years had been unusual. Tests in other localities under more nearly normal conditions, indicate that cotton on most soils responds generously to acid phosphate and cotton seed meal. Florida soft phosphate proved inferior to acid phosphate. Slaked lime did not increase the yield of cotton either on grey, sandy or red soil. INTRODUCTORY. Cotton, like nearly all other farm crops, was injured by the dry weather of the spring and summer of 1896. In Bulletin No. 75, of this Station, is a statement regarding the periods of drought from which the station farm, as well as a large part of the entire State, suffered during the past year. When abundant rains came in July they were accompanied by violent winds. . During July cotton plants dropped a large proportion of their squares, blooms, and small bolls. All the experiments here described were made on carefully measured plots, which in different fields varied from onetwenty-first to one-fifteenth of an acre in area. Whenever practicable experiments were conducted on duplicate plots. In fertilizer experiments every plot was separated from the adjacent one by an unfertilized row of cotton which was not counted as part of the experiment. On all plots the rows were 3.5 feet apart, and in all cases, except in the distance experiment, the space between plants averaged 18 inches. Thinning was done in such a manner as to leave a uniform stand on all plots. In addition to the experiments recorded in this bulletin other investigations relative to cotton were begun, the result of which are withheld until verified by another year's work. The results of tests of varieties originated by Prof. P. H. Mell, Botanist of the Station, were turned over to him. I. VARIETIES. In the field used for this experiment every fifth plot was planted with King seed as a check on the fertility of the land. The field proved to be quite uniform. All varieties were spaced equally, the distance between plants in 3.5 feet rows averaging 18 inches. Preparation, fertilization, and cultivation were alike for all plots. The following table shows the varieties tested, arranged in order of yield of lint; their relative earliness as indicated by the per cent. of the total crop gathered in the first picking, August 20th; and the per cent of lint in seed cotton: Yield per acre. of varieties o01cotton. Plot No 1 Per cent of total crop at Per Yield Yield cent. of of 2dst &4thlint, seed. lint. 1st picking.pikns Variety. Hutchinson Storm Prolific.............. 43 5 Truitt lmp'd Premium Prolific...............47 4 Dickson Cluster....... 72 8 Peerless ................ 53 2,7,12,17 King, (average of 4 plots)................. 71 6 Tyler............. 50 9 Peterkin................48 16 Hawkins........ ...... 48 13 Duncan Mammoth Prolific.. ............... 56 15 Jones Improved 50 0 Allen New Hybrid Long Staple......... ..................... .14 Hunnicutt Choice..... 57 10 Herlong................ 45 11 Jones Long Staple..... 48 3 Welborn Pet.......... 74 20 Whatley Improved.... 54 18 Petit Gulf. ........... 4 Lbs. 57 53 Lbs. 403 384 32.3 32.1 845 811 28 47 29 50 52 33.6 30.6 35.1 30.9 34.6 696 725 607 724 603 368 342 328 320 320 52 44 31.4 31.7 691 670 317 312 50 43 55 33.1 26 4 31.6 32.3 622 830 640 619 309 298 296 296 52 26 46 29.2 31.5 32.7 691. 624 56t 288 288 272 56 32.6 528 256 In the preceding table Hutchinson stands first in yield of lint followed by Truitt, Dickson Cluster, and Peerless. The earliest varieties tested were Welborn Pet, Dickson Cluster, and King. Climatic conditions caused all varieties to mature early. King afforded the highest. per cent of lint, 35. 1, which is higher than the record made by Peterkin in this test, which latter variety generally stands at the top in percentage of lint. The lowest per cent of lint as usual was with the long staple varieties. The fallowing table gives the value per acre of seed, lint, and total crop, and also the classification and market price January 1, 1897, in Opelika, as determined by an expert cotton buyer, Mr. H. L. Bandy : Classification, market price of lint, and value per acre for varieties of cotton. plot No. I 1. Hutchinson Sturm Prolific............Strict good middling. 5,'Truitt Improved Premium Prolific. Good middling. 4] Dickson Cluster.................. Middling........... 8 Peerless............................Strict middling. ............................. King..................... 6' Tyler......................... ..... Good middling. middling. 9 Peterkin...........................Good 16 Hawkins ............... Strict middling. ............ 14 Hunnicutt Choice....... ........... Good middling ... Strict middling Improved..... ..... .......... 15 0 Allen New Hybrid Long Staple........ 1 (estimated)... 13 Duncan M1ammoth Good Prolific............ 11 Jones Long Staple (118 inch) .......... t 10 Herlong............................. Strict middling ... Strict middling ... 3 Welborn Pet........ ... ............ Good middling..... 20 Whatley Improved ................... Strict middling . Petit Gulf............... 18 Variety. Classification of staple. Value of ,Opelika seed at 372 Value of Value of price seed & lint per lb.. lint. c. per per acre. lO0lbs. Jan. 1, '97. Cents. 7 6~4 6% 6.11-.16 $ Dollars. 317 3 04 2 61 2 72 2 27 2 71 2 26 2 59 2 40 2 33 3 11 2 51 2 67 2 32 234 2 10 1 98 $ 2821.$ 25 92 23 92 22 66 22 05 21 60 21 60 21 00 20 68 20 47 21.60 21 06 20.16 19 61 1808 7l8 36 16 96 Dollars. Dollars. 31 38 6~4 634 6%4 6~4 74 634 Jones . (estimated)-..... middling.. 28 96 26 53 25 38 24 32 24 31 23 86 23 59 23 08 22 80 24.71 23 57 22.83 21 93 20 42 20 46 18 94 K ing on 2 plots was rated as good middling and on 2 plots as strict middling, hence the average price of 6.11-16 cents used in this table. t "Staple of 11 inch does not command much premium here where our receipts ordinarily average 1 we get considerable cotton as long as 1.1-16. Cotton 114 inch in length brings all the way from %c. to ic. more than upland, based on middling." Letter from Jno. H. Clisby & Co., Montgomery, Ala. inch; The varieties which yielded most lint, Hutchinson, Truitt, Dickson, and Peerless, gave also the highest combined value of seed and lint. The two long staple varieties take a higher rank in this than in the preceding table, on account of the higher price assumed for long staple lint. However, this higher price can be obtained only in the large cotton markets. In Opelika, and presumably in most towns of similar size, long staple commands no higher price than shortstaple cotton. A single variety test cannot determine the true value of a variety. The average of many tests is more reliable. The table below, compiled for a recent publication of the U. S. Department of Agriculture, Office of Experiment Stations (Bul. 33), gives average results of variety tests of cotton published prior to 1895. Only those varieties are included which has been tested 10 or more times. The figures showing average relative yields are obtaiued by taking the average yield of all varieties in any one experiment as 100, and giving correspondingly higher or lower values to varieties exceeding or falling below that average. The average of the 10 or more figures thus obtained is taken as indicating the relative productiveness of a given variety. The varieties are arranged in order of average yield of lint. 9 Relative yield o/ lint of varieties often tested at Southern Experimnent Stations. tiveness. VARIETY. Numberof tests: MaxiMinimumn Average. mum 171 154 173 156 161 135 143 176 141 150 132 185 139 155 148 119 139 128 132 136 132 124 144 123 123 Peterson.............................. Excelsior.............................. King................................. Boyd Prolific........................... Truitt Premium ........................ .Jones Improved......................... Peerless................................ Texas Storm Proof..................... Dickson............................... Deering............................... Shine Early...................... Welborn Pet .......................... . BenSmth........................... Crawford Peerless.................... .. . Hawkins ................. .............. Ozier ......... . . . . . . . . . . .. Southern Hope [Long Staple]l...... Jowcers.................................... Cherry Loung Staple ................... . Jones Long Staple...................... . Petit Gulf............................. . Okra .................................. . Allen [Long Staple]l.................... . Cherry Cluster ........................ . Cook, (W. A.) [Long Staple]l....... ..... . " -, 70 84 76 68 40 82 76 69 74 80 61 73 73 58 57 45 68 76 74 57 46 67 52 55 56 131 109 108 107 106 105 105 104 103 103 103 103 102 101 101 100 99 97 96 96 96 95 94 90 85 WHERE TO GET SEED. ties from whom the Station given below As this Station cannot supply seed, the addresses of par- obtained its suppiy of seed are Allen New Hydrid Long Staple, J. B. Allen, Port Gibson, Miss. Dickson Cluster, Mark Johnson Seed Go, Atlanta, Ga. Duncan Mammoth Prolific, Ala. Eqpt. Station, Auburn, Ala. Hunnicutt Choice, Ala. Expt. Station, Auburn, Ala. Jones Improved, Ala. Expt. Station, Auburn, Ala. Petit Gulf, Ala Expt. Station, Auburn, Ala. Herlong, H. P. Jones, Herndon, Ga. W. 10 Jones Long Staple, H. P. Jones, Herndon, Ga. Peerless, H. P. Jones, Herndon, Ga. Peterkin, H. P. Jones, Herndon, Ga. Hawkins, Alexander Drug and Seed Co., Augusta, Ga. King, T. J. King, Richmond, Va. Hutchinson, J. N. Hutchinson, Salem, Ala. Truitt, G. W. Truitt, La Grange, Ga. Tyler, K. J. Tyler, Aiken, S. C. Welhorn Pet, Mark W Johnson Seed Co., Atlanta, Ga. Whatley Jmpd, T. A. Whatley, Opelika, Ala. II. SEED FROM DIFFERENT LATITUDES. Seed of the variety King was obtained from the northern part of South Carolina, from Pickens Co., Ala., and from Baton Rouge, La. The yields per acre were as follows: Seed /ron diferent latitudes. Plot SEED FROM No 17&23 Northern part South Carolina...................... 24 Pickens county, Yield of lint per acre. Lbs. 292. 288. 259. 19 Baton Rouge, Louisiana................ ............ Alabama........................... The figures are slightly in favor of seed from the most northernly locality, but the differences aie small. HI. OLD VERSUS NEW COTTON SEED. In selecting seed of most cultivated plants,. new or fresh seed are to be preferred. However, it has been stated that old seed of some species are more productive than new. The writer has never met with any evidence in support of this claim. Old seed as a rule germinate poorly, thus affording a poor stand. At least one dealer in cotton seed has advertised the alleged superiority of old cotton seed over new seed. The 11 substance of his claim is that when 'old seed are planted, the weaker or poorer seeds fail to germinate, and t.at only such old seeds as have strong vitality or natural superiority are able to come up. Thus we are told that the planting of old cotton seed insures a process of natural selection, and that only the best seeds grow. In order to compare old and new seed, three samples of seed were obtained from the originator of the Gold Dust variety, and three from the originator of the Whatley Improved. Each lot of three samples represented respectively the crops of 1893, 1894, and 1895, grown on the same farm. All were planted in the same field April 17, 1896, and given identical culture and fertilization. The following table gives the results: Yield of lint per acre produced by seed of different ages. Lint per acre. AGE OF SEED. Whatley Gold Average Impd. Seed from crop of '95.................... " . '94 ..................... " " " '93..................... Lbs. 272 237 . 246 for two Dust. varieties. Lbs. 242 248 277 Lbs. 257 242 262 There was a slight difference in the fertility of the plots used in this experiment, but this is corrected by averaging the two varieties together. Taking the average figures for the two varieties, the differences in yield are too small to justify the conclusion that old seed are better than new. The percentage of lint was practically the same for all classes of seed. There is no valid evidence here that an old cotton seed, if it grows, will develop into a more productive plant than a new seed. Yery often the old seed will not grow, and a poor stand results. Since new seed usually insure the better stand of plants, we should expect them to afford the better crop. 12 IV. THE USE OF THE ROLLER IN COTTON PLANTING. For this test light sandy land was used. The field was turned or flushed about a month before planting, but not bedded until a week before planting. Undoubtedly it would have been better to have formed the beds earlier so as to give time for rain to settle or slightly pack the soil. When the seed was planted, April 17, with a Banner planter, the ground was very loose and dry, no rain having fallen for more than two weeks previous. Before planting, the beds were pulled down almost to a level by the use of a smoothing harrow. After planting, there was used on one plot a one-horse roller; on another a narrow roller consisting of a heavy iron pulley with a 6-inch face, which compacted only a narrow strip of soil immediately over the line of seed; on a third plot an iron pulley was used as before, and in addition loose dirt was drawn over the compacted path of the narrow roller. Subsequent treatment was identical for all plots. The yields were as follows: Effect of rolling after planting cotton seed. Yield of TREATMENT. lint per acre. Entire surface of plot rolled ............................ Not rolled.. .................................... Narrow space over seed rolled.......................... Narrow space over seed rolled and loose dirt drawn on rolled space ......... ... .. ..... ... ....... Lbs. 229 226 236 258 The effects of rolling as shown by the above table are far less decided than would have been predicted from appearances of the different plots two weeks after planting. At that time there was a perfect stand on all rolled plots in spite of the dry weather of the preceding 28 days, while on the plot not rolled the stand was very poor. This was the appearance at the end of a long dry spell, but showers which 13 fell about two weeks after planting moistened and settled the soil and caused the majority of the seeds on all plots to grow, so that by June all differences in the appearance of the plots had disappeared. In short, during the continuation of dry weather after planting, rolling was plainly advantageous, in that it produced a perfect stand and prompt growth. But a perfect stand appearing later on all plots, this early advantage of rolling was almost lost before the crop was gathered. A word in regard to the usual effects of rolling may be appropriate here. The immediate effect of rolling is to cause moisture to rise by capillary attraction from the subsoil into the upper layer of soil. This is clearly an advantage to seed plant( d in loose dry earth, more especially since rolling presses the soil particles closer to the seed and thus renders the latter better able to absorb moisture from the soil. But rolling may be harmful if its effects are too long continued, that is, if water continues to be lifted from the depths of the soil to the surface where it evaporates and is lost. The top soil in which the seed lie is supplied with moisture by an upward current, so to speak, and when this upward movement continues for a long time in a dry season there comes a time when the supply of water in the subsoil is no longer sufficient to supply moisture to the stratum above. Thus not only the surface layer, but a great depth of soil, becomes parched. The farmer may secure the benefits of rolling without its disadvantages by forming on top of the compressed soil a. thin layer of loose dirt, which loose layer or soil mulch serves to check the further rise and evaporation of moisture, retaiiing it in the rolled stratum in proximity to the seed. InT sowing small grains this end can be attained by followifig the roller (used to hasten germination in loose soil and dry weather) with a smoothing harrow which leaves aloose layer of soil on the surface. It is believed that, this principle 14 could be advantageously introduced into the construction of cotton planters. It would be necessary only to substitute for the small roller now used at the rear end of some planters a heavier and narrower roller and to attach behind the roller two small blades or rakes to draw loose dirt over the compacted soil. V. BARRING OFF. A practice which is quite common is to use a small turn plow in the first cultivation of cotton, throwing the dirt away from the plants and leaving them standing on a very narrow ridge. At experiment stations and on a great number of well managed farms, barring off is never practiced, but shallow cultivation with some form of scrape is substituted. On one plot barring off was done with a one-horse turn plow running to as shallow depth as possible. This was 26 days after planting the seed. At this date adjacent plots were cultivated as usual with a heel scrape. After the first plowing all plots were cultivated alike. In 1896 no inj rious effects were produced on our barred-off plot, which yielded at the rate of 253 pounds of lint per acre against 246, the average of two plots, one on each side of the barred off plot and cultivated entirely with a heel scrape. The reason why barring off was harmless in this case is obvious, when we add that it rained in a few hours after the turn plow had been used. This prevented any drying out of the ridge, which drying is probably the chief injury from this method of cultivation. If such an opportune shower could always be counted on, then no strong objection could be urged against this practice. But since a drying sun is more usual than a timely shower on a, given day in May, we prefer the method of cultivation with scrape, which is as good as barring off in wet weather and far better in dry weather. VI. DISTANCE EXPERIMENTS. Peerless cotton was planted April 14th on a sandy hill top in rows 3 feet apart. All plots were prepared, fertilized, 15 planted, cultivated, and chopped alike. The final thinning was done June 12th while the plants were still small, by pulling up superfluous stalks and leaving on the different plots stalks to average 12, 18, 24, 30, and 36 Luches apart. Nematode root worms did some damage over the whole field. All plots were duplicated. The yields were as follows sufficient Yield per acre of seed cotton single plants at different distances. Plot DISTANCE, with Yield of cotton seed No. 1 2 3 4 9 10 11 .12 13 14 per acre. Lbs. 12 inches by 42 inches..............................887 18 24 30 36 24 30 6 "42 .... ........... '..... . " ............. ............. .722 938 " " "42 "42 ........ "42 " " " " " "42 "42 " 36 12 18 42 94.....469 .. " ...... 619 546 624 .............. ..... 515 653 6"0 "42 "42 18 « <24 « <<30 Average for 12 inches........................... I " 770 804 . ............. ".......... . . . . . ... ___36 "................. 673 544 530 The table shows that there was but little difference in yield between distances of 12 and 18 inches. When the distance between single plants in the drill was greater than 18 inches there was a large reduction in yield. YJI. SuBsoILING AND LIMING. For this experiment. there was -selected a level piece red land containing more clay than the majority of soils this locality. This particular soil is shallow, the change or 4 inches ; it is color occurring at a depth of only dlined to bake and is very sensitive to drougth. 3-1 of in, of in- 16 On January 29th, 1896, one plot was broken to the usual depth, 3 or 4 inches, with a one-horse turn plow. In this furrow followed a scooter drawn by one mule, which loosened a part of the soil to an additional depth of 3' inches. In this way the soil was loosened to a depth of about 7 inches without throwing up to the surface the clay of the subsoil, which is temporarily poorer than the surface soil. At the same time two other plots were broken with a onehorse turn plow in the usual way without the subsoiling scooter, and on one of these slaked lime was applied broadcast at the rate of 640 lbs. per acre. Rows were laid off 32 feet apart, and in these furrows fertilizers were applied as follows on all three plots: 80 lbs. Acid phosphate per acre. 160 lbs. Cotton seed meal per acre. 40 lbs. Muriate of potash per acre. 280 lbs., total, per acre. After drilling the fertilizers they were mixed with the soil by running a narrow scooter in each furrow containing fertilizers. Then ridges or beds were formed, and planted with a Banner cotton and corn planter. The yields of lint cotton were as follows: Yield per acre of lint on untreated, subsoiled, and limed plots. Yield of TREATMENT. lint per acre. Neither subsoiled nor limed ............................. Subsoiled.......................................... L im ed ...... ............................................ Lbs. 195 241 203 In this experiment a light surface dressing of slaked lime did not materially increase the yield of cotton. The figures in the above table show an increase of 46 lbs. of lint on the subsoiled plot. The value of this lint at 64 cts. per pound, $2.84, may be taken as clear profit from subsoil- 17 ing. For the gain of 93 lbs. of seed on the subsoiled plot covers at least one-third of the extra expense of subsoiling, and only a part of the expense of subsoiling is justly chargeable against the first crop, since its effects are usually felt for several years. It should be noted that this very favorable result from subsoiling was obtained in an unusually dry year, and that in wet seasons and on land with a loose subsoil, less beneficial results should be expected. Doubtless many compact upland soils that suffer serious injury from drouth, would be benefitted by subsoiling. The expense is slight, since subsoiling is usually necessary not oftener than every third year. Subsoiling should be done, if at all, a long time before the planting season, so as to give an opportunity for at least some of the winter rains to moisten and settle the deeply stirred soil. VIII. ONE-THIRD OF FERTILIZER IN SEED DRILL. At the Georgia Experiment Station a larger yield of cotton was obtained by bedding on two-thirds of the fertilizer to be used, reserving one-third and applying it at planting time in the seed drill in immediate contact with the seed. To test this question on the light sandy soil of this vicinity, the experiment was repeated here with two varieties of cotton, both heavily but differently fertilized, and growing in different fields. The results are given in the following table: 18 Application of part of fertilizer in seed drill. Yield per METHOD OF APPLYING FERTILIZER. acre of seed cotton. Peerless. All fertilizer bedded on (av. 2 plots) ................ . Lbs. 681 655 of fertilizer bedded on 13 of fertilizer in seed drill (a. (av. of 2 plots).. ........ of 2 plots).. 655 633 611 King. All fertilizer bedded on................ of fertilizer bedded on 1 of fertilizer in seed drill % ........ With both varieties there was a slightly smaller yield where a part of the fertilizer was put in the seed drill. The loss was too slight to give very positive indications. IX. COMPOSTING VERSUS MIXING IN THE FURRoW. March 17th two lots of acid phosphate, two of crushed cotton seed, and two of fine horse manure were weighed. One lot of each material was made into compost, moistened, and stored under shelter for four weeks. The other lots of fertilizing materials, equal in weight to those used in the compost, were separately drilled in the marking off or center furrow of one plot, mixing being effected by running a scooter through the furrow containing the fertilizers. Beds were immediately thrown up over the fertilizers, and these were not disturbed until the day of planting. The plot reserved for compost was not bedded till the day of planting, April 14, when the land was marked off, and in this furrow the compost was drilled; beds were immediately formed. Both plots were then planted. The soil of the compost plot being recently plowed, was loose, while the other plot offered a more compact seed bed, rains in the latter part of March having settled the soil to some extent. Both the mixture and compost contained per ton 333 lbs. 19 acid phosphate, 333lbs. crushed cotton seed and 1334 lbs, staple manure; 2835 lbs. of mixture and compost per acre were used. The yields of seed cotton per acre were as follows: Fertilizers mixed in furrow; firm seed bed 1,020 lbs. Fertilizers composted for 4 weeks; loose seed bed 798 lbs. Balance in favor of mixing in furrow and plant- -ing on settled beds - - - 222 lbs. It would be unfair to attribute to composting the large shrinkage in yield on the composted plot. In all probability it was due rather to the loose condition of the soil where compost had just been applied. For two weeks before planting and for two weeks afterwards no rain fell, a circumstance which placed the loose soil of the compost plot at a great disadvantage. It dried out and the seed were later in coming up on this plot than on the more compact soil of the other plot. This is not the first experiment tending to show that with cotton, and indeed with most plants having a long growing season, it is unprofitable to incur any large expense in repeated handling of bulky manures. During idle seasons regular labor may be advantageously employed in making composts of leaves and manure that is too coarse for hauling at once from stable to field; but one should closely calculate the cost before hiring labor especially for mixing composts. Bulky manures should always be saved and used, but if handled several times the cost of labor may exceed the value of the manure. The conclusion reached by the Georgia Station relative to composts is quoted from Bulletin 31, which gives results at that Station up to the end of the year 1895. "Composting several weeks before distributing in the soil does not seem to add materially to the effectiveness of the mixture. If the manure is well decomposed it will do just as well to mix all together and deposit in the soil a few days before planting, 20 or separately, one after the other, the same day, as to mix in a heap weeks beforehand, and this will involve considerably less labor of handling." X. EXPERIMENTS WITH FERTILIZERS. Plots 1 to 8 of this experiment formed part of a co-operative fertilizer test on cotton, these plots on the Station farm being duplicates of tests conducted for this Station by farmers in a number of localities in this State. Plot 9 was designed to test the effect of lime on a sandy soil, and plot 10 was intended to show how the growth of the cotton plant was affected by an excessive quantity of kainit. This experiment was conducted on a gray sandy soil containing but few stones. This field bore a crop of wheat in 1895, followed by a crop of sorghum the same year. Unfortunately it was not learned until the experiment had been started that this field had been used for a special fertilizer experiment in 1893 and 1894. During both of these years extremely large quantities of cotton seed meal and nitrate of soda had been used. The slight response to cotton seed meal in 1896, shows that nearly sufficient nitrogen remained in the soil from the previous applications. All plots received equal benefit from previous fertilization, for the reason that the rows ran in a direction perpindicular to that of former years. The fertilizers used in this experiment cost, delivered in Auburn in less than car load lots, as follows: Per ton. Acid phosphate, (16.26 per cent. available phosphoric acid) - Cotton seed meal Kainit (12.3 per cent potash) - - $15.00 20.20 15.70 Florida soft phosphate (29.26 per cent. total phosphoric acid, 0.78 per cent available) Crushed cotton seed (estimated) Slaked lime - 13.92 8.56 5.00 - - 21 The crop of seed cotton is estimated at cents per pound, which is equivalent to 6 cents per pound for lint, and 73 cents per 100 pounds for seed, in cases where seed cotton affords 333 per cent. of lint ("thirds itself") The following table shows the amount and kind of fertilizers and the cost per acre; the yield of seed cotton, the increased yield on the fertilized plots ; the gross value of this increase; and the net value of the increase over and above the cost of fertilizers. Results of fertilizer experiment. ___________________ 21 FERTILIZERS___ Seed cotton. Plot. Amt. per acre. Lbs. 2 per KID. IND.perperover Cost Yieldn crease 2%c. unper pererti-pers. acre. acrer Lbs. Lbs. Yalue Inraeof in- Profit at fo fertiliz- 8 4 200 Cotton seed meal....: 240 Acid phosphate...... 00 No fertilizer.......... 200 Cotton seed meal..... 20Ki3t.....11 24OAcid phosphate. $382 .... 759 958 907 940 180 373 328 361 4 50 $ 9 33 8 20 9 03 68 5 74 4 582.................. 3 59 " 5200 Cotton seed 5 240 Acid 200 Kainit ........ . 3 37 39 83, 6 7 8 200 Kainit .............. ) 00 No fertilizer............. 200 Cotton seed phosphate........5 meal.. meal. 3 64 577 844 882 93 265 303 35 ............. 6 63 7 58 885 1 36 2 31 16 9 24OAcid phosphate....... 6 89 1200 Kainit............. ~600,Slaked lime.........)J meal .. 200 Cotton 10 240OAcid, phosphate....... r200 Cotton seed 240 Florida soft phosphate . ) 200 Kainit ............ 472 Crushed cotton seed .. ) 240 Florida soft phosphate ...... 200 Kainit 5 27 5 27 meal... seed 8 53 600(3 rations) Kainit .. 1138 559 13 98 4 45 22 In this test acid phosphate proved more effective than an equal weight of Florida soft phosphate. Cotton seed, even at $8.56 per ton, was a more profitable nitrogenous fertilizer than cotton seed meal. The above table shows that in this experiment mixtures containing kainit were the most effective fertilizers. A mixture of kainit and cotton seed meal was most profitable. The increase on all plots where potash was used was lalge, cotton seed meal was but slightly effective, and acid phosphate almost entirely without effect. This failure of acid phosphate and this favorable result from kainit is somewhat unusual, and probably finds its explanation in the previous fertilization and cropping of the land, and in the unusual character of the season. The proceeding crops of wheat and sorghum had drawn more heavily on the potash of the soil than on the supply of phosphoric acid, sorghum containing about 2, times as much of potash as of phosphoric acid, and wheat straw about 4 times as much of potash as of phosphoric acid. This removal of potash by previous crops would naturally leave the soil in a condition to respond freely to applications of potash. A dry season also favored kainit, since this fertilizer is generally credited with the power of increasing the waterholding capacity of the soil. The good effect of kainit could not be ascribed to its power to check certain forms of leaf disease, for "rust" was just as apparent on the plots receiving 200 lbs. per acre of kainit as on the plot without kainit. Only when the amount of kainit was excessive, 600 lbs. per acre, was there a noticeable tendency for the foilage to resist disease and remain green late in the season. Apparently enough phosphoric acid for the needs of the crop remained unused from previous applications. Nearly enough nitrogen also seems to have been left, very little having leached out in the previous winter when the rainfall was light. 23 As noted above, this experiment was conducted under unusual conditions of soil and season, and hence its results should not be accepted as widely applicable. Other experiments conducted for this Station in a number of localities in this State in 1896, indicate that as a rule cotton seed meal and acid phosphate are much more profitable than they proved to be on this particular field. Results of a number of fertilizer tests on cotton will be discussed in the next bulletin issued by this Department. BULLETIN No. 77. ALABAMA JANUARY, 1897. Agricultura1 Experiment Station OF THE AGRICULTURAL AND MECHANICAL COLLEGE, AUBURN. I. II. THE SAN JOSE SCALE-A WARNING TO THE FRUIT GROWERS OF ALABAMA. SOME OTHER INSECT PESTS. a. b. THE TOMATO WORM. GRAPE LEAF-HOPPERS. C. CABBAGE WORMS. C. FB. BAKUER. MONTGOMERY, ALA.: THE BROWN PRINTING COMPANY, PRINTERS. 1897. COMMITTEE OF TRUSTEES ON EXPERIMENT STATION. I. F. CULVER...........................................Union J. H. G. GILCHRIST....................................Hope Springs. Hull. CLAY ARMSTRONG................................Auburn. STATION COUNCIL. Wm. P. H. LEROY BROUN.......................................President. MELL...............................................Botanist. B. B. Ross C. A. CARY, D. V. M... ..................................... ....................... Chemist. Veterinarian. and Horticulturist. J. F. DUGGAR.............................................Agriculturist. F. S. EARLE.............................Biologist C. F. BAKER..........................................Entomologist. ASSISTANTS. J. T. ANDERSON.............................. First Assistant Chemist. Second Assistant Chemist. C. L. HARE ............................... R. G. WILLIAMS............................ Third Assistant Chemist. Superintendent of Farm. T. U. CULVEI .................... ......... AWThe Bulletins of this Station will be sent free to any citizen of the State on application to the Agricultural Experiment Station, Auburn, Alabama. I. THE SAN JOSE SCALE, C. F. BAKER. That this terrible pest of the orchard has gained a foothold in Alabama is now an assured fact. Specimens have been examined from orchards and nurseries in the northern, central and eastern portions of the State. It will also probably be found in other sections, as it occurs in several of the Southern States, and no steps have been taken to prevent its free distribution. Not only is the occurrence a matter of vital importance to every orchardist and nurseryman at home, on account of its destructiveness, but late laws (passed and pending) in several States, relative to this insect, will make it impossible to ship from infested localities to those States. This bulletin is published for the purpose of informing fruitgrowers regarding the very serious nature of this pest, and warning them that unless its appearance is carefully watched for, and immediate steps taken to destroy it, the destruction of infested trees-perhaps whole orchards-will surely follow. KINDs OF TREES ATTACKED. This scale has been found on most of the fruit trees grown in the United States. It will also attack currant and gooseberry, and even the pecan and English walnut. Some of its most destructive occurrences have been in orchards of apple, peach, pear, plum, and cherry. * Those desiring a very much fuller descriptive account of this insect should apply to the U. S. Department of Agriculture at Washington for Division of Entomology Bulletin No. 3-new series. Several bulletins on the subject have also been sent out from various State Experiment Stations. 28 APPEARANCE, AND PART OF TREE ATTACKED. The congregated scales produce a dirty whitish, fly-specked appearance, usually on the bark-in bad cases also on leaves and fruit. Although the scale is a very small one, yet the greyish, scurfy appearance of the bark will call attention to its presence. How IT IS DISSEMINATED. Probably the principal agent in the distribution of the San Jose Scale over the United States has been nursery stock. There should be laws in this State, as there are already in some others, not only compelling owners of orchards to do all possible towards eradicating the pest where it occurs, but prohibiting the transportation or sale of infested nursery stock or fruit in the State: Such a law should certainly be put into effect at once, before the insect has spread beyond all hope of control. Some other States now have abundant cause for extreme regret that they did not enact the necessary laws in time, for as in New Jersey and Ohio the laws come too late to act as a preventive. Prevention in this case is comparatively cheap-cure very costly. This matter is most earnestly recommended to the careful attention of orchardists and legislators. ITS DESTRUCTIVENESS. Relative to the unusual destructiveness of this insect, we cannot do better than quote Mr. L. O. Howard, Government Entomologist, under whose direction it has been carefully investigated. He says: "There is perhaps no insect capable of causing greater damage to fruit interests in the United States, or perhaps the world, than the San Jose, or pernicious, scale. It is not striking in appearance, and might often remain unrecognized, or at least misunderstood, and yet so steadily and relentlessly does it spread over practically all deciduous fruit trees-trunk, limbs, foliage, and fruit- 29 that it is only a question of two or three years before the death of the plant attached is brought about, and the possibility of injury, which, from experience with other scale enemies of deciduous plants, might be easily ignored or thought insignificant, is soon startlingly demonstrated. Its importance from an economic standpoint, is vastly increased by the ease with which it is distributed over wide districts through the agency of nursery stock and the marketing of fruit, and the extreme difficulty of exterminating it where once introduced, presenting, as it does in the last regard, * difficulties not found with any other scale insect. * The Los Angeles Horticultural Commission reported in 1890 that if this pest be not speedily destroyed it will utterly ruin the deciduous fruit interests of the Pacific Coast. Its capacity for evil has been more than demonstrated since its appearance in the east, and it has been, if anything, more disastrous to the peach and pear orchards of Maryland, New Jersey, and other Eastern and Southern States than in California and the West. We are therefore, justified in the assertion, that no more serious menace to the deciduous fruit interests of this country has ever been known. There is no intention here to arouse unnecessary alarm, but merely to emphasize the importance of taking the utmost precautions to prevent its introduction into new localities, and to point out the extreme necessity of earnest effort to stamp it out where it has already gained a foothold." WHAT TO Do ABOUT IT. If scales of any sort whatsoever are found in the orchard, send samples to this office at once (see last page)- for identification. There are several scales in the east which very closely resemble the San Jose scale, but which are not so destructive in character. This point should be determined at once. The orchard should be kept free from all scales, 30 but in no case is the necessity for immediate action so urgent as with the. San Jose scale. If a tree is very badly affected, cut it down at once and burn. If the top only is affected, cut off ana burn, treat the trunk remaining with whale-oil soap, and retop by grafting (Webster). Otherwise the best and simplest remedy in the east is probably a winter wash of whale-oil soap. This should be thoroughly applied at the rate of two pounds dissolved in one gallon water, with a spray pump, brush or swab, once or twice during the winter and again before the buds begin to swell in the spring ( Webster and Smith). The whale-oil soap can be ordered from Leggett & Brother, 301 Pearl St., New York City. "It is sold in barrels of about 450 pounds at 4 cents per pound, in boxes of 100 pounds at 6 cents per pound, and in 50 pound lots at 61 cents per pound. In each case the material will be delivered free on board of cars or to express." Mr. Howard gives the following SUMMARY OF RECOMMENDATIONS which embodies the best advice that can be given fruit growers and which it behooves our orchardists and nurserymen in the east to heed : "(1) In all cases of recent or slight attack the affected stock should be promptly uprooted and burned. No measure is so sure as this, and the danger of spread is so great that this course seems fully warranted. (2) In cases of long standing and wide extent the affected stock should be cut back severely and treated with winter soap wash, stock badly incrusted with scale should be cut out at once and burned. The lessening of the vitality, together with the poisoning of the sapwood already effected by the scale in such cases, will usually prevent the plant from ever again becoming healthy, and generally it is beyond help. We wish particularly to impress upon the minds of fruitgrowers that as soon as this insect is found to occur in an orchard the most strenuous measures must be taken to stamp it out. No half-way steps will suffice. The individual must remember that not only are his own interests vitally at stake but those of the entire community in which he resides. He may think that he can not bear the loss, but the loss in consequence of the slightest neglect will be much greater. The fact, too, that there is a community of interests among fruit growers in this matter must not be lost sight of. Fruit growers must be mutually helpful in an emergency like this. (3) As precautionary measures to prevent the introduction of the scale into new districts, the following considerations are important : No orchardist should admit a single young fruit tree or a single cutting from a distance into his orchard without first carefully examining it and satisfying himself conclusively that it does not carry a single specimen of the San Jose scale; he should insist, also, on a guaranty from the nurseryman of such freedom. In addition, no fruit should be brought upon the premises without previous careful inspection. If this course is adopted by everyone interested, without exception, the rate of spread of the species may be limited to the comparatively slight natural extension by crawling, by winds, and by the aid of other insects and birds." II. SOME OTHER INSECT PESTS. A. THE TOMATO WORM. Probably no other enemy 'of the tomato can do so much damage in so short a time, as the Tomato Worm. This on his tail,', immense green worm, with a "horn is famniliar to every grower of tomatoes. Its voraciousness is unequalled. Within a very few days two of them have been known to entirely defoliate a good sized tomato plant. It very closely resembles the Tobacco Worm which works in 32 a similar manner. When the worm becomes full grown'it leaves the plant, goes down into the ground and transforms into a large"oval dark brown chrysalis, which eventually gives forth one of the large "humming bird" or "hawk moths." After mating the moths lay eggs which produce more worms. In the south there may be several broods in a season. As the worm and its work are very conspicious, it is an easy matter to keep the plants clear of them by hand-picking. A sharp-eyed small boy armed with a stick, can knock them off the vines and crush them very rapidly, and is much surer and more economical than any insecticide. Where the worms are abundant this process should be repeated at least once a week. In spite of the ease with which they may be kept under control, several patches of tomatoes were visited last fall in which these worms were working great havoc unmolested, because the owners "didn't know any remedy" for the trouble. Often individuals are found covered with numerous little white silky bodies. These are the cocoons of beneficial parasites which kill the worms. On this account, they should never be drestroyec. b. GRAPE LEAF-HOPPERS. During the summer in almost any vineyard, when the foliage of the vines is disturbed, great numbers of very minute insects are seen flying and jumping about. These insects, though usually occurring in myriads and often doing great damage to the vines, are so inconspicuous that they are rarely noticed. Still more rarely is anything done to remedy the evil. They gain their sustenance by sucking the juice of the vine, thus sapping its life and producing injurious effects, for which the grower can usually see no cause. The leaf-hoppers hibernate over winter under the leaves and rubbish in the vineyard. Hence the first move indica- 33 ted is keeping the ground entirely clear of litter of any sort during the winter. During the summer, as soon as they appear on the vines apply kerosene emulsion in a fine spray all over the vines. Apply it very early in the morning, while still cool, for at this time they are most inactive and hence most readily reached with the emulsion. Kerosene emulsion is made of water, soap and kerosene in the following proportions: one gallon water, one-half pound soap, and two gallons kerosene. Heat the water boiling hot, dissolve in it the soap, add the kerosene and churn the mixture forcibly, or pump back into the same vessel, until it becomes a creamy, white, frothy emulsion, from which the kerosene will not separate. Dilute with nine times the amount of water. c. CABBAGE WORMS. Every one is acquainted with the disgusting green worms in cabbages. They are not only an unmitigated nuisance to those who raise the cabbage for home use, but they often ruin the plant for market purposes. As soon as they appear in the cabbages, the plants should be thoroughly dusted with pyrethrum. The pyrethrum should be a:fresh article and can be ordered from Leggett & Bro., 301 Pearl St., N. Y. City. Mix one part of this with six parts of wheat or rye flour and allow to stand in a closed vessel over night. It may be dusted into the cabbages by means of a powder. gun made for the purpose, or through cloth bags as is done in the case of Paris green on cotton. Or two tablespoons of the pyrethrum may be stirred into a gallon of water, and this after standing for a time, sprayed into the plants. Kerosene emulsion is sometimes used for these worms and for the lice which are so often abundant in cabbages, but it should not be used within several weeks of the time 34 of harvesting as there is a possibility of some odor or taste of kerosene remaining. There is no danger from the pyrethrum and it leaves no taste, so can be used with impunity. Its active principle is a volatile oil, which escapes rapidly when the powder is left uncovered. A fruit jar with a tight top is a good thing to store it in. It is a very good plan to keep a small supply of it on hand, for it is a' very efficient remedy for many troublesome insects, especially some of the household pests like cockroaches, bedbugs, ants, etc. Dusted into the fur of dogs and cats it will kill fleas and lice and can be similarly used on domestic fowls. Small portions melted and made up into little cones, then dried, lit at the top and allowed to smoulder, will rapidly clear a room of flies or mosquitoes. WHENEVER YOU ARE TROUBLED BY INSECOT of any kind whatever, in the house or barn, on the farm or garden, in the orchard, in the store, warehouse or mill, or anywhere else, send specimens at once, safely packed in a small wooden box with the facts concerning them, to The Entomologist, Agricultural College, Auburn, Ala. He is stationed here at your service, and will give prompt attention to all communications, furnishing you with information regarding the insects and remedies for them, free of all charge. He is just now engaged in a special study of all insects injuring cotton, and would be very glad to receive notices of any such from all portions of the State. BULLETIN No. 78.FERAY187 FEBRUARY, 1897. ALABAMA Agricultura1 Experiment Station OF THE AGRICULTURAL AND MECHANICAL COLLEGE, AUBURN. Go~operative Fertilizer Ekpetirnents u itb Cotton in 1896. J. F. DUGG-AR, Agricultu~rist. MONTGOMERY, THE BROWN PRINTING COMPANY, PRINTERS, ALA.: 1897. COMMITTEE OF TRUSTEES ON EXPERIMENT STATION. I. F. CULVER....................................Union Springs. Hope Hull. J. G. GILCHRIST ................................ H. CLAY ARMSTRONG.............................Auburn. STATION COUNCIL. WM. LEROY BROUN...................................President. P. H. MELL.........................................Botanist. B. B. Ross............... ........................... Chemist. C. A. CARY, D. V. M..........................Veterinarian. J. F. DUGGAR................................................Agriculturist. F. S. EARLE...............................Biologist and Horticulturist. C. F. BAKER...........................................Entomologist. ASSISTANTS. J. T. ANDERSON ............................ First Assistant Chemist. Second Assistant Chemist. C. L. HARE ............................ R. (G. WILLIAMS............................ Third Assistant Chemist. Superintendent of Farm. T. U. CULVER .......................... W"The Bulletins of this Station will be sent free to any citizen of the State on application to the Agricultural Experiment Station, Auburn, Alabama,. CO-OPERATIVE FERTILIZER EXPERIMENTS WITH COTTON IN 1896. BY J. F. DUGGAR. S UMM A]RY. In 1896, in addition to experiments on the Station Farm, there were conducted under the direction of the Agricultural Department of this Experiment Station 27 fertilizer experiments with cotton in as many localities. Reports were received from 21 experimenters; 14 of the most conclusive of these reports constitute the basis for the greater part of the results here presented. Florida soft phosphate, also known as "Natural Plant Food," proved inferior to high grade acid phosphate, pound for pound. When both phosphates were applied with cotton seed or cotton seed meal the average yield of seed cotton was 43 pounds per acre greater with acid phosphate than with the Florida soft phosphate. The nitrogen contained in crushed cotton seed and cotton seed meal was equally valuable, pound for pound. The relative prices of cotton seed and cotton seed meal, which fluctuate considerably, must in each particular case determine which is the cheaper source of nitrogen and hence the more profitable fertilizer. On an average one pound of cotton seed meal proved as effective as 2 1-16 pounds of crushed cotton seed. In other words 922 pounds of cotton seed meal proved equal in fertilizing value to 2,000 pounds of crushed cotton seed. According to these results, which however may have been influenced by the unusual season, a farmer cannot afford to 38 sell cotton seed and buy cotton seed meal until the ton price of seed is at least 46 per cent. of the ton price of the meal; for example, with cotton seed meal at $20 per ton, crushed seed are worth on the farm $9.20 for fertilizing purposes. In testing the needs of the cotton plant, 200 pounds per acre of cotton seed meal was used to furnish nitrogen, 240 pounds acid phosphate to supply phosphoric acid, and 200 pounds kainit to afford potash. These fertilizers were not as a rule applied singly, but by twos and threes. The chief need of the soil was apparently phosphoric acid in three instances, potash in three cases, and nitrogen in five soils; on three of these fourteen soils, phosphoric acid, potash, and nitrogen were all about equally effective. A complete fertilizer, containing all three of the above mentioned fertilizer materials, was more effective on nine out of fourteen soils than was any combination of only two fertilizers. Averaging the resuls for the fourteen tests, the increase over the yields of unfertilized plots were as follows: With a complete fertilizer, an increase of 454 pounds of seed cotton per acre; with a mixture of cotton seed meal and acid phosphate, an increase of 378 pounds; with a mixture of cotton seed nimeal and kainit, a gain of 375 pounds; and with a mixture of acid phosphate and kainit, 322 pounds. The average profits per acre from fertilizers were respectively $6.04, $5.63, $5.78, and $4.70. The work of testing the manurial needs of different soils is being continued with cotton in 1897. OBJECTS OF THE EXPERIMENTS. The most careless observer cannot fail to notice that there are numerous distinct classes of soil within this State. These differ not only in chemical composition and in physical structure, but also in their ability to utilize for the benefit of crops growing on them the various kinds of commercial 39 fertilizers. Indeed there is no process by which one can positively determine the best fertilizer formula for a given soil until actual tests on it or on similar soils have thrown some light upon its needs. There are general principles, the application of which will usually be highly advantageous in compounding a promising formula, but an actual test is the only final and positive authority. Hence it is that in fertilizer tests this Station, in 1896 and in previous years, has secured the co-operation of careful and progressive farmers located on the different soil belts of the State. In the spring of 1896 small lots of carefully weighed and mixed fertilizers were sent to parties in twenty-seven localities. Accompanying the fertilizers were detailed instructions as to how to conduct the experiment. Blank forms for reporting results were furnished. Some of these experiments were visited as time could be spared. The King variety was used in all tests. The three main objects of the experiment were as follows: (1) To learn if Florida soft phosphate can be profitably substituted for acid phosphate when used in connection with cotton seed or cotton seed meal. (2) To ascertain the relative fertilizing values of cotton seed and cotton seed meal. (3) To obtain information regarding the best combinations of fertilizers for cotton, growing on different classes of soil. In order to make the work of caring for the experiment as light as possible, only eight plots were used in each test, except in cases where the experimenters volunteered to care for a larger number of plots. The small number of plots in most experiments rendered it impracticable to test each fertilizer separately and alone, which, however, will be done in future tests by discontinuing the use of Florida soft phosphate and cotton seed. 40 The directions sent to those having eight plots required each plot to be one-eighth of an acre in area, the width being sufficient for eight rows. Rows were 3- ft. apart and each experimenter was advised to so thin the cotton as to leave the same number of plants on each plot, preferable at distances of 18 inches between plants, a point which was not observed in all cases. However, the reports indicated that in general no wide differences existed in the number of plants growing on the several plots. The directions stated that land employed for this test should be level and uniform, not manured in recent years, and not newground, or subject to overflow, and that it should be representative of large soil areas in its vicinity. The need of perfect uniformity of treatment for all plots (except as to kinds of fertilizers used) was emphasized. Fertilizers were applied in the usual manner, that is drilled, ridges afterwards being thrown up above the fertilizers. In the few instances where lime was used, the directions required it to be spread broadcast after forming the beds. Notes on the weather show that in most localities the season was abnormally dry, a circumstance which materially lessens the value of the results. Many of those who conducted this the test made special note of the damage done by unusually hot weather in July and August. THE FERTILIZERS USED. The fertilizers used in this experiment cost, delivered in Auburn in less than car load lots, as follows: Per Ion. Acid phosphate, Cotton seed meal, Kainit, - - - - - $15.00 - 20.20 15.70 Florida soft phosphate, Slaked lime, - - - - 13.92 Crushed cotton seed, (estimated) 8.56 5.00 - 41 The above prices for acid phosphate and cotton seed meal are considerably higher than the prices paid for the same class of goods in 1897. The separate fertilizer materials contained the following percentages of essential fertilizer ingredients, that is, nitrogen, phosphoric acid, and potash. Composition of fertilizers. Phosphoric acid. Per cent. Nitrogen. Per cent. Acid phosphate.......... ............. Florida soft phosphate......... .......... .......... Kainit....................... 6.79± Cotton seed meal.............. 83.13± Cotton seed............... Potash. Per cent. 16.26 ...... . 29. 26tt . 12.80 .......... 2.88 1.77 1.17 1.27 this superphosphate was guaranteed to contain 14%.. available phosphoric acid, which is more than the percentage in. most brands. t Average of many analyses. ±tChiefly acid-soluble or "insoluble." *Available;. 42 All the fertilizers employed are in common use and well known except Florida soft phosphate. This is ground phosphate rock which has not been treated with sulphuric acid, as have the acid phosphates or superphosphates. It contains a much higher percentage of phosphoric acid than acid phosphate because it has not been "diluted" by the addition of sulphuric acid, but this phosphoric acid is nearly all in such a condition that it is not easily dissolved. Other terms applied to Florida soft phosphate are raw phosphate, crude phosphate, and "Natural Plant Food." In the eight-plot experiments, two plots were left unfertilized, these being plots two and six. The following table shows what kinis and amounts of fertilizers were used on certain plots; the number of pounds of nitrogen, phosphoric acid, and potash supplied per acre by each fertilizer mixture; and the percentage composition and cost per ton of each mixture, the latter being given in order that these mixtures may be readily compared with various brands of prepared guanos: 43 Pounds per acre of fertilizers, nitrogen, phosphoric acid, and potash used and composition of each mixture. Mixture contains Fertilizers per acre. PhosphorNitrogen. ic acid. Plot 1 200 lbs. cotton seed meal 240 lbs. acid phosphate In 100 lbs. of mixture... Plot 3 200 lbs. cotton seed meal 200 lbs. kainit In 100 lbs. of mixture... Plot 4 240 lbs. acid phosphate ........ 200 lbs. kainit In 100 lbs. of mixture........... Plot 5 200 lbs. cotton seed meal) 240 lbs. acid phosphate 200 lbs. kainit In 100 lbs of mixture... 13.58 2.12 44.78 6.97 28.14 4.39 $16.84 32.52 8.87 28.14 6.39 $15.32 13.58 3.39 5.76 1.44 28.14 7.35 $17.95 Lbs. 13.58 3.08 Lbs. 44.78 10.18 Potash. Lbs. 3.54 .80 $17.36 Cost of mixture per ton. The above table shows that the mixture applied to plot 1 was rich in nitrogen and phosphoric acid; that applied to plot 3, in nitrogen and potash; that used on plot 4 was rich in phosphoric acid and potash; and the mixture applied to plot 5 contained considerable quantities of all three of these valuable ingredients, and hence is properly called a complete fertilizer. Those farmers who are more accustomed to the word am- monia than to the term nitrogen, can change the figures for nitrogen into their ammonia equivalents by multiplying by 1 3-14. 44 Unless explained, the term ' profit from fertilizers" as used in the following table, might be misunderstood. Profit or loss, as there used, is simply the difference between the value of the increase attributed to the fertilizer and the cost of the latter. To make this more exact, the careful reader may subtract from the apparent profit certain small items, which, because variable, could not be incorporated in the table,-for example, cost of applying fertilizers and cost of picking and ginning the increase. Again the actual profit per acre from cotton culture may be greater or smaller than the "profit from fertilizer." When on the unfertilized plot cotton is produced at a loss of say $3 per acre, and when the tables show say $10 as the profit from a certain fertilizer mixture, a part of this profit must go towards offsetting the loss that would have occurred without fertilizers, leaving the farmer in this case only $7 in actual profit, although the fertilizer may have been beneficial to the extent of $10 over and above its cost. On the other hand when cotton is produced at a profit on unfertilized land and when fertilizers also show a profit, the sum of these two items is very nearly the farmer's actual profit. In determining the increase over the unfertilized plots the yield of each fertilized plot is compared with both unfertilized plots lying on either side, giving to each unfertilized plot a weight inversely proportional to its distance from the plot under comparison. When the fertilized plot has an unfertilized plot on only one side of it, this single unfertilized plot is used as a standard. This method of comparison tends to compensate for variations in the fertility of the several plots. 45 GROUP I. PHOSPHORIC ACID MOST EFFECTIVE. EXPERIMENT MADE BY MR. D. CARMICHAEL, NEWTON, DALE COUNTY. JR., Soil for six inches, grey sandy loam; subsoil, red sand. This piece of upland had been cleared for ten years, the original growth having been pine and scrub oak. In 1895 it was in cotton, in 1894 in watermelons, and in 1893 in sweet potatoes. Mr. Carmichael states that planting was done too late for best results. The rainfall was reported as sufficient up to August 12, after which it was deficient. "The seasons were unpropitious; heavy rain on August 12 with storm damaged cotton one-third." The stand was uniform. The height of stalks on the different plots was as follows: On plot 1 " " " 2 3 4 - - - 30 in. 20 in. 26 in. 26in. Onplot 5 " " " " " " 6 7 8 - - - 33 in. 19 in. 39 in. 41in. The average yield of the unfertilized plots was 384 pounds per acre. 46 Newton experiment with cotton; results calculated to one acre. FERTILIZERS. Seed cotton. Financial results. Value of in- Cost of Profit crease fertilifrom at 212 c. zers per fertiliper lb. acre. zers. Plot No. Amount KIND per acre Lbs. 200 00 . 200 Increase overunper acre fertilized plot. Yield Lbs. 592 400 480 88 Lbs. 192 1 2 3 Cot. seed meal. No fertilizer Cot. K200seed meal.. Kainit.........." 4.80 $ 3.82 $ 0.98 2.20 3.59 -139* 4 240 200 200 240 200 00 200 240 200 472 240 200 Acid phosphate. Kainit.......... Cot. seed meal.. Acid phosphate. Kainit........ No fertilizer... Cot. seed meal.. Fla. soft phos... Kainit....... Crushed cot se'd Fla. soft phos... Kainit.........._ 608 224 264 5.60 6.60 3.37 5.39 2.23 1.21 5 6 7 640 368 776 408 10.20 5.27 4.93 8 888 520 13.00 5.27 7.73 * Loss. Whatever may be the explanation, the figures show for the plot receiving Florida soft phosphate a yield which is 136 pounds greater than that of the plot rEceiving an equal weight of acid phosphate. Crushed cotton seed was here a better fertilizer than cotton seed meal to the extent of 112 pounds of seed cotton or $2.80 per acre. This soil was apparently more responsive to acid phosphate than to either cotton seed meal or kainit. The most 47 profitable mixture appears to have been the one consisting of crushed cotton seed, Florida soft phosphate, and kainit. Tests had previously been made in three different years by Mr. J. C. Killebrew in the same locality. His results in two of the tests suggest a deficiency of all three valuable fertilizer ingredients, especially nitrogen, while in the third year they indicate that in the soil subjected to the test there is a greater need for phosphoric acid than for nitrogen and potash. EXPERIMENT MADE BY MR. A. A. MCGREGOR, TOWN CREEK, LAWRENCE COUNTY. Soil, red loam upland; subsoil red. The subsoil is reached at a depth of about five inches. The original forest growth of the neighborhood is reported as hickory and oak, including post oak. Cedars are common and pines spring up on uncultivated land. Directions were carefully followed in thinning the plants so as to leave one about every eighteen inches. When the plants were counted June 30, there were 1004 stalks on each of plots 3, 7, and 8, 996 on plot 5, 973 on plot 1, 945 on plot 4, 944 on plot 2, and 886 on plot 6. The following table gives the actual yields and the yields as corrected for a uniform stand of 1004 plants on each plot, the-latter being used in determining the increase. Even as early as June 8, decided differences in growth on the fertilized plots could be detected, the plot receiving the complete fertilizer (No. 5) being then ahead, a lead which it had lost before July 7, when the plot receiving only acid phosphate and cotton seed meal showed the best growth. At this date all plots which had received kainit had acquired a yellowish cast, which color was especially marked in the case of the plot having only mineral fertilizers. In Mr. McGregor's judgment the dry hot weatbher of the 48 first half of August damaged the first four fertilized plots much more than the unfertilized plots, and injured them even more than it did the two plots receiving Florida soft phosphate, etc. October 22, the height of four typical stalks in each plot was measured, the average height then being as follows: On the plot without kainit 35 inches; with complete fertilizer, including acid phosphate, 33 inches; with raw phosphate, cotton seed, and kainit, 30 inches; without cotton seed meal, 30 inches; with raw phosphate, cotton seed meal, and kainit, 27 inches; without acid phosphate only 24 inches; and without any fertilizer 20 and 18 inches. This crop seems to have had sufficient rain till the middle of July, from which time till August 23 the drought was severe. The careful and detailed report rendered had been sufficient evidence of the thoroughness and accuracy of Mr. McGregor's test, even though opportunity to make a personal examination of the plots had been wanting. 49 Town Creek experiment with cotton; results calculated to one acre. FERTILIZERS. Seed cotton. Financial results. ~Il ~~~M ?n/lAln A~Y 7T~ Plot per No. acre. Lbs. Ain't KIND. CorValue Cost from of Actual rectadcreaseof inover crease fertiyield yield unfer- at 212lizers ers. per zr acre. poe, tilized c. per per ar.plots. lb. acre . rt Lbs. * 748 * 380 Lbs. 771 Lbs. 368 $ 9.20° 3.82 $ 5.35 200 Cotton seed meal.., 240 Acid phosphate.. 2 00 No fertilizer .... .. . '403 .528 125 172 3.13 3.59 -0.46k 200 Cotton seed meal 200 Kainit .... ....... * 528 240 Acid phosphate. 200 Kainit ............. 200 Cotton seed meal 240 Acid phosphate. 200 Kainit ........... 6 ... 512 650 268 542 657 4.30 7.88 3.37 5.3 0.93 2.49 319 00 No fertilizer....... 200 Cotton seed meal 240 Florida soft phosphate 200 Kainit ........... 472 Crushed cotton seed 305 558 253 6.32 5.27 7{ *Loss. 558 1.05 240 Florida soft phosphate 200 Kainit .......... 636 636 331 8.27 5.27 3.00 The average (corrected) was 354 pounds of seed cotton per acre. yield of the unfertilized plots Florida soft phosphate was decidedly inferior to acid phosphate. Crushed cotton seed proved a better manure than did cotton seed meal, for this field which was cleared about 70 years before. The most profitable mixture consisted of acid phosphate and cotton seed meal, which increased the crop sufficiently to pay for the fertilizers and leave a balance or profit of 50 $5.35 per acre. When to the above mentioned mixture kainit was added, not only did the latter fail to return a profit, but it also failed to increase the yield. It is evident that this soil -required chiefly phosphoric acid and that it also needed nitrogen, but that no potash was needed in addition to the small amount (about 3 pounds) contained in 200 pounds of cotton seed meal. EXPERIMENT MADE BY MR. J. R. NAFTEL, MONTGOMERY MOLENDON, COUNTY. Soil, sand, 15 inches deep; subsoil, clay. This piece of upland was cleared about 70 years ago. The original growth was oak and pine. The crop preceding cotton was peanuts. 51 Naftel experiment with cotton; results calculated to one acre. FERTILIZERS. Seed cotton. Financial results. Cost of Ai't Plot per No. acre. Lbs. KIND. Yield Incrase Value overun- of inper fertili- crease acre. zed at 2;2ce - t Profit fo eti acre. 3 82...... ers. Lbs. 200 Cotton seed meal... 240 Acid phosphate. 178* 140 472 520 - Lbs. 2 3 4 00 No fertilizer.......... 200 Cotton seed meal.... 200 Kainit............... 307 330 345 $ 67 3 59 $ 4'08 4 88 223 5 240 Acid phosphate ....... " 200 Kainit............. 200 Cotton seed meal.. 240 Acid phosphate....... 200 Kainit........... 00 No fertilizer........ 200 Cotton seed meal. 240 Fla. soft phosphate... 200 Kainit........... 472 Crushed cotton seed.. 8 25 862 3 37 539 5 6 7 560 240 440 200 500 527-027 8 Kainit............. *Plot 1, and possibly plot 2, was injutred by a hedge and wood, near which this plot was located. (200 240 Fla. soft phosphate... 472 222 5 55 5 27 0 28 Where acid phosphate was used the crop was larger than where Florida soft phosphate was substituted. The difference between the yields of the plots receiving cotton seed meal and crushed cotton seed is slightly in favor of cotton seed. Both acid phosphate and cotton seed meal increased the yield. The former more than the latter. The effect of kainit cannot be measured on account of the injury to plot 1 from the presence of an adjoining hedge and wood. 52 GROUP II. POTASH MOST EFFECTIVE. EXPERIMENT CONDUCTED ON FARM OF MR. F. C. MCDONALD, M MILE FROM RUTLEDGE, CRENSHAW COUNTY. Soil, grey sandcy upland; subsoil, yellowish. The soil is reported as about 10 inches deep. This field has been in cultivation about 35 years, the original growth being pine. The land is nearly level and appears uniform, although the yields of the 2 unfertilized plots indicate considerable variation in fertility. Butledge experiment with cotton; results calculated to one acre. FERTILIZERS. Seed cotton. Financial results. Profit from Am't Plot per No. acre. Lbs. KIND. KID. [ncr'ase Value Cost of Yield over un- of in- fertili- per acre. fertili- crease zed at 2'%c, zers per fertiliplots, perl. acre. zers. Lbs. 200 Cotton seed meal..... 240 Acid phosphate...... 2 00 No fertilizer...... ... 3 200 Cotton seed meal... S200 Kainit ............. 4 Lbs. 6 552 864 . 8 2 128 290 2 6 7 25 6 9 3 59 7 3 66 3 5 240 Acid phosphate... .. 200 Kainit .............. 200 Cotton seed meal.. 5 240 Acid phosphate ...... 200 Kainit........... . 6 7 1080 462 11 55 5 39 6 16 00 No fertilizer.......... 640 200 Cotton seed meal.... (200 240 Fla. soft Kainit........... phosphate... . 1080 440 11 00 5 27 5 73 8 ___- 472 Crushed cotton seed.. 240 Fla. soft phosphate 200 Kainit ............. 984 344 8 60 5 27 3 33 __________._____ * Loss. 53 Florida soft phosphate, in a mixture containing cotton seed meal was almost as effective and economical as acid phosphate, pound for pound. A mixture containing cotton seed meal afforded a larger crop than one containing crushed cotton seed. A complete fertilizer was more profitable than any other. The soil responded more freely to kainit than to either phosphate or cotton seed meal, though both of the latter profitably increased the yield. EXPERIMENT CONDUCTED BY JUDGE T. J. KAYLOR, TIIOMASON, RANDOLPH COUNTY. Soil, grey to a depth of 4 to 6 inches, slightly sandy; subsoil, yellow clay, and below this. stiff red clay. The field used is described as a kind of table land nearly level and about 60 feet above river bed, and retentive of fertilizers and moisture. It was in cultivation in 1892, and how much earlier was not known. The original growth was oak and hickory, chiefly white and red oaks. The figures representing the height of plants indicate that there was a good growth of stalks on the unfertilized as well as on the fertilized plots. Corn occupied the land in 1895 and 1893, (whether with or without cowpeas is not stated), and oats in 1894. "July and August were very unfavorable for cotton and nearly all the forms of these months were shed. During first of'month of August cotton was almost scalded by excessive heat." 54 Kaylor experiment with cotton; results calculated to one acre. FERTILIZERS. Am't Plot per No. acre. KIND. Seed cotton. Financial results. Incre'se Value Cost of Profit Yield over of infertilifrom per unfercrease zersfertiiacre. tilized at 2%c. per ze r s. plot. per lb. acre. zers. Lbs. 1016 800 1077 1067 255 223 6.37 5.57 3.59 3.37 2.78 2.20 Lbs. 216 Lbs. 200 Cotton seed meal.. 240 Acid phosphate ...... 2 3 4 00 No fertilizer. ........ 200 Cotton seed meal 200 Kainit .............. 240 Acid phosphate...... 200 Kainit ............. 200 Cotton seed meal .... 240 Acid phosphate ...... 200 Kainit .. ......... 00 No fertilizer .......... 200 Cotton seed meal .... 240 Florida soft phosphate 200 Kainit............... 472 Crushed cotton seed.. 240 Florida soft phosphate 200 Kainit............... * Loss. 5.40 $ 3.82 $ 1.58 5 6 7 1125 888 976 259 6.47 5.39 1.08 108 2.70 5.27 -2.57* 8 1117 229 5.72 5.27 0.45 The yield with Florida soft phosphate fell below that with acid phosphate, involving a financial loss when raw phosphate was used. Crushed cotton seed was more effective and profitable than cotton seed meal. A mixture of cotton seed meal and kainit was as effective and more profitable than a complete fertilizer, the acid phos- phate in the latter being added at a financial loss. It should be remembered that this soil, which seems to have failed to profit by an application of acid phosphate was already in a fairly fertile condition as shown by an average yield of 844 lbs. of seed cotton on the unfertilized plots. 55 EXPERIMENT CONDUCTED BY MR. J. 3 MILES S. N. THOMPSON, W. OF PRIDE STATION, COLBERT COUNTY. Soil, dark clay, with red subsoil. Four or five feet below is flint rock, not solid. This piece of upland has been cleared for 50 years; the original growth was hickory, gum, dogwood, and maple. It appears that no good rain fell after the land was broken till May 23. "The weather was entirely too dry and hot for very good result from fertilizers." The stand was poor and the plants died early. The number and arrangement of plots in this experiment is explained in the table. 53 Pride Station experiment with cotton ; results calculated to one acre FERTILIZERS. Seed cotton. Financial results. Am't Plot No. per KIND. acre. 472 Crushed cotton seed... 200 Cotton seed meal..... 00 No fertilizer......... 240 Acid phosphate....... 200 Kainit ............... S20 ~to seed 200 K200 .............. (ottone, meal... ainit Incrase Value Cost of Profit overun- of in fertili- from per f crease pr fertiliacreacre. plo per zers. ed Lbs. -Lbs.______-____ 1 570 30 $ 0.75 3.75 $2.02 2.02 $-1.27 1.73 2 8 4 5 6 7 8 690 540 630 735 825 150 102 219 318 213 2.55 5.47 7.95 5.32 1.80 1.57 3.59 3.37 0.75 3.90 4.36 1.95 240 Acid phosphate........705 200 Kainit ............... 00 No fertilizer ......... 400 Cotton seed meal.... . 240 Acid phosphate.. 480 735 540 285 120 105 7.12 3.00 2.02 5.84 3.82 5.39 1.28 0.82 -2.77 10 11 200 Cotton seed meal... 240 Acid phosphate....... 200 Cotton seed meal..... 240 Acid phosphate........495 200 Kainit........ ...... 12 13 5200 240 ( Cotton seed meal.. 510 330 150 3.75 5.27 -1.52 Florida soft phosphate 200 Kainit .............. 00 No fertilizer.......... 200 Cotton seed m~eal.... . 240 Acid. phosphate. . 200 Kainit............. 14 585 255 '6.37 41 6.89 -0.52 L600 Slaked lime ....... . 15 200 Cotton seed phosphate 15 240 Florida soft 16 meal. 45 45.6 15 41 4.12 ___ 37.04 .0 3.70 04 472 Crushedsoft phosphate____ 495 240 Florida cotton seed. . 165 0.42 57 GROUP III. NITROGEN MOST EFFECTIVE. J. H. BRASWELL, EXPERIMENT MADE BY MR. CASTLEBERRY, CoNECUH COUNTY. Soil, gray sand; subsoil, red sand. The original growth was pine, which was removed about 25 years ago. experiment with cotton; results calculated to one acre. FERTILIZERS. Castleberry Seed cotton. I Financial results. Plot Ai't per acre No. 1 2 8 KIND. Yield per Incre'se Yalue Cost of Profit over of in- fertilifrom unfer- crease zers fertiliper acm,e. tilized at zers. plots, per lb. acre. 2,4c. Lbs. Lbs. .... Lbs. 7 240 Acid phosphate. 200 Cotton seed meal 376 368 624 .$9.40 3.82 1$5.58 2.86 1.13 2.16 00 No fertilizer..... .... S200 200 Cotton seed meal Kainit ............ ... 584 664 360 560 3( 258 220 302 6.45 5.50 7.55 3.59 3'37 5.39 4 240 Acid phosphate ... . ... S200 Kainit ............ . 200 Cotton seed meal .... 5 240 Acid phosphate....... 200 Kainit........... . 6 00 No fertilizer...... ... 200 Cotton seed meal... 7 240 Florida soft phosphate 200 Kainit............ 472 Crushed cotton seed . 8 240 Florida soft phosphate 200 Kainit............. *Loss. 200 5.00 5.27 --0.27* 536 176 4.40 5.27 -0.87' 58 The average yield was 364 pounds of seed cotton per acre. The land appears to have been remarkably uniform. Florida soft phosphate was of far less benefit than acid phosphate, the use of the former involving a financial loss. C)tton seed meal afforded a yield higher by 24 pounds per acre than did crushed cotton seed. The most effective and profitable fertilizer was a mixture of cotton seed meal and acid phosphate, which returned a profit of $5.58 per acre. When to this mixture kainit was added the yield was reduced, indicating that potash was either useless or harmful. While both cotton seed meal and acid phosphate were needed, the former was somewhat more effective than the latter, as may be seen by the comparison below: The increase with the complete fertilizer (plot 5) exceeds the increase on the plot having no cotton seed meal (plot 4) to the amount of 82 pounds per acre,-a gain attributable to cotton seed meal. In the same way the increase on plot 5 exceeds that on plot 3 by 42 pounds per acre, an increase ascribable to acid phosphate. The increase on plot 5 falls short of that on plot 1 by 74 pounds, a loss which appears to be due to the presence of kainit. EXPERIMENT MADE BY MR. JNO. P. WATKINS, BURNT CORN, MONROE COUNTY. Soil, (4 to 6 inches deep), gray and sandy; subsoil dark red. This test was made on upland which had been cleared for about 30 years. The original growth was "oak, hickory, etc., with a sprinkling of pines." The late date of fertilizing and planting, May 7-8, may partly account for the average yield of only 132 pounds of seed cotton per acre on the unfertilized plots. It is also evident from this yield that the land was in a very impoverished condition. 59 Burnt Corn experiment with cotton; results calculated to one acre. FERTILIZERS. Cotton seed. Financial results. Profit from zers. Am't Plot per No acre. cracre. KIND. Inc'asVau a Cost of fertiliYield over un of in per fertili- crease zed at 2/cz acre. plots, per 1 Lbs. 768 Lbs. 624 Lbs. 200 Cotton seed meal,.... 240 Acid phosphate...... 2 00 No fertilizer..........144 200 Cotton seed meal..... 200 Kainit............ 688 558 452 566 1395 11 30 1415 359 3 37 539 1036 7 93 876 4 3 240 Acid phosphate..... . . 584 200 Kainit ............. 200 Cotton seed meal..... 240 Acid phosphate...... 200 Kainit ............... 00 No fertilizer......... 692 120 572 5 6 7 200 Cotton-seed meal.... 240 Fla soft phosphate ... 200 Kainit............ 452 11 30 5 27 6 03 472 Crushed cotton seed . 8 240 Fla. soft phosphate ... 500 380 9 50 5 27 4 23 200 Kainit,.............___________________ The land appears to have been fairly uniform. All combin ations of fertilizers returned a profit. Florida soft phosphate proved decidedly inferior to acid phosphate. With cotton seed meal the yield was 72 pounds greater than with crushed cotton seed. The most profitable mixture consisted of cotton seed meal and acid phosphate. On the plot receiving kainit in addition to the above named mixture, the yield was reduced. Analyzing the increase in crop we find that with cotton seed meal added to the other two fertilizers there was a gain 60 of 114 pounds; with acid phosphate added to the other two, an increase of only 8 pounds; with kainit added to the other two, a loss of 58 pounds. The above figures show the effects of the several fertilizers when all used together; the showing made by plot 4 is decidedly more favorable to acid phosphate and kainit for on this plot these two fertilizers without nitrogen afforded a fair profit, which, however, was not equal to the profit obtained on either of the plots receiving cotton seed meal. EXPERIMENT MADE BY MR. J. T. ROBERTSON, LEGRAND, MONTGOMERY COUNTY. Soil, yellowish, or reddish clay, with a little sand. The surface had suffered from washing, and the soil was quite shallow. This experiment was conducted on gently sloping upland, which had become much impoverished by about 70 years of cultivation. The original growth was oak, hickory, and pine. The crop suffered for want of rain after the middle of July. The stand was defective. 61 Le Grand experiment with cotton; results calculated to one acre. FERTILIZERS. Seed cotton. Financial results. Ai't per acre. KIND. Incr'ase Value Cost of Profit Yield over un- crease fertili- from per fertiliz-a c zers per fertilied plot, per1lbacre. zers. acre Lbs. 00 No fertilizer........ 200 Cotton seed meal... 240 kcid phosphate.... 1200 Cotton seed meal... (200 Kainit ............. j240 Acid phosphate.""" Lbs. 112 704 680 408 Lbs. 592 568 296 $14.80 14.20 7.40 $3.82 359 3.37 $10.98 10.61 4.03 ~200 Kainit.......... . ( 200 S200 Cotton seed meal.. . 240 Acid phosphate... 200 Kainit ............ Cotton seed meal.. . 240 Fla. soft phosphate. 200 Kainit............ 7.12 600 15.00 5.39 9.69 664 552 13.80 5.27 8.53 S472 Crushed cotton seed 240 Fla. soft phosphate. 200 Kainit_.._______ 648 536 13.40 5.27 ___ 7.13 ___ The yield with Florida soft phosphate fell slightly below that with acid phosphate. The yields with cotton seed meal and crushed cotton seed were practically identical. As regards the needs of this soil, the speak plainly. Nitrogen was the element chiefly needed by this soil. Wherever cotton seed meal was used there was a large increase in yield, and this increase occurred whether the other ingredient of the fertilizer mixture was phosphate or kainit. figures 62 EXPERIMENT MADE BY MR. C. C. DILLBURGH, Soil, dark L. DILL, PICKENS COUNTY. red clay. sandy loam; subsoil, This test was conducted on high table land which had been cleared for 50 or 60 years. The original growth was oak, hickory, and-pine. In regard to rainfall Mr. Dill writes: have had droughts before but none that did so much ;injury.'' "We. Dillburgh experiment with cotton; results calculated to one acre. FERTILIZERS. Seed cotton. Financial results. Profit from zers. Plot Ain't per No. acre. Lbs. 3240 Yield Incrase Value Cost of KIND. per acre. Lbs. overunfertiiLbs. crease zed at2 2 .esprfriplots, r acre. 360 of in-. fertili- 200 Cotton seed meal... IAcid phosphate ....... 60 240 592 $900$882$ 518 .2 3 00 No fertilizer ......... 200 Cotton seed meal... 200 Kainit. ............. A 148 870 359 5111 43 8 4831 240 Acid phosphate......56 200 Kainit...........337 200 Cotton seed meal.... 240 Acid 38 82 9 70 337 5 39 -5 C200 Kainit...... ... 00 phosphate ... 640 388 .. 256 632 376 9 40 5 27 4.13 6 No fertilizer........ .7 .8 200 Cotton seed meal.... 240 Fla. soft phosphate... (200 Kainit ............. 472 Crushed cotton seed. 240 Fla. soft phosphate 200 Kainit . .......... 560 304 ______________ 7 60 5 27 283 The land was apparently uniformily poor, the yields of the unfertilized plots being 2410 and. 256_ pounds of seed cot- ton per acre. 63 Florida soft phosphate, when combined with cotton seed meal, was practically equal to acid phosphate, pound for pound. Cotton seed meal afforded a larger yield than did crushed cotton seed. Cotton seed meal had a greater effect than any of the other fertilizers. The increased yields obtained by adding each fertilizer in turn to the other two were 60 pounds of seed cotton per acre for cotton seed meal, 40 pounds for acid phosphate, and 28 pounds for kainit. While the complete fertilizer gave the largest yield, it did not afford the largest profit. A mixture of acid phosphate and cotton seed meal was most profitable. EXPERIMENT MADE BY MR. W. T. WEBB, ALPINE, TALLADEGA -COUNTY. Soil, (4-6 inches deep), brown; subsoil, red. This valley land had been in cultivation 50 years or more. The original growth was pine, oak, and hickory. The preceding crop was corn and cowpeas; it is notable that the crop of cow peas of 1895 did not furnish sufficient nitrogen for the following cotton crop. The most unusual point in the care of the crop was the use of a two-horse harrow in the first cultivation. The smoothing harrow, run obliquely to the rows, and covering a space of eight or ten feet has been elsewhere found useful in the early cultivation of cotton as well as of corn. However, with cotton it should be used with judgment, since under some conditions it may seriously damage the stand. Plot 1 was more seriously troubled with "rust" than any other plot, although no plot was exempt. The stand was quite uniform. (64 Alpine experiment FERTILIZERS. with cotton; results calculated to one acre. Cotton seed. Financial results. Ai't Plot per No. acre.acre. Lbs. KIND. Yield per Incre'se Yalue Cost of Profit from over of in- fertiliunfercrease zers fertilizers. tilized at 2%c. per plot, per lb. acre. Lbs. Lbs. 1 200 Cotton seed meal .... 240 Acid phosphate ...... 1720 912 1616 1256 808$20.20 3.82 $ 16.38 2 8 4 00 No fertilizer .......... 200 Cotton seed meal.... 200 Kainit.............. 240 Acid phosphate 200 Kainit ........... . 746 428 18.65 10.70 3.59 3.37 15.06 7.33 ( 6 200 Cotton seed meal .... 240 Acid phosphate 200 Kainit........... 1400 614 15.35 5.39 9.96 00 No fertilizer...........744 200 Cotton seed meal .... 7 240 Florida soft phosphate 1248 504 12.60 5.27 (200 7.33 8 93 Kainit.............. 472 Crushed cotton seed . 8 240 Florida soft phosphate 200 Kainit ................ 1312 568 _______________ 14.20 5.27 Irregularities in the soil render a part of the results of this test inconclusive, though the figures suggest the need of nitrogenfertilizers. About one-eighth of the area of plot 6 was struck by lightning for part of the difference between the which probably yields of the 2 unfertilized plots. The heavy shrinkage in yield where cotton seed meal was omitted (plot 4) indicates a need of nitrogen. ,ous accounts 65 GROUP IY.-PHOSPHORIC ACID, POTASH, AND COTTON SEED MEAL ABOUT EQUALLY EFFECTIVE. EXPERIMENT MADE BY DR. JOHN GORDON, HEALING SPRINGS, WASHINGTON COUNTY. Soil, gray sandy loam ; subsoil yellow sandy clay. The soil is 4 to 6 inches deep and very porous. The test was made on pine land cleared 10 years before. This is the only report in which we find that the crop was injured by excessive rains. Healing Springs experiment with cotton; results calculatedto one acre. r FERTILIZERS. Am't Plot per KIND. Seed cotton. Yield Financial results. No. acre. Lbs. over un- of in- Cost of Profit fertili- from fertili- crease zers per fertilized at 2%c. acre. 2 acre. zers. plots. per per Incr'ase Value 1b. 200 Cotton seed meal... 240 Acid phosphate. 2 Lbs. 316* 224* . 660* 704 Lbs. 88 2 220J$ 3 82 I$-1 62t 00 No fertilizer....... 200 Cotton seed meal... . 200 Kainit ............. 434 476 10 85 3 59 7 26 8 53 240 Acid phosphate.. 200 Kainit ............. 11 90 18 05 5 39 200 Cotton seed meal... 240 Acid phosphate.. 200 Kainit........... . 6 952 232* 1160 722 12 66 00 No fertilizer....... 200 ''otton seed meal... . 240 Fla. soft phosphate ... 200 Kainit ............ 932 23 30 5 27 18 03 472 Crushed cotton seed . 240 Fia soft phosphate.. . 1320 200 Kainit....... .... . I * Defective stand. tLoss. 1092 27 30 5 27 22 03 66 The two unfertilized plots agree very closely in yield, the average being 228 pounds of seed cotton per acre. After the second plowing many plants died on the unfertilized plots and on plots 1 and 3. Raw phosphate when applied along with cotton seed meal and kainit, appeared to be more effective and profitable than acid phosphate. Crushed cotton seed afforded a larger yield than did cotton seed meal. The soil responded freely to all fertilizing materials, whether applied in groups of two or three together. A deficient stand on two fertilized plots and the unfavorable season render it impossible to determine which element was most deficient in the soil. This is Dr. Gordon's fourth test of fertilizers on cotton. Previous results were either inconclusive or suggestive of a deficiency of all three essential fertilizer ingredients. EXPERIMENT MADE BY PROF. J. B. ESPY, ABBEVILLE, HENRY COUNTY. Soil, red clay, eight inches deep; subsoil, loam. This piece of upland had been in cultivation about 20 years, yielding in 1895 22 bushels of corn per acre. The original forest growth was oak and hickory. On each plot the same number of plants was left. The crop was injured by drought. Prof. Espy writes in regard to the effect of fertilizers on leaf diseases: "The plots on which kainit was used rusted less than the rest" 67 Abbeville experiment with cotton; results cacclated to one acre. FERTILIZERS. Seed cotton. Financial results. Plot Ai't KIND. per No. acre. tncre'se Value Cost of Profit Yield over of infrom per urfercrease zersfertili acre. tilized at 2%c. per plots, per lb. acre fertili- 1 2 8 4 5 Lbs. 472 Crushed cotton seed 200 Cotton seed meal..... 00 No fertilizer..... Lbs. 900 1140 Lbs. 288 534 $ 7.20 $ 2.02 13.35 2.02 $ 5.18 11.33 ....000 1230 1080 624 468 15.60 11.70 1.80 1.57 13.80 10.13 240 Acid phosphate ...... 200 Kainit.............. 200 Cotton seed meal .... 200 Kainit........... 7 8 9 240 Acid phosphate.......1350 726 18.15 3.37 14.78 200 Kainit........... 00 N fertilizer..........630 o 1530 912 400 Cotton seed meal .... 22.80 20.85 5.84 3.82 16.96 17.03 240 Acid phosphate ...... 10 ( 11 200Cotton seed meal.....1440 phosphate . 240 S200 12 13 Acid 834 Cotton seed meal .... 240 Acid phosphate....... 200 Kainit........... . 1620 1026 25.65 5.39 20.26 {200 F200 240 Florida soft phosphate 1200 Kainit ............ 00 No fertilizer......... Cotton seed meal. 1410 570 828 20.70 5.27 15.43 Cotton seed meal. 119 27.97 6.89 21.08 1 200 Kainit............ . 1. 600 Slaked lime ....... 151 200 .1725 14 240 Acid phosphate ....... ".... soft 240 Florida seed phosphate"1260 Cotton meal 68 68 72 __702 1.0 1.0 __17.55 37 37 .0 25 25 16 472 I6 Florida cotton seed..130 240 Crushedsoft phosphate 1320 7.5 _3.70 1.8 _13_85 -land--a-so f tni{&rrp-cpality"-- Ths.1 il wic i~hd's 4f i dibot onf ijbcat vithout fetfi .Iay 'dsponded b Al 19 t e et! A l com~plete fertilizer carr1q4n,4he d 19$ X25O pr iV ].fth unfertilized plots, turned a -rofit of 20.26- er acres The arnalrs~e 4f ul s of plots 2 to 11,1- foliow~ing ive, shows 'he reh 'tine In rease in yie1cl'of seed cottonu per Cotton seed mi ~al aifit dT4k iil increased th~e° yield' w e11tc ei Qoa Average increi p, to lA 3i 3W4iI . oIkainit an Iacid hosphate -plot; se for o on seed -meal, Acid pl iosphat Sincre~secrtb&'Yiekd When acice%07~ti le nie To k uinit pl A, I " 258 '4SI )ttfn° e To k uinit an d cotton seed 264" wxeallot," a~ed Average Kiiin To gain 'or acid~ phosphate, d8th e yi dn 30ti . thre unfe 4ilized plot, To af id pho To cbtton s ed meal plot, dIcot 3A meal by plot, 468 lbs. 6. WM 1C2I81 0 247 lhb . Average incre4 se for kainit, 69 All fertilizer materials e mqr~n m were ortaut ) an effective, 1c on "s96d acid phosphate i ne p n= l1datfish, uuW kaini 4 The latter appears to have beenmor-6see t h'& i Wh fn As cotn c s }Ioyec i tecid e&PIymore ~ an h fit fv :.1 he ton seed meal when both weld I a_-ore i l u ft~f each Florida soft phosphate was applied, cotton seed exerted pro bable that thiephosphate Idg hastpned the seed and was i aturn ma amotint of nrosing jrg~anic material the decomposition I~he large so u he a or e y the e91,wag, M 4i maix ure of pho lphate std mor than ufflcien, to pa~ the T e resu t of the s exp to a .whin ed at a slight ei4o of cotton seed meal and 240 lbs. bfacd there was ,h de 1l additional 200 lbs. of c~6t n t rhiswm c in yi l 4cAuire r i ir a 2d4. coot of tthe extra fetI4 izer. is, in i~int pePtP6tVWdfc ithW lqo d a po by a~l ge ), tios 189 . f~te t6, jon ;u t bbylJe'iiai1Q o4 Tb eviden e see s quite -suffiient to Iig . South East Alabania ti t nh . t f I E) cro 1484e i elea Agri ultui'~School is increase at order of e ectivei ess is 1) ph spoic acid,. XI ):h!it and (3) po ash. ExPERIMENt MADE) BY MESSRS. FuT . dW. PRA, VILEAUTAPGA COUNTY. This test .I was made on nearly t4.e levetuplandwhieh haid I oi gin&P gro been in cultivation for perhaps 50 years, having been in cotton gilnmost d t-44n past) 6 years. Fhe h was pine, oaRand iiickory. 70 On most plots the number of stalks was 980, and on no plot did the number greatly differ from this. The rainfall was decidedly deficient. A notable point in the cultivation of this crop was that it was grown with less hoeing than usual, a saving in this respect being effected by running a 14-inch scrape across the rows immediately after barring off. Prattville experiment with cotton; results calculated to one acre. FERTILIZERS. Am't Plot No. per acre. Lbs. 1 2 3 4 Seed cotton. Yield Financial results. KIND. Costoff Value Incrase fertiliover un- Profit perzers per at 2ts fertiliz- from acre. acre. pe ed plots. fertiliLbs. 552 344 512 472 196 184 4.90 4.60 3.59 3.37 1.41 1.23 Lbs. 208 $5.20 $3.82 $1.42 0 Cotton seed meal..... 240 Acid phosphate ...... 00 No fertilizer ......... 200 Cotton seed meal . 200 Kainit ........... 40 Acid phosphate....... 200 Kainit ............... S200 4 5 6 7 Cotton seed meal.... 240 Acid phosphate....... ( 200 Kainit............... 00 No fertilizer......... 200 Cotton seed meal... 240 Fla. soft phosphate... 640 232 432 380 9.50 5.39 4.11 200 5.00 5 27 -0.27* 200 Kainit............. 8 472 Crushed cotton seed 240 Fla. soft phosphate. . 440 200 Kainit. ....... ._ *Loss. 208 5.20 5.27 -0 07* In this test raw phosphate was decidedly inferior to acid phosphate. Crushed cotton seed and cotton seed meal afforded practically the same yields. 71 A complete fertilizer, containing cotton seed meal, acid phosphate, and kainit was the most effective and profitable fertilizer used. Whenever any ingredient of this mixture was omitted there was a large shrinkage in yield. Cotton seed meal and acid phosphate were somewhat more effective than kainit, although the last fertilizer made a better show in the dry season of 1896 than it did in previous tests on other Autauga County soils which were apparently quite similar to Mr. Smith's. The difference is probably due in large part to the unusual weather condition in 1896. The following experiments are regarded as inconclusive, although some of them convey suggestions which are doubtless valuable : Experiment made by Mr. E. J. Beasley, Red Level, Monroe County. Experiment made by Mr. J. J. Blackstock, agent for Hirsch Bros., at Hirsch Crossing, Russell County. Experiment made by Prof. Geo. P. Bondurant on farm of North Ala. Agrl. School, Athens, Limestone County. Experiment made by Mr. T. M. Roundtree, or farm of S. W. Ala. Agrl. School, Evergreen, Conecuh County. Experiment made by Mr. G. W. Freeman, on the farm oe the N. E. Ala. Agricultural School, Albertvi]le, Marshall County. Experiment made by Mr. M. W. Borum, Harpersville, Shelby County. Experiment made by the Tuskegee Normal and Industrial Institute, Tuskegee, Macon County. The following tables give the yields of seed cotton per acre in the seven experiments just enumerated. 7'2 Red Level and Hirsch =Crossing experimnts with cotton catlculated to one acre. FER-vTIIZ 1:s. results 1 ed Level. Hirsch Crossing. Ain't Plotpo No. I 2 acre, U . d iiaofIn rea e SCa csittO at LTh. , .b YiE4i of TIncrease over nn seed cot- cy r ji.nfertilized fertilized ton. fots. plots. Ltbs. . 200 Cotton stied meal.. 240 Acid phosphate.. 0 ofril~r . L s. Lbs. -784 576 208 712 40 200 Cotton sed m, S200 Kainit..... ....... 2 0 e0Xcd 95 576 952 260 24 phosphate.... {200 Kainit............ . 5 6 7 (Q 20 200 Kaf ni ... ....... 00 40 Acid phosphate.. ,ottou seed,,weal.... :... 616 424 112 472 154 720 -12k No ferti'izev....... . 200 Cotton seed rneal... . ( 240 soft phosphte ... 200 Kainit.... _........... Fla. --28O0k 472 Cr~shed cotton seerdI.. 8 240 Fla. soft phosphate .. . 200 Kainit . ... .... 560 13.6 784 32 *Loss. 73 lYcUs of eex oltow t.necp~eAA Athens Everdeed t~t eIirren, 4 Albert- Harp- TuskeV74'lle erevlle see. EERTILIZ1Eas. Plot~ pevr K11ND. No. acre. Lbs. 472 Crnu Seed Seed 'See'd Sued cotton cottofl Scotton cotton cotton per per per per. per e a ee acre adre. are. Lbs. Lbs. 2 3 4 5 200 cotton seed. Carton~seed..mea .. Lied -Acid 750 825 870 lOfiS 750. 900 Lbs.. 667 79;[ 600 652 682 731 836 Lbs. 915 675S 495. Lbs. 1230 S28* 945 OQ k. fertil:.. . 240 200 phospbdte... 615 615 .1350 Kafnit............ 900 1110 945 495 480 705 915 907 1050 200 Cotton seed meal. 200 Wii . . 240 Acid phosphate.. 200 IKainit..... .. 8 D 240 otton seed m eal kcid O400 phagp hate. l260 -1350 1275 1335 810 1440 930 ,206' 701 521 806. 630 825. 780 960 6671' . . 10 11 neal240 Acid phosphate .. 200 Cotton seed 20,0 240 &tton Acidhli 200 Kai -seed mesd., .phosphate,. t........... . . 12 13' 200, 'i6Hda 200 '40 Cotton seed meal, st t ph6ophate .. .. 885 765 945 1140 8'0Q Kai n it..-..... 200 Cotton- seed:. meal... 14{ 600 240 Acid phosphate . 200 ainit...... ... Slaved Urnm8'...... seed 1065 900 1480 15 16 200 240 lOotton meal.... phosphare, Yr4aridti dft 975 825 645 705 1125 1057 slightly 690 705 472 Crushed cotton seed. 240 Florida soft phosphate *Average of two plots; arrangement of plots different from that in other experiments. tiInjured by trees standing near. 74 In the experiment at Red Level a mixture of cotton seed meal and acid phosphate was decidedly advantageous, but variations in fertility as shown by the yields of the two unfertilized plots were too great to justify any further conclusions. The wide variation in the yields of plots 3 and 8 at Athens was due to the fact that the first five or six plots were located on higher land than were any of the others. In the experiment at Evergreen we should conclude that nitrogen was chiefly needed, were it not for the figures opposite plots 9 and 10, and for the small yield on plots 15 and 16. At Albertville, manures applied in previous years obscured the results. In spite of this disadvantage, the results of Mr. Freeman's careful work suggest that the soil was deficient in all three essential fertilizer ingredients, especially in nitrogen. FLORIDA SOFT PHOSPHATE VERSUS ACID PHOSPHATE. By averaging the results of the 14 experiments which afford definite indications, we find that the complete fertilizer that contained acid phosphate was more effective than the one in which Florida soft phosphate was used. The average difference in favor of the acid phosphate was 43 pounds of seed cotton per acre. t Viewed from another standpoint, there were 11 experiments in which acid phosphate afforded larger yields, and three tests in which the crude phosphate stood ahead of its competitor. In this comparison it should be remembered that equal quantities of the two phosphates were used and that the Florida soft phosphate contained at least 60 per cent. mnore phosphoric acid than did the high grade acid phosphate employed. It may be claimed that the raw phosphate will have a greater effect in the second year after application than will acid phosphate. However; few farmers would be willing to 75 wait so long for a large part of their returns from feritlizers. Crude phosphate has been found to be most effective when used in combination with some organic fertilizer, a condition which has been afforded in these tests by employing cotton seed meal or cotton seed in connection with it. RELATIVE FERTILIZER VALUES OF COTTON SEED AND COTTON SEED MEAL. Frequent letters of inquiry reach the Alabama Experiment Station asking on what terms a farmer can afford to sell his cotton seed and buy cotton seed meal as a fertilizer. One of the objects of the co-operative fertilizer experiment described in this bulletin was to get answers to this question from all of the soils used in the test. In deciding on the amounts of cotton seed and meal to be compared, quantities of each were employed which would afford equal amounts of nitrogen, as indicated by the analyses then available. Ai more nearly complete compilation of analyses published since this experiment was planned indicates that it would have been more strictly accurate to have used 434 pounds of cotton seed per acre instead of 472. Disregarding the tests classed as inconclusive, we find that of the remaining experiments 7 give larger yields with cotton seed and 7 afford heavier crops with cotton seed meal. Combining the results of these 14 experiments we find that crushed cotton seed afforded an average of 10 pounds per acre of seed cotton more than did the meal. This difference in yield in favor of the seed is amply sufficieLt to coun- terbalance the fact that there was used as fertilizer 38 pounds per acre of crushed cotton seed in excess of what was necessary to supply the required amount of nitrogen. After making this allowance, we find that cotton seed and cotton seed meal were on an average equally effective when such quantities of each were compared as contained equal amounts of nitrogen. A pound of nitrogen was just as valuable in one as in the other. go d Lit of 76 b3. i;ff 6 . A + A' Ti iii'' 7i, he fAf W{ itognwhih etin t ber 922o pouds ofImeal; r= r1.ed He e:v?~t h ~'i~~ttt~ ~ ont till fgyres ro ft~te~ fr to1f4o 9pi e i ibf,9Gtst s mwi tr°a _ hl -tgfAyIi~ - seeh~~d wasrequal t aV rtbn d pPtoh6ng do e 922hpous q lie quato d of tiyn nditi ns, . e' i i t t ecsar ythat th S " fertiaz6 ishonld ss ffect q u ly: ina his onet -eke r .ngatl.ti P-iI'~!6fse H enac e aie tot tht f : Ytolijei t ht ~ e6TI eth fei plidi late' tfnr ust i iai = °S ma 3t~g~ dri fth''a b1 pfvifl The'r hn fra1b g2, f 2 ~~yi & ~Lap~itig( a tile i %iomi }er.t{. c th sedxbrrnalah t tider V U it~rgen, outwhicotweton a l; 6d A P-0 vh iileinW~fv A isetilton' of this sutbject the chemical composition of the material =compared. Hence, added: 4%a Phosphoric Acid. Lbs. 25.4 26.5 ME-AL Pot- iiecesgaity t Tlx8largely ,on the following figures calculated from many analyses compiled in illetin No. of the exhperiment Station, U. S. 13 33 Office of Dpar:trme t of Agriitilture, are gen. Lbs. 2,000lbs. of cotton seed contains 62.d 92 lbs. of c, 's. meal 'ontains 62f6 AYFRAGE RESUJLTS ash. Lbs. 23.4 1 WITr PHA1 COTTON R MD rof +AXTh.o ,& 9~the whkJ tab1se tity 'below . AND KA41NIT. the 14 . xperimk~A dld the results give f con clue averaged. T} 0(.figiwes in seed cotton over the unfertilized plots. inoThe ive res-qlkf table represent are summar the increase 78 -Increasedyield inpounds of seed cotton per acre resultingfrom different fertilizer mixtures. INCREASE OVER UNFERTILIZED PLOT WITH LOCALITY . CS. meal) C. S. meal Acid phos. Acid phos. Lbs. Kainit p05 ( Kainit Lbs. 224 Acid phos. Kainit Lbs. 264 C. S. meal Lbs. 88 125 290 255 318 258 558 568 348 746 434 762 307 Newton ............ Town Creek........ 192 368 128 216 172 236 223 319 462 259 Rutledge........... Kaylor............. Castleberry......... -Burnt Corn6...... LeGrand........... .Dillburgh.......... Alpine...... ....... 'Tuscumbia...........120t 376 624 592 360 808 88 8341 213 220 452 296 328 428 476 105 302 566 600 388 614 722 Healing Springs Abbeville....... ... -Kaftel....... ............ 726 330 184 322 1026 345 380 454 Prattville........... Average......... *Average of 13 tests. tPlot 10. 208 378* 196 375 The average amounts of seed cotton by wnich the fertilized plots exceeded the unfertilized 378 lbs. per acre with a mixture of cotton seed meal and acid were: phosphate; 375 lbs. per acre with a mixture of cotton seed meal and kainit; ~322 lbs. per acre with a mixture of acid. phosphate and kainit; and 454 lbs. wit~h a complete fertilizer. 79 Crediting the respective fertilizer mixtures with these increments at 2-2 cents per pound, and deducting the cost of the fertilizers, there remains an average profit of $5.63 for the first mixture, $5.78 for the second, $4.70 for the third, and $6.04 for the complete fertilizer. The largest profit came from the heaviest application of fertilizers, 640 lbs. per acre. By subtracting in turn from the average gain of the complete fertilizer the gain of each plot receiving its fertilizers in pairs,.we find that the. average relative increase attributable to cotton seed meal is 132 lbs., to acid phosphate 79 lbs., and to kainit 76 lbs. of seed cotton per acre. 80 lis ' o PU U l IONS OF JH], Eji]FsaP~~MB NI? AIA$AJMA.AGnLCULTTJRAL SrKa~oE B 1.ulletins N os. 1-10, 1S81- t . -2. Bulletins INos.a1-9, I885-1887. 3. Bulletins 's. 1-8, for 18'7. 4. Bulletins Nos. 1-5, for The above bulletins were issued in the early formative period of the Eperiment Station partly In eon un~c~ton with the Commissioner of Agriculture, -whose office was hen foated at Auburn. 5.]Buletins Nos. 1-77 of thecurrent series. These represent the regular burlethns of Station -since'the -formation under the Hatch fund. 6. Annual Reports of the Agricultural Experiment Station, 1-8, 1888-1896.1 By recent action of the Station Council the above bulletins have been arranged in volumes as Vol. 1. To include all bulletins issued in the first four series and before the foundation under the Hatch Act. Vol. II. To include bulletins 1-21 of'the current series, 1888-1890. Vol. III. To include bulletins Nos. 22-58 of the current series, 1891-1894. Vol. IV. To include bulletins Nos. 59-75 of the current series. Indices of these bulletins have been published and will be sent to parties applying for them until the issues are exhausted. In addition to the early bulletins grouped under Vol. I, the following bulletins and annual reports are out of print and cannot be furnished: Nos. 3, 4, 5, 7, 8, 9, 20, 22, 24, 35, 36, 37, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 54, 57, M. 'The follows: 60, 6 1,. 62, 63, 67, 72, 3 , 74. 81 The following annual reports are exhausted: 1, 3, 5, 6, 7. Anyone having copies of the bulletins which are exhausted will confer a favor by returning them to Librarian Alabama Experiment Station. BULLETIN No. 79. MARCH, MRH 1897. 87 ALABAMA Agricultura1 Experiment Station OF THE AGRICULTURAL AND MECHANICAL COLLEGE, AUBURN. Some J4ortieultuttl Suggestions, F. S. EARLE, h orticulturist. MONTGOMERY, ALA.: THE BROWN. PRINTING COMPANY, PRINTERS. 1897. COMMITTEE OF TRUSTEES ON EXPERIMENT STATION. I. F. CULVER....................................Union Springs. J. G. GILCHRIST.................................Hope Hull. H. CLAY ARMSTRONG ............................ Auburn. STATION COUNCIL. WM. LEROY BROUN. .............. . . P. H. MELL.........................................Botanist. B. B. Ross..........................................Chemist. ... President. C. A. CARY, D. V. M.. ....................... J. F. DUGGAR .................................... F' S. EARLE.........................Biologist C. F. BAKER........... Veterinarian. Agriculturist. and Horticulturist. Entomologist. ..................... ASSISTANTS. J. T. ANDERSON ......................... First Assistant Chemist. C. L. HARE ............................ R. G. WILLIAMS........................ Second Assistant Chemist. Third Assistant Chemist. T. U. CULVER....................... ... Superintendent of Farm. of the State on application to the Agricultural Experiment Auburn, Alabama. "The Bulletins of this Station will be sent free to any citizen Station, SOME HORTICULTURAL SUGGESTIONS: By F. S. EARLE. Commercial horticulture is an established business at comparatively few points in Alabama. Vegetables have been grown and shipped in large quantities from the neighborhood of Mobile for many years; and Huntsville, in Madison County, at the extreme northern end of the State, has a national reputation as a nursery centre. In recent years there has been some planting of grapes and other fruits in Baldwin county, across the bay from Mobile; and there is a constantly increasing interest in fruit and truck growing at various points north of Mobile along the Mobile and Ohio Rail Road, in Mobile and Washington counties. Another fruit growing centre is at Fruithurst, in Cleburne county, on the Southern Railway, where the colony established by the Alabama Fruit Growing and Winery Association, is actively at work planting grapes and other fruits. Evergreen, Cullman and a few other points on the Louisville & Nashville Rail Road make some shipments of fruits and vegetables. Why this State should be behind its neighbors in horticultural development is not apparent. Conditions of soil and climate are quite similar to those found in Georgia and Mississippi; and transportation facilities seem to be equally good; but the total shipments of fruits and vegetables from Alabama are very may times less than from either of its neighbors. Whatever the causes that have led to this condition, the present state of the markets does not justify the Experiment Station in urging the indiscriminate planting of fruits and vegetables for shipment to northern markets. It 86 is very desirable to have a more diversified agriculture; but it is far better and safer to continue growing cotton as at present than to rush into a new and untried business without first carefully considering those fundamental conditions on which success or failure will so largely depend. The growing of fruits and vegetables for distant shipment is at best an uncertain and hazardous business. It depends for success on many factors, some of the most important of which, are entirely beyond the control of the grower. When everything is favorable the profits are larger than in other lines of farming; but as is the case in all lines of business in which the possible profits are large, the risks are correspondingly great. In our uncertain climate an entire crop, representing much labor and expense, may be destroyed by frost in a single night. If this danger is happily passed, vegetable crops are likely to be injured by the frequently occurring spring drouths; and both fruits and vegetables often suffer heavy loss from. untimely floods of rain during the harvest. Then there are the numerous fungous diseases and insect pests to be reckoned with. Perhaps the losses from untoward climatic conditions would be no greater than with other farm crops, were it not for the imperative necessity for earliness in order to escape the competition of points further north. This frequently compels truckers to plant so early as to take heavy extra risks. Even with an abundant crop safely matured the troubles and risks of the fruit and vegetable grower are by no means ended. There are probably ten men who grow fairly good crops, where there is one who handles and markets his crop in such a way as to get the best possible profit from it. These products are all perishable. They can not, as a rule, be held for better prices, but must be marketed as fast as they mature. On account of this very perishability dealers seldom care to purchase these products at the farm but compel the grower to ship on commission thus assuming himself the heavy transportation charges, and 87 the dauger of damage in transit. The further risk of loss through dishonest dealers has also to be considered; but these points will be discussed more in detail on an other page. It is not intended by these remarks to discourage the growing of fruits and vegetables for shipment at those points where the business is established; or where the conditions of soil, and transportation facilities are especially favorable. In fact, these unfavorable factors are already too well known to all who have had practical experience, for a restatement of them to have such an effect. They are, however, factors that must be reckoned with, and it is to warn beginners in the business that they are mentioned here. On the other hand, the rapid increase in horticultural production during the past few decades has been fully equaled by the wonderfully rapid increase in the consumption of such products. This leads to the belief, that as the general business depression of the past three years passes away, prices for horticultural products will advance, and the business will become more generally profitable. Then, too, these years of depression will cause many people to drop out who have gone into the business unadvisedly or as a temporary makeshift, thus leaving the field to those who make cominercial horticulture their chief business. There is something about this business that makes it very attractive to many people. Its very uncertainty adds an element of interest. Parts of the work are so light that they can be taken part in by all the members of the family. Children quickly become interested; and the boys are more likely to follow in their fathers' footsteps and stay on the farm than in other lines of agriculture. The strenuous activities of the shipping season, when every faculty is strained to the uttermost to get off the perishable crop without loss, leaves its imprint on the individual, making his mind more active and alert. Fruit growing communities, are proverbially more 88 intelligent and progressive than those engaged in other rural occupations. In the nature of the case, however, it is a business that will never be engaged in by more than a small part of the people of the State. There is another phase of horticultural production, however, in which all are nearly equally interested; and that is the growing of a better and more abundant supply for home use and for the local markets. While apples, potatoes and cabbage are shipped into Alabama by the car load, and turnips and ruta-bagas by the barrel, there is certainly room for continued horticultural agitation and instruction. In our climate it is possible, with a very small outlay of time and money, to have an abundant supply of fresh vegetables on the table every day in the year; but how many are there, who avail themselves of this opportunity ? Most people plant something of a variety in the early spring; but with this their gardening energy for the season is exhausted. The okra and butter beans, and perhaps a few tomatoes will continue to bear throughout the season; and these, with collards, cow peas and field corn must be the reliance during the hot months, to be supplemented in the fall by a small patch of turnip greens. In the small towns the supply of even these standbys is irregular and uncertain. In view of these facts the issuance would seem timely of a series of bulletins giving short practical directions for the cultivation and marketing of the principal fruit and vegetable crops, under the conditions prevailing in this State. In the present bulletin some suggestions are offered on such general topics as soils, fertilizers and marketing, leaving the different special crops to be discussed at some future time, taking up with each the problems connected with its growth and marketing; but paying particular attention to its uses in the home garden, and the means by which a better and more continuous supply can be secured at a minimum cost of money and labor. 89 SOILS FOR HORTICULTURAL CROPS. In selecting a location for truck farming, or commercial fruit growing, the character of the soil should be carefully considered ; for, next to suitable transportation facilities, it is a question of the greatest importance. The kind of soil to be selected will naturally depend on the crop to be grown. For the home garden almost any of the soils of the State can be made to answer a very good purpose. An essential requirement for both fruits and vegetables is good drainage, either natural or artificial. This is especially necessary where earliness is a question of importance, for wet sodden soils are always cold and backward in the spring. Soils with a certain amount of sand are easier to cultivate, and will be more suitable for most vegetables than heavy clay soils. They can be planted earlier in the spring and will mature crops earlier. Most fruits on the other hand will, in this latitude, thrive better and be freer from disease on rather stiff clay land than on very sandy soils. Perhaps the most notable exception to this statement is the case of the Oriental pears (LeConte, Keiffer, &c.,) which seem especially adapted to the moist sandy soils of the coast region. The ideal truck soil is a moist but not wet, black sandy loam, containing abundant vegetable matter; and preferably resting on a not too impervious red clay subsoil. It should be nearly level or with a gentle southern exposure. Of course the greater the natural fertility the better, but after all this is not a vital question, for there are no soils so rich that they will stand continuous trucking without frequent and heavy applications of fertilizing material. The mechanical condition, and moisture holding capacity of the soil is really of greater importance to the truck farmer, than its chemical composition; and these must be maintained by continually adding to its supply of vegetable matter, either by applications of stable manure, or by plowing under green crops. Only comparatively level lands should be planted to truck 90 crops. On steep broken hillsides too much fertility is lost by washing and there is too much extra labor in cultivation. All stumps, rocks or other obstructions should be carefully :removed in order to admit the use of modern cultivating -machinery. Very broken hillsides are sometimes utilized by planting them to fruit trees and especially to grape vines. Fine fruit can be grown in such locations, and in some cases it may be the best way of using such lands. It is however usually unwise to plant commercial orchards on land so rolling as to prevent rowing the trees and cultivating both ways, on account of the added labor in cultivating and harvesting where the rows have to circle the hillsides. Only high lying lands should be selected for orchards, especially of the stone fruits, not only on account of the better drainage, but because of the greater freedom from spring frost, and a less liability to loss from rot. High land fruit is finer colored and more attractive than that grown on low lands. A flat topped hill with the land sloping away in all directions is an ideal location for an orchard, especially if there is a good red clay subsoil. The character of the top soil is not so important. It may be a little sandy, in which case the fruit will be a few days earlier; but a stiff red clay throughout, with only a small amount of vegetable matter, will give fruit of the highest flavor, best color and best shipping quality. As stated before these remarks do not apply to the Oriental pears and only partially to apples. Parts of the mountain country of north Alabama are admirably adapted to apples; but in the central and southern parts of the State they are a little out of their latitude and the trees are likely to be short lived in dry and exposed locations. They will be longer lived and more fruitful in lower and moister lands, though in such locations the fruit is always duller in color and more liable to rot. 91 IRRIGATION. Next to good drainage, an abundant water supply is one of the most important factors in producing vegetable crops. Our annual rainfall would be ample for the needs of all crops, if it were equally distributed, but this is not always the case. Our drouths are never as prolonged and destructive as those sometimes occurring in the States further west; but there is seldom a season when the ability to apply water to his crops at will, would not be of great benefit to the truck farmer. The deeper rooted orchard trees seldom suffer seriously for water, but young vegetable plants are often pinched quite severely during April and May; and during our long dry falls most gardening operations are impossible, except on the moistest lands, without artificial watering. In many parts of State the streams are fed by springs so that they continue to run, even in the dryest weather. It would be a very simple and inexpensive matter to turn this running water onto the adjoiing bottom lands if they were devoted to trucking purposes; and in other parts of the State storage reservoirs could be built at small expense which would be filled by the winter rains. Of course a much less quantity of water would be required here per acre than in the arid regions of the West, for a single irrigation would usually be sufficient to carry a crop through a period of drouth. Along the larger water courses, water can be profitably lifted onto the land by steam pumps. This is not an untried theory, but is in practical use by some of our most progressive truck farmers. In those parts of the State where artesian water can be obtained this furnishes an admirable source of supply for irrigation purposes. This question is one that is destined to attract much more attention in the future than it has in the past; and those who are studying a location with reference to its suitability for the truck business would do well to examine its capabilities for irrigation. 92 MANURES AND FERTILIZERS. Many questions reach the Experiment Station as to the best fertilizer for the different fruits and vegetables. Such questions are hard to answer unless something is known of the local soil conditions; yet there are certain general considerations that are nearly always applicable. In the first place see that the soil is in the best possible mechanical condition ; for it is useless to buy expensive fertilizers to throw among clods; and equally useless to buy fertilizers to feed weeds and grass, for they will choke the crop all the more rapidly when the ground is enriched, if they are allowed to grow unchecked. In other words, thorough cultivation should always accompany heavy fertilization. The important ingredients of all fertilizers are nitrogen, phosphoric acid and potash. The other mineral foods of plants are usually sufficiently abundant in all soils. A complete fertilizer is one in which all of these substances are present. An incomplete fertilizer is one in which some one or two of them are wanting. Just what the roll of each of these substances is in the economy of the plant cannot be exactly stated ; yet it is known that an abundant, supply of nitrogen and potash promotes the growth of the wood and leaves, giving the foliage a dark green luxuriant appearance, but at the same time it usually somewhat retards maturity. The phosphates, on the other hand, promote fruitfulness and tend to hasten development and maturity. Diffe rent kinds of plants draw on these different fertilizing elements in varying proportion, some taking up more of one substance and some more of another. Numerous attempts have been made to construct fertilizer formulas* to fit the exact requirements of each crop. These special formulas are sometimes useful, but on our poorer Southern soils the chief requirement is a good complete fertilizer abundantly applied ; *Some of the best of these formulas are given by the North Carolina Experiment Station. See Bull. 112, pp. 92-95; 93 and so far as practical results are concerned it will usually answer about as well to take this fertilizer, for the different 'vegetable crops usually grown, all from the same pile, as it will to mix special lots to try and hit the special wants of each. The needs of fruit trees will be discussed further on; but for vegetables the best one fertilizer is undoubtedly stable manure. Where it can be obtained in sufficient quantity it may be used almost to the exclusion of anything else. It is a complete fertilizer, containing all three of the necessary elements in about the right proportions; and besides greatly improves the mechanical condition of the soil by increasing the vegetable matter it contains. The only exceptions to its beneficial effects are where a drouth immediately follows its application in a raw or untermented state, or before it is thoroughly incorporated with the soil; or in the case of a few diseases, like potato scab, that seem to be worse where the soil has been dressed with stable manure. For quick growing crops it should be well rotted or it should be incorporated with the soil some time in advance of planting. If the quantity is limited, apply in the row, opening out a deep furrow and bedding on it in advance of planting; but in the case of heavy applications it is better to broadcast and plow in during the winter. On lands naturally deficient in phosphoric acid, like all those of the pine belt, or when continued applications of stable manure have been made year after year, it will usually pay to add two or three hundred pounds per acre of acid phosphate in the drill, even where heavy applications of manure are made. The effect. of cotton seed is much like that of stable manure. Experiments conducted by this station (see Bull. 78) go to confirm the high manurial value of the whole or crushed cotton seed. Many truck farmers are so situated that they cannot obtain a sufficient supply of either stable manure or cotton seed. In such cases commercial fertilizers must be depended 94 ,on, supplemented by green manuring. Any good brand of high grade, complete fertilizer, will give good results if used in sufficient quantity ; but it will generally be found cheaper to buy the ingredients and mix them at home. Nitrogen is much the most expensive element in commercial fertilizers. It is supplied by the trade in the form of cotton seed meal, castor bean meal, fish scrap, slaughter house refuse, nitrate of soda and sulphate of ammonia. In this State cotton seed meal will usually be the cheapest and most available source of supply, though nitrate of soda is useful where a very quick acting fertilizer is required. The supply of phosphoric acid comes from Carolina and Florida phosphate rock, and from bones. Thomas slag is a residue from iron works that is sometimes used for the phosphate it contains. Here our most economical form of phosphate comes from the ground phosphate rock that has been treated with sulphuric acid to render it soluble. This is commercially known as acid phosphate. It should analyze from twelve to fifteen per cent. of available phosphoric acid. The supply of potash comes from hard wood ashes and from certain salts that are mostly mined in Germany. Cotton seed hull ashes where they can still be obtained make an excellent source of potash. It is usually used in this state in the form of kainit; but sometimes the muriate of potash is used. These are both products of the German mines. Kainit is the crude salt. A good quality will show about twelve and a half per cent. of potash, the remainder being common salt, magnesium chloride, and The muriate is a refined product and other impurities. should contain fifty to fifty-five per cent. of potash. The sulphate of potash is preferred for some purposes, especially for tobacco, where it is supposed to give better burning qualities than the muriate; but it is more expensive and is probably no better for most crops. The proportion in which to mix the different ingredients should, of course, vary with the character of the soil, and to some extent with the crop to be raised. Each large grower should experiment for himself until he finds what is best suited to his particular needs. In the majority of cases the following formula will perhaps be as useful as any other : Cotton seed meal 3 parts (by weight.) Acid phosphate 3 parts. Kainit 1 part. This will give about 3 % of nitrogen, 7 0 of phosphoric, acid and 2 %oof potash. This is a smaller per cent. of potash than is sometimes recommended, and quite likely on some soils or with certain crops a larger proportion would be useful. In mixing the fertilizer select a place on the barn floor or on smooth hard ground. Spread down a layer two or three inches deep of one of the ingredients, then another layer of another, and so on until the required amount of each is spread down. Then begin on one side with hoes or shovels and chop it down and pull it over so as to thoroughly mix the different layers. When it is all worked over to one side begin again and work it back, and continue working it back and forth until the color blends and becomes uniform to the eye. When very large quantities are used a part may be broadcasted to advantage; but it is usually best to apply in the drill from two to three weeks before planting. The row can be opened with a single shovel plow and the fertilizer scattered as evenly as possible in the furrow. Before covering run another furrow in the bottom of this one with a narrow bull tongue or scooter, to mix the fertilizer with the soil; then bed on it, using either a single shovel or light turning plow. Just before planting. knock off the beds by running over two rows at a time with the back of the harrow or with a plank drag. This will leave a bed of fine slightly compacted, fresh earth to receive the seed; and it will destroy such weeds as have sprouted. The amount of fertilizer to use per acre will depend on the richness of the soil; and on the crop 96 to be grown. Eight hundred to a thousand pounds of the above mixture will usually be sufficient for beans, tomatoes and sweet potatoes; while Irish potatoes, cabbage and onions will use twice that quantity, or even more, to advantage. As soon as early crops are harvested the land should be planted to cow peas. After such heavy fertilizing they will make an enormous growth, which can be turned under for green manuring; or better still, be made into hay, and be fed to stock in order to make more stable manure. The roots and stubble will be left in either case to enrich the soil. The cow pea like many other leguminous plants, is able, by means of the tubercles on its roots, to draw on the store of atmospheric nitrogen, which most plants can not do. It is this that makes this plant so useful in building up the soil. It is a nitrogen gatherer and, as has been stated, nitrogen is the most expensive element of soil fertility. If the land is not to be used for a winter crop, it will be best to allow the pea vines to lie on the ground as a mulch till toward spring before turning them under, as bare plowed land leaches badly in our heavy winter rains. On lands infested with "root knot," which is often so troublesome to vegetables and to some fruit trees, it is not advisable to plant cow peas since, unfortunately, they serve as a nurse plant for the nematode worms that cause the knots. On such soils a crop of millet, sorghum or broadcast field corn may be grown and turned under. This will supply vegetable matter to the soil, but it will not increase the supply of nitrogen, as is the case with the cow peas. The importance of rotation of vegetable crops should be mentioned in this connection. Different crops draw differently on the elements of soil fertility, so that while it may be partially exhausted for one crop, or class of crops, others may grow on it luxurantly. It is, however, on account of the greater liability to disease, when one crop is grown continuously year after year, that the necessity for rotation is 97 more particularly urged. There are a few crops, like onions, that can often be grown with good results year after year on the same land, when heavy fertilization is practiced; but in most cases it is far better and safer to follow a systematic rotation. It is hard to get the soil too rich, or too full of vegetable matter for the best production of vegetables. With fruits the case is different. To secure the best results on thin lands orchards must be fertilized, bat it must be done with care and judgment. Excessive applications of stable manure, or other nitrogenous fertilizer, should always be avoided, especially after tress reach bearing age. Such applications induce a rank, sappy growth that makes pear trees much more liable to blight, and will surely cause destructive rotting of the stone fruits. With apples there is less danger, and they may safely be fertilized quite heavily. Excessive wood growth is, however, never desirable in a bearing orchard of any kind. The trees should be carefully watched, and be given such treatment as will give a crop of well developed fruit; and, at the same time, a moderate growth of well matured wood. The leaves should always be of a dark rich green, for pinched yellow foliage indicates starvation. It is usually best to use the available stable manure for the garden, and depend on commercial fertilizers for the orchard. While the trees are young, the mixture recommended for vegetables can be safely used; but a much smaller quantity will be required. If the land is to be used for orchard purposes alone, two to four pounds to the tree or vine will be ample. It is a common practice to plant some truck crop in a young orchard. In such cases the trees will need no fertilizer, other than that given to the vegetable crop. Another common practice is to plant a young orchard to cotton; and, everything considered, this is perhaps the best treatment, as the long season of cultivation required by the cotton is just what is needed by the trees. In this case 98 an added amount of fertilizer will be useful, as cotton is given so little, compared to what is required for vegetables. It is always advisable to sow oats or rye in the orchard in the fall to prevent washing and leaching during the winter; but this crop should always be plowed under early in the spring, and in no case be allowed to mature. Nothing is harder on young trees than a small grain crop. In sections where crimson clover can be successfully grown, it makes the best of winter cover crops for an orchard; since, like the cow pea, it is a nitrogen gatherer, and constantly adds to the fertility of the soil. If no other crop is grown in the orchard cow peas may be sown late in the season, say from the middle of July to first of August. They can be allowed to lie on the ground for a winter mulch, or they can be turned under in the fall, and the ground be reseeded to some winter growing cover crop, as recommended above. They should not be planted early in the season, for nothing should be allowed to interfere with the thorough cultivation of a young orchard from March to July. After about the second summer it will not pay to attempt to grow vegetable or cotton crops in the orchard, as the trees will begin to draw too heavily on the soil; but the crops for winter cover should be continued. As the trees reach bearing age, the proportion of cotton seed meal, or other nitrogenous material, in the fertilizer ahould be materially reduced, and more acid phosphate be substituted. The formula may now be: cotton seed meal, 1 part (by weight) " 4 parts " acid phosphate, " 2 parts " kainit, This will give approximately 1% of nitrogen, 72% of phos- phoric acid and 4% of potash. When the soil is naturally rich and the trees are very vigorous, or when cow peas or crimson clover are grown and plowed in, the cotton seed meal may be omitted entirely, until such time as the lessened 99 In growth and yellow color of the foliage, indicate its need. fact an orchard can not be fertilized by rule, but should be treated each season according to its needs, as indicated by growth and condition; always remembering that a heavy crop greatly exhausts the vitality of the trees, and that it should always be followed by increased fertilization. Bone meal makes an admirable fertilizer for fruits and especially for grapes. High freight rates make it rather expensive in this State, and the same temporary effect can be had at less cost from the mixture of cotton seed meal and acid phosphate recommended above; but it must be admitted that the effect of the bone meal is more lasting. HOT BEDS AND COLD FRAMES. Hot beds and cold frames are indispensable to the truck farmer and market gardener for starting tender plants in the spring, and they should be much more generally used in private gardens. The more elaborate forcing houses for growing vegetables under glass, and the hot beds heated by flues with fire heat, so much used further North, will not be discussed here. Hot beds heated with manure, and glass or canvass covered cold frames are all that are necessary in this climate for starting such plants as tomatoes, egg plant, peppers, cucumbers and cantelopes in the Spring ; or for growing lettuce and radishes, or carrying cabbage plants through the winter. The regular 3x6 ft. glazed hot bed sash are, of course, the best cover for such beds, and every extensive grower should have at least a partial supply of them; but they are expensive, and almost equally good results can be obtained with ordinary unbleached domestic, or sheeting, if supplemented by an abundant supply of hay, corn stalks or pine straw, to use for extra covering during very cold nights. Indeed this extra covering will be needed almost as much with the glass. To make a hot bed, select a well drained spot with southern exposure, and dig a pit two feet deep the size of the 2 100 proposed bed. Fill this with fresh horse manure from the stable and tramp it down well. If the manure is trashy or old, add some cotton seed meal to insure active fermentation. Pour on water enough to dampen the mass thoroughly without soaking it, and cover with six inches of rich soil. Now build a frame of rough boards a foot high on the south side, or front, and two feet high on the back. The frame is usually built six feet wide, on account of the length of the sash. The double width, or ten-fourths sheeting, is also just right to cover a six foot bed. One by three inch strips are put across every three feet, for rafters to support the sash or cloth. When cloth is used it is sometimes tacked onto light frames, the size of sash; but it is much more convenient to leave it in one piece, about two feet longer than the bed. Bring one edge even with the back side of the bed, and nail fast, using strips or lath on top of the cloth, to prevent the nails tearing out. Bring the free edge of the cloth down to the front of the bed, and nail it fast between two 1x2 in. strips, so as to form a roller. If the bed is long, place the upper and lower strips so as break joints, and thus make a continuous roller the entire length of the bed. The roller should hang down half way on the front side of the bed. Its weight will then help hold the cover in place. Such a cover can be rolled up by one man in a moment's time, on a bed sixty or even a hundred feet long, and the bed can be covered again as quickly; but the shifting of that amount of sash is a matter of considerable labor. The sides and ends of the bed should be banked with earth, and the cover closed. In three or four days the manure will get pretty hot. Sink a thermometer into the soil, and do not plant seed till the temperature gets down to 900, or a little below. After planting, water slightly, if necessary, and cover the bed tightly, till the seed is well up ; then give ventilation whenever the weather will permit. The construction of a cold frame is the same as that of a hot bed, except that no pit is dug and. no fresh manure is 101 used. The soil for both hot bed and cold frame should be plentifully enriched with compost, or well rotted stable manure. When growing plants on a large scale, the cold frame is generally made double width, with a ridge pole of 2x4 in. scantling supported on light posts ab ut two feet high. Two curtains ten-fourths wide, or two lengths of sash, are necessary to cover such a twelve foot bed;. but it requires less lumber than a six foot bed, as the sides need be only one foot high. The single bed is built running east and west, so as to face the sun; but the double bed should run north and south, so that the morning sun will shine under the ridge from one side, and the afternoon sun on the other, thus leaving no part in continuous shade. Such plants as tomatoes, peppers and egg plants should be started in a hot bed ; but as they can be grown very close together when young, a small bed will answer for starting a very large number of plants. When about two or three inches high, they should be shifted to the cold frames, and be planted in regular rows four to six inches apart each way. A bed 12x60 ft. planted in this way, will hold plants enough for about an acre of land. A marker is a convenience in transplanting, made by putting pins, the required distance apart, into a light strip, an inch or so shorter than the width of the bed. The pins pressed into the soil mark the entire row across the bed at once, and by always placing the end of the marking stick against the same side of the bed, the plants will be made to row both ways quite accurately. This is an important point when taking the plants up to move to the field. Plants can usually be held in such cold frames from four to five weeks, according to the weather. Tomatoes will require from four to six weeks in the hot bed, and egg plants and peppers six to eight weeks; so seed should be sown from two to three months before it is expected to move the plants to the open ground. The hot bed is usually located near the house or barn, where it can be easily cared for, but each 102 cold frame should be located near the center of the land it is expected to plant from it, even if water has to be hauled to the beds in barrels. About two weeks before planting time open furrows, scatter in the fertilizer, and bed on it as previously described. When just ready to plant, if the land is level enough for cross cultivation, mark it off with deep furrows running across the beds. If the land has to be circled, the beds must be split by a deep furrow, and the plants spaced by guess in the row. Planting should follow the marking off as closely as possible, so as to have moist soil to draw about the plants. The bed should be well wet down a few hours before planting, so that the dirt will stick together, and not crumble. Now take down the frame, and haul away the lumber. Then take a long bladed knife, and slice down deeply midway between the plants, running the knife in both directions, so as to cut the soil in the bed into squares, with a plant in the center of each square. Now lift the squares of earth carefully on a spade, and place them on hand barrows or stretchers. When the stretcher is full two men take it and carry it along the rows. It is set on the ground, and the carriers lift the plants, one by one, with a flat paddle or trowel, and place them in the freshly opened furrows. Other hands follow immediately with hoes and draw the dirt about the plants, firming it with their feet. Large plants can be handled in this way without wilting or checking their growth, and with no danger of loss, even in quite dry weather. Another class of plants, like cantaloups and cucumbers, will not bear handling in this way. These must be planted in boxes or "dirt bands" in the cold frames. These bands are furnished very cheaply by the fruit box factories, as they are made from sap wood, and other poor material. They consist of thin veniers, three or four inches wide, and grooved so as to fold into a four or five inch square, with a lap on one side. The prepared dirt is shoveled back from one end of the bed, the bottom is leveled down, and the 103 bands are folded into shape, and are packed closely together in rows running across the bed. When the cleared space is filled by them, the dirt is shoveled back into them, and another space is cleared, and so on till the bed is completed. The dirt should be well packed in the boxes by using a stick for a rammer; and seed should be planted in each box, about four weeks before it is expected to put the plants in the field. It used to be thought necessary to tack these bands together before placing them in the beds, but it is found that the mould that forms on the wood when it is buried in the ground, serves to hold the bands together, till carried to the field. The boxes are lifted on a spade, and carried to the field in hand barrows, exactly as the squares of earth are with the tomato plants. Plants in dirt bands dry out much more rapidly, and require more frequent watering, than those in solid beds. Some growers cut the corner of the dirt band, and remove it before hilling up the plants in the field; but this is not necessary, as the roots pass freely out at the bottom and the band soon rots away. Such hardy seeds as onions and cabbages can be sown in cold frames in the fall, and the plants will be ready to set in the field in late winter, or early spring, so soon as the heaviest freezing is past, in time to use the same frames for some of the tenderer crops in the spring. MARKETING AND TRANSPORTATION. As has been previously stated, there are many who succeed in growing good fruits and vegetables, who fail to market them, so as to get the best results. The price of these goods depends so much on the condition in which they reach the market, and in their presenting an attractive appearance to the eye of the customer, that no pains or expense should be spared in securing the best possible results in this direction. No old or dirty barrels, or other packages, should be used. Let everything be as neat, clean and attractive as possible. Above all, grade the goods with great 3 104: care, and throw out everything that is unsound or unsightly. The culls may be of some use at home for stock feed; but it is worse than useless to load up the markets with such stuff. Avoid all attempts at false packing. Do not put all the choice specimens on top of the package, and the culls in the middle. The buyer is just as smart as you are, and is constantly on the lookout for such deceptions. Be careful however that the package is smoothly and evenly filled, with the contents just high enough, so that the cover presses it all firmly, so as to prevent jostling about and bruising in transit. Stamp your name and address plainly on every package, as a guarantee of good packing; and as a trade mark that will come to have great value, when it becomes known that your goods are always carefully and honestly packed. These suggestions apply equally well, whether your market is in the next town, or a thousand miles away; but as most southern growers depend on distant shipment, for marketing their crops, the question of transportation becomes a most vital one. In the early days of the business, nearly all horticultural products were shipped by express. This has never been a satisfactory method, on account of the high charges, and the frequent damage from rough handling; and in the present state of the market, except for near by points, or for a few high priced articles, the rates are absolutely prohibitory. It is certainly not advisable to undertake growing any of these crops, for distant shipment, except at those points where the business is being carried on extensively enough to secure car load freight rates, and fast freight transportation. The bulkier products, like cabbage, watermelons and potatoes; and in some cases pears and apples, can be safely handled in ordinary open or ventilated fruit cars, such as are provided by all the roads. For the more delicate fruits and vegetables, refrigerator transportation is indispensable. The added expense is considerable; but it is more than re- 105 paid by the greater safety in transit, and the better condition on arrival. In fact, many of these produabs cannot be shipped by freight in open cars at all; but must either go by express, or in refrigerators. In such cases, both cost and condition greatly favor the refrigerator car. Many difficulties, and much prejudice were formerly encountered in shipping fruits under refrigeration. Dealers and buyers were afraid to handle fruits that had been on ice, claiming that they would melt down and spoil, as soon as they were removed to the warmer air. This belief was wide spread, and deeply seated, and it has taken much time, and many practical demonstrations to fully convince the trade of its falsity. It probably originated in attempts to save fruit that was already overripe, and on the verge of spoiling, by placing it in the ice box. Such fruit will be preserved for some time if kept cold enough; for cold arrests the growth of the organisms of decay. The decay is only arrested, however, for these organisms are not killed by the cold, and as soon as such fruit is again brought into a warm atmosphere, they rapidly complete its destruction. If, however, the fruit is taken from the field at the proper stage of maturity, and is placed at once in a refrigerator car, the cold prevents the beginning of incipient decay; and the fruit will arrive at its destination in a condition to keep almost as long, after taking it from the ear, as it would have kept in the open air at the time it was picked. Strawberries must be in the best possible condition, and the weather not too hot, for them to stand thirty-six hours transportation by express; or in other words for them to reach market, in good condition, on the second morning after picking. In the writers experience strawberries have been repeatedly sent from southern Illinois to Detroit, a three days run by refrigerator freight, and have been successfully reshipped by express, to Canadian points, that were not reached till the second morning after leaving Detroit. 106 Again, no fruit is more perishable than a fully ripened peach; but peaches fully mellow, and ready to eat, have been put in refrigerator cars in California, and, after a six days run to Chicago, have been reshipped by express to New York, reaching there in condition to bring good prices. Of course, to endure such severe tests, it is necessary to have the fruit very carefully assorted and packed. A very few specked peaches, or rotting strawbelries, would spoil an entire package before reaching so distant a market. Good judgment, too, is necessary in picking fruit at the proper stage of maturity for refrigerator shipment. Of course it should not be too ripe, but the mistake is much more often made of picking it too green. In shipping by freight in open cars, it is often necessary to pick pretty green, but with most fruits this is done at great sacrifice of quality. Under refrigeration fully matured ripe fruit will keep better, than that which is grass green. This is an important point in favor of refrigeration; and one that many growers do not understand, for it enables fruit to be put on the market after its full flavor and quality has been developed. The flat, insipid quality, and lack of flavor so often noticed in California fruits on the eastern markets, comes very largely from the pernicious habit of green picking. A peach that is ripe enough to be fully mellow, is hard to handle without bruising; but they should hang on the tree till fully grown and colored. A peach that would be mellow, if left on the tree till to-morrow, is in just the right condition to pick to-day. Pears, on the other hand, should be picked green, at least ten days to two weeks before softening; and should be ripened in a close dark place. For this reason, they can be safely shipped in tight boxes or barrels in open cars, unless it is intended to place them in cold storage on arrival. In this case they should be shipped under refrigeration, to retard.the ripening process as much as possible. Refrigerator cars were first built for the meat trade. The meat was hung in cold storage houses; and was loaded into 107 the cars at, or near, the freezing point. In a tight, well built car such a cold load would warm up very slowly; and a small amount of ice served to carry it safely to its destination. When it was attempted to use these cars for fruit, the hot load, fresh from the fields, soon melted the limited ice supply; and the cars invariably arrived heated, and in bad order. To use these cars successfully, it was found necessary to build cooling houses at the shipping points, in which the fruit could be cooled off before loading, as in the case of the meat. This caused delay in getting the fruit on the market; and made much additional expense. It, however, demonstrated the success of refrigeration for the transportation of fruits; and soon cars were built especially for the fruit trade, with sufficient ice capacity to cool off a load of hot fruit in transit, and to keep it cool. At the present time there are a number of refrigerator car lines, with specially built fruit cars, that are actively competing for the fruit and vegetable carrying trade; so that any point, having sufficient business to offer, can secure efficient car service, with competent men to look after the proper loading and icing of the cars. Each line, of course, claims to have the best cars; and for difficult service there would certainly be considerable choice between them, but with the numerous re-icing stations that are now available, any of them will give satisfactory service, if properly loaded and handled. The main points to consider in selecting a refrigerator car, for transporting produce, are first, its ice capacity, and second, its insulation. The ice tanks should hold at least five tons of ice, and six tons is even better. The position of the tanks, whether overhead or at the ends, is a question of minor importance. The car should be tightly built, with double walls and roof, with the space between them filled in with some non-conducting material, or by numerous linings of building paper, with dead air spaces between them. The doors should be built like the walls and be of the same thick- 108 ness; and they should fit as nearly air tight as possible. Of course the car should be sweet and clean. It is usual for the refrigerator companies to furnish their own men for loading the cars, for proper loading is a point of so much importance, that they do not care to trust the reputation of their cars to inexperienced men. The important points to secure in loading are first, that the packages be so spaced, that the cold air has immediate access to all sides of them, and, second, that they be so secured, that the load cannot shift by the bumping of the cars while in transit. These points are usually secured by piling the crates, or other packages, one above another in tiers or ranks, from three to six inches apart; and with lath or strips between each layer. Strips are placed upright against the end of the car, and a row of packages is placed on the floor, with the ends set snugly against these strips, and carefully spaced. Light half inch strips, as long as the width of the car, are placed across the ends of the packages; and the front one is nailed down, with a light nail, to the head of each package to prevent side shifting. Another row of packages is placed on these strips, each one directly above one in the lower row. These are again stripped and nailed, and so on to the top. The next course is placed with the ends snugly against the ends of the first course, so that the air spaces are continuous. When the center of the car is reached, begin in the other end and load in the same way. A space will usually be left at the last, too narrow to admit another course of packages; and the car must now be braced, to prevent the courses from shifting endwise. Pieces of 1 x 6 in. board are set up against the ends of each rank of packages; and other strips are nailed across these uprights, near the bottom and the top of the car. The distance between these opposite cross-pieces is now carefully measured, and pieces of board are cut for braces about an inch longer than this space, so that they will have to be driven home with considerable force. The braces are toe-nailed in place, to pre.- 109 vent their falling, if they should chance to loosen in the bumping of the car. When thus loaded and braced, the contents are absolutely immovable, yet each package is separated from its neighbors, on all sides, by a layer of cold air, which, when it becomes warmed by the hot fruit, rises, and is carried by the currents thus generated to the ice, where it is quickly cooled again, and where it deposits the moisture that may have been taken up from the fruit. This rapid circulation of the air is very important, and the ice, instead of making the fruit damp, as might at first be thought, really serves to dry it very effectually. In conclusion, a few words in regard to commission merchants may not be out of place. As has been stated, nearly all fruits and vegetables from the South are consigned to dealers, who sell them on commission for the account of the shipper. The markets are so variable, and these perishable goods suffer such frequent losses in transit, that this system adds seriously to the other risks of the grower. It is usually advisable to sell at the shipping point whenever a good cash offer can be obtained, even if the price offered is something below current quotations. It is only occasionally that this can be done, and shipping on consignment is often a necessity. The merchant now has the game so completely in his own hands that shippers are naturally suspicious; and, if poor returns are made, they are very likely to conclude that "commission men are all thieves." It is unfortunately true that dishonest men are found in this line of business, as in all others; and southern shippers have often been mercilessly swindled. It is equally true, however, that in every market of importance, there are as honorable men engaged in the produce commission business as can be found in any other line of trade; and it should be the first care of the shipper to post himself fully as to the character and reliability of the man who seeks his trade. Every shipper should investigate in advance of the shipping season, and decide on 110 one or two good houses in each of the markets he expects to use. He should correspond with these houses, posting them on the character and quality of his expected crops, and he should ship to them regularly throughout the season. In this way' the dealer and his customers become acquainted with the quality of the goods, and, if they come regularly, it is often possible to sell them in advance of arrival. A dealer takes an interest in a regular shipper, and will look out for his interests. It is never good policy to ship to one man to-day, and another to-morrow, acting on the whim of the moment, or yielding to the persuasions of the last solicitor who asks for your shipments. It is equally bad policy to scatter a small shipment among half a dozen houses in the same market. Make your trade of some importance to the commission man, by sending good goods regularly, and it will be to his interest to see that you are given satisfaction. The men who abuse the commission men most are usually those who ship the poorest and most dishonestly packed goods. Another point: keep your dealer posted, in advance, of the amount and character of your shipments ; and of the total shipments that are going to his market from your locality. Insist on his keeping you posted as to his market, and on his making you prompt returns. Do not let him send you weekly or monthly statements, but demand account sales and check for each lot sent, on the day that it is sold. Do not be afraid to spend a few dollars in telegraphing. Send a night rate message notifying the dealer of the amount and quality of each shipment made him, and require a daily wire from each market you are using, giving quotations from actual sales. This will cost something, but no produce shipper can afford to consign his goods without this necessary information. [SCIENCE CONTRIBUTIONS.] APRIL, BULLETIN No. 80. 1897. ALABAMA Agjicultural Experiment Station OF THE AGRICULTURAL AND MECHANICAL COLLEGE, AUBURN. A Preliminatry Kist of 1Aabama Fungi L. MV. UNDERWOOD and F. S. EARLE. MONTGOMERY, ALA.: THE BROWN PRINTING COMPANY, PRINTERS. 1897. COMMITTEE OF TRUSTEES ON EXPERIMENT STATION. I. F. CULVER...................................Union Springs. J. G. GILCHRIST................................Hope Hull. H. CLAY ARMSTRONG............................Auburn. STATION COUNCIL. WM. LEROY BROUN..................................President. P. H. MELL ......................................... Botanist. B. B. Ross ..................................... Chemist. C. A. Veterinarian. .................... CARY, D. V. M.. Agriculturist. J. F. DUGGAR.. .................................. Biologist and Horticulturist*. F. S. EARLE .......................... .............. C. F. BAKER............... Entomologist. ASSISTANTS. J. T. ANDERSON ......................... First Assistant Chemist. Second Assistant Chemist. C. L. HARE ............................ R. G. WILLIAMS........................Third Assistant Chemist. Superintendent of Farm. T. U. CULVER .......................... Bulletins of this Station will be sent free to any citizen fThe State on application to the Agricultural Experiment Station, of the Auburn, Alabama. L. M. Underwood was Biologist of the Station from Septem*Dr. ber 1, 1895, to August 1,1896. HISTORICAL SKETCH OF THE STUDY OF FUNGI IN ALABAMA. LUCIEN AI. UNDERWOOD. Our present knowledge of the extent and distribution of the higher plants of the state of Alabama, while far from complete, is still considerable, due to the efforts of several botanists who have devoted much time to their study. Chief among these to whom we are thus indebted are the late Judge Peters of Moulton, Prof. E. A. Smith of Tuscaloosa, and especially, Dr. Charles Mohr of Mobile, who has studied Alabama plants ever since his arrival in the country in 1848. It is expected that the results of these long continued studies will soon be made public, and that we shall soon have, for the first time, a published Flora of Alabama. While the higher plants are thus likely to be well cared for, the study of the less conspicuous but no less interesting and important lower plants has not been so carefully nor so systematically conducted. Both Judge Peters and Dr. Mohr collected a number of mosses and liverworts, and several new species in these groups have been described with Alabama as a type locality, but this field has not been worked with any degree of thoroughness. Judge Peters also collected a considerable number of lichens which are preserved with his collections at Tuscaloosa. So far as we are aware the large group of filamentous fresh water Algae has received no attention whatever, there being not a single recorded species from the entire state, tho members of the group are very commonly distributed throughout the waters of the state. A most inviting and important virgin field is still open for students in this direction. Our knowledge of Alabama 114 Diatoms is due entirely to the labors of Mr. K. M. Cunningham, of Mobile, who has done much careful work on this interesting group. The study of the Fungi of the state of Alabama commenced with the collections of Judge Thomas M. Peters, whose name will be linked inseparably with the future study of these organisms, because of the new and interesting things he brought to light, some of which have contributed not a little to the present knowledge of the relations of these difficult and interesting organisms. His field work was prosecuted largely in the vicinity of his home in Lawrence county, and on his farm property at "The Roost" * on a fork of the Sipsey river in Winston county adjoining Lawrence on the south. His collections were largely made during the years 1854-1854t and in the main were sent to Rev. Moses A. Curtis, who was engaged (18351872) in studying the mycologic flora of North Carolina. These, with others collected in various parts of the eastern and southern United States, were sent to Rev. M. J. Berkeley of England, by whom the new species were described in his ."Notices of North America Fungi" which were published chiefly in Grevillea, 1872-1876, conjointly with Cur* This interesting locality takes its name from the fact that in former years the passenger pigeon (Ectopistes migratorius) used the trees in the vicinity as a roosting place and accumulated there in vast numbers. No traces of their former abode are left, but the entire region is one of the most interesting botanically in the entire state. The exact location is in Township 8, Range 9, section 10, Winston county. t With Judge Peters' collection at Tuscaloosa, there is a MSS list bearing this inscription: "A list of Alabama Fungi with genera arranged according to Dr. John Lindley but species under each order are set down alphabetically. Collected from 1854-1864 in the counties of Lawrence, Walker and Winston and adjacent counties in Alabama, dried specimens of most of which will be found in the "Peters collection" in the University of Alabama." The list of species numbers some five hundred, but a large part of these are not in the collection which is preserved in three quarte volumes after the usual manner of exsiccate. 115 tis. These species are frequently alluded to as the "B. & C." species and have been the source of much difficulty to later mycologists from the very brief and often too general descriptions. The types of these fungi will be found at Kew, England, which contains Berkeley's herbarium among its collections. Specimens of many of them may doubtless be found in the Curtis collection, now owned by Harvard University, when that collection shall become as accessible to botanists as the one at Kew. The ultimate decision in regard to the status of these species, however, will necessarily depend on the examination of the types at Kew, since these are the ones on which Berkeley based his descriptions, and probably, tho not certainly, represent the same material that Curtis divided with him. Some of Judge Peters' earlier collections were sent to II. W. Ravenel, of Aiken, S. C., and were distributed by him in his "Fungi Caroliniani Exsiccati" of which five fascicles (five hundred specimens) were issued, 1852-1860. Judge Peters' own collection of fungi was presented with his botanical library and other collections to his alma mater, the State University of Alabama, and through the kindness of Dr. Eugene A. Smith, we have been permitted to examine the collections and include numerous notes of its contents. The State University also possesses a copy of Ravenel's work above noted which is now very rare and is especially valuable for the student of mycology in any portion of the south. The Peters' collection is in a very good state of preservation considering its age, but does not contain all the species included in the "B. & C." descriptions of Alabama fungi above noted. The second Alabama botanist to give attention to these plants was John F. Beaumont, concerning whom comparativelv little is now known. He lived for a time in Lawence county, but afterwards removed to southeastern Alabama, and is said to have died at Troy, Pike county.* * A brief sketch of.Beaumont from which we have drawn facts concerning his work, appeared in the Journal of Mycology, 2: 81-83, 1886, written by his associate. It is de-irable to place on record a more complete statement of his life and work, and if any persons reading this know anything further concerning him, they will confer a favor by communicating with either of the writers. 116 Beaumont, like Peters, sent numerous specimens of fungi to Curtis, and these are included in the emmeration in the "Notices" above alluded to. It is uncertain in what part of the state Beaumont's specimens were collected, but it is more than likely that it was in southeastern Alabama, where he is known to have resided during the latter part of his life. Nothing more was accomplished toward making known the cryptogamic flora of Alabama until 1889, when Dr. George F. Atkinson assumed control of the department of biology in the Alabama }Polytechnic Institute. He was an indefatigable collector and added especially to the knowledge of parasitic forms, publishing several papers on the economic, systematic and biological relations of various groups of species, during his residence in the state and since his removal. These contributions which added greatly to our exact knowledge of Alabama Fungi are enumerated below. In collecting, Dr. Atkinson was assisted by graduate students, notably B. M. Duggar, 1890-1, and C. L. Newman, 1889-92. A considerable portion of the fungi collected during this period (1889-1892) are preserved in the collection of the Alabama Polytechnic Institute. These include a large number of types (or duplicate types) of the new species described by him in his various publications. A fuller set is contained in his private collection t which we have not examined. During the years 1893-5 the department of biology was under the control of Professor J. M. Stedman, who was primarily a zoologist, so that naturally little attention was given to the advancement of our knowledge of the Alabama flora. Some two or three specimens collected during this period may be found in the A. P. I. collection. During the past year, 1895-6, the writer (since January, 1896, associated with Professor F. S. Earle) has devoted as much time as could be spared from other duties in active field work for the collection and study of the fungous flora. Since July 1896, Professor Earle has continued the field t Now in Cornell University, Ithaca, New York. 117 work with such assistance as could be utilized. Naturally the collecting has been done within a distance of a few miles from Auburn, and so far as the parasitic forms are concerned, to a considerable extent it duplicates that done by Dr. Atkinson and his assistants; some interesting parasitic species, however, have been added from this section, and a considerable number of saprophytic forms (Pyrenos, Gastros and other fleshy fungi, have been added to the collection. In this connection, however, it should be stated that the season of 1895-6 was specially unfavorable for the extensive growth of fungi, being very dry during the fall of 1895 and during the spring of 1896. In fact not until July 1896, was the rainfall sufficient to bring out anything of the normal productiveness of this region. A few trips were made to various parts of the state, largely for the purpose of gaining information as to the character of the country with the expectation of making more extended excursions later. During these trips a considerable amount of material was collected in various parts of the state and valuable data accumulated regarding distribution and desirable regions for prosecuting field work in the future. Professor Earle has twice visited Mobile county. The writer has also been once in the same county (December, 1895); one trip was made to Tuscaloosa, Hale and Dallas counties (May 1896) and one to DeKalb, Madison, Lawrence and Winston counties (June 1896). It is thought best to publish this preliminary list of the species of fungi now known to exist in Alabama, as a basis for further work, as well as a stimulus to bring to light some of the species early described from the state that are now known only through their type specimens. For this purpose, and as some of the descriptions are not easily accessible, we have collated the original descriptions of all species which were described with Alabama as a type locality, and have further designated with a star those species of which specimens have not been seen by the writers. The material collected during the present year has been deposited in the 118 collection of the Alabama Polytechnic Institute, and so far as material would permit in the collections of the writers. It must be borne in mind that this list represents only a small part of the flora of the state, since only limited areas have been examined for a limited time. It will be many years before the fungi will be as fully known as the higher plants, for with only a single institution in the state that maintains a course in Botany, the task of field exploration and laboratory determination and investigation falls heavily on two or three workers. The state of Alabama presents a very diversified flora, including many of the plants of the Appalachian mountain chain which extends through the highlands of the state beyond its centre, and many of the Gulf coast plants towards the southern limits. The differences of elevation are also considerable and furnish another element for the production of a diversified flora. As stated aboye, we have a good working knowledge of the higher plants of the state, so soon as it shall be made available to students by publication.* The state will probably be found to contain more spermaphytes than any state east of the Mississippi river, owing to its range of latitude, altitude, and its peculiar position. It is natural to infer that the fungous flora, when it shall be made known, will be proportionally large since the parasitic portion of it at least is directly dependent on the higher plants as the source of nutrition and sustenance. The fungous flora of the vicinity of Auburn has impressed neither of the writers as exceptionally rich. The generally poor quality of the soil may perhaps account for part of this condition, *It should not be uderstood that even the higher plants are all enumerated. As an instance of what can be done in fairly well worked localities, we may cite the instance that of about two hundred Spermaphytes collected by Professor Earle and myself in the vicinity of Auburn during the Spring of 1896, at least a dozen were not known to Dr. Mohr as members of the Alabama flora, and two or three were new to science. And these were incidental gatherings in our search for fungi, having in view the establishment of a host herbarium of Alabama plants for reference, a great desideratum for the Biological Laboratory. 119 coupled with the fact that the timber is more largely pine than otherwise, a host that supports in this climate few fungi as compared with many deciduous trees. The observations made on the various brief excursions through the state may properly be mentioned here as indicating some of the regions where exploration will yield good results in the future. There are doubtless many others perhaps equally advantageous. A few of these already noted are:-(1) The spurs of the Appalachian system reaching our state, notably the Lookout range extending through DeKalb, Etowah and Cherokee counties. This region can be reached from any point on the Alabama Great Southern between Chattanooga and Attalla. The basin of the Coosawattie, from Rome to Gadsden, will doubtless be well worth the exploration. The range parallel to Lookout, known as Sand mountain, will likewise repay careful exploration; one very promising portion of this is accessible from the railroad leading from Attalla to Guntersville, and other portions are accessible between Huntsville and Chattanooga. (2) The river drainage of the northern portion of the State. This will form an interesting and peculiar region by itself, and can be reached from the various towns on the Tennessee river from Chattanooga to Florence. (3) The river region of Tuscaloosa and Hale counties bordering on the Black Warrior, accessible by the Alabama Great Southern from Birmingham to Meridian. Parts of this region visited during May 1896, and at an unfavorable time because of the dry season-showed a rich and diversified flora. (4) The coast region of Southern Alabama, comprised in Mobile and Baldwin counties. The peculiar parasitic flora developed by the labors of Professors Tracy and Earle in their account of Mississippi fungi, and collected largely at points on the Gulf coast only a few miles to the west of our state, would argue a like development in corresponding 120 areas in our own state, and the brief visits made by the writers to this region amply confirm the above statement. (5) The highland counties of northwestern Alabama. From a single visit to this region we would predict for it the indication of being the region of the state most prolific in furnishing additions to the flora. This prediction is based on the fact that the higher flora, and especially the timber, is the most diversified of any portion of the state visited, and on the additional fact that a large part of the area is still covered with the original forest and has not suffered from the modifications induced by cultivation and civilization. The writer made a single trip from Decatur to Moulton, thence by the mountain road to the northern portion of Winston county, and thence to Haleysville on the railroad leading from Sheffield to Birmingham. The region throughout showed evidence of an exceedingly rich field for exploration. On account of the few settlements in this area it would be desirable to visit this region with a party provided with tent and .supplies, allowing for delays in river crossings if the trip is to be taken during the period of heavy rains. Even a fortnight's trip taken either in early spring, in midsummer, or in early autumn, or even in November, would repay a rich reward, each season of course furnishing its own characteristic flora. The region may be reached either from Cullman or Decatur, or from Haleysville as above noted. It should be remembered that it was in this region that the greater part of Judge Peters' collections were made. In a recent article in Garden and Forest* the writer has called attention to the fact that while the study of mycology in America commenced in the South (North Carolina) the later development of the mycologic flora of the Southern States has not been extensive. In only two of these states, in fact, is there a mycologist connected with the experiment station, and in several there is not even a botanist. Ala* Issue of 1 July, 1996 (9:263, 264). 121 bama, Mississippi and Texas are the three states of the southern tier that have contributed anything to a knowledge of the fungous flora from their experiment stations, and still it seems that it must be to these institutions mainly that we are to look for work in this direction. The following are the more important local lists that have appeared from the Southern States: North Carolina.-CuRTIS, M. A. Geological and Natural History Survey of North Carolina. Part 3 Botany; containing a catalogue of the indigenous and naturalized plants of the state. 1867. Contains a list of 2,392 species of fungi. South Carolina.-RAVENEL, H. W. Contributions to the Cryptogamic Botany of South Carolina. Med. Jour. & Rev., Charleston, 4:428-433, J. 1849; 5: 324-327, My. 1850; 6:190199, Mh. 1851. * The third part contains a list of 169 hymenomycetous fungi. Georgia.-Nothing is known of the fungous flora except a few scattering species reported by Mr. Ravenel in his exsiccatee. Florida.-ELLIS,J. B. and MARTIN G. New Florida Fungi. Jour. Myc., 1: 97-101. Au., 1885. Descriptions of 16 species. CALKINS, W. W. Notes on Florida Fungi. Jour. Myc., 2:6, 7; 23; 42; 53, 54; 70; 80, 81; 89-91; 104-106; 126128. 1886; 3:7; 33, 34; 46; 58, 59; 70; 82. 1887. List of some 300 species of fungi collected by the writer. Mississippi.-TRACY, S. M., and EARLE, F. S. Mississippi Fungi. Bull. Miss. Agric. Exper. Sta., 34: 1895. List of 353 species, largely parasitic. -Mississippi Fungi. Bull. Miss. Agric. Exper. Sta., 38: 1896. * In addition, the Fungi Caroliniani exsiccati, above cited, and the later issue of Fungi Americani exsiccati, were quite largely supplied with specimens from this state. 122 An additional list of 85 species, mostly parasitic. Both this and the preceding paper contain descriptions of species of Mississippi fungi, first published from that state. Louisiana.FEATHERMAN, A. Report of Botanical Survey of Southern and Central Louisiana, 1871. Contains among other plants, a list of 21 species of fungi. -Third Annual Report of the Botanical Survey of Southwest Louisiana, 1872. Contains among other plants, a list of 68 species of fungi. LANGLOIS, A. B. Catalogue provisoire de Plantes Phanerogames et Cryptogames de la Basse Louisiane. 1887. A list of some 644 fungi collected by Father Langlois. ELLIS, J. B., and LANGLOIS, A. B. New species of Louisiana fungi. Jour. Myc., 6:35-37, Mh., 1890. Descriptions of 16 species from the state. Texas.-RAVENEL, H. W. Report on the Fungi of Texas. Rep. Comm. Agric. on Diseases of Cattle, 171-174. 1871. COOKE, M. C. The Fungi of Texas. Annals New York Acad. Sci., 1:177-187. 1878. List of 149 species from the state, largely collected by Ravenel. JENNINGS, H. S. Some Parasitic Fungi of Texas. Bull. Texas Agric. Exper. Sta., 9:23-29. 1890. List of 95 species from the state. Arkansas.-We know nothing of its fungous flora. Tennessee.-Any knowledge of the fungus flora of this state is likewise lacking. The above includes, of course, only the more important papers. Scattered descriptions of species from several of the Southern States are also to be found in descriptive literature, periodical or otherwise. We now give in conclusion the complete list, as we know it, of papers relating to the mycologic flora of our own state. 123 LIST OF WORKS AND PAPERS TREATING OF ALABAMA FUNGI. (Authors chronologically arranged.) RAVENEL, H. W. Fungi Caroliniani Exsiccati. Fasc. 1-5, 1852-1860. Contains numerous Alabama species, contributed chiefly by T. M. Peters. BERKELEY, M. J. Notices of North American Fungi. Grevillea, 1:33-39, 49-55, 65-71, 97-102, 145-150, 161-166, 177-180. 1872-3; 2:3-7, '17-20, 33-35, 49-53, 65-69, 81-84, 97101, 153-157, 177-181. 1873-4; 3:1-17, 49-64, 97-112, 145160. 1874-5; 4: 1-16, 45-52, 93-108, 141-162. 1875-6. Contains references to some 227 species of Fungi collected in Alabama by Peters and Beaumont. Many of these were new to science and are briefly described in both Latin and English by Berkeley and Curtis. BERKELEY, M. J., and CURTIS, M. A. Fungi Cubenses. Jour. Linn. Soc., 10 : 280-392. 1869. Describes a large number of Cuban fungi, some of which also occurred in various parts of the United States. Among these are five species of which the type is reported from Alabama. It is probable that the material was collected by Peters, but the fact is not stated. FARLOW, W. G. The Synchitria of United States. Bot. Gazette, 10:235-245. P1. 1885. Mentions and describes Synchitrium pluriannulatumn collected by Peters in Alabama. COOKE, M. C. Precursores ad Monographiam Polypororum. Grevillea, 15:19-27. 1886. Describes Poria Beaumontii B. & C., from the Berkeley collection, originally sent from Alabama by Beaumont. ATKINSON, G. F. A New Ramularia on Cotton. Bot. Gazette, 15:166-168. J. 1890. Describes B. areola from Auburn, Alabama. -Some Erysiphei from Alabama and Carolina. Jour. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc., 7:61-74. 1890. the 124 Describes sixteen species of mildews from Alabama stations. -- Black rust of cotton. Bulletin Ala. Exper. Sla. 27: May, 1891. General account of the "rust" of cotton, with account of Cercospora gossypina, Colletotriclz am gossypii, and lacrosporium niricantiu m. -Sphaerella gossypina n. sp. the perfect stage of Cercospora gossypina Cke. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 18: 300, 301. P1. 122. October, 1891. Species described from material collected at Auburn, Eutaw, and Alberta Station, Alabama. the structure and dimorphism of Hypocrea tuberiformis. Bot. Gazette, 16: 282-285. Pl. 25, October, 1891. Results of study based on material collected at Auburn, Alabama. A new IRavenelia from Alabama. Dot. Gazette, 16: 313-314. November, 1891. Describes R. cassiaecola on C. ctitans from Auburn, Alabama. -Some Cercosporae from Alabama. Jour. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc., 8: 33-66. 1891. (Separate Describes some 79 species collected in Alabama, of which -On pp. 1-36). 27 are new. leaf blights of cotton. Bull. Alabama Agric. Exp. -Some Sta. 36. March, 1892. Discusses the economic relations of several eases of cotton, some. of which are produced fungi. Genus Frankia in the lUited States. Bot. Club, 19: 171-177. P1. 128. June, 1892. Account of F. alni and F. ceanothi n. sp. based collected at Auburn, Alabama. of the disby various Bull. Torr. -The on material -Some diseases of. cotton. Bull. Alabama Agric. Exp. Sta. 41. D, 1892. General summary of cotton diseases, including those produced by species of Cercospora, Golletotricium, Jlacrosporiurn and Sphaerella. 125 -Additions to the Erysiphei of Alabama. Jour. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc. 10: 74-76. 1893. Notes on twelve additional species of this group. --Some Septoriae from Alabama. Jour. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc. 10: 76-78. 1893. Notes on fifteen species observed in the State, including Alabamnensis n. sp. parasitic on Aepeta glcchoma. of the spores of Cerebella paspali. Bull. Pl. 183. March, 1894. Torr. Bot. Club, 21: Based on material collected-at Auburn, Alabama. -Steps towards a revision of the linosporous species of North. American graminicolous Hypocreaceae. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 21: 222-225. May, 1894. Establishes three genera with two new species based on material collected in Alabama. on some Exoascew of the United States. Bull. Torr.-Bot. Club, 21: 372-380. August, 1894. Describes among other new species, E. mirabilis, E. rhiiijees, E. varius and E. australis, on material collected at Au- S. -Germination 12i7-128. -Notes burn, Alabama. -Leaf-cnrl and Plum-pockets. Bull. Cornell University Agric. Exper. Sta. 73. 5, 1894. Gives general account and illustrations of three of the species described in the above paper. ELLIS, J. B., and EYERHART. B. M., North American Fungi. Centuries 25 (1890), 28 (1892) and 35 (1896). Includes four species of Alabama fungi. SEYMOUR A. B. and EARLE, F. S., Economic Fungi. Fase 2-9. 1891-1895. Contains several species of Alabama fungi contributed chiefly by G. F. Atkinson. DUGGAR, B. M. Germination of the teleutospores of IRavenelia cassiaecola. Bot Gazette, 17: 144-148, Pl. 9, 10, May, 18'02. Study made at the Alabama Polytechnic Institute, with illustrations of the germinating teleutospores. MORGAN A. P. North American Fungi. IY. Gastromycetes. Cincinnati Soc. Nat. list., 13: 5-21. Pl. 1, 2. April, 1891. 126 Mentions Lycoperdon pedicellatum, L. Peckii, and L. cepaeforme as occurring in Alabama collected by G. F. Atkinson. -New North American Fungi. Jour. Cincinnati Soc. Nat. Hist. 18: 36-45. P1. 1-3. 1895. Describes and illustrates among other species, Hydnum atroviride collected in Alabama by G. F. Atkinson. UNDERWOOD, L. M., and EARLE, F. S. Treatment of some fungous diseases. Bull. Alabama Agric. Exper. Sta. 69. F 1896. General account of fungi and their habits, and treatment of the principal diseases of the leading cultivated crops occurring in the State. -The distribution of the species of Gymnosporangium in the South. Bot. Gazette, '22: 255-258. S 1896. Notes on the six species of the Eastern United States parasitic on Juniperus Virginiana, five of which occur in Alabama. -Notes on the Pine-inhabiting species of Peridermium. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 23: 400-405. 0O1896. Describes the three species of the Eastern United States, two of which are common in Alabama. TRACY, S. M., and EARLE, F. S. New Species of Fungi from Mississippi. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 23: 205-211. 1896. macrosporium from Auburn, Alabama. Mentions Glonium n UNDERWOOD, L. M. Mycology in the Southern States. Garden and Forest, 9:263, 264. Jy, 1896. Alludes to the mycologic work done in Alabama, -Edible Fungi; a wasted food product. Bull. Agric. Exper. Sta., 73: 337-346, O 1896. General account of Fungi as food; alludes to certain edible and poisonous species occurring in Alabama with figures of Amanita caesarea A. muscaria and Agaricus campestris. -Some new Fungi,chiefly from Alabama. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 24: 81-86. 28 F, 1897. Describes ten species of Fungi from Alabama, together with two others also collected in this state, but not originally described from Alabama material. 127 PECK, C. H. New species of Fungi. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 23: 411-420. O, 1896. Describes Lentinus Underwoodii, L. ventricosus, Pholiotasabulosa, Flammula Underwoodii and Boletus tabacinus from material sent from Alabama by the writer. -- New species of Fungi. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 24:137-147. March, 1897. Describes, with others, ten new species of fungi from Alabama material. EARLE, F. S. New species of Fungi imperfecti from Alabama. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 24:28-32. 1897. Describes twelve new species of fungi from Alabama belonging to the group of imperfect fungi. PRELIMINARY LIST OF THE KNOWN SPECIES OF ALABAMA FUNGI. L. M. UNDERWOOD AND F. S. EARLE. The following list includes the species of Fungi at present known to inhabit the State of Alabama. In the case of those species described by Berkeley all have been included in the list whether they have been collected recently or not. In the case of those whose type locality is Alabama, Berkeley's descriptions in both Latin and English are given, since the two are usually more or less supplementary to each other. Those which have not been collected since their publication are marked with a star. All the species not so marked are represented by specimens in some American collection and their location can be determined from the following statement of the basis on which the list rests. It is founded on the following material: 1. The species reported by Berkeley in his notices, and, presumably, to be found in the Berkeley collection at Kew, England. 2. Species preserved in the'Peters collection, now owned by the State University of Alabama. 2 128 3. Species collected by Judge Peters in Alabama and distributed in Ravenel's Fungi Caroliniani exsiccati. 4. Species collected by Professor G. F. Atkinson or his assistants and deposited in the herbarium of the Alabama Polytechnic Institute. * Also species described by this author in recent papers. 5. Material collected by the writers, 1895-1896. Whenever possible, the location is noted by counties, and the time of collection by months. That from Lee county, which naturally includes the greater part of the list, was collected by the writers jointly from January to July 1896; that collected before that time (October- December 1895,)was collected by L. M. Underwood, and that since July 1896, by F. S. Earle. 6. Material collected by G. W. C rver, of the Tuskegee Normal and Industrial Institute, in Macon County. Much of the material collected by Professor Atkinson has been again collected by the writers in the vicinity of Auburn, Lee county, but no mention of this appears in the list, the original collector alone being indicated for each county. The herbarium of the Polytechnic Institute therefore contains, in addition to general material, considerably more Alabama material than the present list would indicate, especially in parasitic forms. The recent collections outside of Lee county, unless otherwise noted, were made by L. M. Underwood, except those collected in Mobile county, 1896, which were collected by F. S. Earle. Specimens of the material collected by the writers, if in quantity sufficient for division, were also deposited in their private collections. It is the intention of the list to include no species that. cannot be verified by subsequent examina* Besides this material, Professor Atkinson left a record containing collector's numbers of quite a number of fungi collected in Alabama; some of these give localities, a few give names, many neither; also a host index of Alabama parasitic species; although these contain references to some species not mentioned in the following list, no use has been made of these notes, since we have had access to no specimens to represent them. 129 tion. The material, therefore, reported in the manuscript list of Judge Peters, unless represented in some of his collections above noted, has been omitted from the text. The classification followed is a slight modification of that proposed by Schroeter, * with the adaptation of ordinal and family names to a uniform system. The genera and species are arranged alphabetically, under each fam:ily or order, as the simplest method of citation, and with a few exceptions follow Saccardo's limitations. In the case of parasitic species, reference is made to all the hosts on which the species has been collected in the state. For the use of those who will continue to study the fungi of the state, a generic index and a host index are added as a matter of convenience. In the citation of hosts the reformed nomenclature is used with generic citation of such synonymy as appears necessary to render the reference clear. The list, of course, makes no pretense at completeness, for it represents only a beginning, mostly confined to two or three counties of the state. Probably three times the number of fungi it mentions will ultimately be found in the state. It has been found by experience that when attention is called to any certain group of plants and the imperfectly known and limited number from a given area is noted, that a stimulus is thereby given to further search and exploration. It is hoped that the citation of the unknown "B. & C." species, with their limited descriptions, will lead to their rediscovery, and that the list will in other ways stimulate the study of these plants in the state until its flora becomes reasonably well known. For the benefit of those who are not conversant with the lower plants, it may be desirable to indicate briefly some of the characteristics of the Fungi and to outline, as far as possible by common names, the various groups into which this * In Engler-Prantl: Die naturalichen Pflanzenfamilien. 130 series of plants is divided. It will thus serve to interpret to such persons what might otherwise appear to be a mere list of unpronounceable names. The Fungi, known under various names, like moulds, mildews, toadstools (or in this state frogstools) and mushrooms, are plants that are (1) Of simple structure and organization; (2) Contain no chlorophyl (the green coloring matter of ordinary vegetation) and are therefore unable to live on inorganic matter like other plants, and (3) Reproduce by means of microscopic spores instead of seeds. Since they are unable to live on inorganic food they must draw their nourishment from other living plants or animals and thus act as parasites, or else draw their food supply from decaying organic matter. Of the former type a considerable number are directly injurious to cultivated plants and play an important part in agriculture. These have already served as the subject of a general bulletin from this station (No. 69) and several special bulletins (Nos. 26, 36, 41, 50 and 55). Much yet remains to be done in the direction of learning the life histories of these parasitic species and determining the best means of checking their ravages; in fact, we have only made a beginning in this direction. Some of the species living on decaying organic matter form valuable articles of food, and attention has been called to a few of these in a preliminary bulletin from this station (No. 73). Many species are not at present known to have any economic character. It is, however, desirable to know them all, and we therefore present a classified arrangement that will serve as a sort of synopsis of the list that follows. Fungi are variously classified by different botanists but it is convenient here to separate them primarily into five classes, two of which are often not regarded as true fungi, but nevertheless share with them many of their characters. These classes are again divided into orders and these again into families. These various groups with such common names as have been applied to them may be arranged as follows: 131 I. CLASS SCHIZOMYCETES.-Includes the bacteria, many of which are exceedingly useful to man; many produce disastrous diseases of men and animals; some are of considerable economic importance to horticulturists in our state, viz: the Bacillus amylovorous producing pear blight; and Bacillus solanacearum causing blight of tomatoes and blight and rotting of potatoes. The bacteria are not usually regarded as true fungi; at least they have no place in a flora. II. CLASS MYXOMYCETES (slime moulds).-Represented with us by two orders, one of which (Plasmodiophorales) contains root parasites, some of which attack cultivated plants. The other order (Myxogastrales) contains a series of organisms that are among the most remarkable in existence. They grow on rotten wood, possess no economic importance, and on account of their characters while in the growing condition, are, by some botanists, regarded as animals. The zoologists, however, do not claim them and they .are here retained. In their later or spore-bearing stages some of them bear considerable superficial resemblance to the puff-balls and were, indeed, classified with them by the early mycologists. As a matter of fact, no two groups could be more different from each other, and they here appear at opposite ends of the list. CLASS III. PHYCOMYCETES.-(The lower or algal fungi). Order C(hytridiales. (Simple parasites, a few affecting higher plants.) Order Mucorales. (Moulds, including ordinary well known forms, the common green mould excepted.) Order Eatomophthorales. (Insect parasites; mostly beneficial.) Order Saprolegniales. (Aquatic moulds, sometimes parastitic on fish. (This group, often of economic importances in fish hatcheries, has not been studied in the state.) Order Peronosporales. (White rusts and downy mildews; an important parasitic group.) CLASS IV. ASCOMYCETEs. (The spore-sac fungi.) Order Gymnoascales. (Leaf-curl and "plum-pockets;" an important economic group.) 132 Order Perisporiales. (Powdery mildews; some are of considerable economic importance.) Order Hypocreales. (A few like the ergot of grain are economic; the majority are saprophytic.) very few (The Order Sphaeriales.] tles. black fungi. of Athe plum like Order he he "black knot" are Dot hideales.parasitic; the greater number are Order saprophytes.) Order Hysteriales. (Of little economic importance.) Order Phacidiales. (Mainly leaf parasites, a few of economic importance.) Order Pezizales. (Cup fungi; mostly fleshy.) Order Helvellales. (Fleshy fungi; a few edible.) (As so-called inperfect forms (Fungi imperfecti) we have three orders that in the list are placed between this class and the preceeding; some of them are stages of ascomycetous fungi; others probably are not related to ascomycetous forms, and are probably complete in themselves; many members of these three orders are parasitic and of economic importance.) CLASS Y. BASIDIOMYCETES. Order Ustilaginales. (Smuts; parasitic on corn, cereals and grasses.) Order Uredinales. (Rusts; parasitic on various plants; a highly economic group.) Order Tremellales. (Jelly-like fungi.) Order Hymeniales. (Mushrooms, toadstools, woody or bracket-fungi; many fleshy forms are edible ) Order Gastrates. (Puff-balls; many species edible.) As far as it is possible to arrange the diverse forms in a lineal series these groups are arranged in the order of complexity of structure, the simplest forms coming first; no lineal arrangement, however, can satisfactorily express affinities. 133 CLASS MYXOMYCETES. ORDER PLASMODIOPHORALES. Frankia Alni (Wor.) Atk. On roots of Alnus sp. Lee, 7, 1896. Frankia Ceanothi Atk. On roots of Ceanothus Americanus, Lee, 5, 7, 1895. Described by Professor Atkinson in Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 19 171-177, pl. 128, f. 2-4. 1892, from Alabama material, but the description is not sufficiently compact to be readily quoted. ORDER MYXOGASTRALES. Arcyria ferruginea Sauter. Lee, 2, 1896. Arcyria punicea Pers. Lee, 12, 1895 ; 2, 1896. Badhamia decipiens (Curt.) Berk.* "Alabama (Peters)." Described from Alabama specimens'under the name of Physarun chrysotrichum B. & C. from Alabama, in Grevillea, 2:66 as follows : "Sessile, snbglobosum, peridio floccisque fulvis." "Sessile, globose; somewhat depressed ; tawny ; the upper part soon breaking off; flocci springing from the base, tawny like the peridium." Calonema aureum Morg. Lee, 12, 1895. Ceratiomyxa mucida noides.) "Alabama (Peters, (Pers.) Schroet. (Ceralium hlyd-. Clathroptychium Beaumont)"; (Peters). Lee, 4, 1896. rugulosum (Walir.) IRost. On Quercus 1873. Peters coil. Comatricha Friesiana (DeBy.) "Alabama (Peters)." Rost.* (Sternonitis typhoides Comatricha typhina (Roth.) Rost. Bull.) 134 Alabama (Peters). Peters coil. * Cribraria argil-lacea Pers. "Alabama (Beaumont)." Described in Grevillea, Licea spermoides B. & C. from Alabama material. 2: 68, as Dictydium cernuum (Pers.) Nees. Alabama (Peters). In the Peters coll. as D.umbilicatum. Peters' coil. Didymium clavus (A. & S.) Rost. Alabama, 8, 1855 (Peters). Enteridion olivaceum Ehrh. Alabama (Peters). Peters' coil., No. 125a, under the name of Licea appiamata. Fuligo septica (Link.) Gmel. Alabama (Peters-). Peters' coil., No. 107; Lee, 4, 1896. Hemiarcyria clavata (Pers.) Rost. On Pinus. Alabama (Peters). Peters' coll. Hemiarcyria funalis Morg. Lee, 12, 1895. Hemiarcyria rubiformis (Pers.) Rost. Lee, 11, 1895; 2, 1896. Hemiarcyria serpula (Scop.) Rost. Alabama (Peters). Peters' coil., No. 105; Lee, 12, 1895. Lycogala epidendron (L.) Buxb. Lee, 2, 3, 1896. Perichaena corticalis (Batsch.) Rost. Alabama (Peters). Lee, 3, 1896. (P. populina). Peters' coll., No. 106. Physarum cinereum (Batsch.) Pers. Physarum flavicomum B. & Br. (P. cupripes B. & 0.) Alabama, 1855 (Peters). Peters' coll. Physarum Petersii B. & C. Alabama (Peters).. Peters' coil., No. 104. In poor condition. Described in Grevillea, 66, from Alabama specimens as follows : "Stipi aequali lateritio, peridio globoso 2: luteo; floccis sub-flavis ; sporis atris." Physarum pulchripes Pk. Lee, 3, 1896. "Stem equal, brick-red ; head globose, delicate when free from the. dark flocci yellowish." spores; yellow 135 Reticuaria atra (A. & S.) Fr. Lee, 3, 1896. Spumaria alba (Bull.) D. C. (Didyrniun spurarloidesFr.) Alabama, 1865. (Peters). Peters' coil. Stemonitis fusca Roth. Lee, 2, 1896. Stemonitis microspora Lister. Lee, 2, 3, 1896. Stemonitis tenerrima B. & C. Lee, 11, 1895. Trichia affinis DeBary. Lee, 2, 1896. Trichia chrysosperma (Bull.) D. C. Lee, 11, 12, 1895. Trichia varia Pers. Lee, 12, 1895. Tubulina cylindrica (Bull.) D. C. Lee, 3, 1896. CLASS PHYCOMYCETES. ORDER CHYTRIDIALES. Synchytrium decipiens Farlow. On Falcata comosa (Amphicarpaea), DeKalb, 5, 1896. Synchytrium fulgens Schroet. On Enothera laciniata ((IE sinuata), Lee, 4, 1896. Synchytrium puriannulatum (B. & C.) Farlow. On Sanicula sp. (Peters). Described as Urornyces phtriannulatain Grevillea, 3: 57, as follows.: "Maculis nullis; sonis cuticula arcte inclusis; sporis magnis nucleatis, globosis, episporio concentrice membranaceo." ":Spots none, soni closely imprisoned in the cuticle; spores globose, .0024 in diameter, the epispore consisting of many concentric membranes; outer membrane splitting off." 136 ORDER MUOORALES. Mucor Beaumontli B. & C. On Brassica oleracea (Beaumont). Described in Grevillea, 3:148, as follows: "Floccis curtis hyalinis; sporis oblongis vel ellipticis obtusissimus atropurpureis." "Flocci short, hyaline; spores elliptic or oblong, very obtuse, .008 long, about half as wide, dark purple." Sporodinia Aspergillus (Scop.) Schroet. On decaying Boletus sp., Lee, 7, 10, 1896. The zygosporous stage of this fungus has been called Syzygites megalocarpus Ehr. ORDER ENTOMOPHTHORALES. Empusa Muscae (Fr.) Cohn. On dead.flies, Lee, 5, 1896. ORDER PERONOSPORALES. Albugo Amaranthi (Schw.) 0. Kuntze. On Amaranthus sp. Hale, 5, 1896; Lee, 7, 1896. Albugo candidus (Pers.) 0. Kuntze. On Arabis Virginica (Cardamine Ludoviciana), Lee, 4, 1896. On Lepidium Yirginicum, Lee, 3, 1890 (R. S. Edwards). On Senebiera sp. Lee, 5, 1896. Albugo Ipomoea-panduranae (Schw.) Swingle. On On On On Ipomoea Ipomoea Ipomoea Ipomoea Batatas, Lee, 7, 1890 (Atkinson). pandurata, Lee, 7, 1896. purpurea, Lee, 6, 1890 (Atkinson). tamuif olia, Lee, 7, 1896. C.) Albugo Portulacae (ID. 0. Kuntze. On Portulaca oleracea, Lee, 7, 1890, (Atkinson). Albugo Tragopogonis (Pers.) S. F. Gray. *A number of the common moulds belonging here have been noted from time to time, but no attempt has been made to include them in the list." 137 On Ambrosia artemisiefolia, "Pike Roads," 6, 1891, (Atkinson). On Tragopogon porrifolius, Lee, 5, 1890, (Atkinson). Peronospora Arthuri, Farlow. On Enothera laciniata, Lee (CE sinuata) (Atkinson). Peronospora Lamil (Al. Brann) DeBary. On Lamium amplexicaule, Lee, 1, 1890 (R. S. Edwards). Peronospora parasitica (Pers.) Fr. On Brassica oleracea (young plants from seed-bed), Mobile, 3, 1896 (Reese). On Lepidium Yirginicum, Lee (Atkinson). Peronospora Seymourii Burrill. On Houstonia patens, Lee, 3, 1896. Peronospora plantaginis Underw. On Plantago aristata, Lee, 5, 1896. Described from Alabama material in Bull. Torr., Bot. Club, 83, as "Mycelium parasitic in well-defined yellow areas of the leaf, occupying the entire width and a length of 1-3 conidiophores usually solitary, long exserted, irregularly 54f times dichotomous; ultimate ramulae short, unequal, recurved, 4-12 n conidia narrowly oval or lemon shaped, pointed at each end, dark, almost black by reflected light, brownish violet by transmitted light, 40-44x16-18 n. Oospore unknown. On leaves of Plantago aristata, Auburn, Alabama, May, 1896. F. S. Earle." Peronospora Violae iDeBary. On Viola tenella, Lee, 2, 1890 (Atkinson). 24: follows: cm.; long; Plasmopara Geranii (Peck) Beil. & DeTon. On Geranium Carolinianum, Lee, 3, 1896. Plasmopara Halstedii (Farl.) Berl. & DeTon. On Bidens frondosa, Lee, 8, 1890 (Atkinson). On Gnaphalium purpureum, Lee, 6, 1890 (Atkinson in Economic Fungi, 314).- Plasmopara obducens Schroet. On Impatiens aurea (I. pallida) Lee, 4, 1896. Plasmopara viticola (B. & C.) Berl. & DeTon. 138 On. Parthenocissus quinquefolius (Ampelopsis), Dallas, 5, 1896. On Vitis sp. (various cultivated varieties), Lee (Atkinson). On Vitis rotundifolia, Lee, 10, 1890 (Atkinson). (FUNGI IMPERFECTI.) ORDER HYPHALES. FAMILY MUCEDINACEE. Botrytis curta (B. & C.) Sacc. * On Magnolia sp. (Beaumont). Described under Polyactis curta, in Grevillea, 3:110, as follows.: "Minuta curta e maculis orbicularibus brunneis oriunda; floccis simplicibus vel apice lobatis; sporis subglobosis." "Growing on orbicular brown spots stems very short, with from one to two septa, simple or slightly divided at apex; spores subglobose, .0008 in diameter." Cercosporella persica Sacc. On Amygdalus persica, Lee, , 1890 (Atkinson); Macon, 8, 1896 (Carver). Chromosporium fulvum (B. & C.) Sacc.* On Peziza psammophila (Peters). Described in Jour. Linn. Soc., 10:355, in part from Alabama material, under Gymnosporium, as follows: "Effusum, tenue, sporis obovatis peroxydatis stratum pallidius membranaceum insidentibus (494)." "On dead twigs. Hab. Alabama, No. 5,224. On Peziza psammophila B. & C., Car. Inf. on dead wood. Resembles Oidium fulvum. Spores .001 inch long, shortly pedicellate." Microstroma Juglandis (Bereng.) Sacc. On Hicoria alba, Lee. 4, 1890 (Atkinson in Economic Fungi, 162). 139 On Hicoria glabra, Lee, 4, 1896. Monilia fructigena Pers. On Amygdalus persica, Lee, 7, 1892 (Richards). Monilia megalosporum (B. & C.) Sacc. Described in Jour. Linn. Soc., 10:363, in part from Alabama material, under Oidium, as follows : "Soris pulvinatis melleis, articulis ellipticis subglobosisque maximus levibus (431)." "On dead bark. Hab. Alabama, No. 6,094. Spores with three distinct membranes, the intermediate ones with short cylindrical connecting processes .002-.0028 inch long. Habit like that of Bactridium. The Alabama specimens are on some Polyporus." Ovularia obliqua (Cooke) Oud. On Rumex sp., Lee, 7, 1891 (Duggar). Piricularia grisea (Cooke) Sacc. On Panicum sanguinale, Lee, 7, 1891 (Newman). On Panicum sp., Lee, 7, 1891 (Atkinson). On Paspalum undulatum, Lee, 8, 1891 (Atkinson). On Paspalum sp., Lee, 7, 1891 (Newman). On Chaeticloa Italica (Setaria Germanica), Lee, 8, 1890 (Atkinson in Economic Fungi, 61). Ramularia areola Atks. On Gossypium herbaceum, Lee, , 1890 (Atkinson in Economic Fungi, 407); Macon, 8, 1896 (Carver). Described in Bot. Gazette, 15:168, as follows: "Spots hypophyllous, rarely amphigenous, pale at first, becoming darker, 1-10mm. (mostly 3-4mm.), angular, irregular in shape, limited by the veins of the leaf, conidia in profusion giving a frosted appearance to the spots. Hyphae hypophyllous, rarely amphigenous, fasciculate in small clusters over the spots, subnodose, older ones frequently branched below, more rarely above where they are toothed, teeth frequently unilateral when the hyphan are curved instead of zigzag, several times septate, stouter below, hyaline, 25-75 x 47-7 n. Conidia oblong, usually abruptly pointed at the ends, sometimes rounded, 1-3 septate, concatenate in the early developiement of the hyphe, hyaline, 14-30 x 4-5 n." 140 Ramuaria Liriodendri E. & E. On Liriodendron, Lee, 10, 1895. Ramuaria macrospora Asteris Trelease. On Aster sp., Lee, 5, 1896. Ramularia Virgaurea3 Thuem. On Solidago sp., Lee, 7, 1891 (Duggar). Rhinotrichum bellum B. & C. * On dead wood (Beaumont). Described in Grevillea, 3: 108, as follows: "Fivide aurantiacum; effusum ; sporis oblongo-ellipticis." orange, forming a thin stratum; spores oblong, elliptic, .0006 "Bright long." Rhinotrichum macrosporum Farlow. On Gossypium herbaceum, Lee, 1891 (Atkinson). Rhinotrichum tenellum B. & C. On Gossypium herbaceum, Lee, 1890 (Atkinson). Sepedonium Americanum B. & C. On. rotten wood, Peters Coil., 1:123. This is probably only an herbarium name, as it does not appear in Notices of North American Fungi in Grevillea, and cannot be traced in Sacc. Syll. Fung. The specimen consists of a mass of sulphur-yellow spores on very rotten wood. No hyphae are observable. The spores are light yellow, orbicular, roughened, 8-10 n" Sepedonium subochraceum B. & C. On rotten wood (Peters) ; Lee, 7, 1896. Described in Grevillea, 3 : 147, as follows : " Effusum alutaceum ; sporis globosis granulatis. "Forming a continuous tan-colored stratum ; spores globose, studded with little papilkae, .0001 in diameter." Trichothecium roseum (Pers) Link. On Ficus carica, Lee, 10, 1891 (Atkinson). On Amygdalus persica, Lee, 11, 1890 (Atkinson). 141 FAMILY DEMATIACEE. Cercospora Acalyphae Peck. On Acalypha Ostryaefolia (A Caroliniana,) Lee, 8, 1891, (Newman). Cercospora Agrostidis Atks.* On Agrostis sp. Lee, 7, 1391, (Duggar & Newman. Described in Jour. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc. (Separate: 12) as follows: "Spots amphigenous, broadly elliptical, very light brown center with broad border of dull red brown, 3-5mm. long. Hyphae amphigenous, loosely fasciculate, tufts irregularly scattered and few in a spot, bright reddish brown, septate, nearly straight to subfiexuons and sparingly toothed near I-apex, 40-65x31-24. Conidia hyaline, 1-7-septate, terete, straight or little curved, 10-6x2-." 8: Cercospora Alabamensis Atks. On Ipomoea purpurea, Lee, 8, 1891, (Newman), Macon, 8, 1896, (Carver). Described from Alabama specimens (1. c. 19) as follows: "Spots amphigenous, dirty white definitely limited by purple or black with raised margin, 2-3mm. Hyphae amphigenons, loosely fasciculate, fascicles numerous, faintly dark septate, dilutely reddish brown, nearly straight, denticulate, or abruptly shouldered and promptly scarred at the angles, 50-100x42. Conidia long, slender, straight or curved, hyaline, closely multiseptate, terete, 70-250x3-4." Cercospora althaeina Sacc.* On Althaea rosea, Perry, 7, 1890, (Atkinson, 1. c. 28). Cercospora althaeina Modiolae Atks.* On Modiola multifida, Lee, 1890, (Atkinson). Described (1. c.. 28) as follows : " Spots same [as in type] but. little smaller, with narrow raised margin. Hyphae amphigenous, fasciculate, fuscidulous, continuous, cylindri- cal, 30-70x42. Conidia hyaline, slender and tapering to the very narrow apical portion, multiseptate,. 50-100x3-4." Cercospora anthel mintica Atks. On Chenopodium anthelminticum, Lee, 8, 1891, (Duggar). 142 Described (1. c. 16) as follows: "Spots small, amphigenous, 1-3mm., white with narrow raised margin surrounded by a dark border. Hyphae epiphyllous, fasciculate, spreading, subflexuous, subnodose and profusely toothed, septate, fuliginous with faint reddish tinge, 30-100 x42. Conidia hyaline, terete 4-10 septate, 25-100x4-42.' Cercospora asterata Atks.* On Aster sp. Lee, 11, 1891, (Atkinson). Described (1. c. 18) as follows: "Spots amphigenous, about 6mm. in diameter, generally in edge of leaf, dirty grey bordered by black, exterior to this effused with reddish purple. Hyphae amphigenous, fasciculate, dull reddish brown, subhyaline at the tips, septate, geniculate, subflexuous, torulose to denticulate, minutely guttate, 70-120x4-5. Conidia hyaline, nearly cylindrical, tapering gradually to each end, septate, 30-50x3." Cercospora atromaculans E & E. On Cassia occidentalis, Lee, 10, 1895. On Cassia Tora, Lee, 9, 1891, (Atkinson). *Cercospora atramarginalis Atks. On Solanum nigrum (?), Lee, 1890, (Atkinson). Described (1. c. 27) as follows: "Spots amphigenous, orbicular, 4-6mm., light brown or dirty grey with black border above. Hyphae hyphophyllous, fasciculate from stroma, short, flexuous or denticulate, continuous, faintly fuliginous, 10-30x4-42. Conidia obclavate or cylindrical, 1-10 septate, guttulate, yellowish, 10-70x4-5." Cercospora avicularis Wint. On Polygonum punctatum (P acre) (?), Lee, 8, 1891, (Atkinson). Cercospora avicularis sagittati Atks. On Polygonum sagittatum, Lee, 10, 1891, (Duggar). Described (1. c. 16) as follows; "Spots amphigenous, light brown with narrow elevated margin frequently bordered by reddish brown, 2-3mm. Hyphae olive brown, frequently with reddish tinge, fasciculate, septate, sometimes subgeniculate -o denticulate, 70-170x4. Conidia faintly colored, septate, 100-300x3-5." 143 Cercospora beticola Sacc.* On Beta vulgaris (Sugar beet), Lee, 11, 1890, (Atkinson 1, c. 14). Cercospora Bolleanea (Thuem.) Speg. On Ficus carica, Lee, 11, 1895; 10, 1896. Cercospora Boehmeriae Peck. On Boehmeria cylindrica, Lee, 11, 1891, (Atkinson). Cercospora canescens E. & M. On Phaseolus vulgaris, Lee, 7, 1891, (Newman). Cercospora catenospora Atks. On Sambucus Canadensis, Lee, 8, 10, 1891, (Atkinson). Described (1. c. 34) as follows: "Diffused in irregular patches or over large surface of under side of leaves, giving dirty green color. Hyphae fasciculate from stomata of leaf, divergent, 20-30 up to 75x5-6, septate, nearly cylindrical, often toothed, bearing conidia laterally as well as at the apex, olive yellowish, rarely darker and inclined to faint reddish tinge. Conidia lateral and acrogenous, concatenate or single, cylindrical when concatenate and then abruptly tapering each way to small truncate end, terete when single, more rarely somewhat clavate, dilutely olive yellowish, often guttulate, 1-6 septate, 20-100x4-5." Cercospora Cephalanthi E. & K.* On Cephalanthus occidentalis, (Atkinson, 1. c. 35). Cercospora ceracella Sacc. On Prunus avium, Lee, 7, 1891 (Newman). Cercospora cercidicola Ell. On Cercis Canadensis, Hale, 5, 1896, Lee, 8, 1892, (Newman & Duggar). Cercospora citrulina Cke.* On Citrullus vulgaris (watermelon), 9, 1890, (Atkinson, 1. c. 13). Cercospora Clitoria Atks.* On Clitoria mariana, Lee, 8, 1891, (Atkinson). Described (1. c. 30) as follows: "Spots angular, rather large, 3-6mm., black or nearly black above, brown below. 3 144 llyphae epiphyllous, fuliginous, short, projecting but little above the tuberculate stroma, 5-10 long. Conidia long, slender, terete, faintly colored, straight or curved, several times septate, 50-70x3." Cercospora consociata Wint. On Ruelliaciliosa, Lee, 7, 1896. Cercospora crinospora Atks.* On Rhyncospora glomerata, Lee, 8, 1891, (Atkinson). Described (1. c. 26) as follows: "Hyphae fasciculate, 3-6 in a tuft, undulate, sparingly toothed and nearly hyaline at apex, dark brown for nearly the entire length. Conidia very slender, straight, terete, hyaline, 4-6 septate, 20-60x12-2." Cercospora cruenta Sacc. (C. Doichi E. d E.) On Dolichos sinensis, Lee, 7, 1891, (Duggar), Macon, 10, 1896, (Carver), Perry, 7, 1881, (Atkinson). Cercospora Cucurbitae E. & E. On Cucurbita sp. (dish-rag squash), Lee, 1890, (Atkinson). On Lagenaria vulgaris, Lee, 9, 1891, (Duggar). Cercospora Davisii E. & E. On Melilotus alba, Macon, 8, 1896, (Carver); Perry, 7, 1890, (Atkinson, 1. c. 28). Cercospora depazeoides (Desm.) Sacc. On Sambucus Canadensis, Lee, 9, 1890, (Atkinson). Cercospora Desmodii E. & K.* On Meibomia mollis, (Desmodium), Lee, 1890, (Atkinson 1. c. 21). On Meibomia sp., Perry, 7, 1890, (Atkinson 1. c. 21). Cercospora Diodia3 Cke. On Diodia teres, Lee, 7, 1891, (Newman & Duggar). Cercospora Diodiae-virginianae Atks. On IDiodia Virginiana, Lee, 9, 1891, (Duggar). Described (1. c. 26) as follows : "Spots amphigenous, brown or dirty white with a broad, ill-defined purple border above, 2-5mm. Hyphae amphigenous, fasciculate, tufts numerous, fuliginous, 'nearly straight, denticulate, 40-250x4-5. Conidia hyaline, stout at base, tapering to a long, slender apical portion, multiseptate, 80-350x4." 145 Cercospora Diospyri Thuem. On Diospyros Yirginiana, Lee, 9, 1891, (Duggar). The variety C. Diospyri ferruginosa Atks. seems to be only the fully matured form of the fungus. See Miss. Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull. 38 : 151. Cercospora effusa (B. & C.) Ell. On Lobelia amoena, Lee, 10, 11, 1891, (Atkinson). Cercospora Elephantopodis E..& E. On Elephantopus tomentosus, Lee, 6, 1890, (Atkinson 1. c. 23). On Elephantopus sp. Lee, 10, 1896. Cercospora Erechtitis Atks.* On Erechtites hieracifolia, Lee, 11, 1891, (Duggar). Described (1. c. 34) as follows: "On dead parts of the leaf. Hyphae epiphyllous, fasciculate, reddish brown, geniculate or scarred, in which case hyphae are cylindrical, frequently guttute, 50-240x4. Conidia hyaline, septate and guttulate, 70-230x3-4." Cercospora erythrogena Atks. On Rhexia mariana, Lee, 7, 1890, (Atkinson). On Rhexia Virginica, Lee, 10, 1890, (Atkinson). Described (1. c. 33) as follows: "Hypophyllous, spots indefinite, usually reddening the leaf above, giving dirty appearance to large part of unuder surface of leaves. Hyphae scattered, frequently creeping, often branched, septate, dull reddish brown, flexuous, denticulate, 50-70x4-5. Conidia slender, usually curved, longer ones terete, faintly olive brown, multiseptate. and usually guttulate, 30-100x32-4." Cercospora flagellaris E. & M. (Newman & On Phytolac~ca decandra, Lee, 7, 1891, Duggar). Cercospora flagellifera Atks. On Galactia pilosa, Lee, 9, 1891, (Atkinson). Described (1. c. 19) as follows : " Spots amphigenous, suborbicular to angular, 3-4mm. or large and indefinitely limited gus), (this may be due to the presence of other dark brown above, lighter below,. Hyphae amphi- fun- 146 genous, rather compactly fasciculate or spreading, reddish brown, prominently scarred and flexuous and denticulate toward tips, or cylindrical, 40-150x4-5. Conidia hyaline, very long and slender, multiseptate, 70-250x22-3 at base." Cercospora fuscovirens Sacc. On Passiflora incarnata, Lee, 10, 1891, (Duggar). Cercospora fusimaculans Atks, On Panicum dichotomum, Lee, 8, 1891, (Duggar). Described (1. c. 18) as follows: "Spots amphigenous, light brown bordered by dark brown, broadly fusoid or elliptical, 3-4mm. long, frequently confluent. Hyphae epiphyllous, fasciculate, olive reddish brown, straight, subgeniculate or nodulose, sparingly denticulate toward apex, septate, 50-1I00x4-41. Conidia small, hyaline, 3-4 septate, tapering little toward each end, 25-40x2." Cercospora Galii E. & Hol.* On Galium pilosum punctulosum, Lee, 7, 1890, (Atkinson 1. c. 21). Cercospora gossypina Cke. On Gossypium herbaceum, Lee, 10, 1890, (Atkinson). Cercospora Hydrangeae E. & E.* On Hydrangea sp. (cult.), Lee, 1890, (Atkinson). Herbarium name given by Ellis to Alabama specimens. Described by Atkinson (1. c. 20) as follows: " Spots large, angular, limited by veins, blackish above, frequently becoming whitish in center, light brown below. Hyphae amphigenous, fasciculate from tuberculate base, olive brown with dull reddish tinge in age, subgeniculate and denticulate, 40-70x -42. Conidia hyaline, long, slender, terete, curved, multiseptate, 70-150x3-4." Cercospora Hydrocotyles E. & E. On Hydrocotyle umbellata, Lee, 8, 1891, (Duggar). Cercospora Jatrophae Atks.* On Jatropha stimulosa, Lee, 7, 1890, (Atkinson). Described (1. c. 32) as follows: "Spots indefinite, at first yellowish above and dirty yellow below from hyphae first developing below;when badly attacked and old, hyphae 147 are amphigenous and then the spots dirty grey with indefinite yellow border. Hyphae 'fasciculate from yellowish brown stroma, dilutely yellowish brown, short, subflexuous, 10-20x3. Conidia long and slender, hyaline or subhyaline, 5-12 septate, tapering little to distal end, 50-100x1--2." Cercospora iussiaeae Atks. On Jussiaea decurrens, Lee, 9, 1891, (Atkinson). On Jussiaea leptocarpa, Lee, 9, 1891, (Duggar). Described (1. c. 18) as follows: "Epiphyllous, small white spots surrounded by indefinite reddish purple border. Hyphae fasciculate, reddish, septate, geniculate and denticulate toward the apex, 40-120x4-42. Conidia hyaline, obclavate, 3-10 septate, 100-150x4." Cercospora leucosticta E. & E. On Melia Azederach, Lee, 11, 1895. Cercospora Liquidambaris C. & E. On Liquidambar styraciflua, Lee, 10, 1891, (Atkinson); Macon, 10, 1896; (Carver). Cercospora Liriodendri E. & Hark. On Liriodendron tulipifera, Lee, 7, 1891, (Newman). Cercospora Lobeliae K. & S. On Lobelia sp. O n Ludwigia Lee, 10, 1891, (Atkinson). Lee, 9, 1891, (Atkinson). Cercospora Ludwigiae Atks. alternifolia, Described (1. c. 26) as follows : "Spots amphigenous, subcircular, irregular, reddish brown or purple, sometimes center, 1-3 mm. faintly fuliginous,- straight or with white in Hyphae epiphyllous, densely flexuous, 20-30x4-5. Conidia fasciculate from tuberculate base, short, olive brown or slender, terete, straight or curved, sometimes guttulate, 3-10 septate, faintly colored, 25-100x22-3." Cercospora macroguttata Atks. On Chrysopsis gra minif olia, Lee, 8, 1891, (Atkinson). Described (1. c..32) as follows : "Hypophyllous forming small oval or larger narrowly oblong patches, olive brown in. color, from the profusion of the development of the fungus. Hyphae long, flexuous, geniculate, sparingly toothed 148 near apex, multiseptate and multiguttulate with large guttulae, dark brown in age with olive tinge, growing tips and young ones decided olive green tinge, 100-250x5-6. Conidia nearly cylindrical, very narrowly terete-fusoid, dilutely olive green, 3-8 septate, 10-80x42-5." Cercospora Mali E. & E.* On Pirus malus, Lee, 9, 1890, (Atkinson, 1. c. 23.) Cercospora moricola Cke.* On Morus sp. Lee, (Atkinson. 1. c. 11.) Cercospora Nymphaeae E. & E. On Castalia odorata (Nymphaea), Lee, 9, 1891, (Duggar). Cercospora occidentalis Cke. On Cassia occidentalis, Lee, 9, 1891, (Duggar); Macon, 10, 1896, (Carver). Cercospora omphakodes E. & Hol.* On Phlox Floridana, Lee, 6, 1890, (Atkinson, 1. c. 10). Cercospora pachyspora E. & E. On Peltandra sagittaefolia (P. alba), Lee, 7, 1890, (Atkinson). Cercospora papillosa Atks.* On Verbena sp. (cult.), Lee, 12, 1891, (Atkinson). Described (1. c. 20) as follows: "Spots orbicular or irregular, sometimes in edge of leaf, dirty white, 2-5mm. Hyphae amphigenous, fasciculate, nearly straight, denticulate to papillate, the scars sometimes being on minute protuberances. In some cases I have seen them several in a whorl, reminding one of the appearance of some sexual shoots of some algae of the family Lemaneaceae, fuliginous with very faint brick red tinge, 50-70x4-5. Conidia hyaline, long, rather stout at base, usually tapering rather abruptly into slender, thread-like apical portion, multiseptate, sometimes faintly so, 80-200x4-42 at base. Cercospora Penstemonlis E. & K. On Penstemon pubescens, Lee, 4, 1892, (Atkinson). Cercospora personata (B. & C.) Ell. On Arachis hypogea, (Beaumont) in Ray. F. Car. Exs. 3:85, (under Cladosporium). 149 On Arachis hypogea, Lee, 9, 1891, (Atkinson). Cercospora Petersii (B. & C.) Atks. On Smilax glauca, Lee, 12, 1891, (Atkinson). On Smilax laurifolia, Lee, 3, 1896. In Helminthosporium Petersii B. & C. (Grevillea 3:102) Berkley evidently confused two very different fungi, and it may be a question which is entitled to the specific name. Under the description, he cites first specimens on Smilax from So. Car., and, second, specimens on Laurus Benzoin from Ala.; but in naming the species after the collector of the Alabama specimens he seems to imply that he considers that the type of the species. Unfortunately the brief description does not help us to decide the question. As priority on the page favors the other supposition, we concur with Atkinson in writing the name for the form on Smilax as above. A single fragment on a leaf preserved in the Peters Collection (1:142) under this name seems without question to be the well known Isariopsis Linderae (E. & E.) Sacc., but unfortunately the hyphae and spores are entirely worn away so that positive identification is impossible. Cercospora pinnulaecola Atks. On Cassia nictitans, Lee, 10, 1891, (Duggar). Described (1. c. 32) as follows: "Diffuse, hypophyllous, giving dirty appearance to under surface of the pinnules, which are usually paled above. Hyphae in loose tufts distributed over the affected area, reddish brown, septate, minutely guttulate, irregularly flexuous, geniculate and profusely denticulate, 100-200x42. Conidia, obclavate, hyaline, multiseptate and multiguttulate, 50-150x4-5." Cercospora polygonacea E. & E. On Polygonum scandens, Lee, 10, 1891, (Duggar). Cercospora purpurea Cke. On Persea palustris, Lee, 4, 1896. Cercospora rhuina C. & E. On RIhus copallina, Lee, 11, 1895. On RIhus glabra, Lee, 8, 1891, (Newman & Duggar). 150 On Rhus toxicodendron, Lee, 6, 1890, (Atks). On Rhus vernix (R. venenata), Macon, (Atks). Cercospora richardiaecola Atks. On Richardia Africana, Lee, 9, 1891, (Atkinson). Described (1. c. 19) as follows: "Spots amphigenous, black with small white center and concentric lines, suborbicular, 2-6mm. Hyphae epiphyllous, fasciculate, faintly fuliginous when young with reddish tinge, reddish brown with age, usually straight but sometimes geniculate or subflexuous to denticulate toward apex, 10-8 x5. Conidia hyaline, obclavate, 4-10 or more septate, 50-100x34." Cercospora rigospora Atks. On Solanum nigrum, Lee, 7, 1890, (Atkinson). Described (1. c. 33) as follows : "Spots indefinite or absent, but parts of leaf affected usually obscurely yellowish above, Hyphae hypophyllous, fasciculate, divergent, in sooty patches sometimes very indistinct, or distributed over large areas, fuliginous with olive tinge, subflexuous, denticulate or torulose, longer ones faintly septate and multiguttulate, 50-60x3-2-4. Conidia straight or curved, subcylindrical, abruptly tapering at each end or terete, 3-10-septate, multiguttulate, dilutely olive yellow, 50-70x3-4." Cercospora Rubi Sacc. On Rubus cuneifolius, Lee, 8, 1890, (Atkinson). Cercospora Sagittariae E. & K. On Sagittaria latifolia (S.variabilis), 7, 1891, (Duggar & Newman, 1. c. 29). Cercospora Saururi E. & E.* On Saururus cernuus, Montgomery, 7, 1890, (Atkinson, 1. c. 22). Cercospora seriata Atks. On Sporobolus asper, Lee, 7, 8, 1891, (Newman & Duggar), Described (1. c. 27) as follows: "Spots amphigenous. cinereous with definite brown border margined by indefinite yellow, irregularly oblong, sometimes confluent. Hyphae epiphyllous, fasciculate, faint reddish brown, in age darker, flexuous and toothed, 20-50x4, tufts in parallel 151 Conidia hyaline, nearly cylindrical, straight or rows. curved, faintly 2-6 septate, 30-70x3-32." Cercospora Setariae Atks. On Chaetochloa glauca, Lee, 9, 1891, (Duggar). Described (1. c. 18) as follows : "Spots amphigenous, dark with indefinite pale border, elliptical. Hyphae epiphyllous, dull reddish brown, fasciculate, sometimes very dense, others divergent, sometimes branched from near the base, septate, with a few small guttulae, scars small, giving denticulate appearance near apex, 50-100x42-5. Conidia hyaline, 1-pluriseptate, cylrindical or obclavate, straight or curved, 20-150x4-5." Cercospora Silphii E. & E.* On Silphium compositum, Lee, 6, 1890, (Atkinson, 1. c. 28). Cercospora smilacina Sacc.? On Smilax sp. Lee, 5, 1896. There seems to be much confusion as to the forms of Cercospora on Smilax leaves and these specimens are determined as above with considerable doubt. Cercospora solanicola Atks.* On Solanum tuberosum, Lee, 6, 1890, (Atkinson). Described (1. c. 21) as follows: "Spots small, dark border, or indeterminate on dead areas of the leaf. Hyphae fasciculate, olive brown with faint reddish tinge, straight to flexuous or geniculate toward apex, 3-5 septate, 40-120x5. Conidia hyaline, terete, obtuse, 10-30 septate, 100-230x4-5." Cercospora sordida Sacc. On Tecoma radicans, Lee, 9, 1891, (Atkinson). Cercospora Sorghi E. & E. On Sorghum halapense, Macon, 8, 1896, (Carver). Cercospora Stylismae Tracy & Earle. On Breweria humistrata (Stylisma), Lee, 7, 1896. Cercospora Tephrosiae Atks. On Cracca hispidula (Tephrosia), Lee, 9, 1891, (Atkinson). Described (1. c. 12) as follows: "Spots amphigenous, small, angular or suborbicular, 1-2mm., elevated, blackish brown. Hyphae epiphyllous, fasciculate, fascicles crowded, 152 reddish, flexuous or dentate, 50-100x42-5. Conidia obclavate, subhyaline and tinge of same color as hyphae, 5-8-septate, usually straight, 70-130x4-4.." Cercospora tessellata Atks.* On Eleusine Aegyptiaca, Lee, 11, 1891, (Atkinson). Described (1. c. 27) as follows: "Spots indefinite above, usually narrowly oblong, nearly black below with bluish tinge caused by numerous black tufts and bluish cast of tissue affected. Hyphae hypophyllous, densely fasciculate, fuliginous, short, 10-12x2-2-3, denticulate, tufts in longitudinal and usually transverse rows, giving a checkered appearance to the group. Conidia slender, hyaline, terete, curved, septate, 50-90x2-21." Cercospora Thaspii E. & E. On Angelica villosa (A. hirsuta), Lee, 7, 1890, (Atkinson). Cercospora Tropaeoli Atks. On Tropaeolum sp. (cult.), Lee, 9, 1891, (Atkinson). Described (1. c. 27) as follows: "Spots amphigenous, very light brown with narrow elevated margin above, suborbicular, 2-4mm. Hyphae epiphyllous, few in a cluster, stout, short, faintly fuliginous, 20-40x5, dentate. Conidia hyaline, rather stout at base and quickly tapering into long, slender apical portion, reminding one of U. flagellaris, multiseptate, 50-100x3 -42 at base." Cercospora truncatella Atks.* On Passiflora incarnata, Lee, 8, 1891, (Atkinson). Described (1. c. 12) as follows: " Spots amphigenous, suborbicular, whitish with narrow light brown border, 2-4mm. Hyphae amphigenous, fasciculate, reddish brown, septate, geniculate or nearly straight, conidial scars distributed along at geniculations, 70-250x4-5. Conidia hyaline, faintly septate, tapering very gradually from truncated base to obtuse apex, rarely rounded at base, 50-150x8-4." Cercospora tuberosa E. & K. On Apios Apios (A. tuberosa), Macon, 8, 1896, (Carver). Cercospora Vernoniae E. & K. (?) On Vernonia noveboracensis, Lee, 8, 1891, (Atkinson). 153 Cercospora Vioae Sacc. On Viola odorata, Lee, 7, 1891, (Atkinson). On Viola villosa, Lee, 5, 1892, (Duggar). Cercospora viticola (Ces.) Sacc. On Vitis sp. (cult), Lee, 1891, (Newman). Cercospora Zinniae E. & M. On Zinnia multifiora, Lee, 1890, (Atkinson). Cladosporiumfulvum Cooke. On Lycopersicum esculentum (tomato), Lee, 10, 189'x; Macon, 8, 1896, (Carver). Cladosporium graminum Corda. On Chrysopogon'nutans, Lee, 9, 1891, (Duggar). On Avena sativa, Lee, 1, 1891, (Newman). Cladosporium herbarum (Pers.) Link. On Ficus carica (mummied fruits still hanging on Lee, 2, 1896. On Zea mays, Lee, 6, 1891, (Newman). tree), Cladotrichum scyphophorum Corda. (?) Peters Coll. 1:124. This seems to be a good Uladotrichu'm, but the specific determination is very doubtful. There is nothing to indicate who made the determination. The enlarged ends of the hyphal cells at length collapse and become gobletshaped, but the fungus forms a dark purplish black confluent mass, and the spores are dark fuscous, very obtuse, flattened at the ends, formed concatenately, about 12x8u. Coniosporium Arundinellae Eli. & Tracy. On Arundinaria tecta, Lee, 12, 1888, (Newman). Coniosporium Arundinis (Corda) Sacc. On Saccharum oficinarum, Macon, 8, 18596, (Carver). Coniosporium gramineum (E. & E.) Sacc. On Arundinaria tecta, Lee, 1891, (Atkinson). Fusicladium pirinum pyracanthae Thuem. On Crataegus pyracautha,. Lee, 9, 1891, (Atkinson in Ellis, N. A. F. 2792)., Glenospora Curtisli Berk & iDesm. On Nyssa (living bark), Lee, 1, 2, 1896. 154 Helicosporium pulvinatum (Nees) Fr. On rotten wood, Lee, 3, 1896. Tentatively determined as above by Mr. A. P. Morgan. sporis Helminthosporium Beaumonti Sacc.* (B. duium, B. On Viburnum, (Beaumont). Described in Grevillea, 3:104, as follows: "Molle; floccis oblongis, brevibus obtusis basi divaricato-divisis; 7-septatis." "Flocci short, divided in a divaricate manner at the base, obtnse; spores oblong, with abont seven septa, .0016 long. There is occasionally a single vertical septum." & C.) Helminthosporium interseminatum B. & Br. On Sambucns Canadensis, Lee. 11, 1891, (Atkinson). On Solidago sp. Lee, 9, 1891, (Atkinson). Helminthosporium Leersiae Atks. On Homalocenchrus Virginicus (Leersia Yirginica), Lee, 9, 1891, (Atkinson). No description has been found of this species. It maybe only an herbarium name. Helminthosporium macrocarpum Grey. On dead twigs, 2, 1896. Helminthosporium macrocarpum caudatum B. & Br. On dead twigs, Lee, 1, 1896. Helminthosporium Ravenelil B. & C. On Sporobolus Indicus, Lee, 6, 1890, (Atkinson); Macon, 10, 1896, (Carver). Helminthosporium turcicum Pass. On Sorghum halapense, Lee, 7, 1890, (Atkinson). Heterosporium Sambuci Earle. On Sambucus Canadensis, (dead stems), Lee, 3, 1896. Described in Bull. Torr. Bot. Clbb, 23:30, as follows : "Effused, covering considerable areas with a black, velvety tomentum; hyphae long, 100-200 n, dark fuscous, erect, often, fascicled, branching, septate, nodular, bearing spores pleurogenously at the enlarged nodes; spores oblong, dark fuscous, 3-septate, surface conspicuously roughened by minute tubercles, about 20-30x5 '." 155 Macrosporium antennaeforme B. & C.* On leaves of Celtis sp. (Peters). Described in Grevillea, 3:105, as follows: "Floccis breplurivibus, sporis torulosis elongatis deorsum septatis." "Threads short, sometimes acute, sometimes dilated at the apex and fertile; spores attenuated below, elongated above, 12-18 septate torulose; occasionally they are shorter, more obtuse, with a few vertical septa. Two spores are sometimes formed at the two angles of the wedge-shaped terminal joint." Macrosporium Brassicae Berk. On Brassica oleracea (cabbage), Washington, 7, 1896. attennatis Macrosporium Catalpae E. & MI. On Catalpa Catalpa (C. bignonoides), Macon, 10, 1896, (Carver). Macrosporium Cheiranthi (Lib.) Fr. On Rosa sp. (Beaumont), in Grevillea, 3:105. Macrosporium Cookei Sacc. On Datura Stramonium, Lee, 8, 1891, (Duggar). Macrosporium Iridis C. & E. On Iris sp., Lee, 8, 1891, (Duggar). Macrosporium. leguminum Cooke. On. pods of Dolichos sinensis, Macon, 8, 1896, (Carver). Macrosporium nigricantium Atks. On Gossypium herbaceum, Lee, 1891, (Atkinson) ; Macon, 8, 1896, (Carver). Described in Bot. hypb ae are Gazette, amphigenous, subfasciculate 16:62, as follows: or "The scattered, .050-.l4Omm. long x .006-.UU7mmn. in diameter, nodulose, septate, olive 'brown.. Conidia .018-.022mm. x .036-.OS0mm. strongly constricted about the middle, stoutly rostrate at one side of the apex, smooth, transversely, longitudinally and obliquely septate, olive brown. The nodulose hyphae resemble those of such species as NI. parasiticum Thuem." Macrosporium Ravenelli Thuem. () On Meibomia mollis, (Desmodium), Lee, 3, 1896. 156 Macrosporium stilbosporoideum B. & C. On leaves of Crataegus sp. (Beaumont). Described in Grevillea, 3:105, as follows: "Floccis brevissimis, quandoque obsoletis; sporis obvatis fenestratis." "Mycelium creeping; fertile branches very short or obsolete; spores obovate, with about three transverse and several vertical divisions, resembling those of Stegonospora, Cd., .001-.0013 long, about two-thirds as much broad, with a shortpedicel." Periconia pycnospora Fr. On Dolichos sinensis, Lee, 12, 1890, (Atkinson). Polythrincium Trifolii Kunze. On Trifolium reflexum, Lee, 5, 1896. Scolecotrichum Euphorbiae Tracy & Earle. On Euphorbia (Carver). nutans, Lee, 9, 1896; Macon, 8, 1896, Scoecotrichum Graminis Fckl. On Arundinaria tecta, Lee, 10, 1891, (Duggar). Septonema spilomeum Berk. On Quercus, (Beaumont), Ray. Fung. Car. Exsce. 4:87. Streptothrix atra B. & C. On Juniper, (Peters). On dead wood, Lee, 11, 1895. Described in part from Alabama specimens in Grevillea, 3:107, as follows: "Floccis parce articulatis sursum ramosis crenulato-flexuosis ; sporis globosis vel subellipticis inquinantibus." " Threads branched above, repeatedly undulated, with short constrictions ; spores globose or subelliptic, abundant, falling off as a black powder." Zygodesmus fuscus Corda. Peters Coll. 3:67. FAMILY STJLBAOEhE. Isaria radiata B. & C.* On pine wood, (Peters). Saccardo. This species is not given by 157 Described in Grevillea. 3:62, as follows: radians albida receptaculis fiiformibus obtusiusculis; sporis globosis." "Forming little patches on the wood, consisting of radiating, fiiforin, rather obtnse, whitish receptacles, which become ypllowish whendry, simple, except at the base, composed of jointed threads, which towards the base are less closely compacted and without septa; spores globose, .0002 in diameter." Isariopsis Linderam (E. & K) Sacc. On Benzoin Benzoin, Peters' Coll. 142, under Heiminthosporium Petersii B. & C. (See note under (ercospora. Petersii [B. & C.] Atks.) FAMILY TUBERCULARJACEE "Prostrata Fusarium Alabamense Sacc.* On dead bark (Beaumont). This was described in Grevillea, 3: 98, under F. erabescens B. c C., but as this name was preoccupied Saccardo (Syll. Fung. 4: 722) renamed it as above. The original description is as follows: "Punctiforme pallide roseun demum albidum tomentosum; sporis minutissimziis." " Scattered or arranged in- lines, pale rose-colored, becoming nearly white, tomentose ; spores extremely minute." Fusarium cinnabarinum (B. & C.) Sacc. On Acer Negundo, (Peters), Grevillea, 3 :146. On Carpinus Caroliniana, (Peters), IRav. Fung. Car. 3 :80. Originally described under Futsisporium as follows : " Effusum, demum crustaceum, cinnabarinum : sporis brevioribus quadrinucleatis." "Forming a continuous stratum, which in drying cracks up into detached portions : spores short with four nuclei." Fusarium helotioides B. & C.* On Ilex decidua (I. prinoides), (Peters). Described in Grevillea, 3 :98, as follows : " Disco con- 158 vexo carneo quandoque brevissime stipitato; sporis minutissimis." " Disc convex, flesh colored, occasionally with a very short stem ; sometimes two or three burst through the bark together; spores even smaller than in the last." [F. microspermum.] Fusarium marginatum B. & C.* On stems of Smilax (Beaumont). Described in Grevillea, 3 : 97, as follows: "Disco cameo, albo-marginato; sporis minutis oblongis." "Disc flesh-colored, with a narrow white margin; spores oblong, minute." Fusarium miniatum (B. & C.) Sacc. On pine wood, (Peters), Grevillea, 3:147. On Vitis rotundifolia, Lee, 3, 1696. Described under Fusisporium in part from Alabama specimens as follows : " Effusum miniatum; sporis brevioribus quadrinucleatis." "Differs from the last [F. cinnabarinum] in its much brighter color; the spores are the same." In our specimens on Vitis the spores are uniseptate, constricted at the middle, somewhat curved, about 25x4n. Fusarium sarcochroum (Desm.) Sace. On Melia Azederach, Lee, 8, 1891, (Newman). Fusarium Solani Mart. On Solanum tuberosum, "Athens," 7, 1890, (Newman). Fusarium vasinfectum Atks. On Gossypium herbaceum, Lee, 7, 1891, (Atkinson). Described in Ala. Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull. 41:19-29. The following is condensed from the above: " Causing the disease of cotton called 'Frenching,' infesting the ducts and staining the fibro-vascular system light brown; threads of the parasite colorless when young, with age bright yellow, 2 4 - n in diameter; minute spores found in the ducts 1-2x 2-4.-spores obtained in cultures vary from 2-42x4-4n, continuous or 1 to 4 or 5 septate according to length, minute ones narrowly oval, with increasing length in equilateral 159 and curved, colorless, faintly granular, frequently one to several vacuoles according to size, short ones usually with one end rounded, opposite end rather sharply pointed, longer spores tend to be pointed at both ends when mature." Illosporium minimum E. & E. On rotten wood, (Atkinson). Described from Alabama material in Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil. 1893 : 465, as follows: "Sporodoche minute, 7685 in diameter, very short stiped or subsessile, white becoming yellowish; hyphae septate, 2-3 times dichotomous; spores biconic, 5-69 in diameter." Microcera coccophila Desm. On Quercus nigra (Q. aquatica), Lee, 11, 1891, (Atkinson) Myrothecium verrucaria (Alb. & Schw.) Ditm.* On grass, (Beaumont), Grevillea, 3:99. Spegazzinia tessarthra (B. & C.) Sacc. On Saccharum officinarum, Macon, 8, 1896, (Carver). Tubercularia Ailanthi Cooke. On Juglans regia, Lee, 1, 1896. On Melia Azederach, Lee, 1, 1896. On Ficus carica, Lee, 1, 1896 (?). The form on Ficus varies somewhat from the others in external appearance, and it is placed here with some doubt, though the microscopic characters are much the same. Tubercularia vulgaris Tode (?). On Morus sp. (cult.), Lee, 1, 1896. Determined as above with some doubt; the sporodoches are less convex and more brilliantly colored than in our specimen of this species in Thuem. Myc. Univ. 480, and the conidia average smaller. It is very different from the specimen called T. vulgaris in Ell. &. Ev. N. A. F. 3397, which is like the forms we have recognized as T. Ailanthi. The specimen in RIav. F. C. Ex. 3 : 78 on Morus, called Fusarium lateritium Nees, is the same as our fungus. Fusarium lateritium of Thuem. Myc. Univ. 375, also on Mor- * 160 ris, in our set at least, is also a Tubercularia, possibly the same as ours, though it differs somewhat in appearance. Volutella setosa (Grey.) Berk. On dead stems, Lee, 1891, (Atkinson). ORDER MELANCONIALES. Colletotrichum cladosporoides (E. & E.) Atks. On Hypericum mutilum, Lee, 9, 1891, (Duggar). Colletotrichum Gossypii Southworth. On Gossypium herbaceum, Brunley, 9, 1891, (Atkinson). Colletotricum Jussiaeae Earle. On Jussiaea decurrens, Lee, 8, 1891, (Atkinson). Described from the above specimens in Bull. Torr. Bot. Club., 24:29, as follows: "On orbicular, yellowish white, arid, purple bordered spots, 2-10mm. in diameter; ascervuli scattered, not erumpent, small, about 100n; setae few, brown, transparent, occasionally septate, obtuse, mostly straight, from a somewhat enlarged base, about 70-100n ; conidia cylindrical or somewhat clavate, ends obtuse, continuous, irregularly guttate, 18-20x6-81 ." Colletotrichum Lindemuthianum(Sacc. & Magnus)Scribner. On Phaseolus vulgaris, Lee, 8, 1891, (Newman). Coryneum disciforme ellipticum B. & Br. On Betula nigra, Lee, 4, 1896. Coryneum microstictum B. & Br. On Rosa sp. (Peters). Mentioned in Grevillea, 2:153. Cylindrosporium Celtidis Earle. On Celtis sp. Montgomery, 11, 1891, (Atkinson). Described from these specimens in Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 24:29, as follows: "Spots small, yellowish, indefinite and indistinct; ascervuli hypophyllous, scattered, often only one on a spot, yellowish brown; spores clyindrical or clavate, guttate, at length obscurely several septate, 20-25x3 ." Cylindrosporium Padi Karst. 161 On Prunus serotina, Lee, 8, 1891, (Newman & Duggar); 8, 1896, (Carver). On Prunus sp. (cnltivated plum), Lee, 7, 1890, (Atkinson in Econ. Fungi, 431). Macon, Cylindrosporium saccharinum E. & E. On Acer rnbrum, Lee, 10, 1891, (Duggar). Cylindrosporium ulmicolum E. & E. On Ulmus Americana, Lee, 10, 1891, (Duggar). Gloeosporium fructigenum Berk. On Pirns malus, Lee, 8, 1891, (Atkinson). On Vitis sp. (cultivated grapes), Washington, 7, 1896. Gloeosporium lagenarium follicolum E. & E. On Citrulla vnlgaris, Washington, 7, 1896. Melanconium oblongum Berk. On Juglans cinerea, (Peters). Described in part from Alabama specimens in Grevillea, 2:153, as follows: "Pnstnlis elevatis late conicis tectis; sporis oblongis." "Spores .0008 long, with an oil globule, one side curved. A very different plant from Stilbo8pora ovata, which also occurs on walnut." Myxormia atroviridis B. & Br.* On Rubus, (Beaumont), Grevillea, 3:100. Pestalozzia annulata B. & C. On Ilex sp. (Beaumont). Described from Alabama specimens in. Grevillea, 2:155, as follows : "Pustnlis punctiformibus mucula alba fuscocincta orinndis ; epidermide centro excepta tectis annulatis; sporis fusiformibus 2-3 septatis." "Pustules punctiform, perforated in the centre, covered with the cuticle, and surrounded by a black ring, springing from a large marginal white spot with a brown border; spores fnusiform, bitriseptate .002 long, with a pedicel of Quite distinct the same length, attenuated downwards. from the last species." [P. stetlata B. & C. on Ilex opaca.1 Pestalozzia concentrica B. & Br. On Castanea pumila, (Beaumont). 162 On Crataegus sp. (Beaumont). On Cydonia vulgaris, Washington, 7, 1896. Described in part from Alabama specimens in Grevillea, 2:156, as follows: "Pustulis concentricis e macula pallida oriundis ; sporis triseptatis, utplurimum monochaetis." "Pustules concentrically arranged in the more typical form on a pallid or white spot; spores rather variable in form, about .0J1 long, with, in general, a single oblique process at the apex, more rarely with a three headed crest. The process is sometimes quite horizontal. Nearly allied to P. monochaeta Desm." Pestalozzia flagellata Earle. On Quercus sp. Lee, 8, 9, 1891, (Duggar). Described from the above specimens in Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 24:30, as follows: "Epiphyllous on large, orbicular or irregular, brown spots, bordered by a narrow darker brown line: ascervuli confined to a definitely limited, central, pallid area, usually elongated, seeming to follow the smaller veins, rimosely dehiscent: spores blackening the epidermis, fusoid, 4-septate, not constricted, three central cells dark fuscous, end cells hyaline, about 16x6' stipe: straight, slender, about equalling the spore, the single seta or flagellum bent at an abrupt angle, and prolonged nearly twice the length of the spore, reaching 28 p." Pestalozzia stictica B. & C.* On Tilia sp. (Beaumont). Described in part from Alabama specimens in Grevillea, 2:155, as follows: Pustulis minutissimus; sporis subdoliiformibus biseptatis." "Pustules very minute; spores swollen in the middle, with two septa, exclusive of those which separate the highly developed crest and the short pedicel. The dark part is .0006 long and almost as wide." Steganosporium irregulare (B. & C.) Sacc.* On Betula sp. (Beaumont). 163 Described under Coryneum from Alabama specimens in Greviliea, 2:154, as follows: elevatis distinctis sporis obovatis 4-6-septatis; endochlromatibus verticaliter divisis; pedicellis tenuissimus." "Pustules distinct, raised; spores large, .002 long, obovate, attenuated below, 4-6 septate, the lower divisions very narrow, and gradually passing into the short very slender stem, the endochrome divided vertically, each division containing a single globose nucleus." "Pustulis ORDER SPHAEROPSIDALES. EAMILY SPHAERIOIDEACEAE. Actinonema Rosae (Lib.) Fr. On Rosa sp. (cult), Lee, 12, 1891, (Atkinson). Aposphaeria Petersii (B. & C.) Sacc.* On wood, (Peters). Described in Grevillea, 2:81, under Phoma, as follows: "Erumpens, demum superficiale, hysteriiforme in lignum dealbatum situm, sporis ellipticis, binucleatis." "Scattered, hysteriform, erumpent, then free; spores elliptic, .0003 long, with two nuclei. Distinct from Phoma epileucumn B., in which the spores are .00015 long, and not so elliptic." Botriodiplodia Ailanthi (Cooke) Sacc. On Ailanthus, Lee, 1, 1896. Cicinnobolus Cesatli De. By. On Erysiphe (on Ambrosia), Lee, 7, 1890, (Atkinson). On Microsphaera Grossulariae, -Lee, 10, 1891, (Atkinson). Coniothyrium concentricum (Desm.) Sacc. On Yucca sp. (Peters), Grevillea, 2:82. On Yucca filamentosa, Lee, 7, 1891, (Newman & Duggar). Cornuaria Persicae (Schw.) Sacc. On Amygdalus persica, Lee, 5, 1896. A peculiar form of this species in which the exuded spores remained crowning the stipe like a slender perithe- 164 cium was, in error, described as Isariopsis pilosa Earle in Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 24:30. Examination of additional material clearly shows the error. Cytospora grandis Peck. On Rhus. sp. Lee, 3, 1896. Cytospora Persicae Schw. On Amygdalus persica, Lee, 9, 1896. Darluca Filum (Biv.) Cast. On Puccinia Pruni-spinosae (on peach), Lee, 8, 1891, (Duggar). On Uredo (on Andropogon), Lee, 8, 1891, (Newman and Duggar). On Tea, (Beaumont), Greviliea, 2 : 179.* Diplodia herbarum (Corda) Lev. On Lactuca sp., Lee, 5, 1891, (Atkinson). Diplodia macrospora Earle. On Zea Mays (old weathered stalks), Lee, 3, 1896. Described in Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 24: 29, as follows: "Perithecia scattered, large, carbonaceous, buried, ostiole erumpent, elevating and rupturing the epidermis; spores very long, dark fuliginous, irregularly clavate, on short, slender hyaline basidia, unequally uniseptate, scarcely constricted, each cell often biguttate, oozing out and blackening the epidermis, 70-80x6-8;." Diplodia maura Cooke. On Pirus communis, Mobile, 1890, (Atkinson). Diplodia Maydis (Berk.) Sacc. On Zea Mays (old weathered stalks), Lee, 1, 1896. Dothiorella macrospora (B. & C.) Sacc.* On Magnolia glauca (Peters). Described in part from Alabama material in Grevillea, 2 : 181, under Sphceropsis, as follows : "Peritheciis in massam communem congestis; sporis elongatis subfusiformibus." "Perithecia crowded into a common mass, which is flattened above; spores elongated, subfusiform, with one side less curved, or slightly clavate, enucleate, ,001-0016." 165 Hendersonia Cydonia Cke. & Ell. On Crataegus flava (? ), Lee. 8, 1890, (Atkinson). Hendersonia Donacis Sacc. On Erianthus sp., Lee, 11, 1891, (Duggar). Hendersonia effusa B. & C. On Aristida purpurascens, Lee, 10, 1891, (Atkinson). Macrophoma Diospyri Earle. On Diospyros Virginiana (green fruits), Lee, 7, 1896. Described in Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 24 30, as follows: "Thickly scattered over large indeterminate areas; perithecia buried, elevating the epidermis in prominent pustules, at length partially erumpent, surrounded by the ruptured epidermis, large, opening by a distinct ostiolum, dark brown, of soft cellular structure, reaching 200 ; spores cylindrical, sometimes slightly curved, ends abruptly pointed, faintly tinged with olive when seen in mass, contents homogeneous, not guttate nor granular, about 2 0x3n; basidia thread-like, shorter than the spores, forming an agglutinated nebulous mass.' Phlyctaena vagabunda Desm.* On Phytolacca, (Beaumont), Grevillea, 2 : 100. Phoma campylospora B. & C. On Panicum sp., Peters Coll. 113. This seems to be a manuscript name, as it does not appear in Grevillea nor in Sacc. Syll. Fung. Phoma chartarum B. & C.* On white paper, (Beaumont). Described in Grevillea, 2 : 83, as follows: "Sparsum e subiculo tenero byssoideo oriundum, sporis minimis." "Perithecia scattered, each springing from some delicate radiating threads, spores very minute, .00012 long, sometimes ejected in the form of a tendril." Phoma elongata (B.& C.) Sacc.* On Gladiolus, (Peters). Described under Sphceropsis in Grevillea, 2 : 181, as follows: "Peritheciis minutis nitidis sparsis ostioli brevi emergentibus; sporis subfusiformibus enucleatis; sporophoris sursum attenuatis." 166 "Perithecia minute, piercing the cuticle by the distinct ostiolum ; sporophores attenuated upwards, spores oblong, subfusiform, .001-.0008 long, without any nucleus, one-fifth or one-sixth as much wide." Phoma glandicola (Desm.) Lev. On old acorns, Lee, 4, 1896. Previously reported from this country only once before, (Proc. Indiana Acad. Sci., 1894, p. 150). Phoma maculifera Sacc.* On Diplopappus, (Beaumont). Described in Grevillea, 2:83, as P. maculare B. & C., but as there was a previous P. macularis Desm., Saccardo changed the name as above. The original description is as follows: "Maculis orbicularibus bruneis immarginatis peritheciis irregular.ibus; sporis oblongis subcymbiformibus." " Forming brown orbicular spots, in the centre of which are seated the irregular perithecia; spores oblong subcymbiform, .0004 long." Phoma melaleuca B. & C.* On Aralia spinosa, (Peters). Described in part from Alabama material in Grevillea, 2 : 82, as follows : " Subcuticulare nitidum e macula albida oriundum ; sporis oblongis." "Growing on a pallid spot, subcuticular, shining; spores oblong, .0003 long." Phoma micromegala (B. & C.) Sacc.* On naked roots of pine, (Beaumont). Described in Grevillea, 2: 180, under Sphceropsis, as follows : "Peritheciis hysteriiformibus minutis nitidis; sporis ellipticis hyalinis." "Perithecia minute, hysteriform, shining; forming little linear patches, the fibers of which are bleached; spores elliptic, with one side less arched, .001 long, hyaline, rather more than half as much wide." Phoma uvicola B. & C. On Vitis rotundifolia, Lee, 9, 1891, (Atkinson). 167 Phyllosticta Amaranti E. & K. On Amaranthus retroflexus, Lee, 8, 1891, (Duggar). Phyllosticta Azederachis Thuem. On Melia Azederach, Lee, 7, 1891, (Duggar). Phyllosticta Batatam Thuem. On Ipomoee Batatas, Lee, 9, 1891, (Duggar); Macon, 10, 1896, (Carver). Phyllosticta Catalpae E. & On Catalpa Catalpa (C. bignonoides), Hale, 5, 1896. Phyllosticta circumvelata Winter. On Liriodendron Tulipifera, Lee, 7, 1892, (Richards). Phyllosticta cruenta (Fr.) Kx. (?) On Yagnera racemosa (Smilacina), Lee, Winston, 6, 1896. This is what has been referred by American writers to this species, but it differs materially from European speci mens and from the description in Sacc. Syll. Fung., 58, in character of spot, size of perithecia and size, shape and contents of spores. In our specimens the perithecia are about 120' in diameter, and the spores are 10x71. 3/1. 7,1896; 3 Phyllosticta Desmodii E. & E. On Meibomea sp., 7, 1892, Phyllosticta glauca Cooke. On Magnolia Yirginica (M. glauca), Lee, 11, 1895. The spores are oblong, about 6-8x2-6. Phyllosticta Lactucae Atks. On Lactuca Canadensis, Lee,,6, 1891, (Newman). Phyllosticta Bumeliae Underw. & Earle.* On leaves of Bumelia, (Peters). Described in Grevillea, lows : candidis "Maculis 3 :2, under Sphiceropsis, as folrufo-marginatis ; peritheciis punctiformibus ; sporis obovatis brevibus." "Spots white or pallid, surrounded by a thin umber border ; perithecia minute punctif orm ; spores shortly obovate, .0005 long, nearly as much wide." This is Phoma maculans (B. & C.) Sacc., but there is a Piorna macidans (Lev.) Sacc., and the fact that this species inhabits. spots on leaves clearly places it in Phyllosticta. 168 Phyllosticta minima (B. & C.) Underw. & Earle. On Acer rubrum, DeKaib, 5, 1896; Lee, 5,1896; Winston 6, 1896. This is Spkamropsis minima B. & C., Grevillea, 3 :2, and Ploma minima (B. & C.) Sacc., Syll. Fung., It seems, however, to be a good Phyllosticta, so we write it as above. 3:115. Phyllosticta Phytolaccae Cooke. On Phytolacca decandra, Lee, 7, 1892, (Richards). Phyllosticta pirina Sacc. On Pirus malus, Lee, 7, 1896. Phyllosticta Podophylli (Curt.) Winter. On Podophyllum peltatum, DeKalb, 5, 1896. PhyllostIcta Rhododendri West. On Azalea nudiflora, Lee, 7, 1892, (Richards). PhyllostictaTserotina Cooke. On Prunus serotina, Lee, 7, 1891, (Duggar). Phyllosticta Siliquestri Sacc. & Speg. On Cercis Canadensis, Lee, 1891, (Duggar & Newman). PhyllostIcta spharopsoidea E. & E. On isculus Pavia, Lee, 5, 1896; Tuscaloosa, 5, 1896. This is clearly distinct from P. Paviae Desm., with which it is often confused. Phyllosticta Vaccinii Earle. On Yaccinium arboreumn, Lee, 4, 1896. Described in Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 24 :31, as follows : "Epiphyllous on brown, irregular, indeterminate spots, 1cm. or more in diameter; perithecia scattered, erumpent, of soft texture, ostiole large, 8-10n, size variable, 80-120' ; spores large,- usually ovate, with a large (4n), spherical gutta near the broader end, .about l2x6nj' Phyllosticta viticola Thuem. On Vitis rotundifolia, Lee, 10, 1895. Prosthemium palmatum Earle. On rotten wood, Lee, 3, 1896. Described in Bull. Torr. Dot. Club, 24: 31, as follows : " Perithecia scattered over large whitened areas, elongatehysterioid, black, carbonaceous, buried, at length partially erumpent, rupturing irregularly, or becoming discoid by the 169 breaking away of the upper portion; spores cylindric, light fuliginous, 1-3 septate, about 12-15x4, united at base into bundles of 3 to 6, not stellate, but palmate or fascicled; basidia obsolete." Rhabdospora verrucaeformis (B. & C.) Sacc.* On branches of Cephalanthus, (Peters). Described under Septoria in Grevillea, 3: 11, as follows: "Peritheciis majoribus rugosis; sporis tenuissimis subrectis," "Perithecia rather large, rugged; spores very slender, nearly straight." Septoria Alabamensis Atks. On Glechoma hederacea (Nepeta glechoma), Lee, 1, 2, 1891, (Atkinson). Described in Jour. E. Mitch. Sci. Soc., 10 : 78, as follows: "Spots indefinite, occupying irregular portions of the leaf. Perithecia 80-90p. Spores 20-30x1 or less, sometimes faintly 1-3 septate, straight or slightly curved or flexuous.' Septoria albonigra B. & C.* On living leaves, (Peters). Described in Grevillea, 3: 8, as follows : "Maculis albis, fusco-annulatis; peritheciis minimis; sporis filiformibus." "Spots orbicular, white, marked with one or two concentric brown rings, and generally bordered; perithecia very minute; spores filiform, nearly straight, .0022 long." Septoria Brunellae E. & H.* On Prunella vulgaris, Montgomery, 7, 1890, (Atkinson in Jour. Elisha Mitch. Sci. Soc. 10: 78). Septoria Cacalim E. & K. On Cacalia tuberosa, Lawrence, 6, 1896. Septoria cerasina Peck. On Prunus sp., Lee, 7, 1891, (Newman). Septoria Cerastii Rob. & Desm. On Cerastium arvense, Lee, 3, 1891, (Atkinson in Jour. E. Mitch. Sci. Soc. 10 : 76). On Cerastium viscosumn, Lee, 3, 1896. 170 Further study will probably show that our American species on Cerastium is distinct from this European one to which it has usually been referred. Septoria Dianthi West.* On Dianthus barbatus, Lee, (Atkinson in Jour. E. Mitch. Sci. Soc. 10: 77). Septoria Erechtites E. & E. On Erechtites hieracifolia, Lee, 9, 1891, (Duggar). Septoria graminum Desm. On Digitaria sanguinalis (Panicum), Lee, 7, 1891, (Duggar). Septoria Jussiaeae E. & K. On Jussiaea leptocarpa, Lee, 7, 1891, (Duggar & Newman). Septoria neglecta Earle. On Quercus Phellos, Lee, 2, 3, 4, 1896. Described in Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 24:31, as follows: "On irregular determinate angular brownish arid spots, from 1mm-2cm. or more, usually with a darker border; perithecia epiphyllous, or amphigenous, prominently erumpent, irregularly scattered, 100-120 n or more; spores thread like, continuous, faintly guttate, 30-40x1-12-?." Septoria (Enotherae West. On (Enothera laciniata ((E. sinuata), Lee, 3, 1896. On Onagra biennis, Lee, (Atkinson in Jour. E. Mitch. Sci. Soc. 10:77). Septoria pulchella B. & C.* On Andromeda, (Peters). Described in Grevillea, 3:8, as follows: "Maculis rufulis linea nigra circumdatis; peritheciis punctiformibus; sporis lineari-oblongis." "Spots suborbicular, rather irregular, very pale rufous, surrounded by a narrow'black line; perithecia punctiform; spores linear, very slightly curved, .0002 long." Septoria Rubi West. On Rubus sp., DeKalb, 5, 1896. Septoria Rubi alba Peck. On Rubus trivialis, Mobile, 4, 1891, (Zimmer Bros. in Jour. E. Mitch. Sci. Soc. 10:77). 171 Septoria sambucina reck. On Sambucus Canadensis, Lee, 8, 1891, (Duggar). Septoria Secalis Prill. & Delacr. On Secale cereale, Lee, 4, 1896. Our specimens agree with the description of this European species, except in having slightly larger perithecia. Yery common in rye fields on the Station grounds. Septoria sonchina Thuem. On Sonchus oleraceus, Lee, 1891, (Benton). Septoria Speculariae B. & C. On Legonzia perfoliata (Specularia), Lee, 3, 1890, (Atkinson in Jour. E. Mitch. Sci. Soc. 10:77). Septoria stigma B. & C2* On Symplocos, (Peters). Described.in Grevillea, 3:9, as follows:"Peritheciis punctiformibus in folium dealbatum insidentibus; sporis linearibus brevioribus." "Perithecia punctiform, seated on the whitened leaf; spores linear, .0006 long." Septoria verbascicola B. & C. On Yerbascum Blattaria, Madison, 5, 1896. Septoria Vioae West. On Yiolae primulaefolia, Macon, 7, 1890,.(Atkinson). Septoria virgaurae Desm. () On Solidago serotina, Lee, (Atkinson in Jour. E. Mitch. Sci. Soc. 10:77). Septoria Xanthii Desm. On Xanthium sp. Perry, 7, 1891, (Atkinson). Sphaeronema epigloeum B. & C. On Tremella sp., Peters Coil. 110. Sphaeronema spina B. & Rav.~ On dead leaves of ash, (Beaumont). Described in nigris part from Alabama specimens sporis minimus globosis.." in Grevillea, 2:177, as follows : "Peritheciis erumpentibus spiniformibus corticalis; "Bursting through the bark by its spiniform often inclined ostiolum, covered with a thick bark ; spores globose, very minute." 172 Sphaeropsis Maclurae Cooke. On Toxylon pomiferum (Maclura aurantiaca), Lee, 3, 1896. Sporonema Camelliae Earle. On Camellia Japonica, Lee, 3, 4, 1896, (J. Q. Burton). Described in Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 24:32, as follows: 'Epiphyllous on large, white, brown-bordered spots or areas, 2-5cm. in diameter; perithecia thickly scattered, buried, elevating the epidermis, orbicular or somewhat elongated, usually rimosely dehiscent, occasionally stellate laciniate, becoming discoid, of firm cellular texture, about 200 n ; spores cylindrical, ends obtusely rounded, sometimes curved, usually biguttate, 12-18x4-5 n; basidia short and thick, about equalling the spore, usually simple." Sporonema Ilicis Earle. On Ilex opaca, Lee, 12, 1895; 1, 2, 3, 1896. Described in Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 24:32, as follows: "Epiphyllous on large deadened and whitened areas, usually involving the apical portion of the leaf; perithecia often somewhat concentrically arranged, or thickly scattered, large, membranaceous, buried in the epidermis and coming off with it, usually somewhat elongated, elevating the epidermis and at length cracking it longitudinally or stellately; spores continuous, elliptical, hyaline, on short, simple, hyaline basidia, about 12-15x4-5 n." Stagonospora Ischaemi Sacc. On Andropogon furcatus, Lee, 9, 1891, (Duggar). Vermicularia affinis Sacc. & Briard. On Panicum virgatum; Lee, 2, 1888, (Newman). On Sieglingia seslerioides, Lee, 1, 1889, (Newman). On Sorghum halapense, Montgomery, 9, 1891, (Atkinson). On Sorghum, sp. Lee, 7, 1890, (Atkinson). Vermicularia Dematium (Pers.) Fr.* On Phytolacca, (Beaumont), Grevillea, 3:6. Vermicularia Eryngi (Corda) Fckl. On dead umbelliferous stem, Lee, 4, 1896. Vermicularia Liliacearum Schw. On Agave Virginica, Lee, 7, 1896. 173 Vermicularia sanguinea E. & Hal. On Sorghum vulgare (chicken corn), Perry, 7, 1890, (Atkinson). On Sorghum sp. (Jerusalem corn), Lee, 10, 1895. FAMILY NECTRIOIDACEAE. Stagonopsis pallida (B. & C.) Sacc.* On Cornus, (Peters). Described under Hendersonia in Grevillea, 3:6, as follows: "Peritheciis sparsis nudis pallide carneis; sporis arcuatis byalinis 7-8 septatis." "Perithecia globose, scattered, pale flesh color, hyaline; spores fusiform, hyaline, with from 7-8 septa, each division containing a single nucleus. Possibly a state of some Nectria." FAMILY LEPTOSTROMACEAE. Discosia Artocreas (Tode) Fr. On Aralia spinosa, (Peters), Grevillea, 3:6. On Fagus, (Beaumont), Peters Coll. On Ilex, (Beaumont), Peters Coll. Discosia fagina Lib.* (Beaumont), Grevillea, 3:7. This is referred to D. Artocreas by Saccardo. (Syll. Fung., 3:653). Discosia minima B. & C. On Ilex sp. (Beaumont), Grevillea, 3:7. On Ilex opaca, Lee, 7, 1896. Described from Beaumont's specimens as follows "Peritheciis minutissimis innumeris punctiformibus, sporis utrinque appendiculatis." "Extremely minute, gregarious; spores .0015 long, without septa, but probably young, furnished as in D. grammita with a terminal appendix at either end." Discosia rugulosa B. & C. On Hicoria, Peters Coll. 1, 1855. 174 On Hicoria ovata, Lee. 7, 1891, (Newman). Described in Grevillea, 3:7, as follows : "Peritheejis orbicularibus opacis rugosis." "This seems to be quite different from D. Artocreas, the perithecia being rugulose and opaque and not at all shining, as in that species." Entomosporium maculatum Lev. On Amelanchier sp. (cult.), Lee, 7, 1896. On Cydonia vulgaris, Lee, 8, 1890, (Atkinson); Washington, 7, 1896. Leptostroma hypophyllum B. & Rav. On Gleditschia triacanthos, Lee, 11, 1895. Leptostromella filicina (B. & C.) Sacc.* On dead ferns, (Peters). Described in part from Alabama specimens under Cryptosporiu'on, in Grevillea, 2:84, as follows: "Nitidum hysteriiforme; sporophoris duplo sporis curvatis filiformibus." Shining hysteriform; sporophores half as long as the thread-like curved spores, whichare variable in length." " Leptothyrium dryinum Sacc. On Castanea pumila, Lee, 1890, (Atkinson). On Nyssa sylvatica (N. multiflora), Lee, 1892, (Richards). Leptothyrium Lychnidis- B. & C.* On Lychnis Flos-cuculi, (Peters). Described in Grevillea, 2 : 83, as follows : "Maculis pallidis ; peritheciis punctiformibus ; sporis oblongis utrinque irregularibus." "Spots pallid, perithecia very minute; spores oblong, hollowed out on either side, .0004 long." Melasmia acerina Lev. On Acer rubrum, Lee, 9, 1891, (Atkinson). Melasmia Gleditschiae E. & E. On Gleditschia triacauthos, Lee, 1889, Pi~taFraxini B. & C. On Fraxinus sp. Lee, 11, 1895. (Atkinson), 175 FAMILY EXCIPULACEE. Amerosporium weconomicum. Eli. & Tracy. On Dolichos Sinensis, Lee, 11, 1890, (Atkinson). CLASS ASCOMYCETES. ORDER GYMNOASCALES. Exoascus alnitorquus (Tul.) J. Kuhn. On Alnus serrulata, Lee, 1890; 4, 1891, (Atkinson); 12, 1893, (B. M. Duggar); 4, 1896. Exoascus australis Atks. On Carpinus, Lee, 4, 1892, (Atkinson Described from Alabama material by Atkinson in Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 21 379.* Exoascus Farlowli Sadebeck. On Prunus serotina, Lee, 1892, (Atkinson). Exoascus mirabilis Atks. On Prunus -angustifolia, Lee, 4, 5, 1890-1892, (Atkinson). Distributed as .Exoascus pruni from' Alabama material in Seymour & Earle, Econ. Fungi, No. 129. Described from material collected in Alabama by Atkinson, in Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 21: 376. Exoascus pruni Fuckel. On Prunus serotina, Lee, 1891, (Atkinson). On Prunus angustifolia, Lee, 1890, (Atkinson). Exoascus rhizipes Atks.* On Prunus triflora, Lee, (Atkinson). *This description and others given in this paper lack the compact form usually employed in specific descriptions, hence are not quoted here. 176 Described from material collected in Alabama by Atkinson in Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 21 :377. Exoascus varius Atks. On Prunus serotina, Lee, 5, 1891, (Atkinson); described from material collected in Alabama by Atkinson in Bull. Torr, Bot. Club, 21 :378. Distributed from Alabama material in Seymour & Earle, Econ. Fungi, No. 128, as Exoascus deformans. Taphria coerulescens (Mont.) Tul. On Quercus nigra (Q. aquatica), Lee, 1892, (Atkinson); distributed from Alabama material in Seymour & Earle, Econ. Fungi, No. 180. On Quercus rubra, (Atkinson). On Quercus phellos, Lee, 1890, (Atkinson); distributed from Alabama material in Seymour & Earle, Econ. Fungi, No. 189. On Quercus obtusiloba, Lee, 1890, (Atkinson). On Quercus Marylandica (Q. nigra), Lee, 1890, (Atkinson). On Quercus falcata, Lee, 1890, (Atkinson); distributed from Alabama material in Seymour & Earle, Econ. Fungi, No. 185. On Quercus brevifolia (Q. cinerea), Lee, 1891, (Atkinson). Taphria Virginica Sadebeck & Seymour. On Ostrya Virginica, Lee, 5, 1896. ORDER PERISPORIALES. FAMILY ERYSIPHACEAE. Erysiphe cichoracearum DC. On Ambrosia artemisiaefolia, Lee, 5, 1890, (Atkinson in Jour. E. Mitch. Sci. Soc. 7:65). On Ambrosia trifida, Perry, 1890, (Atkinson). On Aster diffusus, Lee, 1891, (Atkinson). On Aster Tradescanti, Lee, 1891, (Atkinson). On Helianthus annuus, Lee, 1891, (Duggar). 177 On Willoughbya scandens (Mikania),Lee, 1891,(Atkinson). On Phlox sp. Mobile, 1890, (Zimmer). On Solanum Carolinense, Lee, 10, 189t, (Atkinson); Macon, 10, 1896, (Carver). On Verbena urticifolia, Lee, 10, 1891, (Duggar). On Xanthium Canadense, Lee, 10, 1889, (Atkinson); Macon, 8, 1896, (Carver). The specimen on Verbena was referred by Atkinsoniin Jour. E. Mitch. Sci. Soc. 10:75, to E. galeopsidis but these forms are rightly retained under E. cichoraceararnby Burrill (El]. & Ev. N. A. Pyrenomycetes, 13). DC.; Erysiphe communis (Walir.) Lev. On Onagra biennis, Lee, 5, 1890, (Atkinson in Jour. E. Mitch. Sci. Soc. 7:64). On Pisum sativum, Lee, 5, 1890, (Atkinson). Erysiphe Liriodendri Schw. On Liriodendron tulipifera, Lee, 1891, (Duggar). Microsphaera Alni (DC) Winter. On Alnus serrulata, Lee, 1891, (Atkinson). On Ilex mollis, Lee, 1891, (Atkinson). On Hicoria sp., Lee, 1890, (Atkinson). On Platanus occidentalis, Lee, 1891, (Atkinson). On Syringa vulgaris, Lee, 10, 1896; Macon, 8, 1896, (Carver). On Tecoma radicans, Lee, 1891, (Atkinson). The form on Tecoma was determined by Atkinson (Jour. E. Mitch. Sci. Soc. 10:75) as 1H. semntosta B. & C. It is true that the base of the appendages is in some cases colored for a short distance, but this is not unusual among the varied forms that are referred 911 Alni. The coloring in this case is rather darker than usual ; but it is not nearly so dark as in the true 11: sernitosta on Cephalanthus ; and the branching of the appendages, and the recurved tips are different from that species. Mlicrosphaera di isa C.;&.t'. "to On Meibomia sp. Lee, 18589, (Atkinson). 178 On Lespedeza striata, Lee, 1889, (Atkinson); Macon, 10, 1896, (Carver). Microsphaera erineophila Peck. On erineum of Fagus Americana, Lee, 3, 1896. Microsphaera Euphorbiae B. & C. On Euphorbia nutans, Lee, 1891, (Duggar). Microsphaera Grossulariae (Wallr.) Lev. On Sambucus Canadensis, Lee, 1891,.(Atkinson). Microsphaera quercina (Schw.) Burrill. On Quercus nigra (Q. aquatica),Lee, 12, 1890, (Atkinson); Macon, 8, 1896, (Carver). On Quercus Phellos, Lee, 1891, (Atkinson). On Quercus sp. Lee, 12, 18a5; Macon, 8, 1896, (Carver). The form on Q. nigra is the M. calocladophoraAtks. which was described in Jour. E. Mitch. Sci. Soc. 7:73, as follows: "Hypophyllous, mycelium thin, diffuse, or in orbicular patches, dense. Perithecia scattered, black, rather stout, 100-140 n, reticulations rather distinct. Appendages one to two times diameter of perithecium, percurrent, primary branching opposite or nearly so, branches dichotomous, tips incurved, some of the tips unpaired as in M. quercina. Asci four to six, ovate or elliptical, pedicellate, 35-40x65-80 n. Spores six to eight, 20-25 n, granular." There is nothing in the foregoing except the peculiar branching of the appendages by which to distinguish it from other of the varied forms on different species of oak that are at present regarded as belonging to MA.quercina. This character is very easily recognized when present; and, if constant, would sufficiently separate the species. As the result of much study of the forms of Microsphaera on oak we cannot concede that this is the case. In none of the specimens examined is this character uniformly present. Hardly a perithecium can be found that does not show one or more appendages with the normal dichotomous branching of . quercina. Again this character is by no means confined to the form on Q. nigra. Many specimens from Illinois, and other parts of the country, especially on Q. 179. alba, show occasional appendages having this peculiar form of branching. It is this that was referred to by Burrill and Earle, Parasitic Fungi of Illinois, 2:485, while discussing the form on Q. alba, in the sentence "While the branching is broader and more irregular, frequently being exceedingly ornate " Microsphaera Hedwiigii is mentioned in Grevillea, 4:161, as being found in Alabama on oak by Beaumont, but this was doubtless some of the many forms of M. quercina. Microsphaera Ravenelil Berk. On Apios Apios (A, tuberosa), Lee, 10, 1896; Macon, 8, 1896, (Carver). On Gleditschia triacahthos, Lee, 1889, (Atkinson). Microsphaera semitosta B. & C. On Cephalanthus occidentalis, Lee, 1891, (Atkinson): Microsphaera Vaccinil C. & P. On Yaccinium sp. Lee, 1891, (Dtiggar). On Xolisma ligustrina, Lee, 10, 1896. Phyllactinia suffulta (Rebent,) Sacc. On Alnus serrulata, Lee, 1891, (Atkinson); Macon, 10, 1896, (Carver). On Carpinus Caroliniana, Lee, 1891, (Atkinson). On Cornus florida, Lee, 1891, (Atkinson). On Cornus sp. Lee, 1891, (Atkinson). On Crataegus sp. Lee, 1891, (Atkinson). On Fagus sp. (Beaumont in Grevillea, 4:158). On Liriodendron tulipifera, Macon, 10, 1896, (Carver). On Quercus nigra (Q. aquatica), Lee, 1890, (Atkinson); Macon, 8, 1896, (Carver). On Quercus Marylandica (Q. nigra), Lee, 1890, (Atkinson). On Quercus Phellos, Lee, 1890, (Atkinson). On Quercus minor (Q. stellata), Lee, 11, 1895. On IUlmus alata, Lee, 1889, (Atkinson); Macon, 10, 1896, (Carver). On Ulmus Americana, Macon, 10, 1896, (Carver) . Podosphaera biuncinata C. & P. 180 On Hamamelis On On On On irginiana, Lee, 1891, (Duggar). Podosphaera oxyacanthae (DC) DeBy. Crataegus sp., 1891, (Benton). Pirus malus, Lee, 4, ,1896. Prunus Americana, 1891, (Duggar). Prunus Cerasus, (Peters in Grevillea, 4:158). Sphaerotheca Castagnel Lev. On Bidens frondosa, Lee, 1891, (Duggar). On Erechthites hieracifolia, Lee, 1891, (Benton & Duggar). On Lactuca sp., Lee, 10, 1896. Sphaerotheca lanestris Hark. On Quercus alba, Lee, 1891, (Atkinson). Sphaerotheca pannosa (Walir.) Fr. On Rosa sp. (cult.), Lee, 1890, (Atkinson). Uncinula circinata C. & P. On Acer rubrum, Lee, 1891, (Atkinson). Uncinula flexuosa Peck. On 1isculus Pavia, Lee, 1890, (Atkinson). Uncinula geniculata Ger. On Morus rubra, Lee, 1891, (Atkinson). Uncinula macrospora Peck. On Ulmus Americana, Lee, 1,90, (Atkinson). It is probable that the specimens on elm referred.by Berkeley to U ctdanca (Grevillea, 4: 159), and to U. inter160), are nothing but U. macrospora. media (Grevillea, Uncinula necator (Schw.) Burrill. On cultivated grape, Lee, 1889, (Atkinson in Jour. E. 4: Mitch. Sci. Soc. 7 :66). Uncinula parvula C. & P. On Ceitis occidentalis, Lee, 1889; Montgomery, 1891, (At- kinson) ; Macon, 8, 1896, (Carver). Uncinula polychaeta (B. & C.) Mass. 4:68; On Celtis occidentalis, (Peters), IRav. Fung. Car. Exsic. 1891, (Atkinson). First described from Alabama spec imens under Erysiphe in Grevillea, 4: 159, as follows : " Maculis orbicularibus ; appendicibus brevibus plurimus rectis ; ascis elongatis clavatis." 181 "Spots orbicular, yellow-brown in the centre from the young perithecia; appendages about equal to their diameter, straight ; asci elongated, clavate." FAMILY PERISPORIACE1E. Asterina comata B. & Ray. On Magnolia Virginica (M. glauca), (Peters), Lee, 5, 1896; Mobile, 3, 1896. Described in Grevillea, 4 :10, in part from Alabama specimens as follows: "Sparsa major; mycelio obsoleto; floccis brunneis dense vestita." "Scattered, without any visible mycelium, large for the genus, about one-third line broad, densely clothed with short brown hairs." Asterina diplodioides B. & C. On Andromeda acuminata, (Peters). Described in Grevillea, 4 : 9, as follows: " Maculis orbicularibus, mycelio interrupto; sporidiis oblongis obtusissimis uniseptatis fuscis." " Forming orbicular interrupted spots; perithecia minute; sporidia .0003 long, shortly oblong, obtuse at either end, brown, resembling the spores of a Diplodia." Asterina pelliculosa Berk. On Ilex opaca, Lee, 2, 4, 1896. Asterina spurca B. & C.* On Hyptis radiata, (Beaumont). Described in part from Alabama specimens in Grevillea, "Peritheciis sparsis punctiformibus, 4: 10, as follows: floccis brevibus duobus vel pluribus junctis articulatis radiantibus ornatis." "Scattered, dot-like, surrounded by short articulated submoniliform, radiating threads, which are joined together laterally by twos, sometimes forked at the apex." Capnodium elongatum B. & Desm.* On Bignonia, (Peters). Capnodium sp. On Chrysanthemum sp., Lee, 1889, (Atkinson). 182 On Nerium Oleander, Lee, 1890, (Atkinson). (Antennaria) semiovata B. & Br. On Magnolia Virginica (M. glauca), (Beaumont). This probably belongs with Capnodium. A number of other specimens of black fungi have been collected that seem to follow insect injuries on various hosts. They probably belong here, but as they are in not condition for determination they are not enumerated. Meliola amphitricha Fr. On Osmanthus Americana (Olea), Lee, 10, 1896. Specimens of Meliola on many diverse hosts have been referred to this species by American writers. It is perhaps doubtful if any of our species are entitled to this name, but it is retained provisionally in the present case. Meliola bidentata Cooke. On Bignonia capreolata, Lee, 1891, (Duggar); Mobile, 3, 1896. Meliola manca E. & M. On Myrica cerifera, Mobile, 3, 1896. On Rubus villosus, Lee, 1891, (Atkinson). Meliola Martiniana Gaill. On Persea palustris, Lee, 4, 1896. Meliola Mitchellae Cooke. On Mitchella repens, Lee, 3,.1896. Meliola nidulans (Schw.) Cooke. On living twigs, 1891, (Atkinson). On living twigs of Cornus, Lee, 4, 1896. Meliola palmicola Winter.* On Sabal sp. (Beaumont), in Grevillea, 4 158, under .. amphitrichaFr. Meliola tenuis B. & C. On Arundinaria tecta, Lee, 1891, (Atkinson). Parodiella perisporioides (B. & C.) Speg. On Desmodium sp., Lee, 1891, (Newman & Duggar). Perisporium Zeae Desm. (?) OnZea Mays, (Beaumont), Ray. Fung. Car. exsic. 3: 65. 183 This is probably an error (see note by Farlow in Eli. & Ev. N. A. Pyr., 56). In the specimen examined by us the minute black perithecia (?) were sterile. Scorias spongiosa (Schw.) Fr. On Alnus serrulata, Lee, 2, 1896. On Fagus Americana, Lee, 7, 1896. ORDER HYPOCREALES. Calonectria Curtisii (Berk.) Sacc. (?) On Arundinaria sp., Lee, 1, 1896. We have seen no authentic specimens of this species and the description is insufficient for positive identification. Calonectria polythalama (Berk.) Sacc.* 46). On Liquidambar, (Peters, Grevillea, sp. (scierotium stage only.) Claviceps On Chrysopogon avenaceus, Macon, 8, 1896, (Carver). On Erianthus sp., Macon, 8, 1896, (Carver). 4 Cordyceps capitata Fr.* (Peters, Grevillea, 4:18). Cordyceps ophioglossoides (Ehrh.) Link. Peters Coil. 1:54; Winston, 6, 1896. Dothicloe Aristidia Atks.* On Aristida purpurascens, Lee, (Duggar). IDescribed in Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 21: 224, as follows : " Stroma dimorphic, sterile portion confluent, forming a thin black layer, in the specimens seen entirely surrounding the culm. Fertile portion much thicker, confluent or interrupted, forming small perpendicular elevations on the sterile portion, projecting apices of the crowded perithecia more or less confluent in an irregular manner, giving a rugulose or convolute appearance to the stroina. Otherwise as in D. Hypoxylon." (Epichloe Hypoxylon Dothichloe Hypoxylon (Peck) Peck.) Atks.* On Andropogon Yirginicus, (Atkinson, Bull. Torr. BotL Club, 21 :223). 184 Echinodothis tuberiformis (B. & Ray.) Atks. tuberiformis B. & Ray.) On Arundinaria, Lee, 1891, (Atkinson). (Hypocrea Gibberella pulicaris (Fr.) Sacc. (?) On living roots of'cotton, Lee, 11, 1889, (Atkinson). With a Fusarium. The specific determination we consider quite doubtful. Hypocrea apiculata C. & P. Lee, (Atkinson). Hypocrea citrina (Pers.) Fr. On Exidia glandulosa, Lee, 7, 1896. Hypocrea contorta (Schw.) B. & C. Peters Coll. 3:68. Hypocrea Petersil B. & C. Alabama (Peters.) Described in Grevillea, 4:13, as follows: "Agariciformis; stipite rugoso; peritheciis periphericis ; ascis linearibus; sporidiis globosis." "At first sight this looks like an Agaric infested with some Hypomyces, but the fructification is exactly that of an Hypocrea. Stem irregular, dilated upwards, about an inch high; head orbicnlar, irregular rufons; perithecia both:on the under and upper sides; sporidia globose in linear asci." * Hypocrea polyporoidea B. & C. On Fagus, Peters Coil. 1 :152. Described in Grevillea, 4:15,. as follows : " Peritheciis tomentosis liberis in crustam pallidam insidentibus." "Fawn-colored ; perithecia free, tomentose, with a naked ostiolum seated on a pale crust, here and there elevated, which is thin towards the margin. A very curious species." In the Peters specimen the asci are very numerous, cylindrical, about 4O-5Ox31 ; spores end to end in a single row, the cells truncate from crowded, soon separating, ends mutual pressure, becoming rounded when freed from the ascus, orbicular, about 3vi. of, Hypocrella atramentosa (B. & C.) Sacc. 185 On Andropogon, (Beaumont, Grevillea, Described in Jour. Linn. Soc. 10 :377, in part from Alabama material, under as follows: "Effusa, tenuis, elongata, atra, demum rugosa; peritheciis globosis ostiolisque immersis (419)." "On leaves of grass. Hab. Alabama. On Andropogon, No. 4018. Forming a thin stratum on the under side of the *leaves. Allied to H seriamplexa B., a very similar species from Surinam on (yperaeeae, with fiiform sporidla (Sphaeria cyperacearur Schwein.! herb.)." This is considered by Atkinson to be a synonym for Dothichloe Hypoxylon (Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 21 : 223). Hypomyces aurantius (Pers.) Fckl. On Cantherellus aurantiacum, (Peters), in Ray. Fung. Car. exsic. 5: 64. Hypomyces lactifluorum (Schw.) Tul. On various species of Lactarius, Lee, 12, Winston, 6, 1896. Hypomyces xylophilus Peck. On rotten wood, Lee, 11, 1896. Myriogenospora Atks. On Paspalum laeve, Lee, (Duggar). Described in Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 21:225, as follows: " Stroma one to two centimeters long, seated upon one side of the young culm in the cases observed, and partly enclosed on the sides by the equitant leaf blade. Perithecia large, 20030012 in diameter oval or obovate, projecting above the stroma but little by a small conical apex, producing a slight un- 4:15). Hypocrea, 1895; Paspali evenness on the surface. Asci large, 200-250x15-20;, taper- ing each way to slender ends, more strongly so at the base, so that they appear oblanceolate in side view. Spores very numerous, several hundred, narrowly apiculate, 15-25x .5-.8i, fusoid, straight or slightly curved." Nectria episphaeria (-Tode.) Fr. Lee, 1891, (Atkinson). On Diatrype sp., Lee, 3, 1896. On Eutypella sp., Lee, 2, 3, 1896. 186 Nectria rubicarpa Cooke. On Gelsemium sempervirens (? ), Lee, 2, 1896. Nectria saccharina.B. & C. Peters Coil. 1:165. Nectria viticola B. & C.* On Vitis, (Peters). Described in Grevillea, 4:45, as follows: "Parva, nitide coccinea, mollis lateraliter collabens e strato albo tenui oriunda ; sporidiis uniserialibus ellipticis uniseptatis." "Scattered, bright crimson, soft, collapsing laterally, seated on a thin white mycellum ; sporidia uniseriate, ellip tic, uniseptate." Sphaerostilbe gracilipes Tnl.* On Platanus, (Peters, Grevillea, 4: ORDER 46). SPHAERIALES. Anthostoma atropunctata (Schw.) Sacc. On Quercus sp., Lee, 11, nthostomella eliminata (B. & C.) Sacc.* On Smilax, (Peters). Described in Grevillea, 4: 148, nnder Splaeria, as follows: "Peritheciis epidermide nigrefacta tectis; ostiolo albo ; ascis linearibns ; sporidiis auguste oblongis nnin 1895. ucleatis." " Perithecia covered by the jet black cuticle ; which is the more conspicnons from, the unoccupied parts being white, marked in the centre with white from the ostiolum; asci linear ; sporidia uniseriate, oblong, .00057 long, from fonr to five times longer than. broad." & Mont.)* Apiospora Apiospora under On Arundinaria, (Peters in. Grevillea, Sphaeria. (Dar. 4 :141, Botriosphaeria fuliginosa (M. & N.) E. & E. On Melia Azedarach, Lee, 3, 1895. On dead bark, Lee, 1, 1893. Caryospora putaminum (Schw.) DeNot. On peach pits, Lee, 2, 1896; Mobile, 12, 1895. 187 Cerafostoma piliferum (Fr.) Fckl. On Yitis rotundifolia, Lee, 2, 1896. On Yitis sp. (cult.), Lee, 1, 1896. * On Quercus, (Peters in Grevillea, 4 146, under Sphaeria.) Chaetosphaeria pannicola (B. & C.)Sacc. Clypeosphaeria sabaligera (B. & C.) Sacc.* On Sabal sp., (Beaumont). Described in Grevillea, 4: 147, under Splaeria, as lows: "Sparsa minuta epidermide nigrefacta tecta, ascis clavatis; sporidiis biseriatis." "Scattered, minute, covered by the blackened cuticle; sporidia biseriate; sporidia fusiform, curved, triseptate, .001 long." fol- Daldinia concentrica (Bolt.) Ces. & DeNot. On Magnolia Yirginica (M. glauca), Lee, 11, ston, 6, 1896. 1895; Win- Daldinia vernicosa (Schw.) Ces. & DeNot. On Magnolia Yirginica (M. glauca), Lee, 11, 1895. Diaporthe dichaenoides (B. & C.) Sacc.* On Quercus, (Beaumont). Described in Grevillea, 4': 98, under Melogramma, as lows: "Maculis ostiolis conicis rugosis exasperatis ; sporidiis oblongis obtusis uniseptatis." " Looks at first like a Dichaena spots bursting out trans; versely, but generally orbicular, very rough with conical rugose pulverulent ostiola ; asci clavate ; sporidia hyaline in one or sometimes two rows, oblong, sometimes narrower below, obtuse, .001 long." fol- Diatrype disciformis (Hoffm.) Fr.* (Peters in Grevillea, 4: 95.) Diatrype platystoma (Scliw.) Berk. On Ostrya, (Peters in iRav. Fung. Car. exsic. 5 : 55, under Hypoxylon. Diatrype stigma (Hoffm.) DeNot. On dead limb, Winston, 6, 1896. Diatrype tremellophora Ell. On Magnolia Yirginica (M. glauca), Lee, 1,'.3, 1896. 188 Diatrype virescens (Schw.) Eli. (Peters in Grevillea, 4 : 95, under D. disci/ornis virescens.) On Fagus Americana, Lee, 2, 1896. Diatrypella Cephalanthi (Schw.') Sacc.* (Beaumont in Grevillea, 4:96, underDiatrype). Diatrypella discoidea Alni Cooke. On Alnus serrulata, Lee, 1, 5, 1896. Diatrypella nigro-annulata (Grey.) E. & E. On dead twigs, Lee,'6, 1896. Diatrypella quercina (Pers.) Nits. (Peters, in Grevillea, 4:95). On dead twig, Lee, 2, 1896. Didymosphaeria polysticta (B. & C.) Sacc.* On Smilax, (Beaumont). Described in Grevillea, 4:149, under as "Ostiolo excepto cuticula tecta; ascis linearibus; sporidiis oblongis uniseptatis fuscis." "Perithecia scarcely raising the cuticle, visible chiefly from the black dot-like ostiola; asci linear sporidia oblong, uniseptate, .0003 long, rather more than twice as long as wide." Sphaeria, follows: Endothia gyrosa (Schw.) Fckl. On Liquidambar, Lee, 3, 1896. On Quercus, Lee, 2, 1896. Eutypa spinosa (Pers.) Tul. On Quercus, Lee, 2, 4, 1896. Eutypella cerviculata (Fr.) Sacc. On Alnus serrulata, Lee, 3, 1896. Eutypella glandulosa (Cooke) E. & E. On Melia Azedarach, Lee, 3, 1896. In our specimens the ostiola are not distinctly sulcate, but are long exserted, with the mouths smoothly umbilicate; perithecia few, often only one or two ;asci 20x4 spores 4x1 n. The general appearance, and the minute asci and spores so much resemble specimens of t' species or: Ailanthus (Ray. N. A. Fungi exsic. 6 u ls N. A. F. t.. 2343), that we can hardly consider it diP l; Eutypella Platani (Schw.) Sace. 189 On Platanus, (Peters in Rav. Fung. Car. exsic. 5:62). Eutypella stellulata (Fr.) Sacc. On Melia Azedarach, Lee, 3, 1896. On Smilax sp., Lee, 2, 1896. Fracchiaea calista (B. & C.) Sacc. On Carpinus, (Peters in Ray. Fung. Car. exsic. 5:67). Heptameria mesoedema (B. & C.) Sacc. On Eupatorium sp., Lee, 1891, (Duggar). Herpotricha rhodomphala (Berk.) Sacc. On dead wood, (Beaumont in Peters Col. 3:44). Hypoxylon annulatum (Schw.) Mont. On Acer rubrum, Lee, 2, 1896. On Magnolia Virginica (M. glanca), Lee, 3, 1896. On Quercus sp., Lee, 2, 3, 1896. Hypoxylon atramentosum (Fr. ) On dead wood, Lee, 12, 1895; 1, 2, 1896. Hypoxylon Beaumontil B. & C.* Alabama (Beaumont). Described in Grevillea, 4:93,k as follows: "Peritheciis globosis connatis; ostiolo distincto papillaeformi; sporidiis oblongo-ellipticis uniseptatis." "Perithecia rather small at first, slightly brown, then asci black, smooth, with a distinct papillaeform .0004 long, linear ; sporidia uniseriatP, oblongo-elliptic, uniseptate." From this description Saccardo (Syll. Fung. 1:753) puts this in Valsaria; but Cooke (Grevillea, 11:134) says "The ostiolum; sporidia are certainly not septate in the original specimens. It is an effused Hgpoxylon." Hypoxylon calostroma (Schw.) B. & C.* On Ilex verticellata, (Beaumont in Grevillea, 4:51). Hypoxylon caries (Schw.) Sacc. On Acer, Lee, 2, 1896. On dead wood, Lee, 3, 1896. Hypoxylon coccineum Bull. On Alnus serrulata, Lee, 3, 1896. Hypoxylon crocopeplum B. & C. On bark, Lee, 12, 1895. 190 Hypoxylon decorticatum (Schw) Berk. On bark, Lee, 2, 1896. Hypoxylon fuscum (Pers.) Fr. On Alnus serrulata, Lee, 12, 1895. On Ostrya Yirginiana, Lee, 2, 1896. Hypoxylon Howeianum Peck., Lee, 2, 1896. Lee, 2,'1896. Hypoxylon insidens (Schw.) Fr. OnLiriodendron tulipifera, Lee, 2, 1896. Hypoxylon investiens (Schw.) Berk. On-Liriodendron, (Beaumont in Ray. Fung. Car. exsic. 4:33). On dead wood, Lee, 3, 4, 1896. Hypoxylon luridum Nits. On carpinus, Lee, 1896. Hypoxylon marginatum (Schw.) Berk. On Acer rubrum, Lee, 3, 1896. On Quercus nigra (Q. aquatica), Lee, 3, 1896. On Quercus, (Beaumont in Grevillea, 4:49). iypoxylon perforatum (Schw.) Fr. On Arundinaria tecta, Lee, 1891, (Atkinson). (?) On Liquidambar, Lee, 1, 1896. On Quercus, Lee, 1, 1896. On Smilax, Lee, 1, 1896. On Vitis, Lee, 1, 1896. Hypoxylon Petersii B. & C. On Quercus alba, Winston, 1882, (Peters in Peters Coil., 1:158). Described in part from Alabama material in Jour. Linn. Soc. 10:384, as follows : "Stromate pulvinato hemisphaerico duro ex umbrino nigro, intus umbrino ; peritheciis stratosis elongatis ; superficie papillosa, ostiolis minutis nigris. (329)." "On dead wood. Hab. Alabama. Stroma 1 inch across, 1-3 thick. show the internal umber tint.: Sporidia .0003 inch long." Hypoxylon rubignosum (Pers.) Fr. Surface, at length, sometimes cracked, so as to On dead wood, Lee, 2, 3, 1896. 191 Hypoxylon rutilum Tul. On oak bark, Winston, 6,.1896. Hypoxylon serpens Pers.* (Beaumont in Grevillea, 4:93.) Hypoxylon subchlorinum E. & Calk. On Alnus serrulata, Lee, 2, 1896. On Carpinus Caroliniana, Lee, 2, 1896. On Viburnum sp., Lee, 1, 1896. Hypoxylon xanthocreas B. & C. On Alnus serrulata, Lee, 2, 1896. Laestadia Bidwellii (Eli.) Sacc. "Black rot." On Parthenocissus quinquefolia (Ampelopsis), Lee, 1890, (Atkinson). On Vitis sp. (cult.), Lee, 1891, (Atkinson). On Vitis rotundifolia, Lee, 1890, (Atkinson). On Vitis vinifera, Lee, 1891, (Atkinson). Lasiosphaeria pezizula (B. & C.) Sacc. On dead wood, Lee, 1, 2, 1896. Lasiosphaeria Rhacodium (Pers.) DeNot. On rotten wood, Lee,' 2, 1896. Leptosphaeria Beaumontii (B. & C.) Sacc.* On grass, (Beaumont). Described in Grevillea, 4:145, under Sphaeria, as follows: "Linearis brevis erumpens, axis elongatis, sporidiis biserialibus linearibus multiseptatis." "Forming little short black lines bursting through the cuticle ; asci elongated, clavate ; sporidia linear, sometimes oblique, with about nine septa, and a nucleus in each joint, .002 long." Leptosphaeria orthogramma (B. & C.) Sacc. On Erianthus sp., Macon, 4, 1896. Massaria epileuca B. & C. On Momus rubra, Lee, 1, 1896. Melogramma Meliae Curt. On Melia Azedarach, Lee, 3, 1896. Metasphaeria infuscans E. & E. 192 On Andropogon Yirginicus, Lee, 10, 1891, (Atkinson in N. A. F. 2754). Nummularia clypeus, (Schw.) Cke. On Alnus serrulata, Lee, 11, 12, 1895. On Magnolia Yirginica, (M. glauca) Lee, 12, 1895. On Quercus sp., Lee, 12, 1895; Macon, 8, 1896, (Carver). On Yitis sp., Lee, 1, 1896. Nummularia discreta (Schw.) Tul.* On Cercis, (Peters, Grevillea, 4:94). Nummularia punctulata (B. & Ray.) Sacc. On Alnus serrulata, Lee, 3, 1896. On Quercus sp., Lee, 3, 1896. Nummuaria repanda (Fr.) Nits. On Cercis, Peters Coil. 3;66, (under Sphaeria). Ohieria regulosa Fckl. Lee, 2, 1896. Ophiobolus acuminatus (Sowb.) Duby.* (Peters in Grevillea, 4:150, under Sphaeria). Ophiobolus anguillides (Cooke) Sacc. On Ambrosia artemisiaefolia, Lee, 1892, (Atkinson). Ophiobolus glomus (B. & C.) Sacc.* On Ambrosia, (Beaumont). Described in Grevillea, 4:152, under Sphaeria, as follows: "Convexa -media perforata ; sporidiis linearibus sigmoideis ; stylosporis obovatis primum per paria connatis." "Perithecia convex, perforated; sporidia linear, sigmoid, .001-002 long. Stylospores are produced within dark specks, seated on forked threads, and at first joined in pairs so as to make an obovate mass,. then separating and still obovate but narrow, .001, long." flat Phomatospora argyrostigma (Berk.) Sacc. On Yucca filamentosa, Lee, 2, 1896. Physalospora disrupta (B. & C.) Sacc. On Smilax sp., Lee, 3, 1896. Physalospora phlyctanoides (B. & C.) Sacc.* On Dolichos, (Beaumont). 193 Described in Grevillea, 4:151, under Sphaeria, as follows: "Irregularis fusca deplanata; ascis late lanceolatis brevibus; sporidiis biseriatis cymbaeformibus endochromate utrinque retracto." "Forming little brown irregular specks on a white ground; asci short, broadly lanceolate; sporidia cymbaeform, with the endochrome retracted at either end, .0005-.00057 long." Pleospora herbarum (Pers.) Rabh.* (Beaumont, Grevillea, 4:150, under Sphaeria). Plowrightia morbosa (Schw.) Sacc. On Prunus On Prunus On Prunus On Prunus On- Prunus "Black knot." augustifolia, Lee, 11, 1895. domestica, (Pike roads), 1891, (Atkinson). serotina, Lee, 2, 1896. triflora, Mobile, 1, 1893. umbellata, Lee, 1881,. (Newman). Poronia Edipus Mont. On horse dung, (Peters in Rav. Fung. Car. exsic. 3:46). Rosellinia aquila (Fr.) DeNot. On Liriodendron, Lee, 1, 4, 1896. Rosellinia pulveracea (Ehrh.) Fckl. On Vitis rotundifolia, Lee, 2, 1896. Rosellinia subiculata (Schw.) Sacc. On rotten wood, Lee, 2, 1896. Sphaerella cotorata Peck. On Kalmia latifolia, (Peters in Rav. Fung. (Jar. exsic. 3:71, under Depazed kalmnicola S). Lee, 1891, (Atkinson). Sphaerella Fragariae Tul. On Fragaria sp. (cult.), Mobile, 12, 1895. Sphaerella gossypina Atks. On Gossypium herbaceum, (Albert Station), 1890, (Cath-. cart). Described in Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 18:300, in part as follows : "Perithecia immersed, ostiolum projecting- 6 6-70x 65-90u. Asci subcylindrical, varying to slightly clavate. or lanceolate, 8-10x40-45u.-spores elliptical, or nearly fusoid, antd when mat-are constricted at the septum, one cell being 194 usually somewhat smaller than the other. They are obliquely uniseriate or partly biseriate, 3=-4x15-18 u," Sphaeria (Depazea) concentrica B. &,Co* On Asarum Virginicum. Described in Grevillea, 4:155 as follows: "Maculis annulis concentricis albis bruneisque variegata, peritheciis in annullis pallidis sitis." "Spots more than an inch in diameter, orbicular, consisting of about seven alternate white and brown rings; penthecia numerous, situated on the fallen rings. Unfortunately I could find no perfect fruit." Sphaeria palmarum Mont.* On Sabal, (Beaumont, Grevillea, 4:147). Trabutia quercina Fr. On Quercus nigra (Q. aquatica), Lee, 4, 1896. Ustulina vulgaris Tul. On old stumps, Lee, 2, 3, 1896. Valsa Americana B. & C. Peters Coll. 3:67. Valsa munda B. & C)* On branches of Cornus, (Peters). Described in Grevillea, 4.:100, as "Subcuticularis disco parvo albocincto; ascis lanceolatis; sporidiis follows: allantoideis." " Pustules completely covered by the bark, which is blackened over them, or appears black by transparence, the disc alone, which is bordered with white, being free ; asci lanceolate; sporidia sausage-shaped." Valsaria exasperans (Ger.) E. & E. On bark, Lee, 2, 1896. Xylaria corniformis Fr. On Salix, Lee 2, 1896. The Pk.) Lee, 5, conidial state, Isariaflabelliformis, (Tlielepkora roselal Xylaria fulvella B. & C. On Salix, Lee, 2, 1896. Described from Alabama material in Jour. Linn. Soc. 10: 380, as follows : " Clavata, rubiginosa, papillata ; peni- 1896. 195 theciis semiprominulis, ostiolis nigris; stipite cylindrico pallide fulvo lineato-rugoso (590)." " On dead wood. Hab. Alabama (No. 4902). Sporidia oblong, .0003 inch long. Closely allied to an Australian species, X. plosplorea B. MS., but differs in the absence of the white ring around the ostiolum. The Cuban specimens are immature, so that the characters are drawn up the Alabama plant. " from Xylaria Hypoxylon (L.) Grev. On Acer rubrum, Lee, 2, 1895. Xylaria polymorpha (Pers.) Grev. Conidial stage, Lee, 4, 1896. Ascomycetous stage, Hale, 5, 1896. ORDER DOTHIDEALES. Phyllachora Ambrosiae (B. & C.) Sacc. On Ambrosia artemishefolia, (Beaumont), Lee, 1891, (Duggar). On Ambrosia trifida, 1891., (Duggar). as Described, under Dothidea, in Grevillea, nitida ; ascis linearibus; sporidiis unlows: " Convexa seriatis ellipticis hyalinis." 4: 105, fob "Convex, shining ; asci linear; shorter than the slender paraphyses ; sporidia uniseriate, elliptic, hyaline." Phyllachora Beaumontli (]B. & C.) Cooke. On Prunus, Caroliniana, Macon, (Beaumont, Peters Coll. 1 :194). Described in Grevillea, 13 : 63, as follows : " Epiphylla. Stromate hemisphainrico-convexo, atro (5mm. diam.) opaco ad basim contracto ; ascis clavatis ; sporidiis inordinatis, ellipticis, continuis, hyalinis,- (.008-.Olx.O4mm.) ." Phyllachora graminis (Pers.) Fckl. On Andropogon Yirginicus, Lee, 1891, (Duggar). On Eragrostis tennis, Lee, 1891, (Duggar). On Muhlenbergia diffusa, Lee, 1891, (Duggar).' On Panicum ciliatifolium, Lee, 1891, (IDuggar). On Panicum dichotomum, Lee, 1891, (IDuggar). 196 On Panicurn Porteranum, Lee, 1891, (Atkinson). On Panicum sp., Lee, 1891, (Duggar); Macon, 8, 1896, (Carver). On Paspalum koeve, Lee, 1891, (Duggar). On Paspalum setaceum, Lee, 1891, (Newman). Phyllachora Lespedezae (Schw.) Cooke. On Lespedeza sp., Lee, 11, 1896. Phyllachora Ulmi (Duv.) Fckl. On Ulmus sp., Macon, 8, 1896, (Carver). Scirrhia Groveana Sacc. On Typha latifolia, Lee, 3, 1896. Agrees with the description, except in the somewhat smaller asci and spores. In our specimens the asci are about 4O i long; and all the asci in a cell escape together in a globular fassicle. ORDER HYSTERIALES. Angelina rufescens (Schw.) Duby. On Quercus (Peters), Ray. Fung. Car. exsic. Ascobolus conglomeratus Schw. 5: 44, under Aulographum pinorumADesm. On pine needles, Lee, 1, 1891. Dichaena faginea (Pers.) Fr. On Fagus Americana, Lee, 3, 1896. Dichaena sp. * On Quercus, (Peters). Mentioned in Grevillea, 4: 158, as being probably a form of D. quercina. Gloniella Curtisii (Duby) Sacc. On Vitis, dead stems, Lee, -7, 1896. Gloniopsis praelongum, (Schw). On Momus, Lee, 4, 1896. This is Gloniopsis lineolaturn (Cooke) Sacc., and Hysterograpiar praelongum (Schw.) E. & E. Gloniopsis smilacis, (Schw). On Smilax, Lee, 1896. This is evidently a Gloniopsis and not a Ilypoderma, where it is placed- by Rehmn and Saccardo. 19'7 Glonium chiorinum (B. & C.) Sacc.* On Quercus nigra (Q. aquatica), Beaumont. Described in Grevillea, 4: 12, as -follows: "Cito liberatum ellipticum primum chiorino-pruinosum, demum denudatum; labris sulcatis; sporidiis biseriatis magnis oblongis hyalinis uniseptatis medio contractis." "Soon liberated from the cuticle, elevated from the bark, often narrowed at the base, elliptic, at first greenish from a fine powdery coat, which soon wears off; lips sulcate;disc greenish; sporidia in two rows, oblong, uniseptate, constricted in the middle, .033 long; the endochrome has quently a little emargination." fre- Glonium lineare angustissimum DeNot. On Liquidambar, Lee, 3, 1896. Glonium macrosporum Tracy & Earle. On Prunus serotina, Lee, 2, 1896. On Rubus villosus, Lee, 4, 1896. On Vitis rotundifolia, Lee, 2, 1896. Glonium parvulum (Ger.) Sacc. On Hicoria, Lee, 2, 1896. On Liriodendron, Lee, 2, 1896. Glonium stellatum Muhl. (Beaumont in Ray. Fung. Car. exsic. 3:43.) On rotten log, Lee, 1, 1896. Glonium velatum E. & E. On dead wood, Lee, 2, 1896. Hypoderma ilicinum DeNot. On Quercus nigra (Q. aquatica), Lee, 7, 1896. On Quercus sp., dead leaves, Lee, 1, 1896. Hysterium insidens Schw. On dead wood, Lee, 2, 1896. Hysterium .macrosporum Peck. On weathered pine wood, Lee, 3, 4, 1896. Hysterium Prostil Duby. On Quercus, Lee, 2, 1896. Hysterium pulicare Pers. On Betula, Macon, 4, 1896. 198 Hysteriographium Mori (Schw.) Relm. On Gleditschia, Lee, 2, 1896. Hysterographium vulvatum (Schw.)IRehm. On Quercus sp., Lee, 2, 1896. On Vitis rotundifolia, Lee, 2, 1896. Lembosia illicilcolaTracy & Earle. On Illicium Floridanum, Mobile, 3, 1896. Lophodermium arundinaceum (Schrad) Chev. (?) On Arundinaria, Lee, 1, 1896. Lophodermium culmigenum (Fr.) Karst. On Arundinaria, (dead sheaths,) Lee, 1, 1896. Lophodermium cyrillicolum Tracy & Earle. On Cyrilla racemiflora, Lee, 4, 1896. Lephodermium Petersii (B. & C.) Sacc.* On Juniperus, (Peters). Described in Grevillea, 4:13, under Hysterium, as follows: "Cuticula conditum ellipticum elongatumve flexuosum sporidiis filiformibus." "Covered by the cuticle, elliptic, or elongated and sporidia filiform. This does not grow on a pallid ous; flexu- spot." Lophodermium Pinastni (Schad.) Chev. On Pinus echinata (P. mitis), dead needles, Lee, 3, 1896. Tryblidiella rufula (Sprang.) Sacc. On Rhus, (Beaumont), Peters Coll. 3:66. On dead twigs, Lee, 1, 1896. Tryblidiella rufula microspora (E. & E.), On MCelia Azedarach, Lee, 3, 1896. ORDER PHAOIIALES. Coccomyces Junipeni Karst, (?). On bark of Juniperus, Peters Coll. 1:150, under the herbarium name of Rhiytisrma Petersii B. & C. The specimen is referred as above with some doubt since the spores are considerably longer than in the published description. Coccomyces tniangulanis (Schw.) Sacc. On Quercus, Lee, 4, 1896. In our specimens the asci are about lO0u long, spores filiform, about equalling the ascus, paraphyses thread like, branched, loosely coiled at the tip like a tendril. 199 Dothiora asterinospora (E. & E.) Sacc. On Ilex, (Peters), Rav. Fung. Car. exsic. 3:63 under Tympanis picastraB. & C. On living bark of various trees, Lee, 1, 2, 3, 1896. Phacidium elegantissimum B. & C." On leaves of Ilex, (Peters). Described in Grevillea, 4:8, as follows: "In maculis orbiculares albas nigrocinctas situm punctiforme angulatum." "Seated on white orbicular black-margined spots, minute, angular. An extremely pretty species, but unfortun ately I have found no fruit." Rhytisma acerinum (Pers.) Fr. On Acer rubrum, Lee, 11, 1895; 3, 10, 1896. Rhytisma Curtisii B. & Rav. On Ilex opaca, Lee, 4, 1896. The oval spores (16x4u) and gross appearance on the leaf make it very doubtful if this should be retained under Bhytisma. Rhytisma decolorans Fr. On Xolisma ligustrina (Andromeda), Lee, 1, 1896; Macon, 8, 1896 (Carver). Rhytisma Solidaginis Schw. On Solidago Canadensis, Lee, 1891 (Newman). Rhytisma tostum B..& C. * On Quercus lancifolia, (Beaumont). Described in Grevillia, 4:9, as follows: "Tenue in maculam luteam situm, gyrosum hic illic tantum fertile." "Seated on yellow spots, thin, gyrose, only here and there producing fruit bearing perithecia, which soon shell off., Undoubtedly distinct, but the specimens are imperfect." Rhytisma Vaccinii (Schw.) Fr. On Yaccinium arboreum, Lee, 1891, (Atkinson). Scieroderris concinna (B. & C.) Sacc.* On Sassafras, (Peters). Described in Grevillia, 4:5, in part from Alabama material, under (Jenangiurn, as follows:-,"Cupulis sessilibus subtiliter pulverulentis marginatis; disco plano nigro; sporidiis biserialibus oblongis triseptatis." 200 "Cups with a strong brownish margin; disc black; sporidia biseriate; sporidia oblong, triseptate, .0006 long." ORDER PEZIZALES. flat, Acetabula Acetabulum, (L). On ground in pine woods, Lee, 4, 1896. Agyrium brunneolum B. & C.* On roots of pine, (Beaumont). Described in Grevillea, 4:6, as follows:-"Convexnm brunueolnm, ascis oblongis; sporidiis minoribus breviter fusiformibus." "Much larger than the last (A. Tuckernanii B. & with narrower oblong asci, and smaller sporidia. The wood is not bleached." Agyrium rufum (Pers.) Fr.* On dry fir wood, (Peters), Grevillea, 4:6. R.), Ascobolus brunneus Cooke. On cow dung, Lee, 1, 1896. Barlaea exasperata (B. & C.) Sacc.* On burnt earth, (Peters). Described in Grevillea, 3:152, under Peziza, as follows: "Coccinea; cupula subglobosa extus verruculosa; margine inflexo; sporidiis globosis echinulatis." "Cup 2 inch across, scarlet, subglobose, clothed externally with minute warts; margin inflexed; sporidia globose echinulate, .0005 in diameter.". Belonidium Aurelia (Pers.) DeNot. On Liriodendron, (Peters), Rav. Fang. Car. exsic. 5:41, under Peziza. Belonium eustegiaeforme (B. & C.) Sacc. On Arundinaria sp. Lee, 1, 1896. Bulgaria inquinans (Pers.) Fr. On Quercus coccinea, (Peters), Rav. Fung. Car. exsic. 5:43. Cenangella Ravenelli (Berk,) Sacc.* On Ilex prinoides, (Peters). Described in part from Alabama material in Grevillea, 4:3, under Tyrnpanis, as follows :-"Sparsa vel f asciculata ; 201 cupulis breviter pedicellatis marginatis, disco cinereo; sporidiis biconicis commissura medioque constrictis." "Scattered or fascicled, cups strongly marginate, shortly pedicellate, disc cinereous; sporidia biconical, the divisions and commissure constricted, with occasionally a globular body at the commissure, 0013-0015; paraphyses crowned with narrow abovate conidia." Cenangium Cephalanthi (Schw.) Fr. * On Cephalanthus occidentalis, (Peters), Grevillea, 4:4. Cenangium contortum B. & C. On dead wood, Peters Coll. 1: 149. Described in Grevillea, 21:75, as follows: "Gregarious, black, cups at first orbicular, sessile, then variously contorted when dry, margin slightly elevated, then somewhat connivent (1-2mm. broad), smooth. Asci cylindrical, cotosporous. Sporidia hyaline, allantoid, obtuse, 8x1-2 i." Cenangium leptospermum B. & C.* On Abies, (Peters). Described in Grevillea, 3:5, as follows: "Fasciculatum minutum nitidum subglobosum disco punctiformi; sporidiis elongato-fusiformibus arcuatis pluri-nucleatis." "Fasciculate, minute, shining, subglobose, disc small almost punctiform; sporidia slender, fusiform, arched, with many globose nuclei." Cenangium Magnoliae B & C.* On Laurus, (Beaumont). Described in part from Alabama material, in Grevillea, 4:5, as follows: "Caespitosum apertum marginatum nigrum; ascis amplis, sporidiis magnis allantoideis." "Caespitose; disc open, marginate, black; asci ample, sporidia sausage shape, .0013 long, about half as much wide." Cenangium turgidum Fr. On Quercus, (Peters), Ray. Fung. Car. exsic. 4:24. Cenangium ustale (B. & C.) Sacc.* On decayed twigs, (Peters). Described in Grevillea, 3;152, under Peziza, as follows: Q2 "Congesta irregularis extus rufa subtiliter tomentosa; hymenio spadiceo; stipite cylindrico brevi." "Crowded, irregular, externally rufous, minutely tomentose; hymenium bright brown; stem short, cylindrical." Chiorosplenium versiforme (Pers.) Karst.* On Quercus, (Peters), Grevillea, 3:160. Dasyscypha Arundinariae (Berk.) 4acc. On Arundinaria, Lee, 5, 1896. Ascoma 0.5mm. spores oblong, 6x1 form, rigid, acute. On Pinus, Peters Coll. 3:16. u, paraphyses fusi- Dasyscypha calycina (Schum.) Fekl. Dasyscypha Iacnoderma (Berk.) Rehm. On Pinus, Lee, 3, 7, 1896. Erinella sp. On Magnolia, Peters' Coll. 1:28, under Peziza aibo-violacea A. & S. Closely sessile; ascoma covered with short, white or flesh colored hairs, upturned margine narrow, disc flat, expanded, ochraceous, about 1mm.; asci narrowly clavate, obtuse, about 80x6 ui; paraphyses thread like equaling the asci; spores thread like, nearly straight in the ascus, multiseptate, faintly yellowish, about 75x11 Humaria spissa (Berk) Sacc.* U. On the ground, (Peters). Described in Grevillea, 3:152, as follows : "Cupulo irregulars; margine lobato; hymenio crasso spadiceo ; stipite brevissimo candido ; sporidiis ellipticis binucleatis." "Cups 3 inch across, irregular ; margin lobed ; hymenium very short, white ; thick, bright brown, rather convex; long." sporidia elliptic, binucleate, .00057 stem Lachnea scutellata (L.) Sacc. On rotten wood, Peters' Coll. 1:32. Winston, 6, 1896. extricata (B. & C.) Sacc.* Lachnella On some unbellifer, (Peters). extus pallide umbrina seniceo- Described in Grevillea, 3:152, as follows : "Erumpens, congesta margine undulato; tomentosa, intus albida." 203 "Bursting through the cuticle; crowded; margin undulated, externally pale umber, hymenium dirty white." Lanzia rugipes (Peck) Sacc. Lee, (Atkinson). Lecanidion atratum (Hedw.) Rabenh. On Liriodendron, Lee, 2, 1896. Macropodia macropus (Pers.) Fuckel. Peters Coll. 3,17, July 1855. Macropodia oubida (B. & C.) Sacc.* On the ground, (Peters). Described in Grevillea, 3:153, under Pezia, as follows: "Cupulis congestis hemisphericis, margine inflexo extus stipiteque brevi velutinis; paraphysibus brunneis; sporidiis fusiformibus granulatis." "Cups inch across, crowded, hemispherical, with an inflexed margin, velvety externally as well as the short paraphyses brown; sporidis spindle-shaped, granulated, .001-0015 long. Mycelium densely betulose. Closely allied to the last (Peziza senitosta B. & C)." stem; Macropodia Schweinitzii Sacc. Lee, (Atkinson). Niptera atro-fusca (B. & C.) Coil. 1:13, under Peziza atro fasca B. & C. This is the Tapesia atro-fusca (B. & C.) Sacc. (Syll. Fung. 8:373) ; but as the spores in our specimen are clearly septate it must be transferred to Niptera. We find the following characters. Ascoma covered with crisp fuscous hairs, which are about 40x6 u ; asci slender, cylindrical, spore bearing part 50x5u ; Spores end to end in a single rank, oval, colored, uniseptate, about 8x4u ; paraphyses and asci 'Peters' staining red in potash; paraphyses about 60x2 u, simple, straight, thread-like. Ombrophila decolorans (B.& C.) Sacc.* On Quercus, (Peters). Described in Grevillea, 4:6, under Bulgaria, as follows : "Alba demum cornei-color concava extus cum stipite venosa ; ascis elongatis ; sporidiis uniseriatis oblongo-cymbaef ormibus." 204 "At first white, then horn-colored, externally venose, together with the short stem; asci long; sporidia in a single row, oblongo-cymbaeform, .0013 long, about 1-5 as much wide." Orbilia vinosa (A. & S.) Karst. Peters' Coil. 3:26. Otidea euplecta Cooke.* On moist sandy soil, (Peters), Grevillea, 3:151, under Peziza pidlebophora B. & Br. Yar.; with the remark: "The sporidia are .00074 long, whereas in the British plant they are .0004 long. There is apparently no other difference." It is described and figured in Cooke Mycogr. 125, f. 216, as follows : "Sessilis, obliqua, subochracea, intus fuscescens, extus farinosa, basi plicato-costata. Ascis cylindraceis, Sporidiis ellipticis, laevibus. Paraphysibus elongatis. sursum incrassatis." "Cups 2- 1-3 in. broad. Sporidia .O2x0l2mm. Quite dffferent from P. pldebophora,.with which it was at first associated." Patinella inquinans (Cooke) Sacc. On dead wood, Lee, 3, 1896. Pezicula rhabarbarina (Berk.) Tul.* On Cornus Amonum (C. sericea) (Peters), Grevillea, 4;2, under Patellaria. Peziza aurantia Pers. On the ground, Peters Coil. 11, Peziza badia Pers. On the ground, Lee, 3, 1896. 1864; Lee, 12, 1896. Peziza chiora Schw. (Peters) iRav. Fung. Car. exsc. 5:39. Our specimen seems to be an Eri-netla, but it is rather immature. We cannot trace this species in Sacc. Syll. Fung. Peziza cochleBata L. Peters Coil. 1:26. Peziza decolorans B. & C.* On the grounds, (Peters). Described in Greviilea, 3 :150, as follows:"Cupula 205 parva obconica; ex albo fuligiuea; sporidia ellipticis binucleatis." "Cups small, oboonical, then dingy; sporidia elliptic, binucleate, .00057. Peziza Petersii Berk.* On burnt soil (Peters). Described in Grevillea, 3:150, as "Gregaria crispata extus pallida; hymenio spadiceo; sporidiis ellipticis angustis binucleatis." "An inch or more across, rather shallow, gregarious, crisped, externally pallid; hymenium bright brown; sporidia narrow, elliptic, binucleate, .00038 long. follows:- Pezizella soleniformis (B. & C.) Sacc. On dead wood. Peters Coll. 3:17. Described in Grevillea. 3:160, under eziza, as follows:"Minuta candida primum hemispherica, margine tumido, dein cylindrica, demum ore expanso fiexuoso." "Minute, white, at first hemispherical, with a swollen margine, then cylindrical; mouth at length expanded; flexuous. A curious little species." Phialea cyathoidea (Bull.) Gill.* (Peters), Grevillea, 3:160, under Peziza. Phialea fructigena (Bull.) Gill. On Hicoria (shells), Lee, (Atkinson). Pseudohelotium sacchariferum (Berk.) Sacc. On Liquidambar, (Peters). Described in Grevillea, 3:157, under Peziza as pallide aurantiaca irregularis extus saccharina ; margine disco con cavo." "Mollis gregaria follows:- tumidula; "Soft gregarious, pale orange, irregular, externally saccharine; margin swollen ; disc concave." Pyrenopeziza atrata (Pers.) Fckl.* On Solidago, (Peters, Beaumont), Grevillea, 3:159. Sarcoscypha occidental is (Schw.) Sacc .* On-the ground, (Peters) Grevillea, 3:152, under Peziza. Sphaerospora confusa Cooke. On burnt ground in damp woods,"Lee, 7, 1886. 206 Tapesia candido-fuiva (Schw.) Saac. On dead wood, Lee, 1896. Spores cylindric, somewhat curved, 12x3 u Urnula craterium (Schw.) Fr. On the ground, Lee, 3, 1896. ORDER HELVELLALES. FAMILY RHIZINACEAE. Psilopezia flavada. B. & C. * On Quercus alba, (Peters). Described in Grevillea, 4:1, as follows:-"Congesta flavida irregularis flexuosa; margine demum elevato; sporidiis oblongis." "About one fourth inch across, dirty yellow, somewhat confluent, flexuous ; asci linear ; sporidia oblong, 0006 long, about half as wide." Rhizina Inflata. (Schaeff.) Karst. FAMILY GEOGLOSSACEAR. On the ground, Lee, 7, 1896. Geoglossum Peckianum Cke. Winston, 1862 (Peters); Peters coll. as C. Clutinosur. Leptoglossum Alabamense. Underw. Described from Alabama Alabama (Herb. A. P. I.) material in Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 24 : 82, as follows:"Black throughout, gregarious, 2-3 cm high. Ascoma about 1 cm. long, flattened, in the dry condition about 2 mm. wide and 0. 5. mm. thick, blunt or rounded, horny, yellowish within ; stem roughened, somewhat enlarged at base ; spores hyaline, straight or slightly more or less curved, biseriate in the asci, becoming 4 septate, 18-20 x 4 np; paraphyses abundant, thickened and darker colored at the tip. On the ground, Auburn, Alabama. July." Mitrula Phalloides. (Bull.) Chev. "Alabama" (Beaumont) . In swampy places, Lee, 5, 1896. 207 FAMILY HELLYELLACEAE. Morchella Esculenta. (L.) Pers. On the ground in low places, Lee, 3, 1896. A slender form with light brownish spores This species and its congeners are known as "morels" are the most delicious of the edible species. CLASS BASIDIOMYCETES. ORDER USTILAGINALES. Cerebella Andropogonis Ces. On Chrysopogon avenaceus, Macon, 8, 1896, (Carver). On Erianthus contortus, Macon, 8, 1896, (Carver). Corebella Paspali Cke. & Mass. On Paspalum platycaule, Lee, 1891, (Atkinson) ; Macon, 10, 1896, (Carver). Cintractia axicola (Berk) Cornu. On Cyperus, (Beaumont), Grevillea, 3:59. On Fimbristylis autumnalis, Lee, 9, 1896. Entyloma compositarum Farl. On Guaphalium sp. (?) Lee, 4, 1896. Entyloma Saniculae Pec-k. On Sanicula sp. Lee, 1892, (Atkinson). Graphiola congesta Berk & Ray. On Sabal Adansoni, Lee, 7, 1896. Sorosporium Syntherismae (Schw.) Farl On Andropogon On Andropogon On Andropogon nomic Fungi :74). On Andropogon macrourus, Lee, 1891, (Atkinson). scoparins, Lee, 1891, (Atkinson). Virginicus, Lee, 1889, (Atkinson, in Eco-~ sp. Macon, 8, 1896, (Carver). Ustilago Avenae (Pers.) Jensen.. On Avena sativa, Lee, 5, 1896. Ustilago Euchlaenae Arcang. On Euchlaena luxurians, Lee, 10, 1895. Ustilago Rabenhorstiana Kuhn. On Panicum sanguinalis,. Lee,. 1085. 7 208 Ustilago Sorghi (Link) Pass. On Sorghum sp. Lee, 11, 189 Ustilago sparsa Underw. . In scattered ovaries of Dactyloctenium Negyptium, Lee, 11, 1895; 10, 1896. Described from this material in Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 24:86, as follows: "Parasite infesting occasional ovaries and transforming them into somewhat spherical olivaceous pustules covered by the changed and roughened seed coat, 1-3 mm. in diameter, the remaiuder of the inflorescence unchanged; spores regularly oval, distinctly echinulate, about 7-9 n in length." "Related to U. neglecta Niessl. and U. spermophora B. & C., but distinguished from them by its larger pustules'and smaller spores. It has nothing in common with U. Dactyloctaenii P. Henn. Die Pflanzenwelt Ost-Afrika, 5:48 which occurs on the same host, has dark violet horn-shaped son and smooth spores, 10-14 p." "In scattered ovaries of Dactyloctenium Acgyptiun, Auburn, Alabama, November, 1885, and October, 1896. Underwood & Earle." Ustilago Tritici (Pers). Jensen. On Triticurn vulgare, Lee, 1891, (Atkinson). Ustilago utriculosa.(Nees.) Tul. On Polygonum hydropiper, Prague, 6, 1890U, (Atkinson). On Polygonum Penusylvanicum, Lee, 189I1, (Atkinson). Ustilago Zeae (Berkm.) Magn. On Zea Mays, Lee,. iS:1, (Duggar). ORDER UREDINALES. Aecidium Asterum Schw. Oh Aster sp. DeKalb, 5, 1896. On Solidago Canadensis, Lee, 1892 (Duggar). On Solidago sp. Lee, 1891 (Newman & Duggar) ; Dallas, 5, 1896; DeKalb, 5, 1896. Aecidium compositarum Mart. On Eupatorium purpureum, DeKaib,, 5, 1896. On Eupatorium verbenaef oliu m, DeKalb, 5, 1896. 20J -'On Helianthus sp., Madison, 5, 1896. On Silphiuni sp. Lee, 5, 1896. Aecidium Epilobii D. C. On Oenothera laciniata (CE. sinuata), Lee, 1891 (Atkinson). Aecidium Euphorbiae Gmel. On Euphorbia nutans, Lee, 7, 1896. Aecidium Gerardiae Pk. On Dasystona flava, Madison, 5, 1896. Aecidium Gnaphaliatum Schw. On Gnaphalium purpureum, Lee, 7, 1896. -.. Aecidium hibisciatum Schw. * On Hibiscus Moscheutos, (Peters). Aecidium hydnoideum B. & C. On IDirca palustris, (Peters) ;.Distributed in Ravenel, Fung. Car. exsic. 4:94; Winston, 6, 1896. Aecidium Hypericorum B. & C. * On Hypericum sp. (Peters). Probably not distinct from .,E. hyperici frondosi Schw. Aecidium Impatientis Slchw. DeKaib, On Impatiens aurea (pallida), Lee, 4, 5, 1896. ,_Aecidium leucostictum B. & C. Madi-. On Lespedeza, various species. IDeKab, son, 5,1896. 1896; 5,1896; Aecidium Lycopi Gerard. Lee, 5, 1892, (B. On Lycopus _Virginicus, Aecidium Mariae-Wilsoni Pk. On. Viola obliqua, Lee, 4, 1896_; M. IDuggar). Peters' Coil. No. 196 re- ported as Ae. Petersii B. & C. Aecidium Oldenlandianum Eli. & Tracy. On Houstonia patens, Lee, 2, 1891 (Atkinson).- Very distinct from Ae . hoastoniatnin Schw.- and-a ppears to-agree with the above, though fresh material gathered: in -March, 1896, seems- to show. more conspicuous spotting of the leaves than is called for in the type. Aecidium Orobi B. C.* On Meibomia (Desmodium). (Peters),. The. only collec- 210 tion of an Aecidium. on this host in this country which ren ders the determination of either the fungus or the host the more doubtful. Aecidium Penstemonis Schw. Penstemon pubescens, Lee, 5, 1896. Aecidium Petersii B. & C. On Viola, sp. (Peters). On Viola pedata, Lee, 4, 1896. This very distinct species was described from Alabama in Grevillea, 3:61. 1874, as follows: "Pseudoperidiis gregariis cylindricis emacula flava oriundis." "Pseudogregarious, cylindrical, seated on a yellow spot. Distinct from the last (Ac. violac D. C.)" The long cylindric bright yellow peridia opening by a narrow mouth with erect or incurved teeth clearly separates this species from our other Aecidia on Viola. Aecidium Plantaginis Ces. On Plantago Virginica, Lee, 3, 1896. Only once found' Aecidium Proserpinacae B. & C. * On Proserpinaca sp. (Beaumont). Described in Grevillea, 3:60. 1874 from Alabama specimens as follows: "Hypophyllum; pseudoperidiis sparsis margine radiatis; maculis nullis." "Scattered over the surface of the leaves; margin of pseudoperidia radiated, spots none." Aecidium Pteleae B. & C.* On Ptelea sp. (Peters). Described from Alabama specimens in Grevillea, 3:60. 1874, as follows: "Maculis pallidis hypophyllis extrorsum bullatis; pseudoperidiis congestis brevibus radiatis." "Spots pallid, in a hollow on the under side of the leaves; pseudoperidia crowded, short radiatek." Aecidium Punctatum P. On Anemone decapetale, Lee, 4, 1896. 211 Aecidium Sambuci Schw. On Sambucus Canadensis, (Peters) ; Lee, 3, 1894 (Quaintance). Aecidium Saniculae Carm. On Sanicula sp. Lee, 3, 4, 1896. Aecidium Verbesinae Schw. On Yerbesina occidentalis, DeKalb, 6, 1896. Although Schweinitz himself in his later writings combined this species with A. asteris. These specimens, if the same, seem very distinct in the character of the spores and peridium. The Aecidia on the Compositae need a careful revision. Caeoma Agrimoniae Schw. On Agrimonia parviflora, Lee, 1891 (Duggar). On Agrimonia Mollis (?), Lee, 5, 1896. Caeoma nitens Schw. On Rubus trivialis, Mobile, 189 t (Zirnmer). On Rubus villosus, Lee, 1891 (Atkinson). On Rubus sp., Lee, 4, 1896. Chrysomyxa albida Kuhn. On Rubus villosus, Lee, 1891, (Atkinson). ,On Rubus sp., Macon, 1891, (Atkinson). Coleosporium Amsoniae (Oke.) (Triehobasis amsoniae Cke. in Ravenel, Fungi Americani, exsiccati, no. 489.) On Amnsonia tabernaemontana, Alabama, 1864, (Peters) iPeters' Coil.; Lee, 7, 1896. A very distinct species of Colcosporiiut! Coleosporium Ipomoeae (Schw.) Burr. On Convolvulus sepium, Lee, 1891, (Atkinson). On Ipomoea pandurata, Lee, 7, 1896. Ipomoea purpurea, Lee, 1891, (Duggar Newman). On Ipomoea sp., Lee, 1890, (Atkinson). A very abundant species. Coleosporium Sonchi-arvensis (P.) Lev. 'On Aster dumosus, Lee, 1891, (Atkinson). On Aster puniceus, Lee, 1891, (Atkinson);. On & On Aster Tradescanti, Lee, 1891, (Atkinson). 212 On Aster undulatus, Lee, 1891, (Duggar). On Elephantopus. Carolinianus, Lee, 1890, (Atkinson, Duggar). On Elephantopus tomentosus, Lee, 1891, (Bennett,.Newman). On Elephantopus sp., Macon, 1890, (Atkinson). On Helianthus sp., Lee, 1891, (Duggar, Atkinson). On Liatris graminifolia, Lee, 1891, (Duggar). On Solidago altissima, Lee, 1891, (Atkinson). On Solidago caesia, Lee, 1891, (Atkinson). On Solidago Canadensis, Lee, 1891, (Newman). On Solidago sp., DeKalb, 5, 1896. Coleosporium Vernoniae B. & C. On Vernonia sp., (Beaumont), On Yernonia sp., Lee, 10, 1895. Originally described from Alabama specimens in Grevillea, 3:57. 1874, as follows: "Maculis pallidis; soris parvis sparsis sporis exobovatis subfnsiformibus triseptatis." "Spots pallid; sont small, scattered, honey-colored, at first obovate, then subfusiforie, triseptate, resembling those of Bactridclirn. " This species is referred to the preceding by most authors.. Gymnosporangium clavipes Cke. & Pk.- melleis; On J uniperus (Duggar). Virginiana, Lee, 1891, (Atkinson) 1892._ Yery common. Rare in Eastern Gymnosporangium globosum Fanl. On Juniperus Yirginiana, Lee, 3, 1896. Alabama. Gymnosporangium macropus Link. On Juniperus Virginiana, Lee, 1890, (Atkinson). Everywhere abundant, and in its alternating stage forming the "rust" on apples. Gymnosporangium nidus-avis Thax. On Juniperus Virginiana, Lee, 3, 1896. Gymnosporangium sp. On Juniperus Yirginiana, Lee," 3, 1896. Rare. Frequent. 213 Melampsora farinosa (P.) Schroet. On Salix fragilis, Lee, 1891, (Atkinson). On Salix nigra, Lee, 1891, (Duggar). On Salix sp., Lee, 1891, (Duggar). Meampsora populina (Jacq.) Lev. On Populus 'monilifera, Macon, 8: 1896 (G. W. Carver). On Populus grandidentata, Lee, 1889 (Atkinson). On Salix sp, Macon, 8, 1896 (G. W. Carver). Melampsora Scolopendri (Fckl.) Fan. (Gloeosporium Phegopteridis.) On Woodwardia areolata, Macon, 8, 1896 (G. W. Carver). Peridermium cerebrum. Pk. On Pinus echinata (P. niitis), Lee, 1896. On Pinns Taeda Lee, 4, 1896. On Pinns Virginiana, Winston, 6, 1896. Peridermium On Pinus On Pinus On Pinus On Pinus orientale Cke. palustris Lee, 4, 1896. Taeda Lee, 4, 1896. sp. Macon, 4, 1896. sp. Dekalb, 5, 1896. Phragmidium Fragariastri (DC.) Schroet. On Duchesnea Indica (Fragaria) Lee, 2, 4, 1896; Tuscaloosa, 5, 1896. Uredospores only. Phragmidium Rubi-Idaei (Pens.) Wint. (?) On IRubus cuneifolins, Lee, 7, 1996. Aecidium (Caeoma) only ; the specimens are referred with some doubt to this species ; the spore masses occur in large pustules unuderneath the bark of the young stems forming when they burst bright golden patches ; spores about 20-25u oval or nearly spherical and almost smooth, in which they differ from European aecidial forms. Puccinia Andropogi Schw. On On On On On Andropogon Andropogon Andropogon Andropogon Andropogon argyrius, Lee, 1891 (Atkinson). furcatns, Lee, 1891 (Duggar). scoparius, Lee, 1891 (D uggar). Yinginicus, Lee, 1'2, 1895 ; 3, 1896. sp. Lee, 1891, (Duggar). 214 Puccinia angustata Pk. On Scirpus cyperinus eriophorum, Lee, 1890 (Atkinson), 1891 (Duggar). Puccinia argentata (Schultz) Wint. On Impatiens biflora (I. fulva), Lee, 1891 (Atkinson.) Puccinia Asteris Duby. On Aster sp. Lee, 1891 (Duggar); De Kaib, 5, 1896. Puccinia Caricis (Schum.) Rebent. On Carex lurida, Lee, 1891 (Atkinson.) On Carex sp., Lee, 1891, (Duggar.) Puccinia clavispora Eli. & Barth. On Chrysopogon nutans, Lee, 12, 3, Macon, 8, 1896 (G. W. Carver.) 1895; 1896; Puccinia Convolvuli Cast. On Convolvulus sp., De Kaib, 5, 1896. only). (Aecidial stage Puccinia emaculata Schw. On Panicum maximum, Lee, 1891 (Duggar, Newman.) On Panicum virgatum, Lee, 3, 1896. On Sieglingia seslerioides, Lee, 1891 (Duggar.) Puccinia Fuirenac Ckc. On Fuirena squarrosa, Lee, 7, 1896. On Fuirena sp. Lee, 1891 (Duggar.) Puccinia graminis P. On Hordeum vulgare, Lee, 7, 1896. On Secale cereale, Lee, 1890 (Atkinson). On Sieglingia seslerioides, Lee, 10, 1895. On Triticum vulgare, Lee, 5, 1896. On Vilfa aspera, Lee, 1889 (Newman.) Ellis, N. A. Fungi, no. 2417. Puccinia-heterospora B. & C. On Sida spinosa, Montgomery, 1891 (Atkinson) ; Lee, 10, 1895. Puccinia Hieracii (Schum.) Mart. On Onicus, sp., Lee, 1891 (Atkinson.) On Sitilias Caroliniana, Lee,- 1890 (Atkinson ), 1891 (Newman). 2i5 Puccinia Hydrocotyles (Link) Plowr. On Hydrocotyle umbellata, Lee, 1891 (Duggar.) Puccinia investita Schw. On Gnaphalium purpureum, Lee, 1890 (Atkinson.) Puccinia lateritia B. & C. On Spermacoces glabra, Ray. Fung. Car. exsic. 3:93. (1855). Peters. This name is not given in Saccardo nor in Notices of North Amer. Fungi in Grevillea. It seems to be the same as Puc. Sp2errnacoces B. & C. which was not published until 1874. Puccinia Maydis Carradori. On Zea mays, Lee, 1891 (Newman.) Puccinia Menthae P. On Kcellia (Pycnanthemum) Lee, 1891 (Atkinson); Montgomery, 1881 (Atkinson). Puccinia Phragmitis (Schum) Korn. On Arundinaria sp. Lee, 2, 1896. Puccinia Podophylli Schw. On Podophyllum peltatum, Lee, 4, Madison, 5, DeKalb, 5, 1896. 1896; 1896; Hale, 5, 1896 Puccinia Polygoni-amphibli P. On Polygonum Penusylvanicurn, Lee, 1890 (Atkinson); 1891 (iDuggar).. On Polygonumn sp., Lee, 1889 (Atkinson). Puccinia polysora Underw. On Tripsacum dactyloides, Lee, 8, gar). Mobile 10, 1896 (S. M. Tracy.) material in Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, II., III. Amph igenous ; soni very 10, 1891 (B. M. DugDescribed from this 24: 86, as follows:small, short, very nu- merous but irregularly scattered, remaining long enclosed in the tough epidermis of the host, at length rupturing by a narrow slit ; uredospores large,broadly oval,35x30 ~scarcely echinulate, the epispore of medium thickness, pale rusty brown ; teleutospores variable, usually short, irregularly oblong, often somewhat constricted at the septum, averaging 25 x 40u~, the cells often irregularly angled, the upper usually 216 broader than long, blunt or rounded.above; apex not thickened ;pedicel usually short." "On Tripsacun dactyloides, Auburn, Alabama, August and October,.1891, B. M. Duggar." Puccinia Pruni-spinosae P. On On On On Prunus Americana, Lee, 1891 (Duggar). Prunus serotina, Lee, 189 1 (Duggar). Amygdalus persica Macon, 10, 1896 (G. W. Carver). Prunis sp. Lee, 1800 (Atkinson). Puccinia purpurea Cke. On Sorghum halapense Macon, 10:1896, G. W. Carver. Puccinia rubigo-vera (D. C.) Wint. On Avena sativa, Lee, 1890 (Atkinson). On Secale cereale, Lee, 5, 1896. Puccinia Saniculae Grev. On Sanicula sp. Lee, 1891 (Benton). Hale, 5, Tuscaloosa, 1896. Puccinia Silphii Schw. On Silphium Asteriscus, Lee, 4, 7, 1896. On Silphium laevigatun, Lee, 1891 (Atkinson). Puccinia Smiacis Schw. On Smilax sp. 10, 12, 1895; Macon,10,18913;:(G. W. Carver) 1896; Puccinia Sorghi Schw. On Sorghum cernuum, Lee, 1888 (Newman). Puccinia Spegazzini)e "Toni. On Micania scandens, Lee, 1891 (Atkinson). Puccinia Sperm acoces 13; & C. On Spermacoces glabra, (Peters). Originally described from Alabama specimens in Grevillea, 53. 18~74, as follows:- "Hypophylla, maculis parvis ; sonis rubiginosis ; sporis brevibus laevibus utrinque obtusis pedicello brevioribus." "Spots yellow, small, orbicular ; soni rust-colored ; spores short obtuse at either end, even, very slightly constricted, shorter than the hyaline stem." (See note under P. lateritia.) Puccinia stromatica 13. & C.* On stems of Clematis sp. (Peters). 3: flavis 217 Described from specimens collected in Alabama, in Grevillea, 3:53, 1874, as follows:"Soris affusis rubiginosis; sporis laevibus brevibus utrinque obtusis "pedicello longo flexuoso." "Sori effused, rust-colored; spores short, even, obtuse at either end, seated on a long flexuous pedicel, which is attenuated downwards." Puccinia Tanaceti D. C. On Helianthus angustifolius, Lee, 1891 (Atkinson). On Helianthus annuus, Lee, 1891 (Atkinson). On Helianthus tuberosus, Lee, 1891 (Atkinson.) ; Macon, 8, 1896 (G. W. Carver). On Helianthus sp:, Lee, 1890 (Atkinson). Puccinia Violae (Schm.) D. C. On Viola blanda, Winston, 6, 1896, (Uredo stage only). On Viola sp. Lee, 1891 (Benton). Puccinia Xanthi Schw. On Xanthium Canadense, Perry, 1891 (Newman); Macon, 8, 1896 (G. W. Carver). On Xanthium strumarium, Lee, 10, 11, 1895. On Xanthium sp. Lee, 1890 (Atkinson). On Ambrosia trifida, Lee, 1891 (Atkinson). Ravenelia cassiaecola Atk. On Cassia nictitans, Lee, 1890 (Atkinson): 1891 (Atkinson) : 1893 (Duggar). Described from material collected at Auburn, Alabama, inBot. Gaz. 17: 314. 1891, as follows: "Caulicolous or hypophyllous. Sori on leaves 1 mm. or less, rotund or oblong: on stems oblong, irregular, confluent, sometimes covering a space 1-10 cm. in length, frequently ambient, rupturing irregularly or longitudinally. Pseudoperidium composed of loosely cohering, irregularly angular, small cells, yellowish brown. Uredosporcs in mass appearing dirty yellowish white: singly, hyaline or dull yellow to fulvous, oval or rotund, minutely asperulate, 9-13 by 12-16d Teleutospores in mass appearing black : singly, fulvous to dark brown: 30-100n, convex at free ends, depressed where 218 joined to pedicel, small ones rotund, composed of from 5-30 cuneate cells, their free ends frequently bearing a single hyaline, short spine : cells 18-23 by 20-30d: cystoid cells 5-15 rotund, hyaline or colored, rigid, 14-iLii; pedicel fulvous, stout, 50-80t long. Ravenelia glandulaeformis B. & C. On Cracca hispidula, Lee, 189 1 (Duggar.) On Cracca spicata, Lee, 1891 (Duggar). On Cracca Virginiana, Lee, 1891 (Atkinson): 1893 (Duggar): Macon, 8, 1896 (G. W. Carver). Roestelia aurantiaca Pk. On Crataegus sp. Lee 1891 (Atkinson,) Benton, (Duggar); 1892 (ibid). On Cydonia vulgaris, Lee, 1891 (Atkinson, Newman). Roestelia flaviformis Atk. On Crataegus spathulata, Lee, 10, 1895. Roestelia pirata (Schw.) Thax. On Pirus augustifolia, Lee, 3, 1896. On Pirus coronaria, Lee, 7, 1896. On Crataegus spathulata, Lee, 10, 1895. On Pirns coronaria x malus, Lee, 8, 1890 (Atkinson). and Earle. Econ. Fungi, no. 228. On Pirus mains (fruit). Lee, 1891 (Atkinson) ; (leaves) 5, 7, 1896, Regarded as the alternate stage of Ginosporangtun rmacroputs., Seymour Thecopsora Vacclnorum (Lk.) Karst. On Xolisma ligustrina (Andromeda) Lee, 10, 1896. Uredo Azaleae Schw. On Azalea nudiflora, Lee, 1891 (Benton). Uredo Fici Cast. On Ficus carica, Lee, 1890 (Atkinson). Uredo miniata P. On -Rosa sp. (lucida?), Lee, 5, 1896. There appears to be so much unucertainty concerning the relations of this comimon fungus that it is perhaps best to leave it under the original name until something definite can be determined. 219 Uredo Quercus Brond. On Quercus alba, Lee, 1891 (Atkinson). On Quercus nigra (Q. aquatica), Lee, 1891 (Duggar). On Quercus minor (Q. stellata) 189L[(Atkinson). On Qnercns sp., Lee, 1891 (Atkinson). Uromyces Andropogonis Tracy. On Andropogon Virginicus, Lee, 1891 (Duggar); Macon, 8, 1896 (G. W. Carver). On Andropogon sp. Lee, 10, 1895. Uromyces appendiculatus (P.) Link. On Phaseolus vulgaris,. Mobile, 1890 (Atkinson) ; Lee, 1891 (Atkinson) On Phaseolus sp. Peters coll,-nder collected by Beaumont. Uredo legurinosori, Uromyces Eragrostidis Tracy. On Agrostis tennis, Lee, 1891 (Duggar). Uromyces Euphorbiae B. & C. On Euphorbia nutans. (E. Preslii), Lee, 1891 (Duggar). Uromyces Hedysari-paniculati (Schw.) Far. On Meibomia rotundifolia, Macon, 8, 1896 (G. W. Carver) On Meibomia paniculata, Lee, 1891 (Atkinson). On Meibomia (Desmodium) sp., Peters' Coil., 1858 (under Uredo appendiculata), Lee, 1890 (Atkinson); Perry; 1891 (Atkinson) ; Macon, 8, 1896 (G. W. Carver) Uromyces Hyperici (Schw.) Curt. On Hypericum mutilum, (Prague Junction). 1890 (Atkinson). Lee., (Duggar) ; 10, 1896. On Hypericum Virginicum, Lee, 11, 1895. 1891, Uromyces Junci Desm. On Juncus sp., Lee, 1891. (Atkinson). Uromyces Lespedezae (Schw.) Pk. On Lespedeza hirta, Lee, 1891 (Atkinson). On Lespedeza procumbens, Lee, 1891 (Newman, Duggar) . On Lespedeza repens, Lee, [Atkinson]. On Lespedeza Stuvei, Lee, 1890 [Atkinson]. On Lespedeza Virginica, Lee, 1883 (Atkinson). On Lespedeza sp., Macon 8, 1896 [G. W. Carver.) 220 Uromyces Medicaginis-falcatae (D C.) Wint. (U. striatus Schroet). On Trifolium Caroliniamm, Lee, 1890 [Atkinson];also the aecidial form, Lee, 3, 1896. (Uromyces plariannalatus B. &. C. described originally from Alabama proved to be a Synchitrin q. v). .:Uromyces Polygoni (P.) Fckl. On Polygonum setaceum, Lee, 1891,(Atkinson.) Uromyces Rhynchosporae Ellis. On Rhynchospora glomerata, Lee, (Atkinson) 1891 (Dug- gar). On Rhynchospora sp., Macon, 8, 1893 (G. W. Carver). Uromyces Spermacoces (Schw.) Curt. On Diodia teres, Macon, 1891 Atkinson 10, 1886, (G. W. Carver) ; Lee, 1893 (Duggar). On Rhus toxicodendron, (Beaumont); Perry, 1891 (Atkin(Atkinson). Pileolaria brevipes B. & 1. Grevillea, 3: 58, 1874, was foxnded on specimens of this plant collected in Alabama by Beaumont. Uromyces Trifolii (A. & S.) Wint. Uromyces Terebinthi.(D. C.) Wint. son) ;Lee, 1891 On Trifolium pratense, Lee, 1891 (Newman, Duggar) Madison, 5, 1896. On Trifolium sp., Lee, 1890 (Atkinson). U ropyxis Amorphae (Curt.) Schroet. On Amorpha fruticosa, Macon,, 1890 (Atkinson); Lee, 10, 1895. ORDER TREMELLALES. FAMILY AURTCULARIAcEAE. ,Hirneola Auricula-iudae (L.) Berk. On Hicoria, Lee, 3 ; 1896. Peters' Coll. _8 ; 1864. Hirneola scutelliformis B. & C.* Described in Grevillea,' 2:19, ,as follows: 221 " Minuta orbicularis, subtus candida branches* of Asimina. Alabama, Peters. No. 6343." "About 1-12 inch across, looking like a flat Pezi'za; thin, orbicular, white beneath, hymenium brown. Sometimes laterally confluent, and forming a .continuous mass. FAMILY TREMELLAGEAE. Exidia glandulosa (Bull.) Fr. On Alnus sp., Lee, 2; 1896. On Liquidambar, Lee, 3; 1896. On Quercus sp., Lee, 3; 1896. Exidia truncata Fr. (?). On Vitis rotundifolia, Lee, 1; 1892, (Atkinson). Naematelia encephala Fr. On Oak, Peters, Grevillea 2:20. * Naematelia nucleata (Schw.) Fr. On Tilia Americana, Peters, in Ray. Fungi Car. Exsc. 4:82. Tremella dependens B. & C. * On Liriodendron, described in Gredillea, 2:19, as follows: "Sacciformis subclavata, viridi-flava dependens. On Liriodendron. Alabama, Peters. No. 6455." "Sack like, elongated, subelavate, subtranslucent, thin, watery, mucilaginous, dissolving when the thin outer skin is broken ; watery, greenish-yellow, 1-8 inch long. Hanging down from the under side of rotting tulip logs after rains. July, Sep. Allied to T. vesicara." Tremella gigantea B. & C.* Described in Grevillea 2:19. as follows: "Maxima, pallide ferruginea, foliacea, firma. Alabama, Peters. No. 3806." "Yery. near T., ferruginea, but paler and firmer." Tremella mesenterica Retz. On Alnus sp. Lee, 12; 1895,2:.18961. Tremella . On rotten wood of Hicoria, Peters'! Coll. No. 96. This is erroneously labled T. foliacea Pers. It is large, 222 cespitose thin, foliaceus, somewhat venose; basidia orbicular deeply four parted, dark fuscous about. spores oval 12x8i. 12n; Tremellodon gelatinosum (Scop.) Pers. On Pinus sp., Lee, 3; 1896. Alabama (Peters). Coll. No. 62 under the name Iydnu~n gelatinosurn. Peters' Ulocolla foliacea (Pers.) Bref. ? On Quercus sp., Lee, 3; 1896. On Vitis rotundifolia, Lee, 2; 1896. On Alnus sp. Lee, 2; 1896. FAMILY PILAORACEAE. Pilacre taginea (Fr.) B. & Br. Peters' Coll. 1:195, under Onegyna faginea F. Pilacre Petersii B. & C. OnIlex opaca (Peters.) Distributed in Ravenel, Fung. Oar. exsic. 3:39. On Carpinus Alabama, 1865 (Peters.) Peters' Coll. FAMILY DAORYOMYOETACEAE. t Arrhytidia flava B. & C. On Pinus sp, (rotten wood), Lee, 2; 1896. Arrhytidia fulIva B. & C. On Pinus sp. (rotten wood), Peters' Coll., Lee, 1; 1896. Dacryomyces chrysocomus (Bull.) Tul. On Pinus sp. (rotten wood),.Lee, 1 and On Pinus sp. (rotten wood), Lee, Dacryomyces deliquescens (Bull.) Dub. 2; 1896. Dacryomyces stillatus Nees. On Pinus sp. (rotten wood), Lee, 2, 1896. Guepinia elegans B. & C. 3; 1896. Alabama, Peters, distributed in Ray. Fungi Car. exsic. 5:23. Guepinia petaliformis B. & C.* Described in Grevillea 2:5, as follows : "Pileo flabelliformi margine crispato tuberculoso, hymet It is possible that this group should rank as an order. 223 nio supra nudo, infra venoso. No. 6052, Alabama, Peters." "On dead wood about an inch high; stcm compressed; pileus flabelliform, with the margin crisped and tubercu late; hymenium naked above, pubescent and venose below," Guepinia Spathuaria (Schw.) Fr. On Pinus, Lee, 12, 1896. On various woods, Lee, 11, 12, 1895; 7, 1896. ORDER HYMENIALES. FAMILY TOMENTELLAcEAE. Coniophora umbrina (A. & S.) Fr. (Telephora umlira A. & S.) "Alabama (Peters)." Peters coll. no. 70. Corticium Armeniacum Sacc. * (C. molle B. & C.not of Fr.) On Yitis. (Peters, Beaumont). Corticium caeruleum (Schrad.) Fr. (Telephora Indigo 11, 1895; 1, 1896. Schw. ]Lee, Corticium calceum (Pers.) Fr. On Pinus, Lee, 1, 1896. Corticium cervicolor B. & C. (Peters). villea, 1; 179 Described from Alabama specimens in Greas follows:-"Subiculo delicato byssaceo; hymenioque cervinis." " On smooth wood. Fawn colored. Subiculum very delicate byssoid, spreading over the wood, but scarcely f ormtng a distinct margin ; hymenium of the same color, scarcely pulverulent." Corticium chiorinum B. & C. On Abies. (Peters). Peters coll., no., 82 : also under the name, prasinu~n collected 9, 1864. The plant. is quite as likely to be a species of Zygodesnmus. Described from Alabama material in Grevillea, 1 : 179, as follows:- "Forming a thin, brittle, olive-green membrane, which is at first pulverulent. but afterwards rongh, with minute papillae ; resembling such Thelephorae as T. laxa, 224 Corticium chrysocreas B. & C.* On Pinus. (Peters). Described in Grevillea, 1:178 partly from Alabama speci"Subiculo parco flavo; hymenio ex mens as follows:albido fulvo papillato." "Subiculum bright yellow thin; hymenium immarginate pallid, or yellow tinged with tawny." Corticum cremoricolor B. & C. * On Ilex (Peters). Described in Grevillea 1:180 from Alabama specimens "Mycelio albo innato; hymenio immarginato as follows:rimoso areolato, hic illic papillato." "Mycelium white innate; hymenium cream-colored when fresh, soon cracked into largish areolae, here and there papillose." Corticum crocicreas B. & C.* On Vitis. (Peters.) Described in Grevillea, 8:178 from Alabama specimens "Subiculo amplo, tomentoso, laeteritio; as follows:hymenio tenui flavo." "Subiculum spreading widely, bright saffron yellow; hymenium thin, more or less yellow. A curious species." Corticium deglubens B. & C. " On Juniperus. (Peters.) Described in Grevillea, 1:166 from Alabama specimens as follows:-"Tenue papyraceum secernibile subtus candidum; hymenio laevissimo ochraceo." "At first resupinate with a very narrow white byssoid margin, soon detached, white beneath like kid leather; hymenium honey-colored, very even and continuous." Cortcium diminuens B. & C. On Ostrya Virginica. (Peters.) Ravenel, Fung. Car. exsic. 3: 31. Described from Alabama material in Grevil"Album stratosum, hymenio cretaceo lea, 2: 3 as follows:diminuente." "Consisting of several layers, each separated by a dark line; hymenium white, diminishing in width each time of growth, so as to leave a narrow zoned border." 225 Corticium dryinum B. & C." On Quercus. (Peters.) Described in Grevillea, 1:179 from Alabama material as "Subiculo vix distincto; hymenio crassiusculo follows:rhabarbarino-rufo." "Running over very rongh wood, on which it forms an irregular stratum of a deep rufous tint, with a rhubarbcolored velvety aspect." Corticium ephebium (Peters). Peters coil., no., 80 Described in Grevillea,'1.:178 from Alabama material as "Subiculo tomentoso pallido; margine secernifollows:bili, velutino; hymenio ex ochroleuco rufulo setnioso." "Spreading widely. Subiculum tomentose; margin be'coming free, velvety pale, umber; hymenium setulose as in C. velutinuin." Corticum evolvens Fr. On Liquidambar. * (Peters.) Corticium fiamentosum B. & C.* (Peters.) Described from Alabama specimens in Grevillea, 1 :178 "Subiculo molli tomentoso fibrilloso pallido; as follows:hymenio pulverulento ochraceo, vel subolivaceo." "Subiculum consisting of soft tomentose threads, over which the ochraceous or olivaceous pulverulent hymenium forms athin stratum." Corticium lactescens Berk. On Alnus serrulata, Lee. 1891, (Duggar.) Corticium leve (Pers.) On Liquidambar. (Peters). Pers.* Corticium Martianum B. & C. On Betula (Peters). Distributed in IRavenel, Fung. Car. exsic. 5 : 30 from material collected by Peters. Corticium miniatum Berk. On Liquidambar. (Peters.) Peters col, no. 85. not the C. miniatumn Cooke ; Grevillea, 9 :2, This is and perhaps is not described. Grevillea, 1: 178. Berkeley reports. it unuder this name in It appears to be .a well marked species.. 226 (Corticiuin molle) B. & C. Sacc). See above under (C. Arreniacum Corticium akesi B. & C. Distri On Ostrya Yirginica (Peters;) Lee, 1, 2, 1896. buted in Ravenel, Fung. Car. Exsic. 3 32 from Alabama material collected by Peters. Corticium ochroleucum erimosum B..& C. On Sassafras. (Peters) Characterized in Grevillea, 1 : 1 6 by the words, "Hymenio continuo." Corticium Petersii B. & C. On the ground (Peters) ; Winston, 6, 1896. Distributed in Ravenel, Fung. Car. exsic. 5 :28 from Alabama material collected by Peters. Described in Grevillea, 1 :177 from material collected in Alabama as follows:"Subiculo tenui tomentoso, pallido hic illic in fibrillae compacto; hymenio alutaceo hic illic lateritio." "Subiculum, thin, pallid, tomentose, here aid there forming creeping fibres; hymenium pale, tan-colored, in parts tinged with brick-red." Corticium polyporoideum B. & C. Alabama 9, 1863, (Peters.) Peters col, no. 84. Described in Grevillea, 1 :177 from material sent from Alabama as follows:"Subiculo tomentoso candido marginem angustum formante ; hymenio pulverulento, pallide~ alutaceo." "Effused irregular ; subiculum white, well developed, tomentose, projecting beyond the pale tan-colored pulverulent Liquidambar. hymenium and forming a narrow border. Dreqeanuin Mont. & B." Allied to C. Corticum prasinum B. & C. 9, 1864; (Peters) Peters coll. On the ground unuder Distributed in IRavenel, Fung. Car. exsic. 5 :29 con- from Alabama material collected by Peters. Described in Grevillea, 179 from Alabama specimens as follows :-"Subiculo 1; parco arachnoide o; hymenio tinno tenni fragili prasino ; margine albo." "Subiculum delicate spidery ; hymenium thin, brittle, continuous,' with a white margin when young." '227 Corticium radiosum (Fr.) Fr. Lee, 1891.(Duggar. ) Corticium scutellare B. & C. Alabama (Peters) ; Lee,' 1, 2, 1896. Described in Grevillea, 2: 4 inpart from Alabama material, as follows : "Resupinatum effusum, immarginatum, ex albido subalutaceum; hymenio in areolas minutas fisso." "Widely effused, thin, inseparable, immarginate; hymenium from dirty white to tan-colored or tawny." Corticium siparium B. &. C. On Liqnidambar. (Peters). Described in Grevillea, 1: 177 from Alabama specimens, follows hymenio tomentoso pallido; "Subiculo spongioso ochraceo demum fuscescente." "Subiculum consisting of spongy pallid down; edge turned slightly np; hymenium at first ochraceous, gradually acquiring a brownish tint." Corticium viticolum Schw. On Yitis aestivalis. Distributed in Ravenel, Fung. Car. exsic. 3: 34 from Alabama material collected by Peters. Exobasidium Andromedae Pk. On Xolisma ligustrina (Andromeda) Lee, 5, 1896. Exobasidium Azaleae Pk. On calyces of Azalea nudiflora, Lee, 1892 (Benton) ; 4,)1896. Exobasidium discoideum Ellis. On leaves of Azalea nudifiora, Lee, 4, 5, 61896. 1896; Winston, Exobasidium Vaccinii (Fuck.) Wor. On leaves of Yaccininm, Lee, 4, 1896. On flowers of Gaylussacia frondosa, Lee, 5, 1896. Perhaps a distinct species as the character of the deformity produced and the gross characters are very different from the on Vaccinium. Cnltnre methods are revealing something of the relations of these curions forms. form 228 Hypochnus anthochrous (Pers.) Fr.* "Alabama (Peters.") FAMILY CLAYARIACEAE Clavaria aurea Schaeff. Lee, 10, 1396. Clavaria botrytes Pers. Lee, 10, 1896. Clavaria falcata Pers.* "Alabama (Peters)." Clavaria gracilis Pers. Distributed in Ravenel, Fung. Car. exsic. terial collected in Alabama by Peters. 5: 34 from ma- Clavaria Petersii B. & C. Distributed in Ravenel, Fung. Car. exsic. 5 :33 from material collected in Alabama by Peters. Described in Grevillea, 2; 7 from specimens collected in Alabama by Peters, as follows.' "E conmuni basi ramosa; ramis strictis subfastigiatis apice apiculato divisis rufis." "About two inches high, branched from the very base branches very straight, somewhat fastigiate, rufous, tips apiculate." Clavaria pistillaris L. On the ground, Lee, 11, 1896. Sparassis crispa (Wulf.) Fr. Lawrence, (Peters). Peters coll. no. 91; Lee, 12, 1 Sparassis Herbstii Pk. On the ground, Lee, 7, 1896. FAMILY THELEPHORACEAE 896. Craterellus Cantharellus (Schw.) Fr. (C. lateritius- Berk. ) On the ground, Winston, 6, 1896; Lee, 7, 1896. Some. specimens show the characteristic brick-red color ascribed to lateritius but the greater number are yellow. A specimen in the Peters collection marked "C. unicolor Rav."' collected 1864 is apparently the same species. C. 229 C. lateritius was described.from Alabama material cob lected by Peters, in Grevillea, 1:147, as follows: "Pileo profunde umbilicato lobato stipite deorsum angustato hymenioque radiato venoso lateritiis." "On the ground; 2 inches wide; brick-red; pileus deeply umbilicate, cyathiform, margin lobed; stem 12 inches high, dilated above; veins narrow, radiating. This is Thetephora craterellus Schwein." Craterellus cornucoploides (L.) Pers. On the ground, Lee, 7, 1896. Cyphella fulva B. & Rav. On Alnus. Lee, 1, 2, 1896. Cyphella furcata B. & C. * On Alnus. (Beaumont.) Described in Grevillea, 2: 5 from Alabama material as follows cyathi"Stipite cylindrico hic illic furcato, formibus ferrugineis tomentosis." "Like the last (C. fulva) growing in little groups, but consisting .of fewer individuals; stem cylindrical, often forked, terminated by cyathiform cups, tomentose and ferruginous externally. A very curious species." cupulisque Hymenochaete agglutinans Ellis. Encircling twigs, often living ones, Lee, 2, 1896. Hymenochaete corrugata (Fr.) Lev. (Co rticiumn co- rugctum Fr.) Lee, 1, 2, 1896; distributed C.) in Ravenel, Fung, Car, exsic. 5 :26 from Alabama material collected by Peters. Hymenochaete epichiora (B. & C.) Cke. epichioram B. & (Corticiumt 5 :24 from Alabama material collected On Yaccininin (Peters.) On Symplocos ; Distributed in iRavenel, Fung. Car. exsic. by Peters. Described as. Corticiurn epichloram in Grevillea, 1 : 178 from specimens collected in Alabama by Peters, as follows:"Subiculo tenui viridi-luteo marginem angustum formante, hymenio olivaceo umnbrino demum rimoso." 20 "Subiculum thin, yellow-green, forming a slight margin; hymenium olive-umber, at length cracked." Hymenochaete purpurea Cke. & Morg. Lee, 11, 1895. According to Morgan this species will go in the genus Peniophora. Hymenochaete setosa B. & C. * On Quercus. (Peters.) Described from material collected in Alabama, in Grevillea, 1:165, as follows:"Laete ferruginea, continua, resupinata setis exasperata." "Widely spread, or [sici a bright ferruginous; hymenium rough with fascicles of setae." eximiis Stereum albobadium (Schw.) Fr. On various twigs and branches, Lee, 1891 (Atkinson); 12, 1895 1, 2, 1896. Common. Stereum Bicolor (Pers.) Fr. On stumps, Lee, 10, 1895.; 2, 3, 18.6; Winston, 6,1896. Stereum candidum (Schw.) Fr. On Quercus, Lee, 12, 1895. the bark of large trees. Forming small patches on Stereum Curtisil Berk.* "Alabama (Peters)." to Hyraenochaete. This species is sometimes referred Stereum fasciatum (Schw.) Fr. On old logs, Lee, 11, 1895 ; 3, 12, 1896. In habit like S. versicolor, of which it was formerly regarded a variety. Stereum frustulosum (Schw.) Fr. On Quercus, Lee, 11, 12, common. "Alabama (Peters) ." 1895, 1895, 3, 7, 1896. Very Stereum gausapa-tum (Fr.) Fr. Stereum Levilleanum B. & Lee, 11, 1895. Co 3, 1896. Very common. Stereum nivosum (R~ay.) On Juniperus, Lee, 11, Stereum pergameneum B. & C. 1895; 231 Distributed in Ravenel, Fung. Car. exsic. 3:25 from Alabama material collected by Peters. Described from Alabama in Grevillea, 161 as follows:"Pileo cyathiformi rufo vix zonato subtiliter lineato; margine tenni dentato laceratove ; stipite cylindrico hymenioque albidis." "On decayed wood. Pileus 11 inches across, cupshaped, bright rufous, not shining, minutely lineata, very obscurely zoned; margin thin, often toothed or laciniate stem 2-1 inch high, 1 line thick, whitish, very minutely tomentose; hymenium nearly of the same subochraceous tint." 1 Stereum radians Fr. On twigs, Lee, 11, 12, 1895; 1, 1896. Stereum Ravenelli B.. & C. * On the earth in swamps. "Alabama (Peters, Beaumont.)" Described in part from material collected in Alabama by Peters and Beaumont, Grevillea, 1 :162, as follows: "Gregarim ecommnni mycelio oriundum; pileo cyathiformi, fnsco; margine pallidiore plicato stipite gracili tomentoso hymenioque pallidis." "Pileus very variable in size, from a line to an inch across, cup-shaped, sometimes split on one side, brownish, with a slight admixture of red, paler toward the plicate margin ; stein z-12 inch. high, a line thick, gregarious, springing from a common myceliumi, 91 finely tomentose, pallid, as well as the hymnenium, closely allied to S. niidlum B." Stereum sericeum (Schw.) 'Morg. On twigs, Mobile, 12, 1895;. Lee, 12, 1895, 1, 1b96. Not common. Stereum subpileatum B. & C. Lee, 11, 1895; 4,-1896; Winston, 6, 1896. 1'2, Stereum versicolor (Swz.) Fr. Lee, 11, 1895; Mobile, where common. "Alabama [Peters]." 1895; Winston 61 1896. Every- Thelephora filamentosa B. & C. 232 Described from Alabama material in Grevillea, 1:148 as follows:"Pileis fiiformibus pallidis e mycelio lato corn muni oriundis." "Growing on decayed matted herbaceous fragments, on which it forms a mycelium, which is in part smooth, in part filamentous ; pilei thread-shaped. A very curious species, but the specimens scarcely show whether the pilei are really fiiform or deeply split." Thelephora botryoldes (Schw.)* (T. olivccea, var. Botryoides, Schw.; T. Granosa, B. & "Alabama [Peters]." C.) Thelephora griseo-zonata Cke. On the ground, Lee, i2, 1895; 10, 1896. Theephora lobata Bertol. Described from Alabama material in Mem. Accad. Sci., Bologna 7:360, as follows: "8emiorbicularis; stipite beevissimo lateraliter affixa, margine lobata, ora nigrescente, supra sinereo-tomentosa, quadrizonata, zonis senescentipes hymenio laevi, extus lutescente. Tab. 19,,fig. e. f. c." "Habui ex Alabama a Doct. Gates." "Nata super ramum arboris, quem determinare non potui, cum careat foliis, et floribus. Sterps parva, coreacea licet tenuis, horizontalis, ramo lateraliter affixa stipite brevissimo, margine lobata, ora marginali demnum nigra, junior nigro-limbatis; supra convexa, cinereo-tomentosa, concolor, quadrizonata, postea complanata, tomento fere subcano, zonis senio linea nigra limbatis, subtus hymenio laevi, glabro, ad interiora cinereo, ad exteriora lu tescente." "Pertinet ad sectionem tertiam AuriculariarinnFries, El. Funcj., vol. 1, p. 174. Appropinquat Telephoraw'n stiraciftuarn Schwein. in Fries 1. c. p. 177, sed descriptio ejus manca non sinit, ut de identitate judicem, neque at exemplaribus siccis dignoscere possum, si nostra junior sit ut illa lutescens ; insuper in- Telephora stiraciftaa non adnotantur zone nigrolimbatee." A species not noted by Saccardo nor, so far as we know, by any other writer on American mycology . 233 Thelephora pedicellata Schw. On living stems of shnrbs, [Crataegus, etc.], Lee, 11 1895 ; 2, 1896. On (ornus (Peters.) Thelephora Schweinitzii Pk. (T. palida Schw, not of Pers) On the ground (Peters.) Peters coil. ; Lee, 10, 1895; Winston, 6, 1896. Thelephora sebacea Pers. Incrusting living leaves of Viola. 1893 (Peters.) Peters coll. as Thelephora Michaeneri B. & C. Incrusting various leaves and stems, Lee, 7, 1896. In Thelephora terrestris Ehrh. Lee, 7,.1896. FAMILY HYDNACEAE. Caldesiella ferruginosa (Fr.) Sacc. nosuYmh Fr.) (Hycbuun ferruqi- "Alabama (Beaumont) ; Lee, 5, 1896. Hydnum adustum Schw. Lee, 1891 (Atkinson) ; Winston, 6, 1896. Hydnum atroviride Morg. Described [with an illustration] in Lee (Atkinson.) 1. f. 5. as Cincinnati Soc. Nat. list, 18:38. Jour. Pileus follows: -- "Dark green in color throughout. P1. fleshy-coriaceous, thin, convex then expanded, orbicular or somewhat irregular. Stipe more or less difforrn, short or Aculei slender, acute. elongated, central or excentric. irregular, 6-9 mic. in Spores dark green, rough diameter." "Growing on old wood, Auburn, Alabama,. Prof. George Pileus 1-2 cm. in diameter, the stipe 1-2cm. F. Atkinson. Easily recognized by the dark green color in in length. every part even of the spores." and Hydnum chrysocomum Underw. Under decayed wood, Lee, 11, 1895. Hydnum cirratum Pers.* On Quercus, (Beaumont.) 234 Hydnum compactum Pers. On the ground, Mobile, 12, 1895. Hydnum erinaceus Bull. On Quercus, 1863 (Peters) coll. no. 60. On old log, Lee, 11, 1896, (Miss J. Skehan.) Hydnum fascicularia B. & C.* Described in Grevillea, 1:99. from material in part collected in Alabama, as follows: "Totum resupinatum. ceraceum pallidum; aculeis culatis brevibus obtusis quandoque apice ciliatis." "Widely, effused, very thin, waxy, inseparable from the matrix, pallid, but varying in tint; prickles fasciculate, short, obtuse, sometimes ciliated at the top as in Kne(ia." fasci- Hydnum ferrugineum Fr. Lee, 1891 (Atkinson) ; 11, 1896. Hydnum flabelliforme Berk. On standing trunks, Lee, 1, 1896. Hydnum fragillissimum B. & C. Distributed in Ravenel, Fung. Car. exsic. 5: 21, from Alabama material collected by Peters. Hydnum himantia Schw. "Alabama (Peters). Peters coll. no. 56. Hydnum imbricatum L. subsquamnoAlabama (Peters.) Peters coll. no. 55 as sum. In pine woods, Lee, 12, 1895; 3, 1896 (E. F. Lee) ; 7,. 1896 (J. Q. Burton) ; 12, 1896; rather common. H Hydnum kaeticolor B. & C.* Ou Quercus, (Beaumont.) Described in part from Alabama specimens in Grevillea, 1: 99, as follows:- "Liete effusum, margine demum separabili subbyssoideo ; aculeis laete ochraceis compressis subvelutinas apice dentato laceratis." for several inches, at length more or less separable at the margin, where it is slightly byssoid or tomentose; hymenium reddish-ochre ; prickles compressed, somewhat velvety, toothed and lacerated at the apex. A fine species." "Effused '235 Hydnum membranaceum Bull. Distributed in Ravenel, Fung. Car. exsic. Alabama material collected by Peters. 5:20, from Hydnum mucidum Pers.* On logs, Lee, 10, 12, 1895; 1, 2, 186. Hydnum ochraceum Pers. On logs, Lee, 10, 12, 1895; 1, 2, 1896. Hydnum parasitans B. & C.* Ulmus Americana, (Peters) Described from specimens collected in Alabama, in Grevillea, 1 100 as follows: "Parasiticum, aculeis brevibus compressis obtusis." "Parasitic on the teeth of some Hydnum; subiculum obsolete; prickles short, compressed, obtuse." On Hydnum puicherrimum Lee, 10, 12,1895; Hale, 4, 1896; Winston, 6, 1896. Hydnum repandum L. On the ground (Peters.) Peters coll. no. 61; Lee, 1896. Hydnum septentrionale Fr. On 1,11, 12, * Tilia, (Peters.) Hydnum setulosum B. & C. On Liquidambar (Peters.) Peters coil. No. 59. Described from Alabama specimens in Grevillea, 1-:100, "Subiculo candido lacteo membranac eo ; as follows:subulatis acutis subtiliter setulosis." aculeis "Subiculum membranaceous, white, forming a broad border to the hymenium, which is quite confined- to the flexuosis centre; a lens. prickles waved, subulate, minutely setulose under A very distinct species." Hydnum spathulatum (Schw.) Fr. On decaying wood, Lee, 11, 1895: 1, 1896. Hydnum spongiosipes Pk. Alabama (Peters.) Peters rugineun?" coll. no. 57 as "H fer- Hydnum subsquamosum Batsch. On the ground, 1864 (Peters) Peters coll., no. 55S. 236 Hydnum zonatum Batsch. Lee, 7,1896. Irpex coriaceus B. & Rav. On Quercus (Peters). Lee, 11, 1895. Distributed in Ravenel, Fung. Car. exsic. 3:21 from material collected in Alabama. Irpex fuscescens Schw. On Quercus, Lee, 11, 1895; 1, 2, 1896. Not uncommon. Irpex Schweinitzii B. & CA Alabama (Beaumont). Described from specimens sent from Alabama in Greyillea, 1:102, as follows: "Resupinatus, subiculo membranaceo, separabili, margine sterili, brevi, byssoideo; dentibus carneo-griseis corpressis." "Scarcely exceeding 2 an inch in breadth; suborbicular; subiculum, thin, membranaceous, byssoid, separable from the matrix; teeth confined to the centre, compressed, pinkish-grey, subporiform." Kneiffiella candidissima (B. & C.) Underw. On Juniperus Yirginiana, (Peters). Distributed in Ravenel, Fang. Car. exsic. 5:32, from material collected in Alabama by Peters. Kneiffiella aspera (Pers.) Underw. (Kneiflia setigera Fr.) On Juniperus Yirginiana (Peters). Distributed in Rayenel, Fung. Car. exsic. 5:31, from material collected by Peters in Alabama. Odontia fimbriata B. & C. Alabama (Peters) Peters coll., no. 67. Odontia lateritia B. & C. On Quercus (Peters). Distributed in IRavenel, Fang. Car. exsic. 5:22, from material collected in Alabama. Described in Grevillea, 1:147, from specimens collected in Alabama, as follows : "Effusa immarginata Iateritia, matricern tingens." "Widely effused, without any distinct margin;- brick-red, staining the wood with the tint ; spines short, tomentose." 237 Phiebia radiata Fr. On Liriodendron, 1863, (Peters). Peters' coil., no. 66. Phiebia zonata B. & C. On Tilia, 7, 1855, Alabama, (Peters). badly preserved specimen. Peters' coil.; a Radulum orbiculare Fr. On dead wood, Lee, 12, 1895. Radulum spinulosum B. & C.* "Alabama (Peters)." Described from material sent from Alabama, in Grevillea, 1:146, as follows: "Effusum, isabellinum, margine elevato tomentoso, dentibus minutis sparsis spinulosum." "Effused, opaque, of a pallid pinkish-grey; margin slightly raised, tomentose; hymenia sprinkled with short spinules." FAMILY POLYPORACEAE. Daedalea ambigua Berk. On Quercus, Lee, 4, 1896. Daedalea confragosa (Bolt.) Pers. On Salix, Lee, 12, 1895; 2, 3, 11, Baker). 1896; 10, 1896, (C. F. Daedalea glaberrima B. & C. Lee, 12, 1895. Sufficiently distinct from D. ambigua. Peters' coil., 44, as Daedalea cin- Daedalea unicolor (Bull.) Fr. Alabama, (Beaumont). erea. Favolus alveolarius (D. C.) Fairm. On Fagus, Lawrence, 1863, (Peters) Peters' coll., no. Lee, 3, 1896. This includes the forms that have been vaniously named F. Europaeus, etc. 48; Gloeoporus conchoides Mont. Lee, 11, 12, 1896, common. 1895; When Hale, 5, 1, 7, 1896; Mobile, 12, rather young and moist the entire 1895; hymenium will readily separate in a waxy or gelatinouswaxy membrane entirely different from anything seen in 238 species of Polyporas. Its generic character must hold. A specimen is in the Peters coil. (1854) under the name of Polyporus nigropurpurascens. Lenzites Berkelel Lev.* "Alabama, (Beaumont)." Lenzites betulina (L.) Fr. Lee, 10, 12, 1895; 11, 1896. Lenzites corrugata Ki. Lee, 1, 1896. Lenzites Crataegi Berk.* "Alabama (Peters),. Lenzites Klotzschii Berk. On Liquidambar, Lee, 10, 11, 12,-1895; 1, 1896; very con mon. Lenzites repanda Fr.* "Alabama (Peters)." Lenzites rhabarbarina B. & C. On Pinus, Lee, 10, 1895; 1, 1866. Lenzites sepiaria Fr. On Pinus, Lee, 1, 1896; Hale, 5, 1896. Merulus bellus B. & C. On Abies, 1858, (Peters). Peters coil., No. 52. A small specimen but agreeing well with the brief description. Described in Grevillea, 1:69, from material sent from Alabama, as follows: "Effusus subbyssoideus irregularis ; hymenio alutaceo poris ab initio distinctis brevibus." "Effused, more or less byssoid; hymenium tan-colored,. distinctly porous as soon as the hymenium is formed. This. ceracellus] though diffiis quite different from the last, pores are not rigid as in cult of~ definition ; the walls of 31. ceracellas." [M1 the Merulius corium Fr. Alabama, 1855 (Peters); Peters coil. ; Lee, 1, 2, 3, 7, 12, 1896; common. Merulius haedinus B. & C. On Tilia, (Peters) distributed in iRavenel, Fung. Car. exslc. 4:8, from material collected in. Alabama. 239 Described from specimens sent from Alabama, in Grevillea, 1:69, as follows: "Pileo dimidiato candido glaberrimo, hymenio reguloso." "Pileus an inch or more across, long, white, except at the margin, where it has a pale umber tint, quite smooth, slightly wrinkled; margin lobed, probably from the lateral confluence of one or more individuals; hymenium deep flesh-colored, wrinkled." Merulius porinoides Fr. * On Quercus, (Peters.) Merulius serpens Tode. On Pinus: Lee, 1, 1896. Merulius tremellosus Schrad. Lee, 12, 1895; 1, 11, 12, 1896. Polyporus acanthoides (Bull.) Fr. Lawrence (Peters.) Peters coll. No. 35. Polyporus adustus (Willd.) Fr. On Hicoria, Lee 12, 1896. On various trunks, Lee, 11, 12, 1895; 3, 1896. Polyporus abietinus (Dicks.) Fr. On Pinus, Lee, 11, 12, 1895; 1, 1896. Common. Polyporus aneirinus Sommerf. On Juglans, 2, 1855 (Peters.) Peters coll.; a badly eaten specimen. Polyporus applanatus (Pers.) Wallr. Alabama (Atkinson). Apparently this usually common species is not common in this state; only a single specimen seen. Polyporus arcularius (Batsch.) Fr. On various fallen branches, Lee, 3, 5, 7, 1896; Tuscaloosa, 5, 1896; Madison. 5, 1996. A second form of this species (or possibly a distinct species) was collected in Auburn in February, and March 1896, with darker brown pileus and smaller pores with light cinereous mouths. It should be studied carefully in the field. Polyporus barbatulus Fr. Lee, 11, 1895. 9 240 Polyporus barbaeformis B. & C. On Vitis (Peters) ; Lee, 12, 1895; 1, 1896. Described from material sent from Alabama, in Grevillta, 1: 53 as follows:"Totus resupinatus margine tenui, albo; hymenio fulvo; poris parvis, elongatis, dissepimentis tenuibus." "Wholly resupinate with a thin white margin; hymenium tawny; pores 1-48 inch wide, but variable in size." Polyporus Beaumontii B. & C.* "Alabama (Beaumont)." Described in Grevillea, 15:26 from material sent from Alabama under the name of Poria Beaumontii as follows:"Effusa, adnata, crassiuscula, ochraceo-pallida, margine angusto, subtomentoso, poris majusculis, subaequalibus, rotundo-angulatis ; dissepimentis acie acutis integris. Polyporus Beaumontii B. & C. in Herb. Berk. No. 2919." Polyporus biformis Klotz.* "Alabama (Beaumont)." Polyporus carneus Nees. On Juniperus (Peters.) Distributed in Ravenel, Fung. Car. exsic. 5 :14. Also collected by Atkinson. Polyporus cervinus Schw.* "Entirely resupinate without any distinct margin; of a golden yellow, inclining to olive; pores elongated, oblique, 1-36 inch wide; spores ferruginous." Polyporus chrysoloma Fr. On pine chips, Lee, 1, 1896. We cannot separate this material from the species figured under the above name in Fries, Icones, pl. 189;f. 3; it agrees well with the description, except that the stratum of pores frequently becomes thicker than the description calls for. The yellow mycelial strands (fading to whitish in the dried specimens) and the strikingly daedalioid pores will readily distinguish it. Polyporus cinnabarinus (Jacq.) Fr. On Prunus, Lee, 1885; 11, 1896; Winston, 6, 1896. Polyporus connatus Fr. ? On Gleditschia triacanthos, Lee, 2, 1896. Referred with 241 some hesitation to this species are several specimens growing on the upper limbs of a dying tree, quite unlike the habit of ordinary P. connatus. The characters of the pileus and pores are not like typical forms of this species. It is desirable to have additional and younger material. Polyporus corticola Fr. On bark, Lee, 12, 1895. Polyporus Curtisii Berk. On Quercus, etc. Lee, (Atkinson); 10, 11, 12 (1895); 6, 7, 1896. Very common and usually perennial. Very distinct from the annual P. lucidus with which it has sometimes been united. Polyporus dealbatus B. & C. Alabama 7, 9, 1864 (Peters, Beaumont). Peters coll. No. 40. Distributed from Alabama material in Ravenel, Fung. Car. exsic. 3:10. Polyporus delicatus B. & C. * Alabama (Peters). Described from Alabama specimens in Grevillea, 1:37 as follows: "Pileo orbiculari, ochraceo, tomentoso; margine tenui, acuto; stipite brevi, radicante; poris angulatis, dissepimentis tenuibus, usque ad basin decurrentibus." "Pileus 3-4 inch across, orbicular, ochraceous, tomentose; margin thin, acute; stem 1-4 inch high, 2 lines thick; rooting; pores angular, dissepiments thin, decurrent to the very base, 1-50 inch across." Polyporus dibaphus B. & C. * On Ilex opaca, (Peters). Described from Alabama specimens in Grevillea, 1:36, as follows: "Pileo orbiculo, atropurpureo, subtiliter tomentoso, glabrescente, lineis pallidis hic illic radiato; stipite gracili, subconcolore, deorsum pruinato; poris decurrentibus, oohroleucis, angulatis, parvis." "Pileus 1 in. across; orbicular, dark purple, finely tomentose, becoming smooth, with here and there pallid radiat- 242 ing lines; stem slender, nearly of the same color, pruinate downwards; pores decurrent, pale ochre, angular, small." Polyporus Earlei Underw. On the ground, Lee, 11, 1896. Described from material collected in Alabama in Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 24:84, as follows: "Mesopous; terrestrial; stem 4-5 cm. long, 1-1.5 cm. or more thick, colored like the pileus; pileus 7-12 cm. each way, cinereous, slightly darker towards the centre; margin very thin, much incurved in drying; context soft-fleshy, grayish, drying to a thin layer; pores 1-2 mm. deep, somewhat whitish-stuffed when young, cinereous gray, paler when young and, towards the margin, small (less than 0.5 mm.), the dissepiments rather firm, entire." "Pine woods, Auburn, Alabama, Nov. 1896. Prof. F. S. Earle." "The plant is cinereous throughout and retains this color when dry." Polyporus elegans (Bull:) Fr. On fallen branches, Lee, 2, 1896; Hale 5, 1896. Polyporus endocrocinus Berk. Hale, 5, 1896; Lee, 10, 1896 (C. F. Baker). Polyporus ferruginosus (Schrad.) Fr. On fallen limbs, Lee, 12, 1895; 1, 1896. Polyporus flavo-squamosus Underw. On the ground, Lee, 11, 1896. Described from Alabama material in Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, as follows: "Pleuropous; terrestrial ; stem 7-8 cm. thick, slightly flatened, irregular roughened, colored like the pileus; pileus 1.5 cm. each way, yellowish, with a slight tinge of greenish; covered with rather small floccose imbricate scales, which form a very thin fragile crust, channeled behind where the edges nearly meet; margin rather acute, more or less incurved in drying; context white or slightly yellowish, fleshy, firm, becoming almost woody when dry; pores 5 mm. deep, rather large (about 1 mm.), irregular, angular, with thin dis- 243 sepiments, slightly decurrent, white, changing to greenish when wounded, yellowish when dry; spores oval or ovoid, 9x6u, with a single large highly refractive gutta." "Growing in clayey soil, Auburn, Alabama, 23 Nov., 1896. Mrs. F. S. Earle." Polyporus flavovirens B. & Rav. On clay banks in woods, Lee, 7, 1896. Polyporus gilvus Schw. On trunks and fallen logs, Lee, 11, 12, 1895; 3, 12, i896; Mobile, 3, 1896; Hale, 5, 1896; Winston, 6, 1896. Common. Polyporus hemileucus B. & C. On Liriodendron, Lee, 12, 1895; 3, 1896; Mobile, 12, 1895. Polyporus hirsutus (Wulf.) Fr. On trunks and branches, Lee, 12, 1895; 3, 4, 1896; Mobile, 12, 1895; 3, 1896; Hale, 5, 1896 ; Winston, 6, 1896. Very common. Polyporus ilicincola B. & C. On Ilex opaca, (Peters). Distributed by Ravenel, Fung. Car. exsic. 5:17, from Alabama. Described from Alabama material in Grevillea, 1:52, as follows: "Pileo flabelliformi, pallido, glabrato nitido radiato reguloso ; poris pallidis sinuatis." "Pileus 3-4 inch wide and long, flabelliform, but frequently laterally confluent, pallid, at length quite smooth, marked with little radiating lines; pores 1-72 wide, sinuated. Hymenium much like that of P. abietinus." Polyporus isidioides Berk. ? On trunks and branches, Lee, 12, 1895; 1, 3, 1896; Hale, 5, 1896; Winston, 6,1896. With some hesitation and following common usage we refer this common form to this New Zealand species of which we have seen no authentic specimens. The species, whatever its name, is distinct from P. gilvus to which some have united it. Polyporus irregularis Underw. Under a pine log, Lee, 2, 1896. Described from Alabama material in Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 24:85, as follows: 244 "Pileus irregular, more or less branching, brownish, paler towards the margin, uneven, subtomentose, with a thin imperfect crust, the under layer of which is darker colored, forming a delicate brown line in section; 4-6 cm. long, 3-4 cm. wide, the margin usually thin; context white, floccosefelty, pores white, 5 mm. or more deep, irregular, more or less angular, small (0.25 mm.), the dissepiments rather thin, firm, even." "Growing irregularly underneath a pine log, Auburn, Alabama, Feb., 1896." "The older portions are ferruginous brown above, and the free margins, when developed, are thin and distinctly paler brown for a space of about 1 cm. The extreme margin is sterile, and the pores which are normally even, become irregular and oblique as the margin tends to become erect." Polyporus lucidus, (Leys.) Fr. On Tsuga, Winston, 6, 1896. Polyporus Meliae Underw. On branches of Melia Azedarach, Lee, 10, 1895. Described from material collected in Alabama, in Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 24: 85, as follows: "Pileus convex, dirty white, subtomentose, anoderm, 5-8 cm. in diameter, occasionally coalescing; margin obtuse, sometimes extending nearly or quite around the pores; cortex floccose-corky, whitish; pores cream white, becoming darker with age, more or less rimose, 5-6 mm. deep, minute (about 0.2 mm.), the dissepiments firm, slightly uneven, usually with obtuse edges; spores narrowly oblong, 6x3 hyaline." "On branch of Melia Azedarach, Auburn, Alabama, Oct., 1895." "In very old specimens the layer of pores becomes cracked in all directions and very much discolored." Polyporus obliquus (Pers.) Fr. Lee, 12, 1895.; 1, 2, 1896. Polyporus obtusus Berk. On Quercus rubra, Lee, 11, 1895. Once found, 245 Polyporus occidentalis (Fr.) Klotzsch.* "Alabama (Beaumont)." Polyporus parvulus Klotzsch. Lee, 7, 1896. Polyporus pergamenus Fr. On various deciduous trunks, Lee, 10, 12, 1895; 1, 2, 12, 1896; Mobile, 12, 1895 ; Winston, 6, 1896. Very common. Polyporus perennis (L.) Fr. Lee, 7, 1896. Young specimens scarcely separably from this species. Polyporus picipes Fr. Alabama (Atkinson). Polyporus plebeius Berk. On Prunus serotina, Lee, 4, 5, 1893. On Magnolia?, Mobile, 12, 1895. Following reference ofsimilar specimens by others we refer some of this species which is not uncommon in the southern part of the State to this New Zealand species. It appears very doubtful that two regions so widely separated should have any species in common that are not cosmopolitan in their character. Polyporus poripes Fr. Lee, 11, 1895. Polyporus puilchellus Schw. Alabama, 1855. (Peters). Peters coll. Apparently this species. Polyporus purpureus Fr. On rotten wood, Lee, 2, 1896. Polyporus reniformis Morg. Lee, 3, 1893; Winston, 6, 1896. Polyporus retipes Underw. In pine woods, Lee, 12, 1896. Described from material collected in Alabama, in Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 24:85, as follows: "Terrestrial; stem exc'ntric, 4-6 cm. long, 2 cm. or more thick, yellowish-white towards the base; pileus 6-15 cm. each way, brown, appressed tomentose, finely areolate-rimose so as to appear finely mottled; context fleshy, rather thick 246 (2 cm. or more), becoming quite thin in drying, whitish; margin acute; pores decurrent half the length of the stem, shallow, whitish, large (1.5 mm. or more), mostly hexagonal, the dissepiments thin and finely lacerated." "The young pores are very shallow and the stem appears reticulate-veined nearly to the base. As the pores become older they deepen and those nearest the base of the stem become more or less obscured." "In pine woods, Auburn, Alabama, December, 1896. Mrs. F. S. Earle." Polyporus resinosus (Schrad. ) Fr. On a fallen trunk, Lee, 3, 1596. Once found, the specimens the growth of the preceding autumn, which is its proper season. Polyporus rhipidium Berk. On a very much decayed log, Etowah, 5, 1896. Has the exact habit of Panus stypticus from which its pileus could scarcely be distinguished. Found only once. Polyporus rimosus Berk. On Robinia pseudacacia, Madison, 5, 1896; DeKalb, 5, 1896. Also collected somewhere in the State by Professor Atkinson, but exact locality unknown. Polyporus sanguineus (L.) Mey. On fallen trunks, Lee, 11, 12, 1895; 1, 1896; Tuscaloosa, 5, 1896; Winston, 6, 1896. Very common and conspicuous. Abnormal forms which were described by Fries as Hydnum cinnabarinumrn were found in Lee, 5, 1896; and Winston, 6, 1896. Polyporus Schweinitzii Fr. On the ground, Lee, 10, 1896 (J. Q. Burton); 11, 12, 1896. Polyporus scutellatus Schw. On branches of Alnus, Lee, 1, 1896. Very distinct from Trametes Ohiensis Berk. with which some have united it. Polyporus spissus Schw. On branches, Lee, 1, 1896. Polyporus splendens Pk. Alabama, 8, 1864. (Peters). Peters coll. no. 37, as P. perennis. Lee, 7, 1896. A single specimen. 247 Polyporus suiphureus (Bull.) Fr. Winston, 6, 1896. fessor Atkinson. Also collected in the State by Pro- Polyporus supinus (Sw.) Fr. On Prunus angustifolia, Lee, 11, 1895; 3, 1896. Not un- common. Poyporus vaporarius Fr. On various dead branches, Lee, 11, 12, 1895; 1, 1896. Yery common. Polyporus velutinus Fr. Lee, 10, 12, 1895;, 1, 6, 7, 1896;.Winston, 6, 1896. Polyporus versicolor (L.) Fr. On various deciduous trees, Lee, 10, 11, 12,1895; 3, 1896; Winston, 6, 12, 1896. Polyporus vesiculosus B. & C. On Pinus, (Peters). Peters coll. no. 39. Described from material collected in Alabama, in Grevillea 1:65 as follows: "Late effusus alutaceus; poris pezizaeformibus veluti e vesiculis ruptis enatis." "Widely spreading, pale tan-colored; pores 1-100 inch wide, looking like minute burst bladders. Polyporus virgineus Schw. Alabama (Peters). Distrfbuted from Alabama material in iRavenel, Fung. Car. exsic. 3:11. Polyporus viticola Schw. On Yitis, (Peters). Peters coll. no. 38. Polyporus vulgaris Fr. On Abies, (Peters).. Peters coll. no. 36 as P. comnmunis. Polyporus xanthus Fr.* "Alabama (Peters)." Porothelium fimbriatum (Pers.) Fr. On Betula, Winston, 1861. (Peters). bis. Peters coll. no. 52 Solenia anomala (Pers.) Fr. On Alnus, Lee, 1, 5, 1896. Solenia villosa Fr. 10 248 On Quercus (Peters). Distributed from Alabama material in Ravenel, Fung. Carol. exsic. 5:42. Trametes lactea Fr. Alabama (Peters). Peters' coll., no. 41. Trametes Petersii B. & C.* "Alabama (Peters)." Described from specimens sent from Alabama in Grevillea, 1:66, as follows: "Pileo applanato subtiliter tomentoso pallide fulvo marginem versus subsulcato-zonato, poris minimis punctiformibus, dissepimentis ab initio rigidis." "Pileus flattened, but slightly convex, minutely tomentose; of a very pale tawny, somewhat sulcate or zoned at the margin, which is barren; pores quite punctiform, with rigid obtuse dissepiments about 1-150 inch wide." Trametes rigida B. & Mont. "Alabama (Beaumont); Lee, 11, 1895. Trametes sepium Berk. "Alabama (Peters, Beaumont) ;" Lee 11, 1895; 1, 7, 1896. FAMILY BOLETACEAE. Boletinus decipiens (B. & C.) Pk. Lee, 10, 12, 1896 (C. F. Baker). Boletus auriporus Pk. Lee, 7, 1896. Boletus brevipes Pk. Lee, 11, 1895; 10, 11, 1896 (C. F. Baker). Common. Boletus chromapes Frost. Lee, 5, 1896. Boletus edulis Bull. Lee, 7, 1896. Boletus felleus Bull. Lee, 7, 10, 1896. Boletus ferrugineus Frost, var.? Lee, 7, 1896. Differs from the brief description of this species in the pileus becoming at length concave, the longer stem~and the reticulations lined with darker brown. 249 Boletus fistulosus Pk. Lee, 7, 1896. Described in Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 24:144; from Alabama specimens as follows : "Pileus convex, viscid, glabrous, yellow, the margin at first incurved or involute, flesh yellow; tubes plane or subventricose, medium size, round with thin walls, adnate or sometimes depressed around the stem, yellow; stem rather slender, subequal, viscid, glabrous, hollow, yellow, with a white mycelioid tomentum at the base; spores elliptical, .0005 in. long, .00025 broad. Pileus about 1 in. broad; stem 2-4 in. long, about 3 lines thick." "Grassy woods. Auburn, Alabama. July. Underwood." "A small but pretty species of a yellow color throughout. It is remarkable for its hollow stem, which is suggestive of the specific name. It is referable to the tribe Viscipelles." Boletus fraternus Pk. On the streets of Auburn, Lee, 7, 1896. Described from Alabama material in Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 24:145, as follows: "Pileus convex, becoming plane or depressed, slightly tomentose, deep red when young, becoming dull red with age, flesh yellow, slowly changing to greenish-blue where wounded; tubes rather long, becoming ventricose, slightly depressed about the stem, their walls sometimes slightly decurrent, the mouths large, angular or irregular, sometimes combined, bright yellow, quickly changing to blue where wounded; stem short, cespitose, often irregular, solid, subtomentose, slightly velvety at the base, pale reddish yellow, paler above and below, yellow within, quickly changing to dark green where wounded; spores .00L5 in. long, .00025 broad. Pileus 1-1.5 in. broad; stem 1-1.5 in. long, 3-6 lines thick." "The species is apparently allied to B. rubens, but is very distinct by its small size, cespitose habit, color of the flesh of the stem and by the peculiar hues assumed where wounded. When the pileus cracks the chinks become yellow as in B. subtomentosus. This species belongs to the tribe Subtomentosi." 250 Boletus frustulosus Pk. Along the highway on clay banks, Hale, '5, 1896. Described in part from Alabama material in Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 24:146, as follows: "Pileus thick, convex or nearly plane, subglabrous, rimosely areolate, white or whitish, flesh whitish; tubes equal to or a little longer than the thickness of the flesh of the pileus, depressed about the stem, whitish, becoming pale brown; stem equal, solid, whitish, reticulated above; spores .0006.0007 in. long, .0002-.00025 broad. Pileus 3-5 in. broad, stem 1-2 in. long, 6-10 lines thick." "The deeply cracked surface of the pileus is the most notable feature of this species. This sometimes is seen even in quite young plants. The areolae are quite unequal in size. The deep chinks with sloping sides cause them to appear like frustra of polygonal pyramids. In some specimens the reticulations of the stem extend nearly or quite to its base, and make the place of the species ambiguous between the Calopodes and Edules." Boletus granulatus L. In pine woods, Lee, 10, 1896. Boletus griseus Frost. Lee, 7, 1896. Boletus hirtellus Pk. In pine woods, Lee, 10, 1896. Boletus Morgani Pk. Lee, 10, 1896 (C. F. Baker). Boletus ornatipes Pk. Lee, 7, 1896. Bolletus pallidus Frost. Lee, 10, 1896. Boletus parvus Pk. Lee, 7, 1896. Described from material collected in Alabama, in Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 24:145, as follows: "Pileus convex, becoming plane, often slightly unbonate subtomentose, reddish, flesh yellowish white, slowly changing to pinkish where wounded; tubes nearly plane, adnate, 251 their mouths rather large, angular, at first bright red, becoming reddish-brown; stem equal or slightly thickened below, red; spores oblong,.0005 in. long,.00016 broad. Pileus 1-2 in. broad; stem 1-2 in. long, 2-3 lines thick." "This is one of the smallest species of the tribe. It is referable to the tribe Luridi." Boletus Ravenelii B. & C. Lee, 7, 1896. Boletus retipes B. & C. Lee, 7, 1896. Boletus subluteus Pk. Lee, 10, 11, 1896. Boletus tabacinus Pk. Along roadsides, Lee, 5, 1896. Described from Alabama specimens in Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 23:418 as follows: "Pileus fleshy, convex, nearly plane, subglabrous, often rimose-areolate, tawny-brown, flesh at maturity soft and similarly colored ; tubes concave or nearly plane, depressed around the stem, their mouths small, angular, colored like tbe pileus; stem subequal, solid, reticulated, concolorous; spores oblong or subfusiform, .0005 to.00055 in. long, about .0002 broad; pileus 2.5 to 5 in. broad; stem 1.5 to 3 in. long, 6 to 10 lines thick." "The species is referable to the section Calopodes, but the tubes are more or less depressed about the stem. It is well marked by its color which is some shade of brown or tawnybrown throughout, inclining at one time toward wood-brown, isabelline-brown or broccoli-brown, at another toward sepiabrown. The flesh in the dried specimens appears a little darker than the surface of the pileus. It is almost tomentose in texture." Boletus Underwoodii Pk. Lee, 7, 1898. Described from material collected in Alabama, in Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 24:145, as follows: "Pileus rather thin, convex, becoming nearly plane, slightly velvety, bright brownish-red, becoming paler with 252 age, flesh yellow, changing to greenish-blue where wounded: tubes adnate or slightly decurrent, greenish-yellow, becoming bluish where wounded, their mouths very small, round, cinnabar-red, becoming brownish-orange; stem equal or slightly tapering upward, somewhat irregular, solid, yellow without and within; spores .0004-.0005 in. long, .0002 broad. Pileus 2-3 in. broad; stem 3-4 in long, 4-6 lines thick." "The species is remarkable for its adnate or subdecurrent tubes in which it departs from the character of the tribe to which it belongs according to the colors of the tubes." Fistulina pallida B. & Rav.* "At base of a stump of Quercus alba." (Peters.) Described in part from material collected in Alabama, in Grevillea, 1:71 as follows: "Pileo reniformi pallido-rubente, stipite laterali, tubis decurrentibus.". "Pileus 1-2 inches across, about one inch long, uniform, pallid red, pulverulent; margin inflexed; stem lateral, 1j inch high, 3 thick, striate when dry; tubes more or less decurrent." Fistulina radicata Schw. At the roots of a decaying chestnut stump, Alabama, 9, 1864 (Peters). Peters coll. no. 24. Fistulina spathulata B. & C.* "Base of an oak" (Quercus) (Peters). Described in Grevillea 1:71, from material collected in Alabama as follows: "Pileo tenui, spathulato in stipitem gracilem basi attenuatum tubulis decurrente." "Pileus I inch across, thin, pulverulent, spathulate, attenuated behind into the lateral stem; stem 2 inches or more high, 1z lines thick above, much attenuated downwards. Apparently a very distinct species." Strobilomyces strobilaceus B. & C. Lawrence, (Peters). Peters coil. no. 33; Lee, 7, 1896. 253 FAMILY AGARICACEAE. Agaricus campestris L. Lee, 11, 1895; 2, 3, 7, 1896. The common edible field mushroom. Agaricus placomyces Pk. Lee, 7, 1896. Amanita abrupta Pk. Lee, 7, 1896. Described from Alabama specimens in Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 24:138, as follows: "Pileus thin, broadly conxex or nearly plane, verrucose with small angular or pyramidal erect somewhat evanescent warts, white, slightly striate on the margin, flesh white; lamellae moderately close, reaching the stem and sometimes terminating in slightly decurrent lines upon it, white; stem slender, glabrous, solid, bulbous, white, the bulb abrupt, subglobose, often coated below by the white persistent mycelium, the annulus membranous, persistent; spores broadly elliptical or subglobose, .0003-.0004 in, long, .00025-.0u03 broad. Pileus 2-4 in. broad; stem 2.5-4 in. long, 3-4 lines thick." "The chief distinguishing mark of this species is its abrupt nearly globose bulbous base of the stem. This is somewhat flattened above and is sometimes longitudinally split on the sides. The small warts of the pileus are easily separable, and in mature specimens they have often wholly or partly disappeared. The remains of the volva are not present 6n the bulb in mature dried specimens, which indicates that the species should be placed in the same group with A. rubescens, A. spisso, etc. The latter species has the bulb of the stem similar to that of our plant, but the color of the pileus and other characters easily separate it." Amanita caesarea Scop. Tuscaloosa, 5, 1896; Lee, 7, 10, 1896. Abundant. Edible. Of. Bulletin no. 73. Amanita candida Pk. Lee, 10, 1896. 254 Described from Alabama specimens in Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 24:137, as follows: "Pileus thin, broadly convex or nearly plane, verrucos with numerous small erect angular or pyramidal easily separable warts, often becoming smooth with age, white, even on the margin, flesh white; lamellae rather narrow, close, reaching to the stem, white; stem solid, bulbous, floccosesquamose, white, the annulus attached to the top of the stem, becoming pendent and often disappearing with age, floccose-squamose on the lower surface, striate on the upper, the bulb rather large, ovate, squamose, not margined, tapering above into the stem and rounded or merely abruptly pointed below; spores elliptical, .0004 to .0005 in. long, .0003 in. broad. Pileus 3 to 6 in. broad; stem 2.5 to 5 in. long, 5 to 8 lines thick, the bulb 1 to 1.5 in. thick in the dried specimens." "This is a fine large species related to A. solitaria,but differing from it in the character of its bulb and of its annulus. The bulb is not marginate nor imbricately squamose. Its scales are small and numerous. Nor is it clearly radicating, though sometimes it has a slight abrupt point or mycelioidagglomerated mass of soil at its base. The veil or annulus is large and well developed, but it is apt to fall away and disappear with age. Its attachment at the very top of the stem brings it closely in contact with the lamellae of the young plant and the striations of its upper surface appear to be due to the pressure of the edges of these upon it. It separates readily from the margin of the pileus and is not lacerated. In the mature plant the warts have generally disappeared from the pileus and sometimes its margin is curved upward." Amanita chlorinosa (Pk.). Lee, 11, 1896. Amanita Frostiana Pk. Lee, 7, 1896. Resembles the fly-agaric closely, but smaller. Amanita muscaria L. 255 Lee, 10, 1896 (Burton); 11, 12, 1896 (C. F. Baker). "fly-agaric;" poisonous. Cf. Bulletin no. 73. The Amanita phalloides Fr. 12, 1895; 7, 10, 1896; Mobile, 12, 1895. Reputed poisonous. A form collected in Lee, 7, 1896, closely resembles this species, but differs in its evanescent volva and veil, and is possibly a distinct species. Lee, Amanita rubescens Fr. Lee, 7, 1896. Amanita solitaria Bull. Lee, 7, 1896. Amanita spreta Pk. Lee, 7, 11, 1896. Amanita strobiliformis Yitt. Lee, 10, 1896. Amanita virosa Fr. Lee, 7, 1896. Amanitopsis strangulata (Fr.) Roze. Lee, 11, 1896. Amanitopsis vaginatus (Bull.) Roze. Alabama, 9, 10, 1864 (Peters). Peters coll. Lee, 7, 1896. Amanitopsis-volvata (Pk.) Sacc. Lee, 7, 1896. Armillaria apdendiculata 1k. Lee, 10, 1896 (C. F. Baker). iDescribed from Alabama specimens in 'Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 24:140, as follows : "Pileus broadly convex, glabrous, whitish, often tinged with ferruginous or brownish-ferruginous on the disk, flesh white or whitis1 r ; lamellae close, rounded behind,,whitish ; stem equal or slightly tapering upward, solid, bulbous, whitish, the veil either membranous. or webby, white, commonly adhering in fragments to the margin of the pileus ; spores subelliptical, .0003 in. long, .0002 broad. Pileus 2-4 in. broad ; stem 1.5-3.5 in. "The general appearance of this species is suggestive of Tricholomna album, but the presence of a veil separates it long; 5-10 lines thick." 11 256 from that fungus and places it in the genus Armillaria. The veil, however, is often slightly lacerated or webby and adherent to the margin of the pileus." Armillaria mellea Vahl. About stumps, etc., Alabama, 10, 11, 1864 (Peters). Peters coll. Lee, 11, 12, 1895; 7, 10, 11, 12, 189. Cantharellus Cantharellus (L.) (C. cibarius Fr.) Winston, 6, 1896; Lee, 7, 1896. Edible. Commonly known as the Chantarelle. Cantharellus cinnabarinus Schw. Lee, 7, 1896. Cantharellus floccosus Schw. Winston, 6, 1896. Cantharellus infundibuliformis (Scop.) Fr. Winston, 6, 1896. Cantharellus Petersii B. & C. Described, from Alabama specimens in Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (III), 4:294 as follows: "Pusillus; pileo depresso subzonato stipiteque gracili dealbatis; plicis distantibus decurrentibus; interstitiis venosis. Amongst moss at the base of trees, Alabama, Hon. J. M. Peters." "Pileus 1 inch across, depressed, white, opake, with one or two concentric furrows; stem 1 inch high, 1 line thick, white like the pileus; folds moderately broad, distant, decurrent; interstices wrinkled." "Resembling somewhat the white variety of C. aurantiacus, but a smaller plant with broader folds." Alabama, Peters. Distributed in Ravenel, Fung. Car. exsic. 5:12, from material collected in Alabama by Peters. Claudopus nidulans (Pers.) Pk. Lee, 12, 1895; 11, 12, 1896. Two forms: one with a fine velvety pileus and the other strigose. Clitocybe ectypoides Pk. Lee, 11, 1896. Clitocybe inversa Scop. Lee, 7, 1896. 257 Clitocybe laccata Scop. Mobile, 12, 1895; Lee, 12, 1895; 1, 3, 10, 12, 1896. Clitocybe ochropurpurea Berk. Alabama, 9, 10, 1864 (Peters). Peters coll. a: Agaricus tyrianthus; Lee, 11, 12, 1896. Clitopilus abortivus B. & C. Lee, 10, 1896. Collybia albipilata Pk. On dead cones of Pinus, Lee, 12, 1896. Collybia dryophila Bull. Alabama, 8, 9, 1864 (Peters) Peters coll.; Lee 1, 1896. Collybia luxurians Pk. Under brush heap, Lee, 7, 1896. Described in Bull. Torr. Bot. Club. 24:141 as follows: "Pileus thin, convex or subcampanulate, often irregular from its mode of growth, obtuse or umbonate, glabrous, moist, brown; lamellae narrow, close, whitish; stems cespitose, equal, flexuous, hollow, brown, thinly clothed above with a minute grayish pulverulent villosity which is often more dense and tomentose toward the base; spores elliptical, .00025-.0003 in. long, .00016 broad. Pileus 2-4 in. broad; stem 3-4 in. long, 2-3 lines thick." "This is a large cespitose and luxuriant appearing species, but as the specimens were not accompanied by notes of the characters of the fresh plant it can only be imperfectly described. The pileus was said to be very moist when fresh and it was probably hygrophanous. In the dried state it is a dull, reddish brown, closely approaching Mars' brown. Its margin is more or less wavy, lobed and striate. The species is apparently related to C. confluens, but it is a much larger plant with a darker colored pileus. Its place is probably among the Confertipedes." Collybia platyphylla Fr. Lee, 7, 1896. Collybia radicata Relh. Alabama, 9, 1864 (Peters), Peters coil. Tuscaloosa, 5, 1896; Lee, 7, 1896, 258 Collybia stipitaria Fr. Alabama, 9, 1864 (Peters) Peters coil. Collybia zonata Pk. Alabama, 9, 1864 (Peters) Peters col, mixed with the preceding species. Coprinus atramentarius (Bull.) Fr. Lee, 3, 1896. Edible. Commonly known as an ink-cap from the black deliquescent gills. Coprinus comatus Fr. Lee 4, 1896. ink-cap. Edible. Known as the shaggy or maned Coprinus plicatilis (Curt.) Fr. Alabama (Peters), Peters coll. no. 13 as CI. picacus. Cortinarius delibutus Fr. Lee, 10, 1896. Cortinarius iodes B. & C. Lee, 10, 11, 1896. Cortinarius porphyropus Fr. Lee 11, 1896. Cortinarius purpurascens Fr. Lee, 11, 1896. Crepidotus applanatus Pers. On Hicoria, Alabama (Peters), Peters col, no. 8, under the name of Panasflabell /orrnis. Crepidotus applicatus Pk. Lee, 5, 1896. Crepidotus fu Ivo-tomentosus Pk, Lee, 5, 1896. Deconica. coprophila Bull. On horse dung, Lee, 10, 1896. Flamula flavida Pers. Alabama, 10, 1864 (Peters), Peters .,oll.; Lee, 12, 1896. Flammula sapinea Fr. Mobile, 6, 1896; Lee, 10, 1896. Flammula Underwoodii Pk. On trunks of Pinus, Lee, 11, 1895. Described from specimens collected in Alabama in Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 23:415, as follows : 259 "Pileus convex or nearly plane, often irregular from its crowded mode of growth, squamulose or furfuraceous, yellowish-brown; lamellae rather broad, close, adnate or slightly decurrent, yellow; stem tapering downward, radicating, longitudinally streaked with brownish hues, yellow at the top; spores elliptical, ochraceous, .00024 to .0003 in. long, .00016 to .0002 broad; plant cespitose; pileus 1 to 4 in. broad; stem 2 to 4 in. long, 3 to 6 lines thick." "Pine trunks. Alabama, November. Underwood." "The species is apparently related to Flammula sapineus, from which its densely cespitose habit and brownish streaked stem will easily separate it." Galera tenera Schaeff. Alabama, 10, 1864 (Peters). Peters coll. Gomphidius rhodoxanthus Schw. Lee, 7, 10, 12, 1896. Heliomyces decolorans B. & C. Alabama (Peters); distributed in Ravenel, Fungi Car. exsic. 5:7, from material collected in Alabama. Described from Alabama material in Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (III), 4:295 as follows: "Albus, exsiccatione rufus; pileo glabro rugoso sulcato; stipite rigido nitido; lamelles latis decurrentibus. On dead wood, Alabama, Hon. J. M. Peters." "Pileus 1 inch or more across, white at first as well as the gills, but changing in drying to a deep tawny brown, smooth, wrinkled, sulcate; stem 2 inches high, shining, more permanent in color, but sometimes becoming rufous; gills broad, distant, decurrent; interstices wrinkled." "The change of color is exactly that which takes place in IHygrophorus eburneus." Hygrophorus conicus (Scop.) Fr. Alabama, 10, 1864 (Peters). Peters coll. no. 12. Hypholoma modestum Pk.? Lee, 7, 1896. Specimens probably referable to this species. Hypholoma perplexum Pk. Lee, 11, 1896. 260 Hypholoma sublateritium Schaeff. Lee, 12, 1895. Inocybe vatricosa Fr. On pine chips. Lee, 1, 1896. Lactarius chelidonium Pk. Lee, 7, 10, 11, 1896. Lactarius deceptivus Pk. Lee, 7, 1896. Lactarius Indigo (Schw.) Fr. Lee, 7, 11, 1896. Lactarius insulsus 1 Fr. Lee, 7, 10, 1896. Lactarius piperatus Lee, 10, 11, 1896. (Scop.) Fr. Hale, 5, 1896; Winston, 6, 1896 ; Lee, 7,10, 11, 1896. Lactarius scrobiculatus (Scop.) Fr. Lactarius subdulcis (Bull.) Fr. Lee, 7, 1896. Lactarius theiogalus (Bull.) Fr. Lee, 10, 11, 1896. Lactarius vellereus Fr. Lee, 10, 11, 12, 1896. Lactarius volemus Fr. Winston, 6, 1896; Lee, 7, 1896. inus'Lecontei Fr. Lee, 1891 (Atkinson). strigosus. Lent Scarcely distinguishable from L. Lentinus lepideus Fr.. On pine wood, 5, 6, 7, 10, 12, 1896. Lentinus Ravenelli B. & C.* "Alabama (Beaumont)." Lentinus strigosus Fr. *Lee, 2, 4, Rather common. 1896; Tuscaloosa, 5, 1896; Winston, 6, 1896. Lentinus tigrinus (Bull.) Fr. Alabama, 1895 (Peters). Peters coll. ; Lee, 4, 1896. Lentinus Underwoodil Pk. On Quercus, Macon, 7, 1896. 261 Described from material collected in Alabama, in the Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 23:414, as follows: "Pileus fleshy, tough, convex or nearly plane, the glabrous surface cracking into areola-like scales which are indistinct or wanting toward the margin, whitish or slightiy tinged with buff or pale ochraceous, flesh white; lamellae moderately close, decurrent, slightly connected or anastomosing at the base, somewhat notched on the edge, whitish, becoming discolored in drying; stem stout, hard, solid, eccentric, squamose, colored like the pileus; spores oblong, .0005.0006 in. long, .0002-.00025 broad; plant cespitose; pileus 3-6 in. broad; stem 1.5-3 in. long, about 1 in. thick." "Wood of oak. Tuskegee, Alabama. July. Prof. L. M. Underwood." "This differs from L. magnus in its cespitose habit, eccentric stem. longer spores, less distinctly areolate-squamose pileus and in its habitat. The lamellae are connected at the base very much like those of Pleurotus ostreatus." Lentinus ventricosus Pk. On the ground, Lee, 12, 1895; 11, 1896. Described from Alabama specimens in Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 23:414, as follows: "Pileus fleshy, nearly plane above, gl abrous, shining, white the thin margin involute, flesh whitish; lamellae narrow, close, decurrent, serrate on the edge, whitish; stem short, thick, ventricose, smooth, solid, abruptly narrowed or pointed at the base, annulate, white, tinged within with isabelline; spores .0004 to .0005 in. long, .0002 to .00024 broad; pileus 4 to 6 in. broad; stem 1.5 to 2 in. long, nearly as broad in the thickest part." "Auburn, Alabama. December. Underwood." "A species well marked by its white glabrous pileus and its short ventricose annulate stem." Lepiota acutesquamosa Weinm. Alabama, 10, 1864 (Peters). Peters coll. Lepiota mammaeformis Underw. At the base of Broussinetia, Lee, 7, 1896. 262 Described from Alabama material in Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 24:82, as follows: "Pileus thin, white, with a dull brownish strongly umbonate disc, 5-8 cm. in diameter, mealy squamulose, the margin strongly sulcate-striate, somewhat incurved; gills rather narrow, moderately close; stem 12-18 cm. long, flexuous, hollow, tapering upward from an elongate thickened base, over 1 cm. at its greatest thickness, the narrow distant annulus often finally deciduous." Growing cespitosely from near the base of a decaying Broussinetia on the streets of Auburn, Alabama, July 1896. The gills turn darker in drying and the umbo becomes strikingly prominent." Lepiota Morgani Pk. A remarkably handsome species, with Lee, 7, 1896. greenish spores; said to be edible. Lepiota procera Scop. Lee, 11, 1896. Edible. Mycena epipterygia Scop. Lee, 12, 1896. Marasmius Rotula (Scop.) Fr. Alabama, 9, 10, 1864 (Peters). Peters' Coll.; Lee, 5, 1896. Marasmius viticola B. & C. Peters' Coll. under the On Vitis, Alabama (Peters). names of Merulius and M. foetidus. Naucoria semiorbicularis Bull. Lee, 6, 7, 1896; Mobile, 6, 1896. Nyctalis asterophora Fr. Parasitic on Lactarius, Alabama, 1863, (Peters). Peters' Coll. Described from Alabama specimens in Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (III), 4; 295 as follows :"Pileo depresso subcoriaceo tenni* sulcato striato rufo; slipite brevi insititio fusco pruinoso, furfuraceo; lamellis pallidis distantibus; interstitiis levibus. On dead vine branches, Alabama, Hon. J. M. Peters." "Pileus I of an inch broad, dry, subcoriaceous, depressed, 263 sulcate-striate, pale rufous; stem 1 inch high, dark brown, pulverulent; gills distant, pale, slightly adnate, moderately broad, ventricose ; interstices even." "The stems are sometimes confluent." Omphalia pubescentipes Pk. Lee, 12, 1896. Described from Alabama material in Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 24: 141, as follows: "Pileus thin, convex, umbilicate, glabrous, reddish-tawny, sometimes paler on the margin; lamellae moderately close, decurrent, whitish; stem slender, pubescent, tawny with a tawny mycelioid tomentum at the base; spores elliptical, -00025 in. long, .00016 broad. Pileus 2-4 lines broad; stem about 1 in. long, .5 line thick." The downy or pubescent stem is the distinguishing character of this species. Panaeolus sphinctrinus Fr. On dung, Lee, 3, 1896. Panus levis B. & C. Lee, 10, 1896, (Burton). Panus stypticus (Bull.) Fr. Lee, 11, 12, 1895. Panus dealbatus Fr. On Fraxinus, Alabama (Peters). Distributed in Ravenel, Fungi Car. exsic. 5:9, from material collected by Peters in Alabama. The plant does not seem to be mentioned by Saccardo. Pholiota sabulosa Pk. In sandy soil, Lee, 12, 1895. Described in Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, 23: 414, from Alabama material, as follows: "Pileus convex or nearly plane, glabrous, pale, yellowishbrown; lamellae andate, subdistant, yellowish-brown; stem short, equal or slightly tapering downwards, hollow, colored like or a little paler than the pileus, paler above the slight subevanescent annulus; spores subelliptical, brownish ferruginous, .0003 to .00004 in long, .0002 to .00024 broad; pileus 9 to 12 lines broad; stem about 1 in. long, 1 to 2 lines thick." 264 "Sandy soil. Alabama, December. Underwood." "In the dried specimens the pileus is pale-tawny and the lamellae are brownish ferruginous." Pleurotus applicatus Batsch. On bark, Lee, 11, 1895. On Vitis, Lee, 11, 1896. Pleurotis niger Fr. Alabama, 8, 1855, (Peters). Peters' Coll. under the name of Agaricus ater. Pleurotus sapidus Kalchb. On various dead trunks, Mobile, 12, 1895; Lee, 1, 11, 1896. Rather common. Edible. Pluteus cervinus Schaeff. Lee, 1891 (Atkinson), 2, 5, 1896. Pluteus Curtisii Berk. Alabama, 9, 10, 1864 (Peters). Peters' Coll.; possibly only a form of the last. Psilocybe foenisecii Pers. Lee, 7, 1896. Psilocybe subericaea Fr. In low ground, Lee, 1, 1896. Russula adusta (Pers.) Fr. Lee, 11, 1896. Russula albella Pk. Lee, 10, 11, 1896. Russula brevipes Pk. Lee, 12, 1895; 10, 1896. Russula chamaeleontina Fr. Lee, 11, 1896. Russula emetica Fr. Lee, 11, 12, 1896. Russula foetens (Pers.) Fr. Lee, 10, 1896. Russula lepida Fr. Lee, 10, 1896. Russula pusilla Pk. Lee, 12, 1895. 265 Russula virescens (Schaeff.) Fr. Lee, 7, 1896. Edible. Schizophyllum commune Fr. On standing trunks and branches, Mobile, 12, Lee, 2, 6, 1896; Winston, 6, 1896. 1895; Stropharia bilamellata Pk. Lee, 7, 1896. Tricholoma cuneifolium Fr. (?) In sandy soil. Lee, 1, 1896. Referred with some doubt to this species. Tricholoma equestre L. Lee, 11, 1896. Tricholoma leucocephalum Fr. (?) Lee, 10, 1896. Tricholoma Russula Schaeff. Lee, 11, 12, 1896. Tricholoma terreum Schaeff. Lee, 1, 1896. Tricholoma tricolor Pk. Lee, 11, 1896. 'Xerotus viticola B. & C. Alabama (Peters). Peters' Coll. as Xerotus nirita. ORDER GASTRALES. FAMILY PHALLACEAE. Clathrus, columnatus Bose. Lee, 11, 1896 (C. F. Baker). Dictyophora duplicata (Bose.) E. Fischer. Winston, 6, 1896. Mutinus caninus (thuds.) Fr. Lee, 11, 1896 (0. F. Baker.) Phallus Ravenelii B. & C. var.? Lee, 5, 1896. A single specimen which possibly belongs here, but which differs quite materially from the ordinary forms of P. Bavenelii in size and in the mode of attachment at the base, as well as in tapering upward from an enlarged base instead of downward almost to a point. 266 Phallus rubicundus Bose. Alabama, (Peters). Peters coil. Specimen lacking a pileus; the slender stem (12 cm. long, 1.5 cm. thick in the dry specimen) possesses the characteristic red color of the species. Hale, 5, 1896. Only a. fragmental specimen which may be referred here. Fully developed specimens of this and all other members of the family in various stages of growth are a great desideratum. The specimens should be preserved in alcohol. FAMILY LYCOPERDAoEAE. Astraeus hygrometricus (Pers.) Morg. Lee, 12, 1895'; Mobile, 11, 1895; Winston, 6, 1896. common in sandy soil. Yery Bovista minor Morg. Lee, 12, 1895. A single specimen. Bovistella Ohiensis (E. & M.) Morg. Lee, 12, 1895; 4, 7, 10, 11, 12, 1896; Winston, 6, 1896. The most common puff ball of Eastern Alabama. Calostoma cinnabarinum (Desv.) Mass. Alabama (Atkinson). Calostoma Ravenelli (Berk.) Mass. Lee, 3, 1896. A very.distinct species. Calvatia cranliformis (Schw.) Fr. Lee, 7, 11, 1896. Calvatia cyathiformis (Bosc.) Morg. Lee, 10, 1895 ; 1, 7, 9, 1896. Calvatia fragilis (Vitt~.) Morg. Lee, 7, 1896. Catastoma circumscissum (B. & C.) Morg. Mobile, 12, 1895. Lee, 7, 9, 1896. A single specimen. Catastoma pedicellatum Morg. Geaster fimbriatus Fr. Winston, 6, 1896. Geaster limbatus Fr. "Alabama (Peters); " Lee, 3, 1896; Winston, 6, 1896. 267 Geaster minimus Schw. Lee, 2, 1896. Geaster saceatus Fr. Alabama (Peters.) Peters coil. Lycoperdon asterospermum Dur. & Mont. Lee, 7, 1896. Lycoperdon cepaeforme Bull. Lee, 7, 1896. fide Morgan. Also collected in Alabama by Atkinson, Lycoperdon eximium Morg. Lee, 7, 1896. Lycoperdon gemmatum Batsch. Lee, 7, 1896. Lycoperdon Peckii Morg. * Alabama (Atkinson),,Jide Morgan. Lycoperdon pedicellatum Pk. Tuscaloosa, 5, 1886; also collected in Alabama by Atkinson, ,fide Morgan. Lycoperdon pusillum Batsch. Lee, 7, 1896. Lycoperdon pyriforme Schaeff. Lee, 12, 1895; 2, 6, 10, 11, 1896. Lycoperdon separans Pk. Lee, 3,6, 7, 1896. Lycoperdon Turneri E. & E. Lee, 7, 1896. Tylostoma fimbriatum Fr. Lee, 10, 1896; Macon, 12, 1896 (G. W. Carver). FAMILY NJDULARTAOEAE. Crucibulum vulgare Lee, 12, 1895 ; 7, 1896. Sphaerobolus epigaeus B. & C.* "On red earth, Alabama (Peters)." Described from material collected in Alabama, in Grevillea, 2:34, as "Major follows:- globosus furfuraceus e myceli fiiforme or- inudus 268 "Springing from a white thread-like mycelium, which incorporates itself with the soil and its accompanying moss. Globose, externally furfuraceous, splitting very irregularly." Sphaerobolus stellatus Tode. Alabama (Peters.) Peters coll. FAMILY HYMENOGASTRACEAE. Octaviania compacta Tul. Mr. Morgan refers here with some doubt, a specimen collected, Lee, 7, 1896. Polysaccum crassipes D. C. Lee, 10, 1895 (an old specimen); 7, 1896. Not uncommon and a well marked addition to our flora. Some of the specimens were five or six inches in length including the rootlike base, and from three to four inches in diameter. Polysaccum pisocarpium Fr. Lee, 7, 1896. Not uncommon. Rhizopogon rubescens Tul. Winston (P. P. Payne). Peters coll. no. 68; Lee, 12, 1895; 3, 12, 1896. Scieroderma flavidum E. & E. Mobile, 12, 1895; Lee, 3, 9, 12, 1896. Verry common. Scieroderma Geaster Fr. Lee, 12, 1895; 7, 1896. Scleroderma verrucosum (Bull.) Pers. Lee, 7, 1896. Scleroderma vulgare Hornem. Alabama (Atkinson). 269 SUMMARY. MYXOMYCETES Genera Species. Plasmodiophorales................... 1.........2 Myxogastrales...................... PHYOOMYOETES. 20.... .... 33 ......... 1........3 2.........2 Chytridiales ............... Mu corales ........................ Entomoplithorales.. ... .............. Peronosporales ........... ........... Fungji Imperfecti. Hyphales. Mucedinacea .................... Dematiacea 1 ........ .1 3........16 ..................... 16 ....... :....:............ 11 ........ 2.........2 18 123 Stilbacea.. ..... Tuberculariaceve.................7 ........ 15 19 83 Melanconiales ...... ............ ..... 8 ........ Sphaeropsidales. Sphaierioideaceae .... ...... .. :..... 23 ........ Nectrioidaceae.................:.. 1.....1 Leptostromaceai....:.............7 ........ 12 1 Excipulaee. ASCOMYCETES. ... .......... 1......... Gymnoascales ..... .................. Perisporiales. Erysiphace ai..................... Perisporiace n ........... Hypoereales.......................... 2......... 6........ 6 ....... 42 ........ 2......... 12 ........ 5........ 9 25 18 85 6 28 ........ i .... 22 I I Spha riales......................... Dothideales.................. I 1 Hysteriales ......................... Phacidiales.......................... i I 11 Pezizales ..... ...................... Helvellales. Rhizinaceae ...................... Geoglossacein ........... ,... ..... Helvel1acee................ ..... 32 ........ 2......... 3 ......... 1 47 2 3 . r 1 I........ i 1 270 BASIDIOMYCETES. Ustilaginales ........................ Uredniales ........................... 6........15 15....... .. 103 10 2 Tremellales. Auriculariaceae..................1 Tremellaceae ..................... .... 5........ 2 1......... Pilacraceae...... ................. 8 3 ......... Dacryomyce tacea ................ Hymeniales. 33 Tomentellaceae................... 4........ ... 8 Clavariace ae.....................2...... 5........31 Thelephoracea3 .................. ..... .... 7........37 Hydnacea3 ............. Polyporacea .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . . .. . .9 ........ 90 26 4........ Boletacea3 ....................... 116 Agaricaceaa...................... 39 ....... Gastrales. 4......... 5 Phallaceae......... ............... 25 9 ........ Lycoperdaceae .... 2.........3 ....... Nidul ariaceae............. 8 Hymenogastraceae ... o....... ...... 4 ......... ............... 349 ...... 44 1110 familes-349 genera-illO0 species. ADDENDA. To the list of works treating of Alabama Fungi, given on pages 123-127 should be added the following BERKELEY, M. J. and CURTIs, M. A. Centuries of North American Fungi. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (III), Includes descriptions of by Peters. BERTOLONT, ANTONI. Accad. Sci. Bologna, 'three 4:'284-296. 0 1859. XVII. Mem. Alabama species collected 7: Miscellanea Botonica 341-362. 1856. Describes and figures Thelephiora lobata collected in Alabama by Dr.,Gates. 271 APPENDIX. Suggestions to Collectors of Fleshy Fungi. The collection and preparation of fleshy fungi for scientific purposes is so different from the' collection of other plants, and the value of the collection depends so much on the character of the field notes that it is thought desirable to make a few suggestions with the view to secure more certain and complete information regarding these ephemeral plants, concerning whose life history and distribution in America so little is definitely known. The more conspicuous forms of the fleshy fungi, group themselves botanically into some four orders, one of which contains forms that are quite diverse among themselves. Two of these orders are readily recognized by those who are able to examine the spores, since these are contained in membranous sacs imbedded in a more or less cup-shaped disc or honey-combed receptacle. The species of these two orders that are in any way conspicuous are not very numerous. They consist of the cup-fungi (Pezizales) and the morels and gyromitras (Helvellales). A third order contains the forms that are everywhere common, ad when mature are familiarly known as puff-balls, smoke-balls or snuff-boxes, according to the portion of the country you happen to be in; these are the Gastrales, or as they have usually been called by a longer name the Gasteromycete s. The fourth order of fleshy fungi contains forms of whic h the common mushroom or toad-stool is the ordinary typ e, though forms of various types are known, somnJ club -like (coral fungi) or variously provided with gills, teeth or pores. The families of this order (Hymgreniales)* that are likely to be noted as conspicuous fleshy forms may be distinguished as follows: * Hitherto commonly known by the longer term Hymenomycetes. 12 272 Fungi with a cap (pileus) and central stem, or bracket like, with the spore-bearing surface normally underneath. AGARICACEAE. Spores borne on radiating gills. Spores borne on the interior of pores. Pores separating more or less readily from the pileus. BO LETACEAE. Pores not readily separating from the pileus. POLYPORACEAE. Spores borne on teeth projecting downward in growth. HYDNACEAE. Fungi club-shaped or forming masses of erect branches rising from a common base; spores borne on the upper portions. CLAVARIACEAE. Nearly all of these families contain members that are more commonly woody or corky rather than fleshy, the Polyporaceae notably so. Some few forms of the Ciavariaceae might perhaps be confused with the Helvellales, but the latter can always be distinguished microscopically by bearing the spores in sacs. The special suggestions for each of these families are much the same, but we will first give them more in detail for the more common family of Agaricaceae, and then add a few special supplementary suggestions for the other families. In collecting any fleshy fungi, care should be taken to obtain all of its fleshy structure, because some very important characters are derived from the basal parts. They should never be gathered for scientific purposes by breaking them off above the ground. The entire basal portion should be removed with a knife or small trowel. Of course the date of collecting and locality will be added to the specimen by any intelligent collector, but it is always desirable to add the local environment of the specimen by stating in what soil it grows-sand, clay, or leaf-mold-and whether the plant grows in open pastures, marsh, grassy woods or deep forest; sometimes the character of the timber, especially pine land, is to be noted; also whether it grows singly or in clusters. But above all these matters of environment, certain data concerning the physical properties of the fresh plant are absolutely essential to a correct understanding of the species. Dried specimens of fleshy 273 fungi without notes are often worse than useless, for they suggest many times highly interesting and often undescribed species without sufficient data to enable one to characterize them properly; species of fleshy fungi had better be left undescribed than be named exclusively from the character of the dried plant. The summary of characters to be noted in the AGARICACEAE can be tabulated as follows: 1. TASTE.-Bitter, acrid, peppery, mealy, nutty? (One need feel no fear in tasting any of the fleshy fungi, for they are cleanly, and the only inconvenience ever experienced is the peppery taste of certain species of Lactarius and 1ussula, which is temporarily about as unpleasant as tasting a particle of red pepper, but otherwise harmless). 2. SURFACE OF PILEUs.-Dry, hygrophanous (moist), or viscid? Smooth, granular, scaly, shining, striate, umbonate? Color and diameter? 3. GILLs.--Color when young, and when mature? Close or distant ? Narrow or wide ? 4. SPORES.-(Best collected by removing the pileus and placing it gills downward on paper or glass under a tumbler or bell jar. If a microscope is at hand to examine the spores they can be best collected on a slide). Color, shape and size? The last two, of course, only possible to those who have a microscope. 4. STE1.-Fleshy throughout, or with a cartilaginous rind ? Hollow, solid or stuffed? Size, including length and thickness? Shape; cylindric, tapering, radicate or bulbous? 5. VOLVA and YEIL, if present; character and position? To these notes a simple sketch of the fully expanded plant, preferably in colors, will be a very valuable addition. A good supply of dried specimens should accompany the notes; the more the better. 274 The specimens should be dried as quickly as possible after being collected as they are the favorite food of certain insect larvae, and if left over night will often be found to have changed into disgusting heaps of corruption by morning. Drying is best accomplished in an open receptacle like a wire basket in a current of hot air. Suspension over a hot stove is commonly practiced, and they may even be dried in bright sunshine, but in some cases the colors fade worse when exposed to strong sunlight. In order to further facilitate the field study and identification of the agarics, we add the following synopsis of the American genera. It will be found that certain aberrent species will not be determined readily by its use, though it will probably be useful and reasonably certain in the majority of cases. SYNOPSIS OF THE AGARICACE 1E. 1.-Plant fleshy, soon putrescent. Plant tough, leathery or woody, reviving or persistent. 2.-Juice milky, white or colored. Juice watery. 3.-Stem central or nearly so. Stem lateral, eccentric orlwanting. 4.-Spores Spores Spores Spores Spores white. rosy or salmon colored. yellowish brown or rusty brown. dark brown or purplish brown. black. 2 13 LACTARIUS. 3 4 12 5 16 19 24 27 AMANITA. 5.-With a volva* and annulus. With a volva but no annulus. Volva wanting; annulus present. Both volva and annulus wanting. 6.-Gills pileus usually scaly, sometimes densely so. AMANITOPSIS. 6 7 LEPIOTA. separate from the stem ; annulus often movable; Gills united with the stem; pileus usually smooth (scaly often in A. mellea, a common species). ARMILLARIA. 7.-Gills thin, their edges acute. Gills in the form of shallow folds, their edges obtuse. 8 11 * The volva will appear either as a cup at the base of the stem, or as separable floccose scales on the pileus. .S.-Gills 275 decurrent on the stem; stem fleshy. -stem CLTOCYBE. with a cartilaginous rind.'OMPHALIA. Gills adnate, not decurrent; stem with a cartilaginous rind. -stem fleshy; pileus Gills sinuate; stein fleshy.. COLLYBIA. often bright colored. 9 TICHOLOMA. -stem with a cartilaginous rind. '9.-Plant rigid, the gills usually brittle. Plant with. waxy gills. 10 RUSSULA. HYGROPHORUS. 10.--Pileus membranous, more or less striate. Pileus very thin, without pellicle. 11.--Gills MYcENA. HIATULA. CANTHARELLUS. decurrent; plant terrestrial. Gills adnate; plant parasitic on other Agarics. white (violet tinted in one species). Spores rosy or salmon-colored. Spores yellowish brown. NYCTALIS. PLEUROTUS.* 12.-Spores CLAuDOPus. CREPIDOTUS. 13.-Gills normally toothed on their edges; eccentric or lateral. stem central, LENTINUS. 5 14 Gills entire; stein central. -- stem lateral or wanting. 15 MARASiIUS. '4.-Gills simple; pileus firm and dry. -pileus somewhat gelatinous. Gills branched. HELIOMYCES. XEROTUS. PANUs.* ,15.--Gills simple,; plant leathery._ SCHIZOPHYLLUM. Gills deeply splitting, villous. TROGIA. Gills channeled or crisped, smooth. Gills anastomosing at least at the base; .plant corky. LEEZITES. 16.-Volva present; annulus wanting. YOLVARIA. ANNULARIA. Yolva wanting; annulus present. With neither volva nor annulus. 17 PLUrEUS. 17.-Gills separate from the stem. Gills adnate or sinuate; Gill~s deccirrent on the 18.-Pileus torn into scales. stem; -stem ENTOLOMA. stem fleshy 18 with a cartilaginous rind. CLIrOPILlUS. stem fleshy. -stem with cartilaginous rind. EcGILIA. LEPmirONIA. NOLANEA. Pileus papillose, subcampan ulate. SSome species of Lentinus with entire gills can scarcely be distinforms of the latter are guished from Panus; some of the more close to some forms of Pleurotus. -quite fleshy 276 19.-Annulus continuous. Annulus arachnoid, filamentous or evanescent, often not apparent in older specimens. Annulus wanting. 20.-Gills adnate; plants terrestrial. PHOLIOTA. 20 21 Gills decurrent; plants mostly epipyhytal. Gills almost separate from the stem. CoRTINARIus. FLAMMULA. BOLBITIUS. PAXILLUS. 21.-Gills decurrent; stem fleshy; gills easily separating. -stem with a cartilaginous rind. Gills not decurrent; stem fleshy. -stem with a cartilaginous rind. 22.-Pileus fibrillose or silky. Pileus smooth and viscid. TUBARIA. 22 23 INocynE. HEBELOMA. NAUcORIA. 23.-Margin of pileus incurved when young. Margin of pileus always straight; pileus viscid; gills free. PLUTEOLLT5 GALERA. -pileus not viscid ; gills attached. 24.-Veil-remaining on the stem as an annulus. 25 Veil remaining attached to the margin of the pileus, often not apparent in very old specimens. Veil inconspicuous or gills free. -- gills decurrent. wanting; HYPHOLOMA. PILOsACE. iDEcoNIcA. -gills adnate or sinuate. 25.-Gills separate from the stem. 26 AGARICUS. STROPHARIA. PsILocYBE._ PSATHYRA. Gills united with the stem. 26.--Margin of pileus incurved when young. Margin of pileus always straight. 27--Stem dilated above into a disc which bears the radiating gills. MONTAGNITES. Pileus of the normal form. 28: 28--Pileus leathery or horny. ANTHRACOPHYLLUM. Pileus membranous or deliquescent. 29 29.-Gills deliquescent, melting to an inky fluid. CoPRINus. fleshy, Gills not deliquescent; annulus present. ANELLARIA. -annulus wanting. 30.--G~ills 30 GoMPHIDIus. decurrent; spores f usiform . Gills not decurrent; spores globose- ovoid. 31.--Pileus. striate; stem with a cartilaginous rind. Pileus not striate ; stem fleshy. 31. PSATHYRELLA.. PANAEOLU5. 277 Since there is no available manual for the identification of American species, it may be advantageous to add references to the most complete synopses of members of the family as they have seen issued in scattered publications. Notes as to the extent of the genera and edible characters are also added in some cases. For convenience of reference the genera are arranged alphabetically. AGArIcus.-Includes among some 12 American species, Agaricus campestris, and several others that are edible. Over 70 species known from all parts of the globe.* Peck. Reg. Rep. 36:41-49 (synopses and descriptions of seven species. AMANITA.-Includes among its 20 American species some of the most poisonous as well as some of the best edible species. Easily recognized by its white spores, volva (which appears either as a cup at the base of the stem or as separable floccose scales on the pileus), and veil, the last character distinguishing it from the next genus. (45).* Morgan, Jour. Mycol. 3:25-33 (description of 28 species).t Peck. Reg. Rep. 33:38-49 (descriptions of 14 species). AMANITOPSIs.-One edible species, A. vaginata, occurs in this country together with others. The genus was formerly included with Amanita and the citations of synopses are to be sought under that genus. ANELLARIA.-One species only known from the United States. (3). ANNULARIA.-No species yet found with us. (6). ANTHRACOPHYLLU.-A single tropical species occurs in South Carolina. ARMILLARIA.-A. mellea is our common edible species, and five others are reported from this country. (6 ). Peck. Reg. Rep. 43:40-45. *I have included in parentheses under each genus the approximate number of species described from the entire world. This will indicate something of the extent of the group which contains all told some 5,000 described species. Over 200 new species of Agaricaceae were described during the year 1895. tIncluding 9 species of Amanitopsis. 278 BOLBITIUs.--4 American species mostly small and incon- spicuous. (25). CANTHAELLUS. -Among our 22 species, C. cibarius, otherwise known as the chantarelle, is edible. (76). Peck. Bull. N. Y. State Mus. Nat. Hist. 2:34-43 (description of 10 species). CLAuDoPus.-Five American species. (10). Peck. Reg. Rep. 39:67-69. CLITocYBE-Several of our 40 species said to be edible. (234). Peck, Reg. Rep. 48:172-177 (describes 4 edible species); Morgan, Journ. Cinn. Soc. Nat. list. 5:66-70 (describes 13 species). CLITOPILUS.--At least two of our 14 species are reported as edible. (30). Peck, Reg. Rep. 42:39-46. COLLYBIA-33 American species. (213). Some species are regarded as poisonous. Peck, Reg. Rep. 23:78-80 (describes 7 species); Morgan, Jour. Cinn. Nat. list. 6:70-73 (describes 12 species). CORPINUS-Known as caps," of which several of our 32 species are edible; C. comatus and C. atrwnentariasare the largest and best known. (170). Peck, Reg. Rep. 48:143-147 (describes three edible species); Morgan, Journ. Cinn. Soc. Nat.. Hist. 6:173-177 (describes 13 species). _('ORTINARITS.-A large genus of handsome species poorly "ink known in America, tho nearly 60 species have been reported as occurring here. (350). Many species occur late in the season. In collecting, two points are absolutely necessary to note: (1) Is the pileus dry, hygrophanous or viscid? and (2) The color of the young gills. It is only in the young condition that the cobwebby veil is clearly seen. Peck, Reg. Rep. 23:105-112 (descriptions of '21 species). (65). Peck, CREPJDOTUS.-About 15 species with us. IReg. Rep. 39:69-73 (descriptions of 11 species). DEcoNIcA- Only a single species reported from the United (18). (80). States. (9). EccILI.-Three species in the United States.. ENToLo A-12 species reported from America. X79 FLAMMuLA.-.1 species reported from America. (75). Quite easily recognized by their ochraceous spores and their habit of growing on old wood. GALERA.-12 species reported from America, (49). Peck, Reg. Rep. 46:61-69. GoMPHIDIUS.-Three of the seven known species occur in the United States. HELELOMA.-18 species reported from this country. (65) Peck. Reg. Rep. 23:95, 96 (describes 6 species). HFLIOYCES.- A single American species reported from Alabama. (10). HIATULA.-A single species of this delicate tropical genus reported from North Carolina. (16). HY&ROPIORTS.- At least two species of the 28 reported from America are edible. (160). Peck, Reg. Rep. 23:112114 (describes 7 species). HYPHOLOMA.-15 species reported from America. (60). Some are reputed poisonous and some edible. Morgan, Journ. Cinn. Soc. Nat. list. 6:113- ti1 (describes 7 species). INOCYBE.-Eight species American. (120). Morgan, Journ. Ciun. Soc. Nat. Hist. LATARJUS.-Readily distinguished by the flow of milk from the gills and sten when wounded. In collecting it is very essential that the taste of the fresh specimen be noted. Nearly 50 species are reported from America. (110). Contains many edible and some suspicious species. Peck. Reg. Rep. 38:111-133 (descriptions of 40 species). LENTJNUs.-'27 species American. (204). Somce of the species are likely to be confused with Pa us, and others perhaps would be taken for some of the species of genera. Morgan, Journ. Cinu. Soc. list. 6:194-196 (describes 10 6:104-106. n Nat. fleshy species). LENzITEs.-17 American species of this genus are reSome of the species form a transition to the Polygporaceae, and it is probable that corded. Daedalea among .(69). some of them belong with that family. LEPIoTA.-'At least three of the 28 American species are 280 edible. (200). Peck, Reg. Rep. 35:160-164 (describes 18 species). LEPTONIA.-6 American species reported. (45). MARASMIUS.-AM. oreades, often called the "fairy ring champignon" is a common edible species; many of our 59 species are very small, some of them minute. (350). Peck, Reg. Rep. 23:124-126 (describes 8 species); Morgan, Journ. Cinn. Soc. Nat. Hist. 6:189-194 (describes 17 species). MONTAGNITES.-A single species is reported from Texas. (3). MYCENA.-52 species occur with us. Some are reputed edible. Peck, Beg. Rep. 23:80-84 (describes 12 species). NAUCORIA.-19 species are reported from the United States. (136). Peck, Reg. Rep. 23:91-93 (describes 7 species). NOLANEA.-7 American species. (58). NYCTALS.-We have a single species of this curious parasite growing on large species of Lactarias. (10). (251). OMPHALIA.-AbOut 26 American species. (160). Peck, Beg. Rep. 45:382-42. (Describes 21 species). PANAEOLUS.-5 or more species occur in the United States. (30). Peck, Reg. Rep. 23: 100-102. PANus.-14 American species (78). Forster, Jour. Mycol. our ten species P. bwvolut as, is regarded as Peck, Bull. N. Y. State Mus. Nat. list. 2: 4:21-26. PAxILLUs.-Of edible. (31). 29-33 (describes 5 species). PHOLOTA.-About 20 species are reported f romr this country. gan, Journ. species). (100). Some species of this genus, are edible. Cinn.- Soc. Nat. Hist. 6:.101-104 Mor- (describes 11 PILosAoE.-A PLEURoTus- single species reported from America. (6). Easily recognized as fleshy species with white spores and with lateral sterns or no stemns at all, usually growing like brackets from stumps, logs and standing trunks; several species are edible. 23 species are reported from the 281 United States. (220). Peck, Reg. Rep. 3): 58-67 (describes 17 species). PLUTEOLus.-Five of the eight known species are reported from America. Peck, Reg. Rep. 46: 58-61. PLUTEUS.-11 American species reported. (65). Peck, Reg. Rep. 23: 87, 83 (describes three species). PSATHYRA.-Two American species. (55). PSATHYRELLA.-7 American species. (50). Peck, Reg. Rep. 23: 102, 103 (describes three species). PSILOCYBE.-11 species reported as American. (59). RussuLA.-A few of our species are said to be edible; others are regarded as poisonous. In collecting it is always essential to note the taste and odor of the fresh specimen and the color of the gills. Our species are not well understood, although 30 have been reported from the country. (100). Macadam, Jour. Mycol. 5: 58-64, 135-141 (paper never completed but descriptions of 25 species are included.) SCHIZOPHYLLUM.-A single species is everywhere common. (7). STROPHARIA.-Seven species are reported from this country. (65). Morgan, Journ. Cinn. Nat. Hist. 6: 112, 113 (describes three species). TRICOLOMA.-Some 50 species are known from America, several of which are edible. (200). Peck, Rep. 44 : 38-64 (descriptions of 46 species). TROGIA.-We have a single interesting little species in this country. (6). TUBARIA.-Two species reported from this country. (17). Morgan, Journ. Cinn. Soc. Nat. Hist. 6: 109, 110. VOLVARIA.--7 American species. (35). Some of the species are edible. XEROTUS.-Genus mostly tropical. Two species within our limits. (29). Reg. The BOLETACEAE are easily recognized among fleshy, fungi by their layer of pores which take the place of gills and which are quite easily separable in most cases both from k82 the substance of the pileus and from each other. The color of the spores should always be determined in the manner indicated for the agarics, and the taste of the fresh specimen is essential. In addition the colors of the pileus, flesh and pores should be noted, and if there is any difference in color between the young pores and those of the mature plant this fact should be noted also. In certain species the flesh or pores or both will change color rapidly or slowly when wounded; in some instances the change is to a bright blue. This changing condition should be noted in any given species. Any peculiarity of shape of stem or markings on the stem like veining, reticulation or glandular dots should be carefully noted. If a veil is present, its character will be important as will the relation of the pores themselves to the stem, whether adnate, free or merely depressed around it. Finally the character of the pileus should be noted whether viscid, hygrophanous, or dry. Specimens need to be dried rapidly and after the drying has once commenced it should be carried to the end without stopping. The four genera can be distinguished by the following synopsis : Stem central or eccentric. Pores very easily separating Pores less readily separating Fleshy; pores arranged Tough; pores uniform; from the pileus. BOLETUS. from each other d from the pileus. in radiating rows. BOLETINUS. pileus densely floccose. at STROBILOMYCES. Stem lateral; pores separate from each other forming tubes. FISTULINA. Several of the species of Boletus are edible, a few are poisonous; one entire group known as the Luridi, recog- nized by the red mouths of the pores, is generally suspected. Over a hundred species are known from the United States, and the South especially contains many undescribed forms. The descriptions of most of the species are easily accessible in Peck, Boleti of the United States. (Bull. N. Y. State Mus. No. 8*). * Can be obtained of the State Librarian of New York for the small sum of twenty cents. 283 Our species of Boletinus and Strobilomyces are few in number, five of the former and only two of the latter, said to be edible. Fistulina contains the "beefsteak fungus," common in certain regions on chestnut stumps, and two or three other less known species. The POLYPORACEIE contain mostly woody or leathery forms. A few fleshy species belonging to the genus Polyporus are edible when young but soon grow tough. The same suggestions given for the Boleti will apply to the fleshy species of this genus. The HYDNACEE are represented by several genera more or less conspicuous. The fleshy species belong to the genus Hydnum and a number of them are edible. Some 30 species are described by Morgan, Journ. Cinn. Soc. Nat. Hist. 10: 7-14, including a number of the edible species. In collecting them the taste, odor, and colors when fresh should be carefully noted. Among the CLAVARIACEI, or coral fungi, the members of two genera are fleshy and some of each genus are edible. Clavaria has branches that are circular in section and Sparassis has flattened branches. They sometimes form masses several inches in extent. None of the species are poisonous, so far as known, though not all are edible. Sparassis is represented in America by four of its six species, while of over 200 species of Clavaria some 50 species occur in the United States. Morgan, Journ. Cinn. Soc. Nat. Hist. 11: 86-90 describes 20 species occurring in Ohio; and Peck, Reg. Rep. 24: 104, 105, gives a synopsis (without descriptions) of 20 species occurring in New York State. In collecting, the color of the spores, taste, odor and color of the fresh plants should be carefully noted. The student of edible fungi will find valuable assistance in Peck, Report of State Botanist of the State of New York (extract from Regent's Report 48), a work recently issued and containing descriptions and colored plates of about sixty of our edible mushrooms. ERRATA. Distance from the printer made it impossible for either of the writers to see more than one proof so that numerous minor mistakes have entered into the bulletin. A few of the more glaring are here corrected: Page 122, 8 lines from the bottom for fungus read fungous. Page 129 footnote, for naturalichenread naturlichen. Page 131, 5 lines from the top, for amylovorous read amylovorus. Page 135, line 10 from bottom, for puriannulatumn read pluriannulatmn. Page 137, line 5, for Enothera read Qenothera. Page 144, line 8, for Rhyncospora read Rhynchospora. Page 147, line 15, and elsewhere, for Azederach read Azedarach. Page 155, a * should follow Miacrosporium Cheiranthi. Page 188, line 4, for Diatrypella read Diatrypella. Page 194, line 6 from bottom, for reselal read rosella. Page 198, line 14, for Lephoderium read Lophodernium. Page 206, line 8, for fiavada read fiavida. Page 224, lines 8 and 16, for Corticum read Corticium. Page 225, line 16, for Corticun read Corticiun. Page 226, line 3, for a1kesii read Oakesii. Page 232, line 17, for beevissimo read brevissino. Page 232, line 18, for for sineren- read Page 245, line 16, for species read form. line, for Hy.stringraphuim read Hysterographiium. Page 198, Page 198, line 14, for Lephodermnium read Lop hodermium. cinereo-. first Page 207, line 11, for Corebella read Cerebella. Page 218, line 12 from bottom, for vaccinorurn read vaccinorumn. Page 220, line 3, for Caroliniammn read Carolinianumn. Page 258, line 8 from bottom, Flamula read Flammula. V" Page 260, line 5, for Lactarlus read Lactarius. Page 164, line 7, for Pleurotis read Pleurotus. Page 272, line 7 is wrongly indented. It is co-ordinate with lines 3 and 4, not with lines 5 and 6 as printed. Page 278, line 19, for Corpinus read Corprinus. Page 279, line 8, for Helelorna read Hebeloma. ENDEX. H O ) Exidia glandulosa, 221. Cenangium leptospermum, 201. TIAb Frankia Alni, 133. 246. Corticium chlorina~m, 223. Polyporus scutellatus, M~erulius bellus, 238. Solenia anomala, 247. Polyporus vulgaris. 247. Tremella mesenterica, 221. Aclypha ostryaepolia Ulocolla toliacea, 222. C ercospora Acalyphae, 141. Althaea rosea Acer Negundo Cercospora altheeina, 141. Fusarium cinnabarinum, 157. Amaranthus retroflexus Acer 1Rubrum Phyllosticta Amaranti, 167. ()ylindrospori ur, saccharinum, Amnarauthus sp. 161. Albugo amaranthi, 136. Hypoxylon annulatum, 189. Ambrosia artemisiaefolia Hypoxylon caries, 189. Albugo Tragopogonis, 137. Hypoxylon marginatum, 190. Erysiphe cichoracearum, 176. Melasmia acerina, 174. Ophiobolus anguillides, 190. Phyllosticta minima, 167. Phyllachora Ambrosiae, 195. Rhytisma acerinum, 199. Ambrosia trifida Uncinula .circinata, 180. Erysiphe cichoracearum, 176. Xylaria Hypoxylon. 195. Puccinia Xanthi 217. Aesculus Pavia Ambrosia sp. Phylosticata spheeropsoidea, 168. Ophiobolus glomus, 192. Uncinula flexuosa, 180. Amelanchier sp. A grimonia mo1Iis2 Entomosporium maculatum,173 (Jaeorna Agrirnonihe, 211. Arnorpha fruticosa Agrimonia parviflora Uropyxis Amorphee, 220. Caeoma Agrimoniae, 211. Amnpelopsis. See Partienoscissus Agrostis tenuis Amphicarptea. See Falcata Uromyces Eragrostidis, 219. Amsonia Tabermemontana Agrostis sp. Coleosporium Amsonihc, 211. (Jercospora Agrostidis, 141. Aniygdalis persica (peach.). Ailanthus glandulosus Caryospora putaminum, 186. Botriodiplodia Ailanthi, 163. Cercosporella persica, 138. Alnus serrulata Cornularia Persicae, 163. Corticium lactescens, 225. Cy tospora Persicae, 164. Diatrypella discoidea Alni, 188. Mon ilia fructigena, 139.' Eutypella cerviculata, 188. Puccinija Pru ni-spinosae, 216. Exoascus alnitorquus, 175. Trichothecium roseum, 140. Hypoxylon coccineum, 189. Andromeda accuminata Hypoxylon fuscum, 190. Asterina diplodioides, 181. Hypoxylon subehlorinum, 191. Andromeda sp. Hypoxylon xanthocreas, 191. Septoria pulchella, 170. Microspheera Alni, 177. Andropogon argyrius Nummuariaclypeus, 192. Puccinia Andropogi, 213. Nummularia punctulata, 192. Andropogon fureatus Phyllactinia suffulata, 179. Puccinia Andropogia, 213 Scorias spongiosa, 183. Stagonospora. Ischaemi, 172. Alnus sp. Andropogon macrourus Sorosporium Syntherismtc, 207. Cyphella fulva, 229. Cyphella furcata, 229. s sp . (T iestig a 11 Aiidropogoii seoparius Puccinia Andropogi, 213. Sorosporiurn 8yntherismae, 207. Aiidropogou Virginicus Dothichioc [{ypoxylon, 183. Metasphaeria ilf uscans, 192. Phyllachora graminis. 195 Puccinia Andropogi, 213 Sorospoiu to 8yntherismae, 207. Urornyces Andropogonis, 2t9. Aster puniceis Coleospor'ium Sonchi-arvensis, 211. Aster Tradescauti Coleosporiumn Sonchi-arvensis, 211. Erysiphe cichoracearum, 176. Aster uidulatus Coleosporium Sonchi-arvensis, Aiidropogoii sp. 212. Anemone decapetala Angelica rillosa Hypocrella atramentosa, 184. Puccinia Andropogi, 213. Sorosporium Syntherisume, 207. Urornyces Andropogonis, 219. Aecidiurn punctatuin, 210. Cercospora Thaspii, 1.52.- Aster sp. Aecidium Asterum, 208. Cerospora asterata, 142. Puccinia Asteris, 214. Ram ularia macrospora Asteris, 140. Puccirnia rubigo-vera, 216. Ustilago Avenge, 207. Azaleae, 227. Aveiia saliva Cladosporium grarninum, 153. Azalea nu diflora Apios Apios Cercospora tuberosa, 152 Microspheera Ravenel ii, -179. Arabis Virginica Albugo candidus, 136.- Exobasidium Araclils hypogea Aralia s1inlosf Cercospora personata, 148.. Discosia artocreas, 173. Phorna mlelainca, 166. Exobasidiurn discoideum, 227. Phyllosticta 'Rhododendri, 168. Uredo AzaLege, 218. iBenzoin Benzoin Isariopsis Lindere , 157. Beta vuligaris Betula nig ra Betula sp. Corticium Martianumn, 225. Hysteriurn pulicare, 197. Porotheliurn Ai'istida purpuraseens Arunidinaria Dothiocloe aristida, 183. Hendersonia eff usa, 165. Cerocospora beticola, 143. Artninlaria sp. Coniosporium gramineum, 153. Hypoxylon perforatum, 190. Meliola tennis. 182. Scolecotrichurn grarnin is, 156. Apiospora Apiospora, 186. B'elon iumn eustegiaeformis, 200. Calonectria Curtisii, Coniosporium teet Coryneurn disciforme ellipticum, 160. Arundinelhae, 153. Bidenis frondosa Steganosporiumn irregulare, 162. Plasinopara Hlstedii, 137. Sphaerotheca Castaguci, 180. Meliola bidentata, 182. fimbriatumn, 247. Dasyscypha Arundinarhe, 202. Echinodothis tuberiformis 184. Lophodermiuin arundinaceurn, 198. Lophodermium culmigenum, 198. Puccimia Phragmitis, 21.5. 183. Bignonia eapreolata Biiriioiia sp. Boehrneria cylindrica Capnodium elongatum, 181. Cercospora Boehmrnee, 143. Boletus sp. Sporodinia Aspergilius, 136. Asarum Virginicum Sphaeria concentrica, 194. .Aesimina sp Hirneola sculellaeformis, 221. Brassica oleracea Macrosporium Peronospora Barassicee, 155. Mucor Beaunion tii, 136. Aster diffusus Erysiphe cichoracearum, 176. Aster dumosus Coleosporium Sonchi-arvensis, 211. Breweria humistrata parasitica, 137. Cercospora Stylismue, 151. Broussinetia sp. Lepiota mammeeformis, 261. Brunella. See Prunella 111 illiiielia sp. Phyllosticta Bumelie, 167. Cerasti um Septoria Cacalia tuberosa Septoria Cacali e, 169. Cereis Caiiadeiisis Cerastii, 169. viseosum Caniellia Japoica Sporonema Camellim, 172. Lantlierellus aurantiacurn Carex luritla Puccinia Cercospora cercidicola, 143. Nummularia discreta, 192. Nummularia repanda, 192. Phy11osticta Siliquestri, 168. Hypomyces aurantius, 185. Carer sp. Caricis, 214. Puccinia Caricis, 21.4. Carpiinus Carolitiaija Fusarium cinnabarinum, 157. Hypoxylon subehiorinum, 191. Phyllactinia suffulta, 179. Exoascus australis. 175. Frachimea calista, 189. Hypoxylon luridum, 190. Pilacre Petersii, 222. Chaetoehiloa glauca Cercospora Setarfre, 151. Chaetochloa Italica Piricul1arlx grisea, 139. Cheiiopodiuinanthelminticum ('ercospora antheimintica, 141. Chrysanthemum sp. Capnodiuim sp, 181. Carpinus sp Chrysopogon aveiiaeeus Cerebella Andropogonis, 207. Claviceps sp, 1.83. Clhrysopogon iiutamts Cladosporiuin graminum, 153. Puccinia clavispora. 214. Cassia uictitaus Cassia occidentalis Cercospora pin n ulecola, 149. R~avenelia cassiaecola 217. CJhrysopsis grarnifolia Cercospora macroguttata, 147. Citrullus vulgaris Cercospora citrulina, 143. Gloeosporiurn lagenarium fol iicolum, 16 Cercospora atromaculans 142. Cercospora occidentalis, 148. Cassia Tori Cercospora atromac clans, 142. Clenmatis sp . Puccinia strornatica, 216. Castalia odloratai Castanea pumila Clitoria imariana Cuicus sp. Cercospora Nymphae.u, 148. Cercospora Clitoriee, 143 Leptothyrium dryinum, 174. Pestalozzia concentrica, 161.. Castanea sp. Fistulina radicata, 2552. Catalpa Catalpa. Macrosporium Catalpae, 155. Phyllosticta Catalpae, 167. Puccinia Hieracii, 214. Connvolvulns sPpiuln Coleosporium Ipomoaa, 211. Coiivolvulus Pucciiiia Convohvuli. 214. Cornus Arnonuni (sericea). Pezicula rharbarbarina, 204. Corns Florida Sp. Ceanothu4 Americanus Frankia Ceanothi, 133. Celtis occidenitalis Uncinula parvula, 180. Uncinula polychaeta, 180. Phyllactinia suffulta, 179. Cornus sp. Meliola nidulans, 182. Phyllactinia suffulta, 179. Thelephora pedicellata, 233. Valsa munda, 194. Celtis sp. Cylindrosporium Celtidis, 160. Maacrosporium antenn eforme, 155. Cracca Ihispidula' Cercospora Tephrosi e, 151.. Ravenelia Ceplialaiitlus occidentalis CJenangium 'ephalanthi, 201. Cercospora Cephalanthi, 143. Microsphaxera sernitosta, 179. Rhabdospora verrucaeformis, 169. Cracca spicata gland ulieformnis. Ravenelia ghnduheforrnis, 218. Cr'acca Virginiana Crataegus flava Ravenelia glandular form is, 218. H-endersonia Cydonhee, 165 Cerastium arveiise Septoria Ceratii, 169. 13 2 iv Crataegus pyraatta Phragmidium Fragariastri, 213 Fusicladium pirinurn pyracanEleplhantopus Caroliiiianus th e, 153. Crataegus. spatliulata Coleosporiurn Sonchi-arvensis., Roestelia flaviformis, 218. 211. Roestelia pirata, 218. Eleplhantopus tomentosus Crataegus sp. Cercospora Elephantopodis, 145 a crosp o rium stilbosporoiColeosporium Sonhi-arvens is , deum, 150 212. Pestalozzia coneentrica, 162. Elephantopus sp. Phyllactinia suffulta, 179. Cercospora Elephantopodis, 145 Podospha ra oxyacanthae, 180. Coleosporium Sonchi- arvensis, Roestelia aurantiaca, 218. 21. Thelephora pedicellata, 233. Eleusine Eegyptica Cucurbita sp. Cercospora tessellata, 152. Cercospora Cucurbitae, 144. lEragrostis tennis Phyllachora gr'aminis, 195. Cydoniia Vulgai'is Entomosporiuim maculaturn,174 Erechtites hieracifolia Pestalozzia concentrica, 162. Cercospora Erech t tis, 145. iRoestelia aurantiaca, 218. Septoria Erechtites, 170. Sphaerotheca Castagnei. Cyperus sp Cintractia axicola, 207. Cyrilla i'aceitiiflora Cerebella Andropogonis, 207. Lophodtrmium cyrill i co l um, Eriantihus sp. 198. Claviceps sp., 183. Hendersonia Donacis, 165. Daetylocteiiium Aegyptium M 180. Daisystoma Ilava Aecidium (ierardiai, 209. Datura Stramonuui Macrosporium Cookei, 155. 1)esniodiurn. See Meibomia Dianthus barbatus Septoria iDianthi, 170. Diatrype sp. INectria epispha ria, 185. IDiodia teres Cercospora Diodiae, 144. Uromyces Spermacoces, 220. Diodia Virginiana Cercoispora Diodiievirgin ian e, Ustilago sparsa, 208. Leptosph eria orthogramma, 191 E rysiplic (sp.) . Cicinnobolus Cesatii, 163. Euclilaena luxarians Ustilago Euchlcena, 207. Eupatorluin purpureum Eiipatoriuui sp. Heptameria Aecidium Coinpositaru m, 208.. Aecidium compositarum, 208. mes'oedema, Eupatorium Verbenaefoliui Euplhorbia untants 189.' 144. Dio,4pyr's Virginiana Cercospora Diospyri, 145. M\acrophomia Diospyri, 165. Diplopappus sp. Phoma mnaculifera, 166. Aecidium Euphorbia,. 260. ;\iicrosphaera Euphorbia, 178. Scolecotrichum Euphorbiae, 15&. Uromyces Euphorbiae, 219. Eutypella sp Nectria. episphaeria, 185. Dirca palustris Exidia g landulosa H ypoea citrina, 184. Fagiis Americana D)iatripe virescens, 188. Dichaena faginca. 196. Discosia artocreas, 173. Favolus alveolarsius, 237. Hypocrea polyporoidea, 184. M icrosphaera erineophila, 178. Phyllactinia suffulta, 179.. Scorias spongiosa, 183. Dolichos Sineiisis Amerosporium ceconomi Aecidium hydnoideum, 209. C U mn, 175. Cercospora cruenta, 144. Macrosporium leguminum, 155. Periconia pycuospora, Physalospora phlyctanoides, 192 156. Faleata Colliosa Synchytrium decipiens, 135. ilanielis Virginiana Podosphaera biuncinata, 180. Ficus carica Cercospora Bolleana, 143. Cladosporium herbarum, 153. Trichothecium roseum, 140. Ti~bercularia Ailanthi, 159. Uredo Fici, 218. ilelianithus augustifolius Puccinia Tanaceti, 217. Helianthus annuus ileliantlius tuberosus Erysiphe cichoracearum, 176. Puccinia Tanaceti, 217. Fimbristylis Autuminalis Cintractia axicola, 207. Fragaria sp. (cult.) Sphaerella Fraxinus sp. Fragariae, 193. Fuirena squarrosa Pan us dealbatus, 263. Piggotia Fraxini, 174. Sphaeronema spina, 171. Puccinia Fuirenae, 214. pilosa Puccinia Tanaceti, 217. Ilelianilus sp. Aecidium compositarum, 209. Coleosporinin Sonchi-arvensis, 212 Puccinia Tanaceti, 217. Hibiscus Mosceuetos Aecidium hibisciatuin, 209. ilicoria alba Hicoria glabra Hicoria ovata Discosia rugulosa, 173. Microstrorna Juglandis, 138. Microstrorna Juglandis, 139. Fuireia sp. Puccinia Fuirenae, 214. Galactia Cercospora flageilifera, 145. Gal juin pilosiiiiipinetulosuin Cercospora Gal , 146. Hicoria sp. Crepidoturs applanatus, 258. Discosia rugu losa, 173. Glonium parvulum, 197. I{irneola Auricula-Judie, 220. Microsphaera Alni, 177. Phialea fructigena, 204. Polyporus adustus, 239. Tremella sp., 221. Helminthosporium Gayllissacia frouidosa Exobasidium Vaccinii, 227. Gelsemituii sempervirens Nectria rubicarpa, 186.Geraanium Carolitianum Plasmopara Geranii, 137. Gladiolus sp. Phorna elongata, 165. Septoria Alabamensis, 169. Leptostroma hypophyllum, 174. Melasmia Gleditschiae, 174. Mlierosphaera Ravenelji, 179. Polyporus connatus, 240. Hysteriographiu r Mori, 198. Glechoina Iledeu'acea ilomalocenchirus Virginicus Hordeuiu vulgare Houstonia patens5 Hydrangea -sp. Leersiee, 154. Gleditseliia triacanthos Puccinia graininis, 214. Aeciditn Oldenlandianum, 209. P-eronospora Seymourii, 137. Gleditselhia sp. Giiaphaliuui purpureum Hydrocolyle umbellata Cercospora Cercospora Hydrangeae, 146. Puccinia Hydrocotyles, 215. (cult.) Aecidiurn Gnaphaliatum. 209. Plasmopa'a -Halstedii, 137. Puccinia inivestita. 215. Entyloma. compositardin, 207. Cercospora gossypina, 146. Colletotrichum Gossypii. 160. Fusarium vasinfectum, 158. Gibberella pulicaris. 184 Macrosporiuni nigricantiurn, Hydrocotyles, 146. ilypericuminnutilumn Gossypium herbaceum ilypericum Virgiiiicuin Hypericum sp. Colletotrichurn cladosporioides 150.. Uromyces Hyperici, 219. Uromyces Hyperici, 219. Aecidium hypericorum, 209. 155. ilyptis radiata les decid na Ilex mollis Microspheera Alni, 177. Asterina spurca, 181. Fusari um helotioides, 157. Rainulania areola, 139 Rhinotrichum macrosporum, 140. Rhinotrichum ten ellum, 140. Sphaerella gossypina, 193. vi Ilex opaea Asterina pelliculosa, 181. Discosia minima, 173. Pilacre Petersil, 222. Polyporus dibaphus, 241. Polyporus ilicincola, 243. Rhytisma CJurtisii, 199. Sporonema Ilicis, 172. pri ioides Cenangella Ravenelii, 200. Ilex verticellata Hypoxyion calostroma, 189. Ilex sp. Corticiurn cremoricolor, 224. Discosia artocreas, 173. Discosia minima, 173. Dothiora asterinospora, 199. Jun1iperuls Virginiamia Gymnosporangium clavipes,212. Gymnosporangium globosum, 212. Gymnosporangiurn macropus, 212. Glymnosporangium nidus-avis, 212. Gymnosporangium sp, 212. Ilex Kneiffiella Stereum aspera, 236. 230. Kneiffilla candidissimna, 236. Juniperus sp. Cocomyces Juniperi, ?. 198. (Jorticium deglubens, 224. Lophodermiurn Petersii, 198. Polyporus carneus, 240. Pestalozzia annulata. 161. Streptothrix atra, 156. Phacidiumielegantissimurn, 199. Jussiaea decurreus Illicium Floridaitmm Cercospora Jussiaee, 147. Lembosia illicicola, 198. Colletotrichumn Jussiae , 160. Impatiens aurea (pallida) Jussiaea leptocarpa Aecidium Impatientis, 209. Cercospora Jussievie, 147. Plasmopara obducens, 137. Septorin. Jussiaeae, 170. Impatiens biflora (fulva) Kalmia latifolia Puccinia argentata, 214. Sphaerella colorata, 193. Ipomoea Batatas Koellia sp. Albugo Ipomoeae-panduranae, Puccinia menthae, 215. 136 Lactarius sp. 1Phyl osticta Batatae, [67. Hypomyces lactifluorum, 185. Ipomnoea pandui'ata Nyctalis asterophora, 262. Albugo Ipomoeae-panduranae, Lactuca Canadensis 136. Phyllosticta Lactucae, 167. Coleosporium Ipomoeae, 211. Lactucea sp. Ipomoea purpurea Diplodia herbarum, Albugo Ipomoeae--panduranae, Sphearotheca Castagnei, 180. 136. Lagenaria vulgaris Cer~ospora Alabamensis, 14'1. Cereospora Curcurbitae, 144. (Coleosporium Ipomcear, 211. Lami nin amplexicaule Ipomoea tamnifolia Peronospora Lamii, 137. Ipomoeae-panduranae, Jaurus sp. 136. Cenangiumn magnoliae, 201. Ipomoea, sp. Leersia see 11omaloeichrust Lettouzia perfoliata Coleosporium Ipomoeae, 211. Iris sp.. Septoria Speculariae, 171. Macrosporium Jridis, 155. Lepidim m irginicurn Albugo candid us, 36. Jatropha stimulosa Peronospora parasitica, 137. Cercospora Jatrophm, 146. JulTans einerea Lespedeza liirta Melanconium oblongurn, 161. IUromyces Lespedezae, 219:. Juglaus regia Lespedeza procuinbens Tubercularia Ailanthi, 159. Urornyces Lespedez~c, 219. Juglams sp. Lespedeza repenis Polyporus aneirinus, 239. Uromyces Lespedeze ,.219. JunIcuIs sp. Lespedeza striata Urouiyces Junci, Microsphaera diffusa, 178. nivosum, 164. Albugo 219, vii Lespedeza Stuvel Uromyces Lespedezme, 219 Lespedeza Virginica Uromyces Lespedezee, 219. Lespedeza sp. Aecidium leucostictum, 209. Phyllachora Lespedeza3, 196. Uromyces Lespedeze, 219. Liatris gramini folia Coleosporium Sonchi-arvensis, 212. Liquidanibar styraciflia Calonectria polythalama; 183. Daldinia concentrica, 187. Daldinia vernicosa, 187. Diatrype tremellophora, 187. Dothiorella macrospor a, 164. Hypoxylon annulatum, 189. INum mul aria clypeus, 192. Phyllosticta glauca, 167. Magnolia sp. Botrytis curta, 138. Erinella sp, 202. Meibomia mollis Cercospora Desmodii, 144. Macrosporium Ravenelii, 155. Cercospora Liquidambaris, 147. (Corticium evolvens, 225. Corticium leve, 225. Corticium miniatum, 225. Corticiurn siparium, 226. Endothia gyrosa, 188. Exidia glandulosa, 221. Gloniumn1ii n e a r e augustissimum, Hypoxylon Meibomia paniculata Uromyces Hedysari-paniculati, 219. Mleiboinia rotndifolia Urom yces Hedysari-paniculati, 219. Meibomia sp. Aecidium Orobi, 209. 197'. perforatum, 190. Cercospora Desmnodii, 144. Microsphaera diffusa, 177. Parodiella perisporioides, 182. Phyllosticta Desinodii, 167. Uromyces Hedysari-paniculati, 219. Lenzites Klotschii, 238. Pseudohelotium sacchariferum, 205. LiriodIendron tulipifera Belonidium Aurelia, 200. Melia Azedaracli Botriosphaeria fuliginosa, 186. Cercospora leucosticta, 147. Eutypella stellulata, 189. Fusarium sarcochroum, 158. Melogramma Meliae, 191. PhyllostictaA zedarachis, 117. Polyporus Melire, 244. Tryblidiella rufula microspora, 198. Trubercularia Ailanthi, 159. Cercospora Liriodendri, 147. Erysiphe Liriodendri, 117. Glonium parvulum, 197. Hypoxylon insid ens, 190 Hypoxylon investiens, 190. Lecanidion atratum, 202. Phiebia radiata, 237. Phyllactinia suffulta, 129. Phyllosticta circumventa, 167. Polypornus hemileucus, 243. iRamularia Liriodendri, 140. Rosellinia aquila, 193. Tremella dependens, 221. Melilotus alba Microspluera Grossulariae Cicinnobolus Cesatii, 163. Micanla scandens Puccinia Spegazzinii, 216. Cercospora Davisii, 144. Lobelia ainoena Cercospora effusa, 145. Lobelia sp. Ludwig'ia alteriiifolia Lychnis Flos -cuculi Leptothyrium Lychnidis, 174. Cercospora Lobeliae, 147. Cercospora Ludwighe, 147. MIodiola inultifida Cercospora althaeina 141. modiokae, Morns rubra Massaria epileuca, 191. Uncinula geniculata, 180. Mores sp. Cercospora moricola, 148. Gloniopsis praedungum, 196. Tubercuaria vulgaris? 159. Lycopersicum eseulentum Cladosporium fulvurn, 153. Lycopus Virginicus Aecidiumm Lycupi, 209. Maclura. See Toxylon. Magnolia Virginica Antennaria semiovata, 182. Asterina Muhienbergia diffusa Phyllachora gramiais, 195. comata, 181. 14 vii' Myrica ceerifera Meliola mnanca, 182. Neriurn Oleander See Nyssa sylvatica Passiflora ineai'nata Cercospora fuscovirens, 146. Cercospora truncatella, 152. Capeodium sp., 182. Castalia. Nympinea. Leptothyrium dryinum, 174. Glenospora Curtisli, 153. Peltandra sagitthe folia Penstemon pubeseens IPersea paliistris C3ercospora pachyspora, 148. Aeciditim Penstemonis, 209. Cercospora Penstemonis, 148. Cercospora purpurea, 149. Meliola Martiniana, 182. Oenothei'a laeiiiiata Aecidium Epilobii, 209. Peronospora Arthuri, 137. Septoria Oenotherie, 170. Synchytrium fulgens, 135. Onagra hientils (Genothbera) Erysiphe communis, 177. Septoria Oenotherre, 170. Osmanthius Americana (Olea) Meliola aruphi trich a, 182. Peziza lpsamuiol)Iila Chromosporium fulvum, 138. Phaseolus vulgaris Cercospora canescens, 143. Lindemuthi Colletotrichurn anum, 160. Uromyces appendiculatus, 219. Phaseolus sp. Uromyces appendiculatus, 219. Ostrya Virgiiia Corticium dimin uens, 224. Cortiumn Oakesii, 226. Diatrype platy stomla, 187. Hypoxylon fusc-m, 190. Taphria Phlox Floridaiia Pilox sp. Cercospora omaphakodes, 148. Erysiphe cichoracearum, 177. Phytolacca decandea 145. Cercospora Phyllosticta Phyitolaccc. 168. Phlyct ena vagabunda, 165. Pingsecehinata (mitis) Lophlodevmium 1Pinastri, i198. Peridermium cerebrumi, 213. Pinas palustris Peridermium orientale, 213. Pinits Taeda Peridermium cerebrum, 213. Peridermium orientale, 213. Viiuinua (mops) Pins Peridermium cerebrum, 213. Pingus sp. Agyricin brunneolum, 200. Arrhytidia flava, 222. Arrhytidia fulva, 222. Aulographum pinorum, 196. Corticium calceum, 223. Corticium chrysocreas, 224. Dacryomyces chrysocomus, 222. Dacryomyces deliquescens, 222. Dacryomyces stillatus, 222. Dasyscypha lachnoderma, 202. Flammula Underwoodii, 258. Fusarium miniatum., 158. Guepinia Spathularia, 223. Hemiarcyria serpula, 134. Hysterium macrosporum, 197. Inocybe vatricosa, 260. Isaria radiata, 156. Virginica, 176. lilotollhill Panicum ciliatifolisim Phyllachora granmin is, 195. Paniuieii fiagellaris, Cercospora fusimaculans, 146. Phyllachora graminis, 195. :Paniuiii maximlum Puccinia em ace lata, 214. Panicum Porterniium Phyllachora gramninis, 196. Panicum sangufiamle Piricularia grisea, 139. Septoria gramin um, 170. listilago Rabenhorstiana, 207. Panicuim -vijjgo.at4lj Puccin ia emaculata, 214. Yerrnicularia affinis, 172. Paniuieii sp. Phoma campylospora, 165. Phyllachora graminis, 196. Piricularia grisea, 139. iPai'tlieiioeissus quiiuquefolia Laestadia Bidw~elli, 191. Plasmopara viticola, 138. Paspahim heve Ltyriogenospora Paspali, 185. Phyllachora gr. minis, 196. Paspalum pIatyeaule Cerebella Paspali, 207. Paspaln setaceum Phyllachora graminis, 196. Paspalum undulaturn Piricularia grisea, 139. Paspalum sp. Piricularia grisea, 139. ix Lentinus lepideus, 260. Lenzites rhabarbarina, 238. Lenzites sepiaria, 238. Merulius Serpens, 239. Peridermium orientale, 213. Phoma nucromegala, 16. Polyporus abietinus, 239. Polyporus chrysoloma, 240. Polyporus vericolor, 247. Tremellodon IProserpiniaca sp. .Zcidium Prunella vulg'aris Pros erpinacce, 210. Septoria Brunelke, 160. Primuis Americana Podosphcera Oxyacauthae, 180. Puccinia Proui-spinos e, 215. Prtintis angunstif'oliu~s Exoascus mirabilis. 175. Exoascus Pruni, 175. Plowrightia morbosa, 193. Polyporus supin us, 247. P'irus augustifolia Pirns commuinis gelatinosurn, 222. Roestelia pirata, 218. Diplodia inaura, 164. Priuis aviunn Cercospora ceracella, 143. Pirus coronsaria Roestelia pirata, 218. Primus Caroluian a Pinis maies Cercospora mali, 148. Giceosporium fructigenum, 161. Phyllosticta pirina, 168. Podosphcra oxyacanthce, 180. IRoestelia pirata, 218. Prunus Phyllachora Beaumontii, 195. cerasus (cherry) Podosphe r-t Oxyacan th e, 180. Prunus domestica Plowrightia morbosa, 193. iPrunus serotina Cylindrosporium Padi, 161. Exoascus Farlowii, 175. Exoascus Pruni, 175. Exoascus varius, 176. Glonium macrosporuin, 197. Phyllosticta serotina, 168. Pl~owrightia mnorbosa, 193. Polyporus plebeius, 245. Puccinia Pruni-spinosre, 215. iPisum sativumi Plantago aristata Erysiphe communis, 177. Peronspora Plantaginis, 137. Plantago yVirginiea Platanus ocidentalis Platanus sp. IEcidiuin Plantaginis, 210. .Microsphcera Alni, 177. Eutypella Platani, 188. Sphaerostilbe gracilipes, 186. Podophyiltum p1eltatutl Phyllosticta Podophylli, 168. Puccinia Podophylli, 218. Prunus triflora Exoascus rhizipes, 175. Plowrightia morbosa, 193. Prunus umbellata Prunus sp. (cult. plum) Prunus sp. Plowrightia morbosa, 193. Cylindrosporium Padi, 161. Polyporus cinnabarinus, 240. Puccinia Pruni-spinosce 215. Septoria cerasina, 169. Polygoinm hydropiper Polygonuim Peiinsylvanicuai PucciniaPolygon i-amphibii, 215. Ustilago utriculosa, 208. Polygonum punetatum Polygonum sagittatuim Cercospora tati, 142. Cercospora avicularis, 142. avicularis saggit- Ptelea sp. -,Eidium Ptelee, 210 Polygonum scandens Cercospora polygonacea, 149. Polyg'nuin setaceuim IUromyces Polygoni, 220. Puccinia Pru1ni-sIpinos e IDarluca filum, 164. Quecus alba Polygonum sp. Puccinia Polygoni -- amphibii, 215. Polyporus sp. M~onilia megalosporum, 139. Qunercius aquatica, see Q. nigra Qunercus brevifolia (einerea) Taphria cerulescens, 176. Qunercus coecinca Bulgaria inquinans, 200. Qunercus falcata Taphria ecerulescens, 176. Fistulina pallida, 252. Hypoxylon Petersii, 190. Psilopezia fiavida, 206. Sphcerotheca lanestris, 180. Uredo Quercus, 219. Populus grandidentata Melampsora populina, 213. Populus utonilifera Melampsora populina, 213. Qutercus lancifolia Rhytisma tostum, 199. Qunercus iilaryiaiidiea (nigra) Phyllactinia suffulta, 179. Quercus minor (stellata) Quercus nigra Uredo Quercus, Taphria cerulescens, 176. Phyllactinia suff ulta, 179. 219. Queceus obtusiloba Taphria coerulescens, Querius LPhellos Glonium chlorinum, 197. Hypoderma ilicinum, 197, Hypoxyon marginatum, 190. Microcera coccophila, 159. Microsphcera quercina, 178. Phyllactinia suffulta, 179~. Taphra coerulescens, 176. Trabutia quercina, 194. Uredo Quercus, 219. 176. Merulius porinoidles, Microspliaera quercina, 178. Naematelia eucephala, 221. Nummularia clypeus, 192. Nummularia punctulata, 192. Odontia lateritia, 236. Ombrophila decolorans, 202. Pestalozzia flagellata, 162. Phoma glandicola, 166. Polyporus Ourtisii, 241. Septonema spilomeum, 156. Solenia villosa, 247. Stereumn candidurn, 230. Stereum frustuoslurn, 230. Ulocolla foliacea? 222. Uredo Quercus, 219. Rhexia mnarianla Rhlexia Virgitilca Rhus copallinia Cercospora erythrogena, 145. Cercospora erythrogena, 145. Cercospora rhuina, 149. Rhus glabr'a Cercospora rhuina, 149. Querctus rubra Microsphcera quercina, 178. Phyllactinia suffulta, 179. Septoria neglecta, 170.. Taphria coerulescens, 176. Rims toxicodeiidroni Rhus Vernix Polyporus obtusus, 244. Taphria coerulescens, 176. Quercus sp. Angelina rufescens, 196. Anthostoma atropunctata, 186. Ceratostoma piliferum, 187. Chiorosplinium versiforme, 202. rugulosum, Clathroptychium 133. Coccomyces triangularis, 198. Corticium CJercospora rhuina, 150. Uromyces Terebinthi, 220. Cercospor'a rhuina, 150. R~hus sp. Cytospora grandis, 164. Triblydiella rufula, 198. Risynehospora glomnerata ichardia Africania Cercospora crinospora, 144. Uromyces Rhyncosporce, 220. Cercospora richardicecola, 150. Polyporus rimosus, 246. Rosa sp. Daedalea ambigua, 237. Diaporthe dichcenoides, 187. Dichaena sp., 196. Eutypa spinosa, 188. Exidia glandulosa, 221. Fistulina spathulata, 252. Hydnum cirratum, 233. Hydnurn erinaceus, 234. Hydnuni keticolor, 234. Hymenochaete setosa, 230. Hypoderma dryinum, 225. Robinia pseudacacia Actinonema Rose, 163. Rosa sp Coryneum microstictum, 160. Macrosporium Cheiranthi, 155. Spaerotheca pannosa, 180. Uredo miniata, 218. (cult.) ilicinum, 197. Rubus cuneifolius Cercospora Rubi, 150. Phragmidium Rubi-Idaei, 213. Hypoxylon ann ulatum, 189. Hypoxylon marginatum, 190. Hypoxylon perforatum, 190. Hypoxylon Rubus trivialis Caeoma nitens, 211. Septoria Rubi rutilum, 191. vulvatum, Hysterographiurn 198. Hysterium Prostii, 197. Irpex coriaceus, 236. Irpex Rubus villosus alba, 170. fuscescens, 236. Caeoma nitens, 211: Chrysomyxa albida, 211. Glonium macrosporum, 197. Meliola manca, 182. Lentinus Underwoodli, 260. xi Etibus sp. Caeomna nitens, 211. Chrysomyxa albida, 211. Myxormia atroviridis, 131. Septoria Rubi, 170. Ruellia ciliosa Cercospora consociata, 144. Rumex sp. Ovularia obliqua, 139. Sabal Adansoni Graphiola congesta, 207. Sabal sp Clypeospeeeria sabaligera,.187. Meliola palmicola, 182. Sphaeria palmarum, 194. Saceharum offiiiarum Coniosporium Arundinis, 153. Sagittaria latifolia Cercospora Sagittariae, 150. Salix fragilis Melampsora farinosa, 213. Salix nigra Melainpsora farinosa, 213. Salix sp. Daedalea confragosa, 237. Melampsora farinosa, 213. Xylaria corniformis, 194. Xylaria fulvella, 194. Sanihucus Canadensis Aecidium Sambuci, 210. Cercospora depmzeoides, 144. Helminthosporium interseminatum, 154. Heterosporium Samnbuci, 154. Microspacra Grossularie, 178. Septoria sambucina, 171. Sanicula sp. Aecidium Sanicukae, 211. Entyloma Sanicuke, 207. Puccinia Saniculee, 216. Synchytrium pluriannulatum, 135Sassafras Corticium ochroleucumi erimosum, 226. Scieroderris concinnia, 199. Saururus cernuus Cercospora Saururi, 150. Scirpus cyperinus eriopliorum Puccinia angustata, 214. Sida spinosa Puccinia heterospora, 214. Sieglingia seslerloides Puccinia emnaculata, 214. Puccinia gram mis, 214. Siiphiuin Asteriseus Puccinia Silphii, 216. Silpliiuuii compositurn Cercospora Silphii, 151. Silpiinnlaevigatuir Puccinia Siliphii, 216. Silpliuui sp. Aecidium compositarum, 209. Sitilias Caroliniana Puccinia Hieracii, 214. Sinlaciiia. See Vagniera Smilax glauca Cercospora Petersii, 149. Smilax sp. Anthostomella eliminata, 186. Cercospora iDidymospheeria polysticta, 188 Fusarium marginaturn. Gloniopsis Smilacis, 196. Hypoxylon smilacina? 151. Physalospora disrupta, 192. Puccinia Smilacis, 216. Solanum Carolinense Erysiphe cichoracearum, 177. Cercospora atromarginalis, 142. Cercospora rigospora, 150. Solanum tuberosumn Cercospora solanicola, 151. Fusarium Solani, 158. Solidago altissima Coleosporium Sonchi-arvensis, 212. Solidago eaesia Coleosporium. Sonchi-arvensis, 212 Solidago Canadensis .Ecidium Asterum, 208. iRhytisma Solidaginis, 199. Solidago serotina Septoria Virgaurere, 171. Solidago sp . }Ecidium Asterum, 208. Coleosporium Sonchi-arvensis, 212. Helminthosporium interseminatum, 154. Ramularia Yirgauree, 140. Sonchus oleraceus Septoria sonchina, 171. perforatum, 190. Secale cereale Puccinia Puccinia Septoria Senebiera Albugo candidus, 156. granhinis, 214. rubigo-vera, 216. Secalis, 171. sp . Pyrenopeziza atrata, 205. Setaria. See Chaetocloa X13 Sorghum cernutini Puccinia Sorghi, 216. Sorghlumi hialapeiise (Jercospora Sorghi, 151. Helminthosporium turcicum, 154. Puccinia Tsuga sp. Polyporus lucidus. 244. Typhta Jatifolia Sciri'hia Groveana, 196. Ulimus alata Ulmus Sorghum sp. purpurea, Phyllactinia snifulta, 129. 216. Americana Ustilago Sorghi, 208. Specanlaria. See Legonzia Spermacoces glabra Puccinia lateritia. 215. Puccinia Sp ermacoces, 216. Sp~orobolus asper Cercospora spriata,150. Sporobolurs Cylindrosporium ulrnicolum,161. Hydinum parasitans, 235. Phylactinia suffulta, 179. Uncinula macrospora, 180. Ulmuts Phyllachora Ulmi,; 196. Uredo (sp ) Darluca Sp. Helaninthosporium Ravenelii, 151. Stylisma. See Breweria. Syinpiocos sp. Hymenochaete epiehiora, 229. Septoria stigma, 171. Imiis Vaccimi urnarboren Phyllosticta Vaccinii, 199. Vacciuuiuinsp filum, 164. Syringa vulgaris Tecona radicans Teplurosia. Microsph~era Alni, 177. Cercospora sordida, 151. Microsphera Alni, 177. Exobasidiu m Vaccinii, 227. Hymenochaete epichiora, 229. Microsph era Yaccinii, 179. Vagimera racemosa Phyllosticta cruenta? 167 Verbascum uBlattaria Septoria verbascicola, 171. Verbena uticif'olia Erysiphe cichoracearurn, 177. Tilia Americana Naeiiatelia nmuleata, 221. See Cracca. Verbena (cult.) Cercospora papillosa, 148. Tilia sp Hydnum septentrionale, 235. Merulius haedinus, 238. Pestalozzia stictita, 162. Phlebia zonata, 237. Sphaeropsis Maclurae, 172. Verbesiiia oceidentalis Aecidium Verbesinae, 211. Vernonia Noveboracemisis Cercospora Yernoniae? 152. Vernoimia sp Toxylon pomiferiir Viburnmum Tragopogon porripolius Albugo Tragopogonis, 137. Trernella sp. Sphronema epigloeurn, 171. CJolesporium Vernonice, 212. sp.. Helminthosporium Beaumontii, 154. Hypoxylon subehionium, 191. Puccinia graminis, 214. Vilfa aspera Viola blanda Viola obliqa Viola odorata Puccinia Violre, 217. Marine-Wilsoni, 209. Trifolium Carolinianum Uromyces Medicaginis-falcatmc, 220. Trifolium pratense Urornyces Trifol ii, 220. Aecidium Trifolium rellexum Polythirincium Trifol ii, 156. Trifolium sp. Uromyces Trifolii, 220. 'Viola Viola Cercospora Viohe, 153. pedata Aecidium Petersii, 210. Septoria Viohae, 171. Tripsacuin dactyloides Puccinia polysora, 215. Viola primulaefolia Viola tenella Triticum vulgare Puccinia graminis, 214. Ustilago Tritici, 208. Tropunoluim sp. Peronospora rillosa Viokae, 137. Cercospora Tropreoli, 152. (cult.) Cercospora Violrc, 153. Viola Aecidium Petersii, 210. Sp. X111 Puccinia Viokl, 217. The lephora sebacea 233. Cortiicim viticolurn, 227. Chaatosphreria pannicola, 187. Exidia truncata, 221. Fusarium miniaturn, 158. Gloniuni macrosporum, 197. Hysterographium vuiva urn, 198. Laestadia Bidwellii, 190. Phorna uvicola, 166. Phyllosticla viticola, 168. Plasmopara viticola, 138. iRosellinia pulveracea, 193. Ulocolla foliacea? 222. Polyporus viticola, 247. Uncinula necator, 180. Melamnpsora 6colopendri, 213. This Aestivalis Vitis rotinidifolia Xantliiin Canadense Erysiphe cichoracearunn, 177. Puccinia Xanthi, 2t7. Xantiutin strumariin Puccinia Xanthi. 217. Xaiitliinisp. Septoria Xanthi, 171. Puecinia Xanthi, 217. Xolismla ligristriiia Exobasidiurn Andrrnedre, 227. Microsphrcra Vaccinii. iRhytisrna decolorans, 199. Thecopsora Vaccinorurn, 218. Vitis vinifera L estadia B~idwellii, 191. Yucca lllamntosa Coniothyriurn 163 Phornatospora 192. concentricurn, argyrostigma, VThis sp. Cercospora viticola, 153. Chretospha ria pan nicola, 187. Corticiurn Armeniacurn, 223. Corticiurn crocicreas. 224. Gloeosporiurn fructigen urn, 161. Glolnielia Curtisli, 196. Hypoxylon perforatum, 190. Laestadia Bidwellii, 191. Marasmnius viticola, 292 Pleurotus applicatus, 264. Nectria viticola, 186. Nummiularia clypeus. 192. Vuteco sp. Plasmopara viticola, 138. Polyporus barba~eforrnis, 240. coucentricurn, Coniothyriumn 163. Zea Mays Cladosporiuin herbarurn, 153. Diplodia macrospora, 164. Diplodia mnaydis, 164. 1-erisporiarn Zeec, 182. Puccinia rnaydis, 215. IUstilago Zec, 208 Zinnia multillora Cercospora Zinni e, 153. INDEX TO GENERA. Acetabula, 200. Actinonema, 163. Aecidium, 208. Agaric us, 253. Agyrium, 200. Albugo, 136. Amanita, 253. Amanitopsis, 255. Amerosporium, 175. Angelina, 196. Antennara, 182. Anthostoma. 186. Anthostomella, 186. Apiospora, 186. Aposphaeria, 163. Arcyria, 133. Armillaria, 255. Arrhytidia, 222. Ascobolus, 200 Asterina, 181. Astreus, 266. Aulographiui, .196. Badhamia, 133. Barlaea, 200. Belonidiurn, 200. Belonium, 200. Boletinus, 248. BIoletus, 248. Botriodiplodia, 163. Botriosphlncria, 186. Cercospora, 141. Cercosporefla, 138. Cerebella, 207. Chaetosphaeria, 187. Chlorosplenium, 202. Chromosporium, 138. Chrysomyxa, 211. Cicinnobolus Cintractia, 207. Cladosporium, 153. Cladotrichum 153. Clathroptychium, 133. Clathrus, 265. Claudopus, 256. Clavaria, 228. Claviceps, 183. 'litocybe, 256. Clypeosperia, 187. 163. Coccomyces, 198. Coleosporium, 211. Coletotrichum, 160. Collybia, 257. Comatricha, 133. Coniosporiuam, 153. Coniophora, 223. Coniothyrium, 163. Coprinus, 258 Botrytis 138. Bovista, 266 Bovistella 266 Bulgaria, 200. Caeoma, 211. Caldesiella, 233. Calonectria, 183. Calonema, 133. Calostoma, 266. Calvatia, 266. Cantharellus, 256. Capnodium, 181. Caryospora, 186. Catastoma, 266. Cenangella, 200. Cenangium, 201. Ceratiomyxa, 133. Ceratostoma, 187. Cordyceps, 183. Corn ularia, 163. Corticium, 223. Cortinarius, 258. Coryneurn, 160. Craterellus, 228. Crepidotus, 258. Cribraria, 134. Crucibulum, 267. Cylindrorosporium, 160. Cyphella, 229 Cytospora 164. Dacryomyces, 222. Daedalea, 237. Daldinea, 187. Darluca, 164. Dasyscypha, 202. Deconica, 258. Diaporthe, 187. iDiatrype, 187. Diatrypella, 188. xv Dichaena, 196. 'Dictydium, 134. Dictyophora,'265. Didymium, 134. Didymosphaeria, 188. Diplodia, 164. Discosia, 173. Dothicloe, 183. Dothiora, 199. Dothiorella, 164. Echinodothis, 184. Empusa, 136. Endothia, 188. Enteridion, 134. Entornosporium, 174. Entyloma, 207. Erinella, 202. Erysiphe, 176. Eutypa, 188. Eutypella, 188. Exidia, 221. Exoascus, 175. Exobasidium, 227. Favolus, 237. Fistulina, 252. Flammula, 258. Fracchiaea, 189 Frankia, 133. Fuligo, 134. Fusarium, 157. Fusicladium, 153. Galera, 259. Geaster, 266. Geoglossum, 206. Gibberella, 184. Glenospora, 153. Gloeoporus, 237, Gloeosporium, 160. Gloniella, 196. Gloniopsis, 196. Glonium, 197. Gomphidius, 259. Graphiola, 207. Guepinia, 222. Gymnosporangium, 212. Hymrnocheete, 229. Hypholoma, 259. Hypochnus, 228. Hypocrea, 184. Hypocrella, 184. Hy'pornyces, 185. Hypoxylon, 189 Hysterographium, 198. Hysteriuim, 197. Illosporium, 159. Inocybe, 260. Irpex, 236. Isaria, 156. Isariopsis, 157. Kneiffiella, 236. Lachnella, 202. Lactarius, .260. Lestadia, 191. Lanzia, 203. Lasiospheria. 191. Lecanidion, 203. Lembosia, 198. Lentinus, 260. Lenzites, 238. Lepiota, 261. Leptoglossurn, 206. Leptosphaeria, 191. Leptostroma, 174. Leptostromella, 174. Lophodermium, 198. Lycogala, 134. Lycoperdon, 267. Macrophoma, 165. Macropodia, 203. Macrosporium, 155. Marasmius, 262. Massaria, 191. Melampsora, 213. Melanconium, 161. Melasmiia, 174. MVIeliola, 182. Melogramma, 191. Merulius, 238. Metasphaeria, 191. Microsera, 159. Microsphrera, 177. Microstroma, 138. Mitrula, 206. Monilia, 139. Morchella, 207. Mucor, 136. Mycena, 262. Myriogenospora, 185. Myrothecium, 159. Myxormia, 161. Lachnea, 202. Leptothyrium, 174. Helicosporium, 154. Heliomyces, 259. Helminthosporium, 154. H emiarcyria, 134. Hendersonia, 165. Heptameria, 189. Herpotricha, 189. Heterosporium, 154. Hirneola, 220. Humaria, 202. Hydn um, 233. Hygrophorus, 259.. xvi Naernatelia, 221. iNaucoria, 262. Nectria, 185. Niptera, 203. Nummularia, 192. Nyctalis, 262. Odontia, 236. Ohieria, 192. Ombrophila, 203. Omphalia, 263. Ophiobolus, 192. Orbilia, 204. Otidea, 204. Ovularia, 139. Panaeolus, 263. Panus, 263. Parodiella, 182. Patinella, 204. Perichaena, 134. Periconia, 156. Peridermium, 213. Perisporium, 182. Peronospora, 137. Pestalozzia, 161. Pezicula, 204. Peziza, 204. Pezizella, 205. Phacidlium, 199. Phallus, 265. Phialea, 205. Phiebia, 237. Phlyctaena, 165. Pholiota, 263. Phoma, 165. Phomatospora, 192. Phragmidium, 213. Phyllachora, 105.Phyllactinia, 179. Phyllosticta, 167. Physalospora, 192. Physarum, 134. Piggotia, 174. Pilacre, 222. Piricularia, 139. Plasmopara, 137. Pleospora, 193. Psilocybe. 264. Psilopezia, 206. Puccinia, 213. Pyrenopeziza, 205. Radulurn, 237. Ilarularia, 139. Ravenelia, 217. Reticularia, 135. iRhabdospora, 169. iRhi notrich ur, 140. IRhizina, 206. IRhizopogon, 268. Rhytisrna, 199. Roestelia, 918. iRosellinia, 193. Russula, 264. Sarcosypha, 205. Schizophyllum, 265. Scirrhia, 196. Sclerodermna, 268. Scieroderris, 199. Scolecotrichiumi, 156. Scorias, 183. Sepedonium, 140. Septonema, 156. Septori a. 169. Solenia, 247. Sorosporium, 207. Spaarrassis, 228. Spegazzinia, 159. Sphaerella, 193. Sphaeria, 193. Spha robolus, 267.. Spharonerna, 171. Sphaeropsis, 172. Spherospora, 205. Sphaerostilbe, 186. Sphrotheca, 180-. 8porodinia, 136 Sporonema, 172. Spumaria, 135. Stagonopsis, 173. Stagonospora, 172. Steganosporium, Stemunitis. 135. Stereurn. 230. 162. Pleurotus, 264 . Plowrightia, 193.' Streptothrix, 156.. Pluteus, 264 Podosphaera, 179. Polyporus, 239.. Polysaccum, 268. Polythrincium, 156 Poronia, 193. Porothelium, 247. Prosthemium, 168. Strobilomyces, '252 . Stropharia, 265. Synchytrium, 135.. Tapesia, 206. Taphria. 176. Thecopsora, 218. Thelephora, 231. Trabutia, 194. Trametes, 248. Tremella, 221. xvii Tremellodon, Trichia, 135. Tricholoma, 265. Triehothecium, 140. Tryblidiella. 198. Tubercularia, 159. 222. Tubulina, 135. Tylostoma, 267. IUiocolla, 222. Uncinula, 180. Uredo, 218. Urnula, Uromyces, 219. IUropyxis. 220. Ustilago, 207. Ustulina, 194. Valsa, 194. Valsaria, 194. Vermicularia, 172. Yolutel] a, 160. Xerotus, 265. Xylaria, 194. Zygodesmus, 156. 206. BULLETIN No. 81. MAY, MY 1897. 87 ALABAMA agricultura1 -Experiment =Station AND OFTEAGRICULTURAL MECHANICAL COLLEGE,AUBURN. ME AT -INSPECTION. C. A. GARY, Veterinarian. MONTGOMERY, ALA.: THE BROWN PRINTING COMPANY, PRINTERS 1897. COMMITTEE OF TRUSTEES ON EXPERIMENT STATION. I. F. CULVER ............................... J. G. GILCHRIST .................................... H. Union Springs. Hope Hull. CLAY ARMSTRONG................................Auburn. STATION COUNCIL. WM. P. H. B. B. J. F. LEROY BROUN.......................................President. MELL...............................................Botanist. Ross................................. ..... Chemist C. A. CARY, D. V. M. .......................... Veterinarian DUGGAR........................................Agriculturist. and Horticulturist. F. S. EARLE...........................Biologist C. F. BAKER........................................Entomologist. ASSISTANTS. J. T. ANDERSON............................. First Assistant Chemist. C. L. HARE ............................... R. G. WILLIAMS .......................... T. U. CULVER............................. Second Assistant Chemist. Third Assistant Chemist. Superintendent of Farm. "The Bulletins of this Station be sent free to any citizen of the State on application to. the Agricultural Experiment Station, Auburn, Alabama. will CO NTENTS, PAGE. Introduction.............................................. Hog Cholera........ ................. ...... ........... Swine Plague ............................................. Tuberculosis of Cattle... ................................... Tuberculosis of Pigs ....................................... Tuberculosis of Birds .......... . .......................... Post-Mortem Appearances of Tuberculosis of Cattle ............ it ." it it t i it " 289 291 298 299 303 304 304 312 314 "Pigs " ............. < Birds ............ Staining Tubercie Bacilli................... ................ Histology of Tuberculous Lesions ........................... Actinomycosis ................... ........ ................ Anthrax.................. ....... .. ............ ....... Texas Fever .............................................. Catarrh of Cattle................................ 315 318 321 320 328 Malignant Miscellaneous Suggestions .................................. 330 332 Putrifying or Decaying Meat................................33 Course or Order of Post-Mortem Examinations................ 334 Animal Parasites of Domestic Animals....................... 337 Cysticercus bovis................................... Cellulosac it it ............................. 337 337 Caenurus cerebralis ................................ Cysticercus tenuicollis .............................. pisiformis............................... 339 340 340 Echinococcus veterinorum "denticulata .......................... .... .... ....... .. 340 Teenia expansa ..................................... .................................. 341 342 Distoma hepaticum ............. Stron gyl us micrurus "imbriata ..................................... Trichina spiralis .......... ........................ Stephanurus dentatus............................... Strongylus commutatis............................. .347 Esophagostoma Columbianum........................ 348 it . ............. 342' 34 .343 346 346 ................ filaria .................................. ovis-pulmonalis ......................... 347 347 paradoxus... .. .. .. .. ... .. .. .. .. .. .. ..... 347 348: 349 350 350 354 Echinorhynchus gigas ....................... ....... Ascaris lumbricoides ................................ Lingulata teenoides................................. Montgomery Meat Inspection Law ............ ............. References............. ..... .............................. MEAT INSPECTION. BY C. A. CARY. INTRODUCTION. Sanitary science has been greatly extended since the advent of the bacterial origin of many diseases. It is now a well established fact that some parasitic diseases are common to man and many of the domestic animals. In some instances a disease may not always manifest the same symptoms or pathological lesions in a man that it does in animals, and the disease, wherever found, may be caused by the same micro-organism. Yet, such a disease is transmissible from animals to man or from man to animals. The common illustrations of such diseases are found in tuberculosis and anthrax. It is now a positive fact that during the past five or six years a sufficient number of cases of anthrax, tuberculosis, swine plague, hog cholera, etc., have been observed in this State to justify a system of thorough and efficient meat inspection in the larger cities and, if practicable, in the smaller cities and towns of the State. There is no occasion for alarming statements; meat inspection only means that one of the numerous ways of transmitting or spreading the cause of disease can and should be checked. It is not only the aim of the meat inspector to cut off one of the ways of transmitting the germs of disease to man' but also to eliminate from the food of man the poisonous chemical compounds, known as ptomaines, leucomaines and organicferments that may be developed in the body of an animal during disease or may be developed in decomposing 290 meat. Many of these chemical compounds are very poisonous and they can not always be destroyed by cooking the. meat as can the germs of disease. For instance, in the disease known as tetanus (lock-jaw) the tetanus bacillus develops, or in some way produces, a chemical substance called tetanin which is a very powerful poison; in fact, it will kill a healthy man or horse in a short time if a comparatively small quantity of it is injected into the circulation. It is in the same way that many other poisonous. chemical compounds are developed in the body of animals during disease. All of these chemical substances do not possess the same degree of poisonous potency; but the power of the poison will vary in almost every case or kind of germ, by which it is produced or with which it is associated. Many animal parasites are common to man and the domestic animals. Trichina spiralis has been found in this State; also the cystic stage of many of the tapeworms, especially of tcenia solium, have been observed in Alabama. It is obvious to any well informed medical man that thorough and efficient meat inspection is a practical means of preventing many diseases in the human family. The writer uses the words "thorough" and "efficient" because there is a tendency on the part of the powers, who appoint inspectors, to appoint political favorites, regardless of their qualifications. That day is passed when a man can be an expert in more than one thing. It is a great mistake to think that a druggist, a carpenter, a horse-trader, a liveryman or a butcher can make an efficient meat inspector without two or more years of specific preparation. A man, through ignorance or a desire for gain, can deceive himself. For example, I have seen butchers, let us hope through ignorance, pass carcasses to the market that were absolutely unfit for human food and in many instances dangerous; and no doubt in some cases produced sickness in the consumers that could not be accounted for by the family physicians;. 291 because they knew not the condition of the meat their patients had eaten. In a prominent city of the United States, the writer found the inspector sitting in a chair watching the animals pass by him. No inspection of the carcass was made at the slaughter. A glance at the animals as they passed to the slaughter is almost equivalent to no inspection. A practical inspection law and honest, competent inspectors always mean thorough and efficient meat inspection. HOG CHOLERA. Synonyms. -Swine Fever (England), Swine Pest(Germany). Sympioms.-In hog cholera, the skin is usually red on the nose, the ears, the abdomen, on the inside of the front limbs, on the inside of the thighs, on the skin of the groins and around the anus. Sometimes red spots may appear on the skin of any region of the body. This redness of the skin varies from a light red tint to a deep bluish red or purple. It may be confined to spots or it may become diffuse and extend over considerable skin surface. It is well to note here that the skin may be covered with red spots or diffuse red patches in some cases of American swine plague (Salmon and Smith), in infectious pneumonia (Schiitz) and in the European swine plague (Laffler, Schitz). In some chronic cases of hog cholera skin eruptions may appear over the head, neck, body and limbs. In such cases the redness of the skin may ba very slightly marked. Diphtheritic ulcers may appear on the tongue, on the inside of the cheeks, on the palate, the gums and the tonsils. These ulcers are covered with grayish-white or yellowishgray scab-like material; in some cases they have a greenish tint. The chronic case may cough from time to time; the respirations may be normal, but they are accelerated and 292 labored in acute cases. The conjunctiva of the eye is red and the eye lids may be stuck together with dried mucus. The temperature in chronic cases may be normal (101' to 1010 Fah. according to Kilborne), but in acute attacks it may be 3 to 5 degrees above the normal. In acute cases the appetite is entirely or partially lost, and the bowels are constipated; in a short time diarrhoea appears and the excrements are liquid and fetid, occasionally mixed with blood. In chronic cases the appetite may remain good; yet the animal may have diarrhoea. The color of the excrement always depends upon the character of the food eaten. In hogs fed corn it is yellow; in those which are fed slops and mixed foods, the excrement is grayish or black. Vomiting is rare in hog cholera; but more common in swine plague. In acute cases some animals become weak, greatly depressed in vigor; lie quietly, huddled together, hide under litter, and toward the end of the disease lose control of the hind limbs. Friedberger and Frohner state that death is preceded by convulsions and Kilborne states that "death ensues quietly. Rarely convulsive kicking is observed." It is well to note that all of the foregoing symptoms are not distinctly marked in each hog but that the symptoms will vary in intensity and some of them may not appear or be overlooked on account of their being slightly marked and of short duration. It is difficult, many times impossible, to make a positive diagnosis with only an ante-mortem examination. The mortality, in hog cholera, is very high; 80 to 90 per cent., of those attacked die (Salmon and Smith). PosT-MORTEM APPEARANCES: In acute cases.-Salmon and Smith suggest that acute cases might be embraced under the general head hemorrhagic type; because the chief morbid changes that occur are hemorrhagic in character. (The hemorrhagic spots or patches that are so common in these cases result from the .93 escape of blood from small blood vessels or capillaries; they vary from a scarlet red to a black red in color. They also vary in size and are spoken of as "blood extravasations," "ecchymoses," "petechiee," "hemorrhagic spots or patches." These changes are most distinct immediately after the death of the animal.) The spleen is usually enlarged, engorged with blood; it may be twice as large and long as the normal spleen. The mucous membrane lining the stomach is very red and sometimes there may be blood on its surface. This red or bloody portion of the mucous lining is usually confined to a large patch in the base or fundus of the stomach. There may be numerous hemorrhagic (bloody) spots or large patches in or beneath the mucous membrane lining the small and large intestines; these spots may be so numerous as to give the lining membrane a dark red color. Occasionally food in the intestines is found encased in sheets of blood clots, a result of hemorrhage on the surface of mucous membrane. Hemorrhagic spots are quite frequently found beneath the external covering or serous coat of the intestines. These blood spots are occasionally found beneath the serous lining of the thorax and abdomen; under the serous membrane (peritoneum) near the kidneys, over the diaphragm (midrif) under the serous membrane (pleura) that lines the walls of the thorax, blood extravasations may occasionally appear, that are nearly one inch in diameter. Sometimes in the kidneys there are extensive hemorrhagic changes. When a kidney is cut into halves, large blood extravasations will appear in the central or medullary portions and small red spots (engorged glomeruli) will be observed in the cortical or outer part of the kidney. In some cases numerous blood spots will be observed under the serous (pleura) coverings of the lungs, and on cutting into the lung tissue small hemorrhagic spots may be seen in all parts of the lungs. In rare cases hemorrhagic changes may involve one or more 394 lobes of the lungs. The subcutaneous connective tissue may be filled with small hemorrhages. These are found mostly in the subcutis over the abdomen but may appear in any part of the surface of the body. Occasionally in the subcutis, around the mammary glands of sows that have suckled pigs, may be seen more or less large, bluish black patches of pigment, a result of the irritation and inflammation induced by the "rooting" of the pigs when sucking. Occasionally small blood collections may be found in the surface muscles and in various tissues of the body. Some authorities suggest that hemorrhages may be found in the brain and spinal cord. However, few records have been made upon the frequency of these lesions in the brain and spinal cord. As a rule the lymphatic glands of the large intestines, of the stomach, of the peritoneum, those in the pelvis, at the root of the lungs and along the posterior part of the aorta in the thorax, and sometimes lymphatic glands in other parts of the body, are more or less filled with extravasated blood. Sometimes the extravasations may be confined to the outer cortex or be infiltrated throughout the entire gland. These glands may have a light red color or be almost black. In chronic cases.-These cases are the ones that are most commonly observed in the slaughter houses and are always more fully described in the literature on hog cholera than acute cases. As a rule, the past-mortem appearances are more definite and distinct in chronic than in acute cases. However, chronic and acute cases may be found in the same herd; and both chronic and acute post-mortem appearances may be found, in some instances, in the same hog. In some chronic cases ulcers may appear in the mouth. They are usually found on the sides of the tongue along about its upper third, in the corners (commissures) of the mouth, on the tonsils and on the inside of the cheeks. These ulcers are usually circular or oval in outline and have 395 a grey, dtr. dead appearance, resembling very closely the diplhtheritic ulcers that are so constant and promilnent in the intestines. In rare cases there are a few (two or three) ulcers found in the stomach. LI the lower or terminal part of the small intestine, its lining mucous membrane presents small circular ulcers, which are produced by a diphtheritic inlanit at ion that destroys the mucous melnlbrane in spots amI the dead ( necrotic 1 parts of the membrane become detached leaving the tepressed reti ulcers. Occasionally, these ulcers mnaY be, more extensive or larger, especially near the end of the ileum. As a rule, these ulcers are formed earlier ani heal more rapitdly than t hose of the large [utestines. The diphitheritic AA j/ $Z; t1~ it ~ I ~ - : kA.A. I 'Mc, A __ ig.. 1. IipIhtIIriti( lcet in large inutestin of hog cholera (after DeItmers). 293 inflammation that produces the death of the mucous membrane is said to be "a diffuse superficial necrosis (death) of the mucous membrane, accompanied by the coagulation of a thin layer of croupous or fibrinous exudate. Sometimes only the superficial parts (the villi propria mucosa, and crypts of 'Lieberkiihn) are destroyed, but in other cases the entire thickness of the mucous membrane is destroyed, and included in the slough." In four days or more after the manifestation of the disease, diphtheritic ulcers appear in the mucous membrane of the large intestine. They are found most commonly in the cecum (blind pouch) the first part of the colon and in the rectum. They vary in size and outline; may be small (onefourth to one-half inch in diameter) or involve large patches; may be circular, oval or irregular in outline. The greater the number and more extensive the outline, the greater the degree of infection and more severe the disease. It seems that the development of these ulcers have never been observed in their early stage. It is propable that they appear as a result of a diffuse diphtheritic inflammation involving spots or patches of the superficial parts, or the entire thickness of the mucous membrane. The death or necrosis of the mucous membrane usually begins in small spots and involves the surface; it extends in depth until the entire thickness of the mucous membrane is involved, and, in rare instances, it may involve the middle (muscular) and outer (serous) coats of the intestine, leading to perforation of the bowel and thus producing peritonitis and death. The necrosis also extends regularly in all directions around the beginning spot; this increases the size of the ulcer, maintains its circular outline and accounts for the alternate black and white concentric rings of old ulcers. The diphtheritic or fibrinous exudate, first thrown out on the surfrce, is probably soon detached, but the fibrious exudate in the dead parts of the mucous membrane remains until the death of the animal 297' ,or the entire dead part of the ulcer is detached and the healthy healing (cicatrization) process begins. The diphtheritic, ulcers are greyish, yellowish, greenish or black in 'color Sometimes, in tenor twenty days after the beginning of the disease, the dead parts of someof the ulcers are cast off and the healing begins. The epithelium grows gradually; from the margin of the ulcer; but if the glands (Lieberkilhr's, solitary glands or Peyer's patches) have been destroyed they are never restored. After healing is completed (in recovered cases) "a smooth shining depressed scar marks the seat of the original ulcer." These scars are somewhat difficult to find and thorough search must be made after the intestines have been carefully washed. Some authorities (Salmon and Smith) assert that the ulcers(?) immediately around the opening of the small intestine into the cmcum are very constant and characteristic. McFadyean says: "Not infrequently, especially in old pigs, these crypts (Lieberkilhn's glands) in the mucous membrane around the ileo-cecal opening contain masses of what appears to be inspissated (dried) secretion, which may be squeezed out of them under slight pressure between the finger and thumb; indeed this condition is so common that it can hardly be considered an abnormality, and in many cases it has nothing to do with swine fever." In some instances, the liver is involved. Near the center of each lobule begins a necrosis which extends to its border. These dead specks in many of the lobules may be mistaken for miliary tubercles and to the naked eye appear as "greyish opaque specks about the size of a mustard seed." "These necrotic areas contain large numbers of the swine fever (hog cholera) bacillus in pure culture" (MhcFadyean). The lymphatic glands of the mesentery are usually swollen and frequently exhibit morbid changes that are similar to those that take place in lymphatic glands when effected with 398 tuberculosis. In these cases, the caseous centres in the lymphatic glands are surrounded by a connective tissue envelope. Friedberger and Frohner state that caseous centres may occasionally appear in the lungs; these centres are located in or near the surface of the lungs and produce an exudative pleurisy which results in adhesions of the lungs to the walls of the thorax, the diaphragm and the pericardium. The spleen, in chronic cases, is usually not involved but may sometimes be swollen or enlarged. The liver, kidneys, heart and muscles may show degenerative changes. AMERICAN SWINE PLAGUE. Symptoms:--Inasmuch as the lungs are most frequently involved, the breathing is more labored and oppressive, and the cough is more aggravated and painful than in hog cholera. In other respects the symptoms are not noticeably different from those manifested in hog cholera. In fact, Dr. Salmon states that in some instances, both hog cholera and swine plague may be present in the same hog. Post-Mortem Appearances:-Since the germs are distributed evenly throughout the blood in swine plague and rarely plug up capillaries and cause them to burst or rupture as in hog cholera, hemorrhagic spots or patches are seldom observed in swine plague. However, hemorrhagic inflammatory changes may be seen in the mucous membrane of the stomach and intestines, especially the large intestines. This may lead to fibrinous exudative deposits on the surface of the large intestines. According to Dr. Salmon, there is no. distinct hemorrhagic changes in the skin; and in only a few cases, have swellings (under the skin along the neck), been observed. These swellings are very common in the German swine plague and are due to an infiltration of yellow lymph in the subcutaneous connective tissue. In American swine plague, the chief or characteristic lesions are found in the lungs. They may be inflamed and 399 exhibit large numbers of small, pale, points or dots where the tissue is dead. Cheese-like masses from one to one-half to two inches in diameter may also be found in the lungs. The serous membranes, which line the abdomen and thorax, and are reflected over the organs in these cavities, are usually inflamed. As a result of the inflammation in these serous membranes, fibrinous inflammatory deposits are found on their surfaces. Dr. Salmon briefly states the difference between hog cholera and the American swine plague as follows: "We find the most characteristic lesions of hog cholera to consist of (1) Hemmorrhages, particularly in the subcutaneous, sub-mucous and subserous connective tissue; in the lymphatic glands and in the various organs of the body. (2) Ulcerations of the large intestines. (3) Callapse of lung tissue, and, less frequently, broncho-pneumonia." "The most characteristic lesions of swine plague are: (1) Inflammation of the lungs; numerous small necrotic points in these organs, or a few larger cheesy masses. (2) Inflammation of serous membranes with fibrinous deposits. Congestion of mucous membrane of intestine, or in(3) flammation of the same with fibrinous deposits." All cases of hog cholera or American swine plague should be rejected at the ante-mortem inspection or condemned and tanked at the post-mortem examination. TUBERCULOSIS OF CATTLE. Symptoms.-Inasmuch as this disease in cattle develops very slowly and may exist for months without presenting any marked changes in the apparent health of the animal, it becomes extremely difficult for an expert to make a clinical diagnosis in all cases, except those in the advanced stages. 300 1., Pulmonary Tuberculosis.-This form involves chiefly the lungs; it is the most common form of tuberculosis and is sometimes designated consumption. It is also the most serious and dangerous to the health of the diseased animal and as a means of spreading the tubercle bacilli to other animals. The broken down nodules or tuberculous abscesses in the lungs, in many cases, empty virulent masses into the bronchi and this germ ladened material is scattered here and there by coughing. It dries and floats about into the air; is carried into the air passages where the bacilli may begin to multiply or it may become mixed with the food and infect another animal by way of the digestive tract. In the early stages there may be a slight cough; it is dry and short; occurs in the morning at time of eating or drinking or when turned from a warm stall out in the cold air. If, in the early stages, the temperature is taken regularly, one may find sudden and temporary rises in temperature of . to 3 degrees Fah. With exercise the animal may exhibit shallow breathing which is slightly increased in rapidity. If it is a cow, she may have frequent and long periods of heat and be very difficult to get with calf. In the second stage the animal may become sensitive to pressure over the region of the kidneys; pressure on the ribs or over the kidneys may cause groaning and coughing. The cough is dry, hoarse, wheezy, frequent and painful. Sometimes the cough is moist, and yellow purulent material (sputa) may be thrown out of the mouth and nostrils during paroxyisms of coughing. That part of the sputa which drops into or remains in the throat (pharynx) after coughing may be swallowed. The hair is rough, dull and stands more erect than usual; the skin is dry and closely adheres to the tissue beneath it. During exercise the breathing becomes irregular, hurried, short, interrupted and difficult or labored. If the changes in the lungs are extensive or if tubercles develop over considerable pleural surface, striking over these places in the rib region may give a dull sound. If the 301 muscles-are not too thick over the thorax, by placing the ear in contact with the rib region, one may detect the bubbling of air through purulent matter in the. small bronchi. As a rule, percussion (striking) and auscultation (listening) are very indefinite and in the majority of cases the expert is baffled. The appetite may be poor and variable. Rumination is irregular and slow and gaseous distention of the abdomen may appear. The secretion of milk may become diminished; the milk may be "watery" and have a faint bluish tint; yet these changes are not always distinct. In the last stage the development of the disease becomes rapid. The animal becomes emaciated; the skin very dry and "bound down to the bones;" the hair is dull and bristling. The eyes sink back into their sockets; they are watery and the lids are covered with scaly matter. A yellow bad smelling discharge may trickle from the nostrils. The breathing is short, irregular and quick; the elbows may be thrown outward in order to aid expansion of the thorax and the animal remains standing most of the time. The cough is weak, frequent and painful. The stethoscope and other instruments will now reveal, to a greater or less degree, the location of large pleural or lung lesions. Percussion may locate extensive dull areas. Sometimes an extra resonance may be manifested in some places; this is due to the pus cavities which have empted their pus into the bronchi. Rattling cavernous sounds, irregular murmurs and splashing sounds may be heard without great difficulty by applying 'the ear to the thorax. As a rule, during this stage the disease becomes more and more general, extending to various organs of the body. Consequently, numerous symptoms may appear. As a rule, the animal dies from asphyxia (suffocation) and exhaustion. Abdominal Tuberculosis:-When the intestines and mesentery are involved the animal may have repeated attacks of colic and of diarrhoea alternating with obstinate constipation. If the peritoneum is involved, the genital organs become tuberculous; this leads to frequent and long periods of heat; 402 such a cow rarely becomes pregnant, and, when she does, the full term of pregnancy will 'rarely beeompleted. Uierine tubeiculosis may be manifest by a purulent discharge; this may be injected into some small susceptible animal or examined under the microscope for the bacilli. From a clinical standpoint it is impossible in a majority of cases to make a clinical diagnosis of abdominal tuberculosis. Tuberculosis of the Udder:-A slightly hard diffuse swelling, without heat or tenderness of the udder indicates a tubercular change in that organ. As a rule, only onequarter of the udder is involved. In the early stages the milk is normal, but it gradually becomes more and more watery and yellowish in color; then it may contain small coagulated clots which contain tubercle bacilli. Later the milk becomes more and more purulent and then the cow may cease to give milk. The toughness and hardness of the udder may increase until it becomes almost as hard as wood. At the same time the mammary lymphatic glands become enlarged, hard and nodular. The lymphatic glands in any part of the body may be involved. The superficial ones may be detected, if involved in tuberculous changes. The glands below the ear, back of the lower jaw, back of the throat (pharynx), along the neck, in front of the shoulder, in front of the stifle, etc., may become enlarged and hard in tuberculosis. When time is not an important item, the discharge from the nostril, purulent sputa, the purulent or yellowish milk, or the discharge from an open gland or joint may be injected into the peritoneal cavity of a guinea pig and in from one to three weeks typical lesions of tuberculosis will have developed. Or these materials may be examined microscopally to determine whether the germs are present or absent in the discharge. Also the tuberculin test may be,.employed; this is the most accurate means of determining the presence or absence of tuberculosis in all kinds of cases. 403 Symptoms of Tuberculpsis of the Pig :-Sometimes local or general tuberculosis in the hog is indicated by changes in the condition of the animal, which vary according to the part involved. Primary pulmonary tuberculosis is very rarely found in the hog. It is usually preceded by abdominal tuberculosis. In the first stage the cough is dry and short, and later it becomes painful and is frequently followed by vomiting. Respirations are, at first, slightly difficult and accelerated and gradually become, more difficult and hurried, and finally become painful. The abdominal organs are usually the primary seat of tuberculosis. The fattening of the hog is first checked; then it gradually becomes more and more emaciated; the skin becomes dirty; the visible mucous membranes become pale; constipation may alternate with diarrhoea. The animal becomes weak and shy, hides in the litter. The abdomen becomes pendulous and sensitive to pressure. Sometimes a glandular tumor may be found in the space between the branches of the lower jaw, under the throat or along the under surface of the neck. The lymphatic glands, which lie beneath the parotid glands, that are located below the base of the ears, may become swollen and lift up the parotid gland. Hence, a distinct, but not painful, swelling is observed in the parotid region. The sublingual, posterior pharyngeal (throat) and superior neck lymphatic glands are usually involved in connection with the lymphatic glands under the parotids. When all are involved a chain of swellings or knots are found extending from one ear around to the other. Sometimes these hard knotty enlargements may appear at the base of the neck, behind the shoulder or in the groins. These hard tumors may adhere to surrounding tissues and occasionally become soft, and form abscesses which erupt and dischage a small amount of thick, grumous pus. The bones are frequently involved; enlargement in the bones near the joints may lead to constant lameness, and finally to a fistulous opening which discharges a bad .smelling pus indicative of 304 destruction of bone. The foregoing changes usually appear very slowly and are not always distinct. The tuberculin test may be applied to the hog; but remember that the normal temperature of the hog may vary from 101 to 104 degrees Fah. Symptoms of Tuberculosis in Birds :-The most prominent symptom is the progressive wasting of the bird. The breast bone is very sharp,. a result of the wasting of the breast muscles. The diseased bird (chicken, turkey, etc.,) are listless and dumpish; the comb is soft and pale. Sometimes the infected bird becomes lame and this lameness may be due to a swelling about some joint, or to an open joint which discharges pus that contains numerous tubercle bacilli that may be examined microscopically. Dogs and cats may have tuberculosis. They obtain it by eating tuberculous meat or milk or other food contaminated with tuberculous sputa or dust. Or, they may contract it by living in close contact with tuberculous persons. The sheep and the goat rarely have tuberculosis. POST-MORTEM APPEARANCES-MORBID OR PATHOLOGICAL ANATOMY OF TUBERCULOUS CATTLE. According to Nocard tuberculosis may attack any of the organs of the body but appears more frequently in some tissues or organs than in others. The following organs or tissues are most frequently involved in the order in which they are named: The lungs, the lymphatic glands, serous membranes (pleure, peritoneum, etc.), the liver, the intestine, the uterus, the spleen, the marrow of the bones, the joints, the udder, the skin. CharacteristicAppearances of Taberculous Lungs :-- Usually the diseased lungs are bulky and heavy, and only partially collapse. They may weigh from 40 to 70 lbs. The surface of the lungs may be covered with nodules that vary in size and outline and are composed of collections of tuberculous lesions. Sometimes these nodules are hard and tough, and creak when cut with a knife; the freshly cut surface is in- V vell )W. with softenied places between the rough and SolovN-x hi Bard grains are felt when tha tough parts. cheesy hatter, from thesft places, is rubbed sf-ened between the fingers. The larger / 1ldlles~u:1V, w hell cut open, tensel - ! ths w~ould indicate that the tuerculous nodule had par'- t al nidergone Gaseousad tissue; the tubercle nmav he Seci~ -' from lilule e inlamiatissuzoe orthe a narro n tiualmis s P~ll ei wn usua urcleofgmaliiltler10i the .. Vieitop1ntcw rbwsler ii(' grdule-lec inree in o te sz soltde isthe and cot.e mored enseo tihoons titoerioruroid tueriee tof cma mortnorulesor tubeicle, tho ec tuhre. Th yelowith, 1l r oea fldpat ondthstuerenos apatily intancesor toe heserle rl ata is ntcent ceesy inorted baylie salts. nrre butsarl remain isowlaer. oter tartercfiesdeberlp near 406 the primary one and all may be enclosed in the same fibrous sheath. When the disease has existed for some time, these accumulated tubercles may be softened and changed into large, tuberculous abscesses, having thick fibrous walls and containing yellowish or greenish thick, grumous pus. This pus will not smell badly until the walls of the abscess are broken and the pus partly escapes into a bronchus and decomposition begins. The walls of a tuberculous abscess or cavity are always irregular and tortuous in outline. Sometimes the abscess cavity is crossed by thick, tough bands, covered by fleshy buds. These are arteries or nerves or bronchi that are involved in the tubercles. Sometimes numerous round tubercles, as large as a hazel-nut orwalnut, may be found in the lungs; they have a firm consistency, are dirty white in color and are free from central softening. Local centres of caseous pneumonia may develop by preference in the anterior lobe of the lung; they are slate colored or yellowish in color and quickly undergo caseous or purulent softening. Sometimes an entire lung is solidified and a freshly cut surface resembles a moderately firm, cheesy mass. This gray mass contains irregular cavities, filled with bad smelling pus and mucus; these cavities appear to follow the bronchi and are very propably dilatations of the smaller bronchi. Sometimes the bronchus that runs to the anterior lobe becomes obstructed; this cuts off the inspired air from that lobe; it collapses and becomes engorged with impure blood which gives it a purple red tint. The small bronchi may be slightly dilated and filled with a thick mixture of mucus and pus. The smaller bronchi are often surrounded by collections of miliary tubercles; they at first compress the bronchi and finally obstruct them. The bronchi beyond the obstruction dilate and become filled with mucus and pus. Sometimes the bronchi be'come involved in chronic inflammation; their lining mucus membrane becomes thickened and folded and contain yellow muco-pus. Occasionally yellowish gray granulations are found in the lining mucous membrane of 407 the bronchi; and sometimes the mucous membrane of the bronchi may be covered with deep, irregular ulcers. Similar nodules and ulcers may appear in the trachea and larynx. The nodules may be isolated, close together or arranged in lines; they quickly soften in their centres, erupt and form irregularly bordered ulcers which have hard margins; branches from these ulcers may contain specks of bright yellow tuberculous material. The bronchial and posterior mediastinal lymphatic glands (see plates) which collect lymph from tuberculous lungs may become infected. When tuberculous these glands may be enlarged, hard and knotty; a freshly cut surface will exhibit a number of yellow, hard, calcified miliary tubercles. These tubercles or nodules increase in number and unite into one dry fibrous mass which becomes infiltrated with lime salts; this dry mass may occupy from one-third to three-fourths of the gland. Finally all this mass softens and the gland becomes a fibrous sack filled with thick grumous, yellow, cheesy material. FIG. 3. A portion of a tuberculous lung (bovine) (Borrowed from Vermont Station.) [After Virchow.] Tuberculosis of the Serous IMemtbranes :-In some cases the pleura the peritoneum, the synovial membranes and the meninges of the brain and spinal cord may become tubercu- lous ; while the organs may remlain free from tublerculous lt 1In the serouis membrane very small, tranlsparen invaslioni. Around pinukislh gray and round granulations develop. each granule is an abnIormlallyv ascular zone and a growth of n10w co nnective tissue progresses until small, ri und, flat tumo~rs are dev eloped ;they projec(t more or less from the serous stHrfnl( and are united to it onlyv by at small pedlicle or tough. ialstrong that is usually qIuite long and vr 'Fliese tiiler~sulons tumors or nodules have a sliiniing surface lik.e mnothler-(J- pearl ; they are hard anid whitish and are sometimes scattered over the surface of the serous memI ianOe or mal~y he ci llected inl masses Ilike 11unilcs of grapes; ir they may- grow to considerable size. At first these nodules are soft but soon undiergoi calcareoins inftiltration. Their contents are theni hard, firm, (liv a d t hey are enclosed in a thick, to ugii, fibrous case. 'These pearly masses are found they are not so dischielly on th lheura andi per itonleu ,111 tinict onl the synovial memhranes of the joinits and tendons; and inl the coverings oif the brain and spinaLl cord they rarely dev elop beyond the earliest stage or thce gray miliary tubercde. JMiliary tubercle s miay also appiear in the pericardiumn. Sonetimies the serous surfaces of tihe epiicardium and pericardium may be changed into a thick layer of tuberculous material ; this mass is firm, yellowish 'white and rarely does it become caseous. coi\ "Floss." r*utio ii Ft(; A. 1Ilpend g ad from Hxjiirii The cascous- degenration is showni by the roughiened surfaes. These glands~ arc several times normal size. ( Borrowed from Vermont S tat ion.) 309 Tuberculosis of the Lymphatic Glands.-It is not uncommon to find the tuberculous changes in the body limited to one or more lymphatic glands. Occasionally the posterior pharyngeal gland is the only one in which tuberculous lesions may be found (Smith). As a rule, more than one gland is involved. Usually certain groups are involved: 'for example, the lymphatic glands beneath the parotid gland and alo the superor posterior border of the lower jaw, the posterior, pharyngeal, the superior and inferior cervical (neck) :lymphatic glands may be involved entirely or partially (see plate); the bronchial and mediastinal may be alone tuberculous, and the abdominal lymphatic glands (sublumbar, mesentiric, hepatic, intestinal, etc.,) may alone be tuberculous. These glands may be tuberculous when the organ with which they are attached and connected by lymphatic vessels are almost or entirely free from tuberculous lesions. The reasons why the lymphatic glands are tuberculous without the organs being involved is not readily explained. However, it is very probable, that the tubercle bacilli get into the lymphatic vessels and are carried to the lymphatic glands; when one gland is destroyed, the bacilli invade another and thus a closely connected group of glands becomes tuberculous. At first the lymphatic gland is enlarged, indurated (hardened) and filled with sm.ll knotty tubercles that are yellow and calcified; the regular tuberculous changes may proceed until the "dry fibrous mass' is formed and later central caseous softening appears, forming an abscess, a fibrous sack of grumous, yellow, mortar-like, semi-liquid material. Tuberculosis of the Organs and Glands of the Abdomen.-The peritoneum and the lymphatic glands are most frequently tuberculosis. The liver, the uterus and its appendages and the spleen are next involved in frequency in the order named. Miliary tubercles are sometimes found in the mucous or submucous tissue of the small intestine and the cecum. These tubercles are occasionally found in the mucous or sumbnu Icous tissue of the small intestine andl the ca cum. These tubercles may be isolated or in groups ;they very t. f '4 : i.d . :in nggr a c~ed c~asto wi-iculois of tilt ollieitl ering of the abdoial x isceral; also a tuberculous gland. rowed from Vermonalt Station.) (c ov (Bor- quickly undergo softening and1 emplty their p)urulent contents into the alimentary canal ; small ulcers, wxhich have little or no incilination to heal, mark the p~lace of the tub~ercles. These ulcers appear as if they were punched out with uirregular p~unch1 ; their margins are always thick and hard. The isolated ulcers are at first very small but gradunally increase in size. They are usually found involving tihe solitary glands and Peyer's patches ; yet they are ntot limited to thlese lymph~l glands. Frequently tho nmesenteric lymphatic glands may he tuberculons lheu. there are no v isible tuberculous lesions in the intestine. 311 Tuberculous lesions in the liver usually appear as more or less large masses scattered through its substance. These masses may be numerous and greatly increase the weight of the liver. The tubercles in the liver, as a rule, undergo central softening more rapidly and completely than in other organs. Tuberculous lesions of the uterus may be found in the mucous or submucous tissue. Sometimes one horn may be involved. The tuberculous uterus may become so large as to suggest the presence of a foetus. The mucous membrane may be crowded with miliary tubercles that usually undergo caseous and muco-purulent softening, an d finally erupt then the cavity of the uterus becomes filled with yellow grumous muco-pus and the surface of the mucous membrane is covered with ulcers. Sometimes the tubercles do not undergo caseation; the mucous membrane becomes thick, hard and white; these infiltrated tubercles have numerous giant cells, and very few tubercle bacilli. In the kidney the tubercles develop in the fibrous capsule or in the subcapsular layer of connective tissue. The spleen is very rarely tuberculous. It may be filled with a great number of minute gray granulations (miliary tubercles); but usually the tuberculous changes in the spleen are few, comparatively large, hard, calcified and are surrounded with a tough fibrous capsule. The marrow of the bones may contain numerous gray granulations. Sometimes the yellowish white, somewhat firm, round nodules, as large as a pea or a walnut, may be found in the breast bone, the bodies of the vertebrae, or in the articular ends of the long bones. These lesions are usually developed in the cancellated or spongy bone tissue, but the neighboring compact bone tissue may be irritated, thickened and a layer of subperiosteal bone developed. Occasionally these tuberculous lesions may soften and form fistulous openings into the articulation or discharge their contents externally. . In the udder, the tuberculous change usually begins by 312 an increase in the growth of the interlobular connective tissue. This tissue is"filled withlminute miliary tubercles which are at first gray but may becone yellow and caseous. and scattered here and there in various numbers. Later these tubercles may become softened or infiltrated with lime salts. The mammary glandular tissue is gradually destroyed by the pressure of the greatly developed interlobular connective tissue. The excretory milk ducts are dilated in places by masses of yellow caseous material which is very rich in'tubercle bacilli; the walls of the ducts may be filled with minute yellow granulations. Tuberculosis .of the testicles, vagina, spermatic cord, prostrate gland, thetongue, the subcutaneous connective tissue, and intra-muscular connective tissue, may occasionally occur. However, tuberculosis does not appear in all of the foregoing locations in any one animal. It is very rarely that any one of Lthese places are involved. In generalized tuberculosis or acute miliary tuberculosis, many of the abdominal organs (liver, spleen, kidneys, etc.), the lungs and the pleura maybe [filled with an infinite number of very small (as large'as a millet seed) transparent gray granulations (miliary :tubercles). If all of these tubercles have reached the same stage in their development, it signifies that the generalization occurred through the blood vessels, thus infecting :mnanygof thelorgans at about the same time. Post-mortem Appearances of Tuberculosis in the Hog.Miliary tuberculosis is the most common form in the pig; these gray granulations quickly become yellow and caseous. If generalization occurs the lungs and abdominal organs are filled with miliary tubercles; these are translucid, or have opaque centres, and are very like the gray granulations in cattle. Inasmuch;as the pig is usually infected by eating infectious material, the digestive apparatus and the lymphatic glands along the digestive tract are usually first and most frequently involved. The tonsils and the submaxillary, the parotid, the post-pharyngeal, the superior cervical, the mesenteric, the sublumbar and the intestinal lymphatic 313 eglands may become distinctly tuberculous before the organs manifest any distinct signs of the disease. Ulcers and miliary tubercles of the mucous membrane are occasionally found in the small intestine and the cecum; sometimes tuberculous infiltrations may involve the mucous membrane, the muscular and serous coats of the intestine. The liver is usually involved; yellow, caseous miliary tuberculous centres may be scattered through the s ubstance of the liver, or there may be round, yellowish white, tough tubercles, as large as a pea or hazel-nut; these tubercles may, upon in-spection, appear as if they were composed of fibrous material, with a small, soft centre. The peritoneum and the pleura .are occasionally filled or covered by numerous fine miliary tubercles which have no tendency to undergo other changes. The lungs may be involved similar to the tuberculous lesions in the liver, but as a rule the lungs contain numerous miliary tubercles only in acute generalized t uberculosis. In .acute generalized tuberculosis, the liver, the spleen, the kidneys, the marrow of the bones, and the mammary glands, are filled with miliary tubercles. In some cases the disease may be localized in one or more of the ly mphatic glands. The post-pharyngeal or the submaxillary lymph atic glands and hetonsils are most frequently tuberculous; they bee come enlarged, hard and knotty; they undergo a true fibrous change; are hard to cut out, and when cut with a knife .he tissue creaks and the section appears very like old fibrous tissue. In these tuberculous glands there may be small soft spots or somewhat large pus collections. Nocard says bacilli may not be found in these soft materials by microscopic examinations; yet they are p resent ; because, when a guinea pig or rabbit is inoculated into the peritonial cavity with this material, tuberculosis develops. The slow growing glandular changes have been considered as scrofula of the pig and sometimes the tuberculous -changes in the bones are called scrofula. As a rule, most of the so-called cases of scrofula in the pig are true cases of tuberculosis. 314 Post-mortem Appearances qf Tuberculosis of Birds.-The tuberculods changes are found almost entirely limited to the digestive apparatus; and the liver is the organ that is most frequently involved. It is greatly enlarged and filled with tubercles, varying in size. In some cases the tubercles appear small hard, white or yellow nodules, varying in a millet seed to a pea; in other cases the tubersize from culous lesions in the liver may be as large as a hazel-nut or walnut, white and fibrous, hard or softened in the centre. The liver tissue between the tubercles may appear normal, yet is more friable and liable to rupture. The spleen is involved in the order of frequency next to the liver. It may be filled with very small white granulations (tubercles) or it may contain hard calcareous nodular masses which are sometimes very large. Sometimes granular or nodular masses may become so large in the intestine as to obstruct the canal. Occasionally the tuberculous lesion in the intestine may be in the form of an infiltration of all three coats of the intestinal wall; ulcers may appear on the mucous surface that are more or less deep. The peritoneum is occasionally the location of white and hard miliary tubercles. The lungs are rarely tuberculous in birds. In the lungs of birds masses of miliary tubercles will at first develop and these will develop into small white caseous masses. The joints and their surrounding tissue may become tuberculous; these may be hard or soft; the joints may be ulcerated and have an opening discharging infected and broken down tissue material. According to some authorities many of the diphthoriti membranes that develop in the mouth. pharynx, nose and eyes are tuberculous lesions and always contain tubercle bacilli. Also, certain horny, warty tumors that develop in the skin of the face, head, neck or feet are tuberculous because they contain numerous tubercle bacilli. In all tuberculous lesions of birds, the tubercule bacilli are numerous; they collect in tufts or clusters. According to Nocard the tubercle bacilli in birds is a little longer 7as 315 than those in tuberculous mammals. The bacillus from birds is more vigorous; grows more rapidly and will withstand a higher temperature than the bacilli from mammals. However, the bacilli have the same peculiarities in reference to the culture media upon which they grow, and also in regard to their staining. Yet avian tuberculosis cannot be transmitted by inoculation to mammals and the ma-ammalian form cannot be transmitted to birds. Some authorities. believe that tuberculosis of birds is entirely distinct from tuberculosis in mammals. Nocard, however, believes that the bacillus of avian tuberculosis is a variety of the bacillus of mammalian tuberculosis. STAINING THE TUBERCLE BACILLI. Many times a microscopic examination will confirm the presence of the exciting cause (bacillus tuberculosis) in the muco-pus products of a tuberculous lesion. However, there are cases where no bacilli can be detected by the microscope, and yet when some of the tuberculous material is injected into the guinea pig or rabbit, the disease is produced and the bacilli may be discovered by microscopic examination. Hence, if the microscopic examination fails to find the bacillus, the proof is not absolutely positive that the disease is not tuberculosis. Ziehl's method is one of the very best and the simplest for staining tubercle bacilli, especially cover glass smears. His staining solution is made as follows: Carbolic Acid (5 per cent. solution). .90 parts. Alcohol (90 per cent.).............10 parts. Fuchsin..... ..................... 1 part. Mix thoroughly and filter before using. A very small quantity of the suspected tuberculous material (sputa, purulent nasal discharge, pus from a tuberculous articulation, pus from any tuberculous abscess, etc., etc.) is spread over an absolutely clean cover glass (No. 0 or No. 1) and slowly dried over an alcohol lamp or a Bunsen burner; when dry it is passed two or three times 3!6 through the flame to fix it on the cover glass. The cover glass is plunged into alcohol and then into the staining solution, or the staining solution is placed on the cover glass with a dropper. The cover glass is now held over a flame until the vapor begins to rise; this heating may be repeated as often as the stain on the cover glass cools, and the staining contiiiued from four to ten minutes. Or the cover glass may be floated (smear side down) on the surface of the staining solution in a watch glass, and the solution may be kept warm in the incubator or on a paraffine water bath for thirty to sixty minutes. The cover glass is next washed in distilled water and decolorized, in a 33 per cent. nitric acid or a 20 per cent. sulphuric acid solution. The decolorization (usually takes five or ten seconds) should be continued until all or nearly all of the visible color is removed from the cover glass. Next it is washed in distilled water; dried over the flame and mounted in balsam. A 1-12 in. oil-immersion objective and a substage condenser are necessary to make an accurate examination of the prepared slide. Some prefer to make a double stain by using gentian violet or Bismarck brown just after the decolorizing acid is washed from the cover glass smear. This gives the pus cells and other bacteria a brown or a blue color, while tubercle bacilli stand out in contrast, a distinct red color. Tubercle bacilli are in length from I to 2 the diameter of a red blood corpuscle, and their breadth is about 1-15 of their length. They are very slender and usually straight, but may be curved. In recent or new tubercles they appear as solid rods, but in old lesions, sputum and muco-pus they appear to be made up of ovoid grains, closely adhering to one another. It is very probable that short or broken chains of micrococci (streptococci) are sometimes mistaken for tubercle bacilli. In cases where it is impossible to detect the tubercle bacilli by microscopic examination, a smal quantity of the muco-pus or tuberculous material may be injected into the peritoneal cavity of a guinea pig. In a short 317 time the inoculated guinea pig will begin to grow thin, and if killed in fifteen or twenty days after the inoculation, tuberculous lesions will be found in the spleen, liver, etc. Villemin and others claim that the lesions will always be the same in the spleen, no matter what is the origin of the tuberculous material (from animal or man) with which the guinea pig is inoculated. The spleen is always greatly enlarged in all directions; in the early stages it is always filled with a great number of minute tuberculous granules; later its surface will appear "marbled;" surface lines are formed where the spleen substance has undergone caseous degeneration. These lines are said to "design variable arabesques of curious and asymmetrical shape." In old cases, the liver will exhibit similar changes, except that they are less distinct than those in the spleen. If the tuberculous material be injected into the subcutaneous connective tissue of a guinea pig, it will become tuberculous; but the disease will develop more slowly When the than by the peritoneal method of injection. material is injected into a vein general tubercutuberculous The lungs, liver, spleen, los;s very quickly appears. marrow of the bones and all other vascular organs very quickly become filled with a great number of miliary tubercles; the tubercles in the liver, spleen and marrow of the bones contain numerous tubercle bacilli. To the naked eye these organs appear enlarged, engorged with blood, and very friable. In fifteen or twenty: days the intravenously inoculated guinea pig will die from a veritable tuberculous septicaemia; during this time it will lose from one-third to one-half of its weight. In all cases, no matter what is the source of the tuberculous material (from man or other mammals) and no matte r if the microscopic examination of the tuberculous material fails to discover tubercle bacilli, a microscopic exa.xination of the tuberculous material from the inoculated guinea pig, always discovers the bacillus. 318 HISTOLOGY OF TUBERCULOUS LEGIONS. There are three kinds or forms of tuberculous lesions: (1) Miliary tubercles, or small gray granulations, which vary from one-two hundred and fiftieth to one-twenty fifth of an inch in diameter, are gray, translucid, and occasionally have a light tinted centre. (2) The yellow, . hard,. calcified mass, varying from the size of a pea to that of a walnut or apple. (3) A yellowish opaque infiltration of the tissues. Nocard sums up the anatomical characteristics of the tuberculous granulation, as follows : (1) "The nodular, form of the mass." (2) "The tendancy of the central portion to become caseous." (3) "The frequent occurrence of giant cells in the centre." (4) "The concentric arrangement of the peripheral cellular elements." (5) "The complete absence of vessels." "The miliary tubercle" consists of the aggregation of a certain number of elementary granulations in a single fibrocellular envelope, the toughness of which gradually increases. 'Tubercular masses,' whether small or great, are collections of a variable number of caseous, calcareous or softened miliary tubercles surrounded by a more or less thick and tough fibrous shell." "The 'caseous infiltration' of the tissues is the result of the development of a considerable number of tuberculous follicles, whose peripheral elements, having no tendency to undergo fibrous transformation, remain in a cellular state and retain their concentric arrangement, until they are attacked, like the centre of the follicle, by caseous degeneration. This latter form of lesion rarely undergoes calcification." CONDEMN TUBERCULOUS AN[MALS OR CAROASSES. The German inspectors condemn the carcass of an animal when tuberculous lesions are found in the thorax and in 319 the abdomen, or when there is generalized tuberculosis. By a direct vote of the Inter-National Yeterinary Congress of 1896, it'was decided that it was safest and best to condemn the entire carcass of a tuberculous animal no matter how much localized or generalized the lesions may be. Since it is very difficult to fully determine the extent of the tuberculous lesions without great expense and considerable time and, in many cases, without almost entirely ruining the carcass for beef, the only practicable and safe method is to condemn the entire carcass when it is tuberculous in any degree. The following cuts were taken from Bulletin No. 7, of the Bureau of Animal Industry, Dep't of Agriculture, Washington. Prepared by Theobold Smith. FIG. 6.--Dorsal aspect of the bovine lungs. The lungs are laid so that the dorsal (or upper) surface is shown. The various lobes are drawn apart so that their outlines may be distinctly seen. The lobes are named in the text as follows: a, ca, right and-left caudal lobes, b, b,, right and left ventral lobes. c, c, the two portions ,of the' right=cephalic lobes, denominated first and second cephalic lobes. c2, left cephalic lobe. e, trachea. x, region most frequently involved in the earliest stages of pulmonary tuberculosis. The lesions in this stage are, as a rule, embedded in the lung tissue so as to remain invisible from the surface. .respectively. FIG. 7.--Ventral aspect of the bovine lungs. The letters correspond to those on Fig. 6. a, a,, right and left caudal lobes. b, b,, right and left ventral lobes. c, c, first and second right cephalic lobes. c2, left cephalic lobe. d, azygos or median lobe (belonging to the right lung). lobe is involved in the most advanced cases only. e, trachea. x, usual location of the earliest lesions of tuberculosis. This 320 SFIG,. -.-Trachea and bronchial tubes of the bovine lungs showing attached bronchial glands. a, a, air tubes supplying the right and left caudal lobes. b, b,, air tubes supplying the right and left ventral lobes. c, c,, branches of the right supernumerary bronchus supplying the first and second cephalic lobes of the right lung. c2, air tube supplying the left cephalic lobe. Sd,branch to azygos lobe. e, trachea. A. left bronchial lymph gland. B, right tracheal lymph gland. C, lymph gland at root of right supernumerary bronchus. D, gland in the angle between bronchi; not always present. The minute intra-pulmonary glands, situated along the main bronchi, are not shown. FIG. 9.--Dorsal aspect of the bovine lungs showiny the position of the posteriormediastinal glands. a, a', caudal lobes. b, b, ventral lobes. c, ci, c2, cephalic lobes. e, trachea. f, oesophagus. g, muscular pillars of the diaphragm. h, posterior aorta cut through just beyond the arch and reflected so as to uncover the left bronchial gland A, resting against the root of the left bronchus. i, caudal margin of the ligament of the lungs (ligamentum latum.) The mediastinal glands are shown, most of them resting on the n